
Glass. Td aili- 

Book J5\3_JL- 

N° L3S-i 

COPYRIGHT DEPOSrT. 



/ 






AN 



ELEMENTARY 



FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



COLLEGES, HIGH SCHOOLS, AND ACADEMIES. 



PROF. JEAN GUSTAVE KEETELS, 

AUTHOR OF " ANALYTICAL AND PRACTICAL FRENCH GRAMMAR," 4i A COLLEGIATE FRENCH 

COURSE," U AN ANALYTICAL FRENCH READER," U A CHILD'S FIRST 

BOOK IN FRENCH." 




NEW EDITION, 

EDITED BY 

Prof. HIPPOLYTE 

United States Naval Academy, 




NEW YORK : 

Clark & Maynard, Publishers, 

734 Broadway. 

1884. 



TO 111 
Prof. Keetels' French Series. 



1. A Child's Illustrated First Book in French. 

168 pages, 12mo, handsomely bound in cloth. 

The aim of this book is to make the Study of the French language attractive and 
interesting to children, who have no knowledge of the English grammar. The 
object-lesson plan has been adopted. For this purpose the volume is handsomely 
illustrated by engravings especially prepared for the book. 

2. An Elementary French Grammar. For High Schools 

and Academies. 340 pages, 12mo. 

This work is designed for students of the academic and collegiate departments. 
Its purpose is to train them in the principles of French grammar, and to accustom 
them by oral instruction to the use of the French language. 

3. An Analytical and Practical French Grammar. 

524 pages, 12mo. 

This book, containing the advantage of the oral and the analytical method of 
instruction, comprises all that is necessary to teach the French language sue 
fully, both theoretically and practically. It is a complete grammar, in which the 
principles of the language are developed in a logical and efficient manner. 

4. A Collegiate Course in the French Language, 

comprising a complete Grammar, with Rules on Gender : Reading-Lessons and 
Exercises for Translation ; a Treatise on French Pronunciation ; a Key to the Prin- 
cipal French Idioms ; the Latin Elements, common to both the French and English ; 
the whole being a compilation of the principles of the French Language, arranged 
and prepared for Ihe study of French, in Colleges and Collegiate Institutions. 549 
pages, 12mo. Cloth. 

5. An Analytical French Reader: with English Exercises for 

Translation and Oral Exercises for Practice in Speaking ; Questions on Grammar, 
with References to the Author's several Grammars. Notes and Vocabulary. In 
Two Parts. Part First : Selections of Fables, Anecdotes, and Short Stories. 
Part Second : Selections from the best Modern Writers. 320 pages, 12mo. 

A KEY TO THE ENGLISH EXERCISES IN THE ANALYTICAL AND PRAC- 
TICAL FRENCH GRAMMAR. (For teachers only.) 12mo. Cloth. 75 cents. 
A KEY TO THE ENGLISH EXERCI^SS IN THE COLLEGIATE COURSE. 

(For teachers only.) Price, 75 cents. 



Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873, by Mason. Rakf.r ,fc Pratt, in the 
Office of the Librarian of Congress, a1 Washington, 

Entered according to Act <>f Congress, in Ihe year 1878. by Axbcrt Mason, in the Office of the 
Librarian of Congress, ai Washington, 

Copyright, 1881. 1884. Ci.akk & Mavnard. 



< 



PREFACE 



r PHIS Elementary French Grammar is designed for stu- 
dents, who begin the study of French. Each part 
of speech is treated separately, and every subject is at 
once completed as far as the scope of the work permits. 
The rules and explanations are stated in simple language, 
which is believed to be within the comprehension of the 
youthful mind. The exercises are short, lively, and varied. 
To compose suitable sentences for practice, elements have 
been introduced which are outside of the order of develop- 
ment. These are given in the vocabularies, systematically 
arranged in order to engage the interest of the student, 
and with an occasional explanation when the subject abso- 
lutely requires it. The author has been careful, however, 
not to infringe the regular order of development, and to 
keep the subject-matter prominently before the mind, so as 
to leave an indelible impression. 

Great attention has been bestowed on the treatment of 
the pronouns and verbs ; the irregular verbs have been 
given in full, with copious exercises for practice. 

The rules in Syntax are confined to elementary principles, 
in accordance with the plan of the work, which is intended 
as introductory to the author's Analytical and Practical 
French Grammar or Collegiate French Course. Students 
who have finished the present course, will be well prepared 



IV PREFACE. 

to take up either of the larger works, in which they will go 
over much of the same ground, but with the additional 
interest of the Oral Exercises. They will be enabled to ad- 
vance rapidly, to understand more clearly the facts that 
come before them ; and, in pursuing the course to its con- 
clusion, will attain their aim: read, write, and speak the 
French language. 
Brooklyn, 1873. 



PUBLISHEKS' NOTE, 



The demand for this work has been so great that in the 
printing of many successive editions the plates had become 
badly worn. 

New electrotype plates having become necessary, the pub- 
lishers have deemed it proper to have the book carefully 
read, and such improvements made as suggested themselves 
to the editor. 

The author of the work having died some years since, his 
friend Professor H. Dalmon of the United States Naval 
Academy undertook this work of revision, and has performed 
it with great care, so that it is believed that it is as nearly 
free from typographical errors as possible. No radical 
changes' in the matter or form have been made, and the 
new edition can be used in the same classes with the old 
without the slightest difficulty. 

The numerous teachers who have heretofore used the 
book with such satisfaction, will, we are confident, be glad 
to see it in this new and improved type. 

July, 1S84. 



CONTENTS 



Page 

Preface 3 

INTRODUCTION.— Chapter First 7 

A lphabet and Orthographic Signs 7 

Vowels. Nasal Vowels. Diphthongs 8-10 

Consonants. Final Consonants 11-12 

Division of Words into Syllables 12 

Use of Capitals. Use of Accents 13 

Exercises in Pronouncing 14 

Chapter Second. 

Parts of Speech, Definitions 15 

Parts of Speech, Properties 17 

Sentences 20 

Suggestions 22 

Lesson 

I. The Xotrn. The Article 23 

IL 

II. 

III. 

IV 



V. 
V. 
VI. 

vn. 

VIII. 
IX. 
IX. 



X. 

XL 

XII. 
XIII. 
XIV. 

XV. 

XVI. 

XVII. 

XVIII. 

XIX. 

XX. 
XXI. 

XXII. 

XXiII. 



Plural Forms 

(bis.) Plural Forms, Continued 26 

Contraction of Article 28 

Nouns. Partitive Sense 30 

Present Tense of Avoir 31 

QuaU tying Adjecti ve* 32 

(ftfo.) * Qualifying Adjectives. Continued 35 

Comparison of Ad jectivea 37 

Present Tense of Etre . 38 

Limiting Adjectives. Possessive 40 

Demonstrative 42 

Numeral 45 

(bis.) Numeral. Continued 49 

Days of the Week 51 

Months 51 

Limiting Adjectives. Indefinite 52 

Pronouns. Personal 55 

Conjunctive 55 

Conjunctive. Continued 58 

Collocation H2 

Disjunctive 64 



Possessive 

Demonstrative 

Interrogative 

Relative 

Indefinite 

The Verb. Infinitive 

Participles 

Agreement of Past Participle. 
Auxiliary Verb Avoir. 



68 

70 

74 



84 



91 



Auxiliary Verb Etre 98 



VI 



CONTEXTS. 



Lesson 

XXIV. 

XXV. 

XXVI. 

XXVII. 

XXVIII. 

XXIX. 

XXX. 

XXXI. 

XXXII. 

XXXIII. 

XXXIV. 

XXXV. 

XXXVI. 

XXXVII. 

XXXVIII. 

XXXIX. 

XL. 

XLI. 

XLII. 

XLIII. 

xliv. 

XLV. 
XLVI. 

XLVII. 



XLVIII. 
XLIX. 



L. 

LI. 



XLII. 



Page 

Regular Verbs. First Conjugation, Couper 1&3 

First Conjugation. Orthographic Irregularities 108 

Second Conjugation, Finir HI 

Third Conjugation, Recevoir 116 

Fourth Conjugation, Vendre 121 

Interrogative Conjugation 126 

Negative Conjugation 12? 

The Passive Verb 129 

The Neuter Verb 134 

The Pronominal Verb 139 

The Impersonal Verb 145 



Irregular Verbs. First Conjugation 149 

Irregular Verbs. Second Conjugation 154 

Irregular Verbs. Second Conjugation. Continued 159 

Irregular Verbs. Third Conjugation 165 

Irregular Verbs. Third Conjugation. Continued 170 

Irregular Verbs. Fourth Conjugation 174 

Irregular Verbs. Fourth Conjugation. Continued 180 

Irregular Verbs. Fourth Conjugation. Continued 184 

Irregular Verbs. Fourth Conjugation. Continued 189 

Irregular Verbs. Fourth Conjugation. Continued 195 

The Adverb 200 

The Preposition 207 

The Conjunction 209 

The Interjection 210 

Syntax. The Noun 212 

Idioms with Avoir 212 

Nouns as Adjectives 213 

Plural of Compound Nouns , 213 

The Article 216 

Before Proper Nouns 218 

The Adjective 221 

Adjectives as Nouns 222 

Place of Adjectives 222 

Government of Adjectives 223 

Numeral Adjectives 223 

The Pronoun 225 

The Verb 228 

Agreement 228 

Use of the Tenses 229 

Use of the Conditional Mode 231 

Use of the Imperative Mode SSI 

Use of the Subjunctive Mode £39 

Use of the Infinitive Mode 23-3 

Government of Verbs 883 

The Participle 236 

The Adverb 236 

The Preposition 237 

The Conjunction 238 



APFEIrSTDIX. 

Addii ional Vocabularies 241 

Conversational Phrases 

Index tO the Knglish words nsed in the Lessons 

Conjugal ion of Verbs— Regular ami Irregular 

Idioms and Proverbs 305 



INTRODUCTION. 



CHAPTER FIRST. 



1.— FRENCH ALPHABET. 



Letters : 


a 


b 


C 


cl 


e 


f 


g 


h 


i 


Old names: 


ah 


bay 


say 


day 


ay 


eff 


jay 


ash 


ee 


New names:- 


* ah 


be 


se 


de 


e 


fe 


gue 


he 


ee 


Letters : 


J 


k 


1 


111 


11 


O 


1> 


q 


r 


Old names: 


jee 


kah , 


el 


emm 


eim 


o 


pay 


+ 


err 


New names:* je 


ke 


le 


me 


ne 





pe 


que 


re 


Letters : 


S 


t 


U 


V 


X 


y 


Z 






Old names: 


ess 


tay 


t 


vay 


ix 


egrek 


zed 






New names:* se 


te 




ve 


kze 


ee 


ze 







The w is not a French letter. It is found in a few foreign words 
that have been introduced into the French language, and is pro- 
nounced the same as the v. 



2.— ORTHOGRAPHIC SIGNS. 

The written language has accents, cedilla, diceresis, apostrophe, 
hyphen, and the ordinary punctuation marks. 

There are three accents, the acute ( ' ), the grave ( x ), and the cir- 
cumflex ("). 

The acute accent is used over the vowel e only. The acute e has 
the sound of a in fate. 

The grave accent is used over e, a, u. The grave e has the 'sound 



* The vowel e, joined to the consonants to give their new names, has nearly the 
sound of u in burr. 

t The q and u have no corresponding sound in English. 



8 INTRODUCTIOK. 

of ei in their. The grave accent is used over a and u only as a mark 
of distinction (p. 13 ; 10, 2). 

The circumflex accent is used over a long- vowel, after which a 
letter has been suppressed (p. 13 ; 10, 3). 

The cedilla (i) is placed under the c (c) before a, o, u, to indicate 
that it has the sound of s, as : 9a, 90, 9U. 

The diaeresis ( " ) is placed over a vowel that begins a new syllable 
after another vowel ; as, mais (ma-is). It is also placed over final e 
that follows u, when the u is to be pronounced, as : aigue ; the u of 
the syllable gue is otherwise silent. 

The apostrophe (') indicates the suppression of a vowel, as : l'ami, 
for le ami ; l'homme, for le homme. 

The hyphen (-) indicates the connection between two or more 
words, or parts of a word, as : ai-je ; arc-en-ciel. 

3. _ VOWELS AND VOWEL-SOUNDS. 

There are six vowels : a, e, i, 0, u, y ; bifl(JEhere are thirteen vowel- 
sounds ; nine are pure, and four are nasal./ 

1.— Pure Vowel-Sounds. 

The nine pure Vowel -Sounds are : 



1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


a 


e 


6 


£e 


iy 





u 


eu 


Oil 



These vowel sounds have nearly all corresponding sounds in Eng- 
lish. 

a (short) has the sound of a in hat, as : sa, ma, malle. salle. 

a {long) has the sound of a in father, as : age, ame, male, sale. 

e has the sound of u in burr, but faintly, as : de, le, me, se. 

£ has the sound of a mfate, as: de, legal, metal, pose. 

c has the sound of ei in their, as : des, frere, mere, pere. 

e has the sound of ei in their (broad), as : fete, frele, m£me, tete. 

i or y* has the sound of c in me, as : ami, mari, midi, si. 

* The letter y, preceded by a vowel, has (he value of double i, as : pays (pay-ee). 



INTRODUCT ION. 9 

O {short) has the sound of o in not, as : dot, mode, mol, notre. 

O {long) has the sound of o in note, as : dos, mot, roti, notre. 

U has no equivalent sound in English. 

eu {short) has nearly the sound of u in burr, as : peu, feu, jeu, 

bleu. 
eu {long) has the sound of i in sir, as : fleur, soeur, beurre, heure. 
OU has the sound of oo in school, as : mou, trou, sou, hibou. 
oil, before final r, has the sound of oo in boor, as : jour, four, tour, 

amour. 

2. — Remarks on the Unaccented E. 

The unaccented e, at the end of a word of two or more syllables, 
is silent, as : abime, trouve. After two consonants, it is slightly 
pronounced — just enough to give utterance to the preceding conso- 
nant, as : sable, sabre, cable. This is also the case when it closes a 
syllable that is followed by a consonant : demande (d'mande), samedi 
(sam'di). 

When e stands betweejp two consonants that belong to the same 
syllable, it is sounded like e in bed, as : bee, bel, mette, serre. 

Before a final r that is pronouced, e has the sound of e (grave), as : 
mer, ter, hiver; and before a final r, z, d or /that is silent, e has the 
sound of e (acute), as : parler, parlez, bled, clef, which are pronounced 
the same as if they were written parle, ble, cle. 

3. — Compound Vowels. 

A compound vowel is a combination of two or more vowels, having 
the sound of a single vowel, as : eu, ou. The following compound 
vowels represent some of the pure vowel-sounds : 
ai or eai has the sound sometimes of e and sometimes of e. ai 

has the sound of e when it closes a syllable, as: j'ai, je mangeai; 

and in je sais, tu sais, il sait. ai has the sound of e generally 

when it is not final, as : plaie, j'avais, mais. 
ei has the sound of e, as : peine. 
ea has the sound of a, as : mangea. 
6e has the sound of e, as : fee, epee. 
ail, eau, have the sound of 6, as : faux, beau. 
oeu has the sound of eu, ae : bceuf. 



10 INTRODUCTION. 



4.— Nasal Vowel- Sounds. 

The four nasal vowel -sounds are : 

an in on un 

in, preceded by a vowel, lias the nasal sound of n. 

e, before m or n, has the nasal sound of an ; but en, preceded by i, 
(ien) has the nasal sound of in, 

ni and 11 are not nasal when they are double, or followed by a 
vowel. 

The nasal sounds are represented by 

in 



an 
am 
en 

em J 



lm 
> = an 

am 

aim 



on ) un ) 

y = in [■ = on 

om ) um ) 



The English language has no sounds exactly equivalent to the 
French nasal sounds. The nearest approach to them is heard in 
pronouncing, separately from the consonants that follow them, the 
nasal sounds an, in, on, un, contained in the following English 
words : 

an is sounded as an in want, as : ruban, sang,* enfant.* 

ill is sounded as an in angry, as : fin, faim, pain. 

Oil is sounded as on in long, as: bon, long,* fac,on. 

nil is sounded as un in hunger, as: brun, tribun, chacun. 

4.— DIPHTHONGS. 

A diphthong is a combination of two vowel-sounds, which are both 
heard in pronouncing. 

Pure diphthongs : ia ie ieu oi oue oui, etc. 
Nasal diphthongs : ien ion oin uin, etc. 

5. — Pronunciation of the Diphthongs. 

ia in fiacre, pronounced fcc-dh-kr. 

ie in lier, pronounced lee-a. 

ieu in lieu, pronounced lee-eu. (See vowel sounds for eu.) 



* A final consonant after a nasal sound is silent. 



INTRODUCTION. 11 

oi in loi, pronounced lou-ah. 

oue in ouest, pronounced oo-ayst. 

ui in fruit, pronounced fru-ee. (See vowel-sounds for u.) 

ien in bien, pronounced bee-an (angry). 

ion in lion, pronounced lee-on (long). 

oin in loin, pronounced lou-an (angry). 

uin in juin, pronounced ju-in (angry). (See vowel-sounds for u.) 

5.— CONSONANTS. 

Consonants, when combined with vowels, have generally the same 
value in French as in English. The following are the principal ex- 
ceptions : 

C before e, i, y has the hissing sound of s, as : ceci. Befor a, o, u, 

and before a consonant, it has the sound of k, as : cabas, colon, 

cure, crin. But q (cedilla) before a, o, a, retains the sound of s, 

as : facade, facjon, recu. 
ell has generally the sound of sh, as : charme ; but followed by a 

consonant, it has the sound of k, as : Christ, ell has the sound 

of k in words from the Greek and Hebrew, as : echo, Cham. 
g" before e, i, y has the sound of 6' in pleasure, as : germe, gilet ; 

before a, o, u it has the sound of the English g in grate, as : gant, 

gobelet. 
h is silent when a vowel may be elided before it, as : l'homme for 

le homme. It is called aspirate, when the vowel is not elided 

before it, although the h is not heard in pronouncing, as : le 

heros (le-ay-roh). 
S has the hissing sound of c at the beginning of a word, as: sa (en :■; 

between two vowels, it has the sound of z, as : voisin (vouah-zain). 

SS between two vowels, has the hissing sound of s, as : poisson 

(pouah-con). 
sell is sounded like sh, as : schisme. 
t is sounded like c in a few words ending in tie, as : minutie, and 

in those ending in atie, as : diplomatie ; also before ial, iel, ion, 

as : nation ; except when it is preceded by s, as : question. 
th is sounded like t, as : the. 
x, initial, is sounded like gz, as : Xavier; also, ex, initial, when 

followed by a vowel, as : examen, 



12 INTRODUCTION. 

x is sounded like ks in Alexandre, maxime, etc. 
x is sounded like ss in soixante, six, dix, etc. 
X is sounded like z in deuxieme, sixieme, etc. 

6.— LIQUIDS. 

g", followed by n, and 1, preceded by i t are generally pronounced so 
smoothly that their natural sounds are not heard ; they are then 
called liquids. 
The liquid sound of gn is heard in the word mignonnette, and that 
of I in the word brilliant. 

7.— FINAL CONSONANTS. 

A final consonant is generally silent ; but a final consonant, fol- 
lowed by a word that begins with a vowel or silent h, is pronounced 
with the next syllable, when no pause takes place between the words, 
as : mon ami, vous avez, un bel habit, il est (ee-le), elle est (e-le). 

Final c. before a vowel, is sounded like k : du blanc au noir. 

Final <l, before a vowel, is sounded like t : quand il. 

Final f* before a vowel, is sounded like v : neuf heures. 

Final g\ before a vowel, is sounded like k : rang eleve. 

Final s or x, before a vowel, is sounded like z : ils ont deux enfants. 

8.— DIVISION OF WORDS INTO SYLLABLES. 

In dividing words into syllables, a single consonant between two 
vowels belongs to the vowel that follows, as : raser (raser). If this 
vowel is an unaccented final e, the consonant is pronounced with the 
preceding vowel, as : rase (rase) pronounced raz. 

The first part of a double consonant belongs to the vowel that pre- 
cedes ; the second, to the vowel that follows ; the hitter only is pro- 
nounced, as : addition, pronounced a-di~cion. 

Two consonants in the middle of a word are separated, as : parler 
(par-ler), rampant (ram-pant) ; except the following combinations 
which are inseparable, and pronounced with the vowel that follows: 
&/, br, ch, rid, rhr, d, cr, dl } dr, fl, fr, gl, gn, gr, gu, ?)//, P^i pt P r > 
q% rh % th, ttiK thr, ti\ vr. Observe that they are principally I or r 
preceded by another consonant, but not by m or n. 



INTRODUCTION. 13 

9.—USE OF CAPITAL LETTERS. 

The rules for the use of capital letters are the same in French as in 
English, with some exceptions. 

Adjectives derived from proper names are not written with a capital 
initial. 

The names of the months and «f the days of the week are usually 
written with a small initial. 

The personal pronoun of the first person singular, je, 7, is written 
with a small letter, unless it begins a sentence. 

10.— USE OF THE ACCENTS. 

1. The acute accent (') is used only over the e, in the following 
cases : 

(1.) When it forms a syllable by itself, as : epi, ecu, elu. 

(2.) When it is followed by a vowel, as : reaction, reel, reelu, epee, 
fee, reunion. 

(3.) When at the end of a syllable, or before final s, added by inflec- 
tion, it has the sound of the English a, as : repete, verite, verites. 

2. The grave accent ( N ) is used : 

(1.) Over e preceding any consonant followed by unaccented e, as : 
leve, mene, chere ; also before two consonants, when both belong to 
the unaccented syllable, as : regie. 

(2.) Over the e of the termination es, when the s is an essential part 
of the word, as : apres, exces, to distinguish it from the accidental 
termination es, as : les livres, tu chantes. 

(3.) To distinguish 
a, to, at, from a, has ; ou, where, from ou, or ; 

la, there, from la, the, Tier ; des, from, from des, of the. 

(4.) Over 9a, dec^a, deja, hola, voila. 

3. The circumflex accent ( ~ ) is used over a long vowel, after which 
a letter has been suppressed, as : age, epitre, tete, formerly written 
aage, epistre, teste. 

Rem. — Xo dot is placed over the i that has the circumflex accent, 
but the diaeresis takes the place of the circumflex accent, in haimes, 
haites. 



14 



INTRODUCTION. 



11.— EXERCISES IN PRONOUNCING. 
1.— Vowel Sounds. 



[Final consonants are 


silent, except those marked 


by an 


asterisk (*).] 


a 


= 


la 


9a 


cabas 


bal* 


sac* 


a 


= 


lame 


chale 


base 


age 


cage 


e 


= 


le 


ce 


je 


me 


se 






table 


cable 


cadre 


nacre 


sacre 


e 


= 


de 


j'ai 


pied 


parle 


parler 


e 


= 


frere 


mer* 


fer* 


air* 


chaise 


§ 


= 


fSte 


meme 


j'aime 


chene 


chalne 


i(y) 


= 


qui 


ri 


crie 


i'y 


folie 


o 


= 


clot* 


mode 


col* 


.sol* 


choc 





= 


dos 


mot 


gros 


eau 


chaud 


u 


= 


du 


lu 


su 


bu 


connu 


eu 


= 


beurre 


beure 


jeune 


neuve 


sceur 


efl 


= 


bleu 


deux 


jeune 


jeu 


peu 


ou 


= 


con 


sou 


chou 


mou 


hibou 






cour* 


jour* 


four* 


tour* 


amour* 








2. — Nasal Sounds. 






an 


= 


banc 


enfant 


empire 


•lentement 


in 


= 


fin 


faim 


impie 




rien 


on 


= 


mon 


garcon 


rond 




ponton 


un 


= 


bran 


parfum 


chacun 


humble 








3. — Diphthongs. 






ia 


= 


fiacre 




diacre 




miasme 


ie 


= 


ciel 




fier 




pied 


ieu 


= 


Dieu 




lieu 




vieux 


oi 


= 


loi 




roi 




croire 


oue 


= 


ouest* 




fouet 




louais 


oui 


= 


fouine 




oui 






u i 


= 


fruit 




lui 




bruit 


ien 


= 


bien 




lien 




rien 


ion 


= 


lion 




nation 




fluxion 


oin 


= 


loin 




foin 




joint 


uin 


= 


juin 


4.— 


suint 

Liquids. 




suinter 


gn 


= 


Allemagne 




champignon 




poignard 


11 




fille 

oeil 

soleil 

b(':tail 

bonille 




brilliant 

cueille 

sommeil 

paille 

fouille 




coquill" 
feaille 

bouteille 
Versailles 
mouille 



INTRODUCTION. 15 



CHAPTER SECOND. 

1.— PARTS OF SPEECH. 

There are ten parts of speech ; 

1. Noun 6. Participle 

2. Article 7. Adverb 

3. Adjective 8. Preposition 

4. Pronoun 9. Conjunction 

5. Verb 10. Interjection 

Definitions and Subdivisions of the Parts of Speech. 

1. a. A noun is the name of a person, place, or thing, as : Washing- 
ton, Paris, city. 

b. Nouns sue proper or common ; a proper noun denotes a particular 
person or object, as : Washington, Paris ; a common noun denotes one 
of a class, as : city, tree. 

c. Common nouns include collective and abstract nouns ; a collective 
noun is the name of several individuals together, as : meeting, com- 
mittee ; an abstract noun denotes some quality considered apart from 
its substance, as : goodness, pride, frailty. 

2. The article is a word placed before a noun to limit its significa- 
tion, as : the tree. 

Rem. — In French there is but one article, the equivalent of the. 

3. a. An adjective is a word added to a noun, to describe or limit it, 
as : the large tree, my tree. 

b. There are two kinds of adjectives, qualifying and limiting. The 
qualifying adjective adds a quality to the noun, as : the large tree ; the 
limiting adjective limits its sense, as : my tree. 

c. The limiting adjectives are either possessive, denoting possession 
as : my tree ; demonstrative, pointing out the object, as : that tie i ; 
numeral, indicating number or order, as : one tree, the first tree ; or 
indefinite, as : which tree. 



16 INTRODUCTION. 

4. a. A pronoun is a word that is used in the place of a noun, as : 
1 have your book, you have mine. 

b. There are personal, ])ossessive, demonstrative, interrogative, rela 
tive, and indefinite pronouns. 

(1.) A personal pronoun represents a person in grammar, as : I, you, 
he, it. 

(2.) A possessive pronoun denotes possession, as : mine, yours, etc. 

(3.) A demonstrative pronoun points out an object, as : this one, 
that one. 

(4.) An interrogative pronoun is used to ask a question, as : who ? 
what? 

(5.) A relative pronoun relates to a preceding noun, called the ante- 
cedent of the relative pronoun, as : the man who speaks ; the tree that 
falls; the lady whom I admire. 

(6.) An indefinite pronoun does not represent any particular person 
or thing, as : every one, some one. 

5. a. A verb is a word that expresses action or being, as : to write, 
to live. 

b. There are five kinds of verbs : active, passive, neuter, pronominal, 
impersonal. 

(1.) The active verb expresses an action performed by the subject 
and is, or may be, accompanied by a direct object; that is, a person 
or thing that is directly affected by the action of the verb. An active 
verb is transitive when it is accompanied by a direct object, as: he is 
writing a letter ; and intransitive, when it is not, as : he is writing. 

(2.) The passive verb is the reverse of the active verb ; the person 
or thing which is the object of the active verb, is the subject of the 
passive verb, as : the letter is written by him. 

(3.) The neuter verb expresses a state or action performed by the 
subject, but cannot have a direct object, as: / am, he works, he sh 

Rem. — We know that a verb is neuter when we cannot place some- 
body or something after it ; thus, we cannot say he sleeps somebody, he 
sleeps something. 

(4.) The pronominal verb is always accompanied by a pronoun of 
the same person and number as the subject, as : I flatter myself. 



INTRODUCTION. 1? 

(5.) The impersonal verb is used only in the third person singular, 
as : it rains. 

6. A participle is a part of the verb which partakes of the nature 
of the adjective, as : fields covered with snow, glittering in the sun. 

7. An adverb is a word joined to a verb, a participle, an adjective, 
or to another adverb, and usually expresses time, place, degree, or 
manner. 

8. A preposition is a word used to express some relation of different 
things or thoughts to each other, as : the book lies before me on the 
table. 

9. A conjunction is a word used to connect words or sentences in 
construction, as : you and he are happy, because you are good. 

10. An interjection is a word that denotes a sudden emotion of the 
mind, as : Ah ! alas ! 

2.— PROPERTIES OF THE PARTS OF SPEECH. 

1. A noun has gender to denote the sex, and number to indicate 
whether it means one, or more than one, person or thing. 

2. The French language has only two genders: the masculine and 
the feminine. 

3. The article and adjective agree in gender and number with the 
noun which they limit or describe ; that is, their form is so varied as 
to indicate the gender and number of the noun. 

4. The pronoun agrees in gender and number with the noun which 
it represents. 

5. A noun or pronoun is of the first person, if it represents the 
speaker ; of the second, if it represents the person spoken to ; and of 
the third, if it represents the person or thing spoken of. 

1st person, I, me, we, us 

2d person, You 

3d person, He, him, she, her, it, they, them 

6. A noun or pronoun is either the subject of a verb, or the object 
of a verb, or of a preposition. 



18 INTRODUCTION. 

7. The subject of the verb is the person or thing of which something 
is affirmed, as: he writes ; lie is the subject of the verb writes. 

8. The object of the verb is the person or thing which is directly 
affected by the action of the verb, as : lie writes a letter ; letter is the 
object of the verb writes. The object which is thus directly governed 
by the verb is called the direct object, or direct regimen. 

9. The object of a preposition is called an indirect object, or indirect 
regimen, as : he writes to me, or he writes me a letter ; me is the indirect 
object of the verb governed by the preposition to, expressed or under- 
stood. 

10. The preposition and its object, dependent on a verb, noun, or 
adjective, are called the indirect object of the verb, noun, or adjective. 

11. A verb agrees with its subject, in person and number ; that is, 
the termination of the verb is so varied as to indicate whether its sub- 
ject is of the first, second, or third person, and whether it is singular 
or plural. 

12. A verb has modes and tenses. 

13. Mode is the manner in which the action or being is represanted 
by the verb. 

14. By tense is meant the time to which the verb refers the action, 
whether past, present, or future. 

15. ^Mode and Tense are indicated by modifications in the form of 
the verb. 

Modes. 

16. A French verb has fire modes : the infinitive, the indicative, the 
conditional, the imperative, and the subjunctive. 

17. The infinitive expresses the action without reference to person 
or number, as : to write. 

18. The indicative expresses the action in an absolute manner, as : 
/ write, I have written, 1 shall write. 

19. The conditional expresses the action conditionally, as : I would 
write, if I had time. 

20. The imperative expresses command or exhortation, as : write. 

21. The subjunctive expresses the action in a subordinate and de- 
pendent manner, as: / wish that you /could write. 



INTRODUCTION. 19 

Tenses. 

22. Tenses are simple or compound ; simple, when they are expressed 
by the verb alone, as : I write ; compound, when they are formed with 
an auxiliary, as : I have written. 

23. Each simple tense has its corresponding compound tense, which 
is formed of the simple tense of the auxiliary verb and the past parti- 
ciple of the principal verb ; thus, I ham, is the simple tense, and I ham 
had, the compound tense which corresponds with it. 

24. Compound tenses always express completed action. 

25. The infinitive mode has two tenses, a simple and a compound. 
It comprises also the participles, present, past, and compound. 

26. The indicative mode has eight tenses. 

27. The conditional mode has two tenses. 

28. The imperative mode has one tense. 

29. The subjunctive mode has four tenses. 

Infinitive Mode. 

SIMPLE. COMPOUND. 

Present, Past. 

Participles. 
Present. Compound. 

Past. 

Indicative Mode. 

Present. Past Indefinite. 

Imperfect. Pluperfect. 

Past Definite. Past Anterior. 

Future. Future Anterior. 

Conditional Mode. 
Present. Past. 

Imperative Mode. 
Present and Future. 

Subjunctive Mode. 
Present. Past. 

Imperfect. Pluperfect. 



20 INTRODUCTION. 

30. Adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions, and interjections are invari- 
able words ; that is, their forms are not varied to indicate gender, 
number, etc. They are sometimes called particles. 

3.— SENTENCES. 

1. A sentence is an assemblage of words making complete sense. 

2. Every sentence consists of two parts : the subject and the predi- 
cate. 

3. The subject is that concerning which something is said. 

4. The predicate is that which is said concerning the subject. 

5. A sentence is either (1) affirmative, (2) negative, (3) interrogative, 
or (4) negative and interrogative. 

SUBJECT. PREDICATE. SUBJECT. PREDICATE. 

(1) Henry is studious. (3) Is Henry studious? 

(2) Henry is not studious. (4) Is not Henry studious? 

6. The rules which regulate the construction of sentences form that 
part of grammar which is called Syntax. They are comprised under 
the heads of Government, Agreement, and Position. 

7. Government is the power which one word has over another, in 
requiring it to assume certain modifications, in order to express the 
relation in which the dependent word stands to the governing word. 

8. Agreement is the correspondence of one word with another, in 
gender, number, and person. 

9. Position, or Collocation, is the placing of the words in a sentence, 
in the order required by their mutual relations, or by usage. 

10. In the sentence. Henry is writing a letter to Ms father (Henry, 
subject; is writing a letter to his father, predicate), the above three 
principles of syntax are illustrated in the following manner : 

a. Government. — The subject Henry governs the verb is writing in 
the third person singular ; the verb is wnting governs the noun letti r, 
directly, and the noun father, indirectly. 

b. Agreement. — The verb is writing is in the third person singular. 
to agree with its subject, Henry. 

c. Position. — In a declarative sentence, either affirmative or nega- 
tive, the subject stands first, then the verb, next the noun which is 



INTRODUCTION. 21 

the direct object, and then the noun which is the indirect object of 
the verb. 

Rem. — This is the natural or logical order in which the ideas pre- 
sent themselves to the mind : first, the thing about which we wish to 
say something ; then the state or action which we wish to affirm of it; 
next the object ; and lastly, the remote object of that action. 



SUGGESTIONS. 



The French Exercise may be recited in the following 
manner : — The teacher pronounces a sentence of the exer- 
cise to his class, and calls upon one of the students to repeat 
and translate it without looking in the book. When the 
student has done so, the teacher gives the English, and the 
student, or better the whole class, gives the French : 

Teacher. — Le pere et la mere de l'enfant. 
Scholar. — Le pere et la mere de l'enfant. 
The father and mother of the child. 
Teacher. — The father and mother of the child. 
Class. — Le pere et la mere de l'enfant. 

The students should be requested to prepare a written 
translation of the Theme, and to bring it to the class-room.. 
The teacher should ask them to translate, each in turn, a 
sentence, and direct them to w r rite their sentences on the 
blackboard, without looking at their written translations. 
If there are a sufficient number of blackboards in the class- 
room, several scholars may be writing their sentences at the 
same time, and the whole exercise may be corrected in a 
few minutes. When the teacher goes to the blackboard 
and corrects the sentences, in the order in which they are 
in the exercise, he should direct the pupils to correct, at 
the same time, their own exercises. The copy-books con- 
taining the corrected exercises should be examined from 
time to time, in order to ascertain whether they have been 
carefully and properly corrected. 



THE NO UK. — THE ARTICLE. 23 

FIEST LESSON. 
The Noun.*— The Article* 

1. Ik French there are only two genders, the masculine 
and the feminine. 

The article has two distinct forms ; one for the masculine, 
and one for the feminine. 

The definite article the is le for the masculine, and la for 
the feminine. Before a vowel and before a silent h,f it is T. 

Masculine. Feminine. 

Le pere, the father. La mere, the mother. 

Le verre, the glass. La tasse, the cup. 

L'homme {for le homme), the L'eau {for la eau), the water, 
man. % 

2. The indefinite article a or an is un for the masculine, 
aud une for the feminine.J 

Un homme, a man. Une femme, a woman ; a wife. 

Un verre, a glass. Une tasse, a cup. 

The article is repeated before each noun, as : 

Le pere et la mere. The father and mother. 

Un homme et une femme. A man and woman. 

Vocabulary 1. 

Le pere, the father. Un homme, a man. 

La mere, the mother. Une femme, a woman ; a wife. 

* Introduction, p. 15, 17. 

t There are some French words beginning with the letter h, before which the 
elision of the vowel does not take place ; the h is then called aspirate, although it is 
not heard in the pronounciation. (See Introd., p. 11, 5.) 

X Un, une, a or an, means also one, and is called, by most French grammarians, 
a numeral adjective. (See Less. 9.) 



24 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Un enfant,* a child. Est, is. 

Une maison, a house. Ou, where. 

Une ecole, a school. Ici, here. 

Un verre, a glass ; a tumbler. La, there. 

Une tasse, a cup. A, to, at. 

Le pain, the bread. A la maison, at home ; home. 

La viande, the meat. A Tecole, at school. 

Le lait, the milk. De (d' before a vowel), of; /rom. 

L'eau {fern), the water. Dans, in. 

Et, and. Pour, for. 

Exercise 1. * 

1. Le pere et la mere de l'enfant. 2. Le pere est ici. 
3. La mere est la y ^dans la maison. 4. Ou est l'enfant ? 
5. L'enfant est a Pecole. 6. Le pain est pour la femme. 
7. La viande est pour Phomme. 8. Un verre d'eau et une 
tasse de lait. 

Theme 1. 

1. The father of the child is here. 2. The mother is in 
thfc house. 3. The glass of milk is for the child. 4. The 
water is for the man. 5. Where is the woman ? 6. The 
woman is at home. 7. The bread and meat. 8. A glass 
and cup. 



SECOND LESSON. 

Noun and Article.— Plural Forms. 

1. General Rule. — The plural of nouns is formed by 
adding s to the singular, as : 

verre, glass ; plural, verres, «rlassos. 

* Enfant, applied to a girl, in feminine ; une enfant, a ch'dd (a IUU< girt). 



NO UK A^D ARTICLE. — PLURAL FORMS. 25 

Exceptions. 
Exc. 1. Nouns ending in s, x. or z, are the same in the 

plural as in the singular, as : 

fils, son ; plural, fils, sons. 

Exc. 2. Nouns ending in au and eu, add x in the plu- 
ral, as : 

gateau, cake ; plural, gateaux, cakes. 
neveu, nephew ; plural, neveux, nephews. 

Exc. 3. Nouns ending in al, generally change al into 
aux, as: 

cheval, horse ; plural, chevaux, horses. 

Rem. For other irregularities in the formation of the plural of 
nouns, see Second Lesson (bis), p. 26. 

2. Plural of the Definite Article. 

The plural of the definite article le, la, or 1', is les, as : 
lies hommes et les femmes. The men and women. 

Vocabulary 2. 

Les parents, the parents. Un bateau, a boat. 

Un fils, a son. Un gateau, a cake. 

Une fille, a daughter ; a girl Un livre, a book. 

Un garcon, a boy. Une table, a table. 

Une eglise, a church ; a l'eglise, Un jardin, a garden. 

at church. Un arbre, a tree. 

Une ecurie, a stable. Charles, Charles. 

Un cheval, a horse. Marie, Mary. 

Un chien, a dog. Sur, on, upon. 

Un chat, a cat. Sous, under. 
Sont, are. 



26 ' ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR 

Exercise 2. 

1. Les veiTes et les tasses sont but la table. 2. Les livres 
do Marie sont a la maison. 3. Les parents de Charles sout 
ici. 4. Le pere et la mere sont a l'eglise. 5. Les filles sont 
dans la maison. 6. Les fils sont a Tecole. 7. Le gargon est 
dans le jardin. 8. Le chat est sous l'arbre. 9. Ou est le 
cheval? 10. Les chevaux sont dans Fecurie. 11. Le chien 
est dans le bateau. 12. Les gateaux sont pour les enfants. 

Theme 2. 

1. The books of the child are on the table. 2. The 
parents are at church. 3. The sons are in the garden. 
4. The daughters are in the house. 5. The boy is in the 
boat. 6. The dogs are in the water. 7. Where are the 
cats? 8. The cakes are for the girls. 9. The horse is in 
the stable. 10. The horses are under the trees. 11. Mary 
is at home, and Charles is at school. 



SECOND LESSON (Ms). 

This second lesson (bi?) is inserted, as all the lessons marked {bis) are, to com- 
plete a subject which is left incomplete in the preceding lesson. It is not intended 
that the students should study it in going through the course for the first time. 
They may do so afterwards, when they are reviewing. 

Plural of Nouns.— Exceptions. (Continued). 

The exceptional rule 3, contained in the preceding lesson, 
does not comprise all the nouns that end in al. The follow- 
ing nouns in al follow the general rule. 

Aval, surety for payment. Cal, callosity. 

Bal, ball (dancing purty). Carnaval, carnival. 



CONTRACTION OF THE ARTICLE. 27 

Ohacal, jackal. Nopal, nopal. . 

Pal, pale (in heraldry). Regal, entertainment. 

Plural : avals, bals, etc. 

Exc. 4. Seven nouns ending in ou, take x in the plural. 

Bijou, jewel. Hibou,* owl. 

Caillou, flint. Joujou, plaything. 

Chou, cabbage. Pou, louse. 

Genou, knee. 

Plural : bijoux, cailloux, etc. 

Rem. 1. Other nouns in ou follow the general rule. 

Exc. 5. A few nouns ending in ail, change ail into aux. 

Bail, lease. Soupirail, air-hole. 

Corail, coral. Vantail, door-flap. 

Email, enamel. Ventail, ventail (of helmets). 

Plural : baux, coraux, etc. 

Rem. 2. Other nouns ending in ail, follow the general rule, except 
ail, betail (Exc. 6), and travail (Exc. 7). 

Exc. 6. Ail, clove of garlic, has in the plural ails or 
aulx. B6tail, cattle ; plural, bestiaux. 

Exc. 7. The following four nouns have two plural forms, 
each with a different meaning: 

Aieul, ancestor, plur.: a'ieux; a'ieul, grandfather, phir.: a'ieuls. 
Ciel, heaven, plur.: cieux; ciel, tester ; roof of a quarry ; sky of a 

picture; climate; plur.: ciels. 
CEil, eye, plur.: yeux; oeil in oeil de boeuf, ox-eye, plur.: ceils. 
Travail, labor, plur: travaux j travail, minister's report ; a brake 

for refractory horses, plur.: travails. 

Rem. 3. Nouns of more than one syllable ending in ant or ent, 
either change the final t into s, or follow the general rule : l'enfant, 
plur.: les enfans, or enfants, the children. 

* The h of hibou is aspirated : le hibou, tlie owl. 



28 ELEMENTARY FKENCH GRAMMAR, 

THIRD LESSON. 
Contraction of the Article.— Ne — Pas, Not. 

1. The definite article is subject to contraction. 

De and le are contracted into du; de and les, into des. 
A and le are contracted into au ; a and les, into auz. 
De and la, and de and V; a and la, and k and V, are not 

contracted. 

2. Forms of the Definite Article before Nouns. 

(a.) Before a Masculine Noun. 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

Le pere, the Father. Les peres, the fathers. 

Du pere, of or from the father. Des peres, of or from the fathers. 

Au pere, to the father. Aux peres, to the fathers. 

(b.) Before a Feminine Noun. 
La mere, the mother. Les meres, the mothers. 

De la mere, of or from the Des meres, of or from the mo- 
mother, thers. 
A la mere, to the mother. Aux meres, to the mothers. 

(c.) Before a Vowel. 
L'enfant, the child. Les enfants, the children. 

De l'enfant, of or from the child. Des enfants, of the children. 
A l'enfant, to the child. Aux enfants, to the children. 

3. Ne (n') — pas, Not. 

Pas, not, or any other negative word accompanying a 
verb, requires ne (n') before the verb. When the verb is 
not expressed, ne is not used. 

Charles n'est pas a l'ecole. Charles is not at school. 

Les chevaux ne sont pas ici. The horses are not hen'. 



CONTRACTION OF THE ARTICLE. 29 

Vocabulary 3. 

Un maitre, a master ; a teacher. Je (J'), I. 

Un professeur, a professor. J'ai, I have. 

Un general, a general. Ai-je ? have I ? 

Un soldat, a soldier. Je n'ai pas, I have not. 

Un mari, a husband. N'ai-je pas ? have I not? 

Un chapeau, a hat ; a bonnet. Parle, spoken. 

Une orange, an orange. • Donne, given. 

Un crayon, a pencil. Prete, lent. 

Une plume, a pen ; a feather. Attache, attached. 

Paul, Paul. Eu, had. 

Louise, Louisa. Vu, seen. 

Exercise 3. 

1. Le fils du maitre est dans l'ecole. 2. Les livres des 
enfants sont sur la table. 3. Le mari de la femme n'est pas 
a la maison. 4. Les meres des filles ne sont pas iei. 5. Le 
cheval du soldat est attache a l'arbre. 6. Les chevaux des 
generaux sont dans l'ecurie. 7. J'ai la plume du maitre. 
8. J'ai pari 6 au professeur. 9. J'ai donne les oranges aux 
enfants du professeur. 10. J'ai pr£te le bateau aux fils du 
general. 11. Je n'ai pas eu le crayon de Paul. 12. Je n'ai 
pas vu le chapeau de Louise. 

Theme 3. 

1. The hat of the soldier is on the table. 2. The father 
of the girl is not at home. 3. The mother of the child is 
in the house. 4. The horses of the generals are under the 
trees. 5. The boat of the man is attached to a tree. 6. The 
husband and wife are not here. 7. I have the professor's 
book (the book of the professor). 8. I have not had the 
teacher's pen (the pen of the teacher). 9. I have spoken 



30 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

to the general. 10. I have given the oranges to the girls. 
11. I have lent the pencil to Louisa. 12. I have not seen 
Paul. 



FOURTH LESSON. 



Partitive Sense of the Noun. — Present Tense of Avoir. 

To Have. 

1. A noun is used in a partitive sense when it is, or may 
be, preceded, in English, by some or any, as : some or any 
bread, or bread. 

In French, a noun used in the partitive sense is preceded 
by de and the definite article ; that is : du, de la, de 1' or 
des, as: 

Du pain, Bread, some or any bread. 

De la viande, Meat, some or any meat. 

De l'eau, Water, some or any water. 

Des gateaux, Cakes, some or any cakes. 

2. Omission of the Article before a Partitive Noun. 

The article is omitted, and de alone is used, before a 
partitive noun, in the following three cases : 

(1.) After pas, or any other negative word, as: 
Je n'ai pas de pain, I have no bread (not any bread). 

(2.) When the noun is preceded by an adjective, as : 
J'ai de bon pain, I have good bread. 

(3.) When the noun limits another noun, or an adverb 
that denotes quantity: 

Un verre d'eau, A glass of water. 

Un morceau de gateau, A piece of cake. 

Une plume d'or, A gold pen (a pen of gold). 



PARTITIVE SEXSE OF THE NOUX. 31 



Un maitre 


d'ecole, 


A school-master. 


Beaucoup 


de courage, mais 


Much (of) courage, but little (of) 


peu de patience, 


patience. 


\ 


3. 


Present Tense of 


Avoir, To Have. 


J'ai, 


I have. 


Ai-je ? 


have I ? 


Tu as, 


thou hast. 


As-tu? 


hast thou ? 


11 a, 


he or it* has. 


A-t-il ? 


has he or it ?* 


Ellea, 


she or it* has. 


A-t-elle ? 


has she or it f* 


Nous avons, we have. 


Avons-nous 


? have we V 


Vous avez, 


you have. 


Avez-vous ? 


have you ? 


Us ont, 


they (m.) have. 


Ont-ils ? 


have they (m) ? 


Elles ont, 


they (/.) have. 


Ont-elles ? 


have they (/.) ? 



Rem. The letter t in a-t-il? a-t-elle? is inserted for euphony. 
Vocabulary 4. 

Du courage,f courage. Beaucoup (de), much ; many. 

De la patience, patience. Peu (de), little. 

De l'or (m.), gold. Un peu (de), a little. 

De l'argent (m.), silver; money. Assez (de), enough. 

Du beurre, butter. Trop (de), too ; too much. 

Du cafe, coffee. Trop peu (de), too little. 

Du the, tea. Achete, bought. 

Du sucre, sugar. Apporte, brought. 

Du sel, salt. Mange, eaten. 

Du papier, paper. Bu, drunk. 

De l'encre, (/.), ink. Mais, but. 

Vfn morceau, a piece ; a morsel. Aussi, also ; too, 

Exercise 4. 

1. Tu as du pain et de la viande. 2. As-tu de l'argent ? 
3. Je n'ai pas d'argent. 4. Charles a du papier et de 

* As there is no neuter gender in the French language, it represents a noun which, 
in French, is either masculine or feminine. If the noun is masculine, it is il ; if the 
noun is feminine, it is die. 

t Nouns which are preceded in the vocabularies by du, de la, de l\ or des, in 
French, and by no determinative word in English, are taken iu the partitive sense. 



32 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

l'encre. 5. A-t-il des plumes ? 6. II a achete une plume 
d'or. 7. Marie a du beurre et du sucre. 8. A-t-elle aussi 
du cafe et du the ? 9. Elle a assez de cafe et de the, mais 
elle n'a pas de sel. 10. Nous avons mange un morceau de 
pain et un peu de viande. 11. Les enfants ont bu trop 
d'eau. 12. Us ont eu trop peu de lait. 13. Les filles ont 
apporte des oranges. 14. Ont-elles aussi apporte des ga- 
teaux. 15. Elles n'ont pas apporte de gateaux. 16. Vous 
avez beaucoup de courage, mais vous avez peu de patience. 

Theme 4. 

1. Thou hast courage and patience. 2. Charles has money, 
but he has no patience. 3. Has he brought paper and 
pens ? 4. He has brought paper and ink, but he has not 
brought pens. 5. Mary has bought much coffee and (of) 
tea. 6. Has she also bought sugar ? 7. She has not 
bought sugar. 8. We have sugar enough (enough of sugar). 
9. Have you any salt ? 10. We have a great deal of (much) 
salt, but little butter. 11. You have too much courage, but 
too little patience. 12. They {m.) have eaten a piece of 
cake. 13. They (/.) have drunk water. 14. I have drnnk 
a glass of milk. 



FIFTH LESSON. 
Qualifying Adjectives.*— Feminine and Plural. 

1. There are qualifying and limiting adjectives. 
Qualifying adjectives add a quality to the noun, as: a 
good book, bad paper. 

* Introduction, p. 14. 



QUALIFYING ADJECTIVES. 33 

Limiting adjectives limit the sense of the noun, as: my 
book, this paper. 

All adjectives agree, in gender and number, with the noun 
which they qualify or limit. 

2. Formation of the Feminine of Adjectives. 

General Eule. — The feminine form of the adjective is 
obtained by adding e to the masculine form, as : 
petit, fern, petite, small, little. 

3. Exceptions. 

Exc. 1. Adjectives ending for the masculine in e, have 
but one form for both genders, as : t 

jeune, masc. and/<?m., young. 

Exc. 2. Many adjectives double the final consonant and 
add e for the feminine, as : 

bon, fern, bonne, good ; kind. 

Exc. 3. Adjectives ending in f, change f into ve, as : 
attentif, fern, attentive, attentive. 

Exc. 4. Adjectives ending in x, change x into se, as: 
studieux, fern, studieuse, studious. 

For other irregularities in the formation of the feminine 
of adjectives, see Fifth Lesson (bis). 

4. Formation of the Plural of Adjectives. 

The plural of adjectives is formed in the same manner 
as the plural of nouns (Lesson Second). The exceptional 
rules apply to the masculine forms of adjectives only; the 



34 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

feminine form always ends in e, and takes regularly s in 

the plural. 

Les petits garcons, The little boys. 

Les petites filles, The little girls. 

Les mauvais crayons, The bad pencils. 

Les mauvaises plumes, The bad pens. 

See also Fifth Lesson (bis). 

Vocabulary 5. 



Un frere, a brother. 
Une soeur, a sister. 
Un oncle, an uncle. 
Une tante, an aunt. 
Henri, Henry. 
Henri ette, Henrietta. 
Jules, Julius. 
Julie, Julia. 
Alexis, Alexis. 
Guillaume, William. 
Petit,/, petite, small ; little. 
Grand,/, grande, large ; tall. 



Mauvais, /. mauvaise, bad. 
Bon, / bonne, good ; kind. 
Gros, /. grosse, big ; large ; stout; 

coarse. 
Jeune, m. and/, youug. 
Riche, m. and/, rich. 
Pauvre, m. and / , poor. 
Malade, m. and/, sick. 
Attentif, / attentive, attentive. 
Studieux,/ studieuse, studious. 
Tres, very. 
Qui, who ; which. 



Exercise 5. 
1. Le petit Jules* n'est pas ici. 2. Henri a une petite 
soeur, qui est malade. 3. Vous avez un grand jardin. 
4. Nous avons aussi une grande maison. 5. J'ai aehete de 
bon papier et de bonne encre (Less. 4th— 2). 6. Vous 
avez apporte des plumes, qui ne sont pas bonnes. 7. Les 
crayons ne sont pas mauvais. 8. Julie a un oncle, qui est 
tres-riche. 0. Elle a aussi une tante, qui est tres-bonne, 
mais qui n'est pas riche. 10. Le frere du soldat est pauvre. 
11. II n'a pas d'argent, et il.est malade. 12. Le jeune 

* In French, the article is nsedbefort a proper noun which is preceded by an 
adjective or title a- : A }>- lit /«fefc, little Julius. 



FORMATION OF THE FEMLMXE. 35 

Alexis* n'est pas attentif. 13. Le gros Guillaume* n'est 
pas studieux. 14. La grosse Henriette* est une bonne fille. 
15. Elle est attentive et studieuse. 16. Les enfants qui sont 
studieux, sont aussi attentifs. 

Theme 5. 
1. Little Henry* is a good boy. 2. He -is studious and 
attentive. 3. Little Henrietta* is a good girl. 4. She is 
studious and attentive. 5. Good childrenf are studious 
and attentive. 6. Young Alexis* is not here. 7. He has 
a sister, who is sick. 8. The brother of Mary is sick too. . 
9. The father of Julius has bought a large boat. 10. It J 
is in the water, attached to a tall tree. 11. The uncle of 
(the) stout William has brought large (big) oranges, which, 
are very good. 12. He is rich ; he has a large stable and 
many (beau con p de) horses. 13. Julia has an aunt, who is 
very kind, but she is poor. 14. You have brought bad 
paper and bad pens (Less. 4th — 2). 15. He has brought 
pencils which are not bad. 



FIFTH LESSON (bis). 

Formation of the Feminine of Adjectives.— Exceptions. 
(Continued.) 

1. (Exc. 2, p. 33.) The adjectives which double the final 
consonant and add e for the feminine, are principally those 
that end in el, eil, ien, on, and et, as : 

Tel, /. telle, such. Bon, /. bonne, good ; kind. 

Pareil, /. pareille, similar. Sujet, /. sujette, subject. 

Ancien, /. ancienne, ancient. 

* See foot-note on opposite page. 

+ Good children, les bons enfants. The article is used in French before nouns that 
represent a class. % Sec foot-note *, p. 31. 



36 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMihVR. 

i 

And the following: 



Bas, /. basse, low. 


Gros, 


/. grosse, big : stout. 


Gras, /. grasse, fat. 


Nul, 


/. nulle, no. 


Las, /. lasse, tired. 


Gentil, 


/. gentille, pretty. 


Epais, /. epaisse, thick. 


Sot, 


/. sotte, silly. 


Expres,/. expresse, positive. 


Vieillot, 


/. vieillotte, oldish. 


Profes, /. professe, professed. 







Rem. A few adjectives in et do not double the t, viz. : 

Complet,/. complete, complete. Secret, f. secrete, secret. 
Concret, /. concrete, concrete. Inquiet, /. inquiete, uneasy. 
Discret, /. discrete, discreet. Replet, /. replete, corpulent. 

Exc. 5. Five adjectives have three forms, two for the 
masculine, and one for the feminine : 

Beau, bel, /. belle, beautiful ; Vieux, vieil, /. vieille, old. 

handsome ; fine. Fou, fol, /. folle, foolish. 

Nouveau, nouvel, /. nouvelle, Mou, mol, /. molle, soft. 

new. 

Beau, nouveau, vieux, fou, and mou, are used before 
a consonant ; bel, nouvel, vieil, (or vieux), fol, and mol, 

before a vowel and before a silent h. 

Exc. 6. Four adjectives end in che, in the feminine : 

Blanc, /. blanche, white Sec, /. seche, dry. 

Franc, /. franche, frank. Frais, /. fraiche, fresh. 

Exc. 7. The following are peculiarly irregular : 

Doux, /. douce, sweet. Tiers, /. tierce, third (part.). 

Faux, /. fausse, false. Long, /. longue, long. 

Jumeau,/. jumelle, twin. Oblong, /. oblongue, oblong. 

Prefix, /. prefixe, prefixed. Benin, /. benigne, benign. 

RouXj /. rousse, reddish. Malin, /. maligne, malicious. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 37 

Caduc, /. caduque, decrepit. Grec, f. grecque, Greek. 

Public, /. publique, public. Coi. /. coite, still ; snug. 

Turc, /. turque, Turkish. Favori,/. favorite, favorite. 

Traitre, /. traitresse, treacherous. 

2. Plural of Adjectives.— Exceptions. (Continued.) 

A few adjectives (Less. 5th — 4) do not conform to the 
rules given for the formation of the plural of nouns in Les- 
son Second. 

Bleu, Hue, plural masculine : bleus (not tleux). 

The following and some other adjectives in al, do not 
change al into aux, but follow the general rule and take s, 
as : amical, amicable; fatal, fatal; final, final; initial, 
initial, etc.; plural masculine: amicals, fatals, finals, etc. 

The masculine forms (Less. 5th. — Exc. 5) bel, nouvel, 
vieil, fol, and mol, have in the plural, beaux, nouveaux, 
vieux, fous, mous. 



SIXTH LESSON. 

Comparison of Adjectives. 



1. Adjectives are compared by means of the adverbs, plus, 
more ; moins, less ; aussi, as ; pas si or pas aussi, not so. 

The two terms of a comparison are connected by que, 
than, as : 

Henri est plus grand que Henry is taller than Charles. 

Charles. 

Louise est moins avancee Louisa is not so far advanced as 

que Julie. Julia. 

Paul est aussi studieux que Paul is as studious as Mary. 

Marie. 

II n'est pas si attentif. He is not so attentive. 



38 ELEMENTARY FRENCH G R A 31 M A B . 

2. The superlative degree is formed by le plus, le moins. 

lie plus studieux. The most studious. 

Le moins avance. The least advanced. 

When the adjective in the superlative degree is placed 
after the noun,* the article is used twice, once before the 
noun, and once before the comparative adverb. 

La fille la plus studieuse. The most studious girl. 

The noun that limits an adjective in the superlative 
degree, is preceded by de. 

L'eleve le plus avance de The most advanced scholar in 
l'ecole. the school. 

3. Some adjectives are irregularly compared, as: 

bon, good ; meilleur, better ; le meilleur, the best, 

petit, little ; moindre, less ; le moindre, the least. 

mauvais, bad ; pire, worse ; le pure, the worst. 

The regular forms of petit, small ; and mauvais, bad; 
that is plus petit, le plus petit, and plus mauvais, le 
plus mauvais, are also used. 

4. Present Tense of Etre, To Be. 



Je suis, 


I am. 


Suis-je ? 


am I? 


Tu es, 


thou art. 


Es-tu ? 


a it thou ? 


11 est, 


he or it is. 


Est-il? 


is he or it ? 


Elle est, 


she or it is. 


Est-elle ? 


is she or it ? 


Nous sommes, 


we are. 


Sommes-nous ? 


are we ? 


Vous etes, 


you are. 


Etes-vous ? 


are you ? 


lis sont, 


they {))).) ar<\ 


Sont-ils ? 


are they (iw.)j 


Elles sont, 


they (/.) are. 


Sont-elles ? 


are they (/.)? 



* In French, the adjective i> generally placed after the noun. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES, 



39 



Vocabulary 6. 



La ville 3 the city ; the town. 
La classe, the class. 
Un eleve, a scholar ; a pu- 
pil (m.). 
Une eleve, a scholar ; a pu- 

a pil (/-)• 
Age, old ; aged. 
Applique j attentive ; sedu- 
lous. 
Avance, advanced. 
Fatigue, fatigued i^tired. 
Content, contented ; satisfied. 
Premier ; premiere, first. 



Dernier ; derniere, last. 

Ce matin, this morning. 

Aujourd'hui, to-day. 

Souvent, often. 

Toujours ; always. 

Encore/* still. 

Plus (ne),* no longer ; n< 

Oui, yes. 

Non, no. 

Que (qu'), than ; as. 

Jean, John. 

Pierre, Peter. 

Elise, Eliza. 



Rem. The feminine form of the adjective is given in the vocabularies 
only when it does not conform to any of the rules contained in Lesson 
Fifth. 

Exercise 6. 

1. Je suis plus grand que Charles. 2. Oui, Paul, mais tu 
es aussi plus age que Charles. 3. Guillaume est le plus 
grand des enfants du maitre. 4. II est le plus avance 
de l'ecole. 5.' Julie, vous etes moins avancee qu'Elise. 
6. Elise est la meilleure eleve de la classe. 7. Les bons 
eleves sont toujours les premiers a l'ecole. 8. Nous ne 
sommes pas les premiers ce matin. 9. Non, vous 6tes les 
derniers aujourd'hui. 10. Nous ne sommes pas souvent les 
derniers. 11. Pierre est aussi applique qu' Alexis. 12. Hen- 
riette, vous n'etes pas si attentive que Marie. 13. Etes-vous 
encore malade ? 14. Non, je ne suis plus malade, mais je 

* Encore, still, and plus {ne), no longer, are adverbs of time. Plus requires ne 
before the verb ; it is the responsive negative to enccrre: Est-il encore ici? Is he still 
here ? II rCest plus ici. He is not (or he is no longer here). 



40 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

suis fatiguee. 15. L'oncle d'Elise est l'homme le plus riche 
de la ville. 16. Nous ne sommes pas riches, mais nous 
sommes contents. 

Theme 6. 
1. I am younger than Paul. 2. Yes, Charles, but you 
are also less far (moms) advanced. 3. Paul is the best 
scholar in (the) school. 4. Louisa is as tall as Henrietta. 
5. She is not so old as Henrietta. 6. Julia, you are not 
very attentive this morning. 7. You are no longer sick ? 
8. No, but I am still tired. 9. Eliza is a good scholar. 
10. She is the most advanced scholar (Ghe scholar the most 
advanced) of the class. 11. Peter is less studious and less 
attentive than William. 12. We are contented, but we are 
not so rich as the uncle of Julius. 13. Julia is the first of 
the class to-day. 14. She is always the first. 15. Yes, 
Mary, and you are often the last. 



SEVENTH LESSON. 
Limiting Adjectives.— Possessive. 

1. Limiting adjectives are of four kinds : possessive, de- 
monstrative, numeral, and indefinite. 
The possessive adjectives are : 

Singular. Plural 



MASCULINE. 


FEMININE. 


FOR BOTH GENDERS. 




Mon 


ma 


mes, 


my. 


Ton 


ta 


tes, 


thy. 


Son 


sa 


ses, 


his, her. its 


Notre 


notre 


noSj 


our. 


Votre 


votre 


vos, 


your. 


Leur 


leur 


leurs, 


thoir. 



LIMITING ADJECTIVES. — POSSESSIVE. 41 

These adjectives are repeated before each noun : 

Mon pere et ma mere. My father and mother. 

Son frere et sa soeur. His (or her) brother and sister. 

Mon, ton, son, are used instead of ma, ta, sa, before a 
feminine word that begins with a vowel or a silent h : 

Mon orange, son oratage. My orange, his (or her) orange. 

Vocabulary 7. 

Un cousin, a cousin (m). Une montre, a watch. 

Une cousine, a cousin (/.). Un parapluie, an umbrella. 

Un neveu, a nephew. Une ombrelle, a parasol. 

Une niece, a niece. Casse, broken. 

Un ami , (/.) une amie, a friend. Trouve 3 found. 

Une chambre, a room. Perdu, lost. 

Une grammaire ; a grammar. Vendu ; sold. 

Un mouchoir, a handkerchief. Vif (p. 33, Exc. 3), lively. 

Un gant, a glove. Heureux (p. 33, Exc. 4), happy. 

Exercise 7. 

Pierre, tu* es mon cousin. 2. Oui, Jean, et je suis aussi 
ton ami. 3. Nous sommes heureux et contents; nous avons 
de bons parents. 4. Julie, vous avez magrammaire. 5. J'ai 
trouve votre grammaire dans ma chambre. 6. Avez-vous 
vu mes cousins aujourd'hui ? 7. J'ai vu votre oncle et vos 
cousins ce matin. 8. Charles est tres-vif; il a casse sa 
montre d'or. 9. Ma cousine Elise a perdu son mouchoir. 
10. Elle a aussi perdu ses gants. 11. Nous n 'avons pas de 
classe ce matin; notre maitre de frai^aisf est malade. 
12. Nous avons vendu nos chevaux. 13. Nos amis ont 

* The French use frequently thee and thou in conversation with children, 
t Un. maitre defrancais, a French teacher. 



42 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

vendu leur maison. 14. Mes neveux out perdu leurs para- 
pluies. 15. Notre tante n'est pas heureuse;" elle est tou- 
jours malade. 16. Vos nieces sont les meilleures eleves de 
la classe de frangais.* 

Theme 7. 
1. Your cousin is my friend. 2. My cousin Mary is the 
friend of your sister. 3. Our uncle has lost his watch. 

4. Our aunt has lost her handkerchief and (her) gloves. 

5. Charles, I have found thyf umbrella in my room. 

6. Louisa, I have broken thy parasol. 7. Thou art too (trop) 
' lively, John. 8. Your nephews are my pupils. 9. Your 

nieces are the friends of my sisters. 10. Henry has found 
your grammar in his room. 11. Paul and Mary have lost 
their mother. 12. Our friends have sold their horses. 
13. We have sold our boat to your cousins. 14. Your 
little niece is a lively childj (child lively) ; she is very 
happy. 



EIGHTH LESSON. 

Limiting Adjectives. (Contniued.) — T h e Demonstrative. 
1. The demonstrative adjective is : 



Singular. 




Plural 


4ASCULINE. 


FEMININE. 


FOR BOTH GENDERS. 


Ce> cet, cette, this, that. 


CeSj these, those. 


Ce is used before a consonant, cet, before a vowel : 


Ce soldat. 


This soldier ; that soldier. 


Cet arbre. 


This tree ; 


that tree. 


Cet homme. 


This man 


; that man. 



* La claw drfrancais. the French class. t See p. 41, foot note : 

X See p. 21, foot-note. 



LIMITING ADJECTIVES. 43 

The demonstrative adjective is repeated before each noun: 

Cetttwhomme et cette femme. That man and that woman. 
Ces hommes et ces femmes. Those men and women. 

To make the distinction which is made in English by this 
and that, the French use ci (from id, here), and la (there). 
These words are joined with a hyphen to the noun : 

Cet homme-ci. This man. 

Cet homme-la. That man. 

Ces enfants-ci. These children. 

Ces enfants-la. Those children. 

2. Ce (C), That ; It ; sometimes He ; She ; They. 

Ce^C') m ust not be confounded with ce, cet : the latter 
is an adjective, and always precedes a noun ; the former is 
a pronoun, and is much used before est, is ; and sont, are. 

(Test Monsieur et Madame D. That is Mr. and Mrs. D. 

Ce sont nos amis. They are our friends. 

3. X'est ce pas? Is it not so? 

N'est-ce pas? is added to a declarative sentence, to ask 
a question, when an affirmative answer is expected : 

Nous sommes amis ; n'est-ce pas ? We are friends ; are we not ? 

Vocabulary 8. 

Un monsieur, a gentleman. Un medecin, a physician ; a doctor. 

Une dame, a lady. Un voisin, a neighbor (m.). 

Une demoiselle, a youn^r lady. Une voisine, a neighbor (/.). 

Monsieur Delmar, Mr. Delmar. Le facteur, the postman. 

Madame Delmar, Mrs. Delmar. Un billet, a note. 

Mademoiselle D., Miss D. Une lettre, a letter. 

Un capitaine, a captain. Du fruit, some fruit. 



44 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Une pomme, an apple. Mur, ripe. 

Une poire, a pear. Vert, green. 

Un ananas, a pine-apple. Ce (C), that ; it (2). 

Rem. Monsieur, alleviated M., is also used for Sir ; Madame, 
abb. Mme., for Madsrin>; ^Mademoiselle, abb. Mile., for Miss. In the 
plural: Messieurs-abb. MM., Gentlemen; Mesdames, abb. Mmes., 
Ladies ; Mesdemoiselles, abb. Miles., Young Ladies. 

In addressing a person, it is customary to prefix the epithets Mon- 
sieur, Madame, Mademoiselle, to the names of his or her kindred : 
Monsieur votre pere, your father; Madame votre mere, your 
mother ; Mademoiselle votre soeur, your sister. 

Exercise 8. 

1. Ce monsieur est Monsieur Delmar, notre voisin. 2. 
Cette dame est Madame Delmar, notre voisine. 3. Cette 
demoiselle est Mademoiselle Delmar, leur fille. 4. Qui est 
cet homme-la? 5. C'est le facteur, qui a apporte des let- 
tres de Paris. 6. Ce billet-ci est pour Mile, votre soeur. ' 
7. Cette lettre-la est pour Mme. votre mere. 8. Ces lettres- 
ci sont pour M. votre pere. 9. Qui sont ces messieurs? 
10. C'est le capitaine Duval et son frere, le medecin. 11. Ce 
sont nos amis. 12. Julie, vous etes raon amie ; n'est-ce 
pas? 13. Oui, je suis votre amie. 14. Charles, vous avez 
apporte du fruit, qui n'est pas mur. 15. Mais ces pros 
ananas sont bons ; n'est-ce pas ? 16. Oui, mais les pommes 
et les poires sont trop vertes. 

Theme 8. 

1. Who is that gentleman ? 2. That is Mr. Delmar. 
3. That lady is Mrs. Delmar, his wife. 4. They are our 
neighbors. 5. That young lady is their daughter, 6. M 

Delmar is the friend of my sister. 7. The postman lias 



LIMITING ADJECTIVES. — NUMERALS. 45 

brought these letters. 8. This note is for your brother, the 
captain. 9. That letter is for the doctor. 10. These letters 
are for the professor. 11. I have bought some good fruity 
apples, pears, and pine-apples.- 12. These pears are good ; 
are they not? 13. Yes, but your apples are too green. 
14. These pine-apples are ripe. 15. They are not bad. 



NINTH LESSON. 

Limiting Adjectives. (Continued.)— Numerals. 

1. The numeral adjectives are of two kinds, cardinal and 
ordinal, they are : 



Cardinal. 

1. Un, fern. une. 

2. Deux. 

3. Trois. 

4. Quatre. 

5. Cinq. 

6. Six. 

7. Sept. 

8. Huit. 

9. Neuf. 

10. Dix. 

11. Onze. 

12. Douze. 

13. Treize. 

14. Quatorze. 

15. Quinze. 

16. Seize. 

17. Dix-sept. 

18. Dix-huit. 

19. Dix-neuf. 

20. Vingt. 



Ordinal. 

1st. Premier, fern, premiere. 

2d. Deuxieme, or Second-e. 

3d. Troisieme. 

4th. Quatrieme. 

5th. Ginquieme. 

6th. Sixieme. 

7th. Septieme. 

8th. Huitieme. 

9 th. Neuvieme. 
10th. Dixieme. 
11th. Onzieme. 
12th. Douzieme. 
13th. Treizieme. 
14th. Quatorzieme. 
15th. Quinzieme. 
16th. Seizieme. 
17th. Dix-septieme. 
18th. Dix-huitieme. 
19th. Dix-neuvieme. 
20th. Vingtieme. 



46 ELEMENTARY 

21. Vingt et un. 

22. Vingt-deux. 

23. Vingt-trois. 

24. Vingt-quatre. 

25. Vingt-cinq. 

26. Vingt-six. 

27. Vingt-sept, 

28. Vingt-huit. 

29. Vingt-neuf. 

30. Trente. 

31. Trente et un. 

32. Trente-deux. 

33. Trente-trois. 

40. Quarante. 

41. Quarante et un. 

42. Quarante-deux. 

43. Quarante-trois. 

50. Cinquante, 

51. Cinquante et un. 

52. Cinquante-deux. 

53. Cinquante-trois. 

60. Soixante. 

61. Soixante et un. 

62. Soixante-deux. 

63. Soixante-trois. 

70. Soixante-dix. 

71. Soixante et onze. 

72. Soixante-douze. 

73. Soixante-treize. 

74. Soixante-quatorze. 

75. Soixante-quinze. 

76. Soixante-seize. 

77. Soixante-dix-sept. 

78. Soixante-dix-huit. 

79. Soixante-dix-neuf. 

80. Quatre-vingts. 

81. Quatre- vingt-un. 



FREN C H GRAMMAR. 


21st. 


Vingt et unieme. 


22d. 


Vingt-deuxieme. 


23d. 


Vingt-troisieme. 


24th. 


Vingt-quatrieme. 


25th. 


Vingt-cinquieme. 


26th. 


Vingt-sixieme. 


27th. 


Vingt-septieme. 


28th. 


Vingt-huitieme. 


29th. 


Vingt-neuvieme. 


30th. 


Trentieme. 


31st. 


Trente et unieme. 


32d. 


Trente-deuxieme. 


33d. 


Trente-troisieme. 


40th. 


Quarantieme. 


41st. 


Quarante et unieme. 


42d. 


Quarante-deuxieme. 


43d. 


Quarante-troisieme. 


50th. 


Cinquantieme. 


51st. 


Cinquante et unieme. 


52d. 


Cinquante-deuxieme. 


53d. 


Oinquante-troisieme. 


60th. 


Soixantieme. 


61st. 


Soixante et unieme. 


62d. 


Soixante-deuxieme. 


63d. 


Soixante-troisieme. 


70th. 


Soixante-dixieme. 


71st, 


Soixante-onzieme. 


72d. 


Soixante-douzieme. 


73d. 


Soixante-treizieme. 


74th. 


Soixante-quatorzieme. 


75th. 


Soixante-quinzieme. 


76th. 


Soixante-seizieme. 


77th. 


Soixante-dix-septieme. 


78th. 


Soixante-dix-huitieme. 


79th. 


Soixante-dix-neuvieme. 


80th. 


Quatre-vingtieme. 


81st. 


Quatre- vingt-unieme. 



LIMITING ADJECTIVES. 


— NUMERALS, 47 


82. 


Quatre-vingt-deux. 


82d. 


Quatre- vingt-deuxieme. 


83. 


Quatre-vingt-trois. 


83d. 


Quatre-vingt-troisieme. 


84 


Quatre-vingt-quatre. 


84th. 


Quatre-vingt-quatrieme. 


85. 


Quatre- vingt-cinq. 


85th. 


Quatr e- vingt- cniquieme. 


86. 


Quatre-vingt-six. 


86th. 


Quatre-vingt-sixieme. 


87. 


Quatre-vingt-sept. 


87th. 


Quatre-vingt-septieme. 


88. 


Quatre-vingt-huit. 


88th. 


Quatre- vingt-huitieme. 


89. 


Quatre-vingt-neuf. 


89th. 


Quatre-vingt-neuvieme. 


90. 


Q uatr e- vingt-dix. 


90th. 


Quatre- vingt-dixieme. 


91. 


Quatre-vingt-onze. 


91st. 


Quatre-vingt-onzieme. 


92. 


Quatre-vingt-douze. 


92d. 


Quatre-vingt-douzieme. 


93. 


Quatre- vingt-treize. 


93d. 


Quatre- vingt-treizieme. 


94. 


Quatre- vingt-quat orze. 


94th. 


Quatre - vingt - quator 
zieme. 


95. 


Quatre-vingt-quinze. 


95th. 


Quatre- vingt-quinzieme. 


96. 


Quatre- vingt-seize. 


96th. 


Quatre-vingt-seizieme. 


97. 


Quatre-vingt-dix-sept. 


97th. 


Quatre - vingt - dix - sep - 
tieme. 


98. 


Quatre- vingt-dix-huit. 


98th. 


Quatre - vingt - dix - hui ■ 
tieme. 


99. 


Quatre- vingt-dix-neuf. 


99th. 


Quatre - vingt - dix -neu • 
vieme. 


100. 


Cent. 


100th. 


Centieme. 


101. 


Cent-un. 


101st. 


Cent-unieme. 


200. 


Deux cents. 


200th. 


Deux centieme. 


210. 


Deux cent-dix. 


210th. 


Deux cent-dixieme. 


1,000. 


Mille. 


1,000th. 


Millieme. 


1,001. 


Mille-un. 


1,001th. 


Mille-unieme. 


2,000. 


Deux mille. 


2,000th. 


Deux millieme. 


2,500. 


Deux mille-cinq cents. 


2,500th. 


Deux mille - cinq - cen - 
tieme. 


3,000. 


Trois mille. 


3,000th. 


Trois millieme. 


1000,000. 


Un million. 1,000,000th. 


Millionieme. 



48 ELEMEXTAKV FRENCH G R A If MAR. 



The Multiplication Tables.* 



Combien font deux fois deux ? 

Deux fois deux font quatre. 
Combien font deux fois trois ? 
Deux fois trois font six. Etc. 



How many are (in French, make) 

twice two? 
Twice two are {make) four. 
How many are twice three? 
Twice three are six. Etc. 



k dollar. 



Une annee, a year. 

Un mois, a month. 

Une semaine, a week. 

Un jour, a day. 

Une heure, an hour. 

Une minute, a minute. 

Un dollar, ) 

Une piastre, ) 

Un franc, a franc. 

Un sou, a cent. 

Un centime, a centime. 

Une douzaine, a dozen. 

Une fois, once ; deux fois, twice. 

Trois fois, three times. 

La rue, the street. 



Vocabulary 9. 

La poste, the post-office. 

La poche, the pocket. 

Un mouchoir de poche, a pocket- 
handkerchief 

La lecon, the lesson. 

Combien (de), how much ; how 
many. 

Combien de fois, how many times. 

Ete, been. 

J'ai ete, I have been. 

Jamais (ne), never. 

II y a, there is ; there are. 

Y a-t-il ? is there ? are there ? 

Font {Us font), make {they make). 

Ou, or. 



Exercise 9. 

1. J'ai cent-cinquante francs dans ma poche. 2. CVst 
trente piastres, ou dollars, de votre argent. 3. Le franc a 
vingt sous, ou cent centimes. 4. II y a douze mois dans 
l'annee. 5. Un mois a trente ou trente et un jours. 
G. Vingt-quatre heures font un jour. 7. Soixante minutes 
font une heure. 8. II y a une bonne ecole dans la onzieme 



* The pupils should learn the Multiplication Tables in French. The task is an 
easy one, when once the formula, and the numbers up to a hundred, are well known. 



NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 49 

rue. 9. Combien d'eleves y a-t-il dans cette ecole ? 10. II y 
a treize eleves dans notre classe de frangais. 11. Jean a ete 
le premier aujourd'hui ; Jules a ete le deuxieme; et le gros 
Guillaume a ete le dernier de la elasse. 12. Nous avons eu 
la neuvieme legon. 13. J'ai ete trois fois a la j>oste aujour- 
d'hui 14. Combien de fois avez-vous ete a Paris ? 15. Je 
n'ai jamais ete a Paris. 16. Combien font sept fois sept ? 
17. Sept fois sept font quarante-neuf. 18. Julie a achete 
une douzaine de mouchoirs de poclie pour son frere. 

Theme 9. 

1. A year has twelve months. 2. A month has four weeks. 
3. A week has seven days. 4. A day has twenty-four hours. 
5. An hour has sixty minutes. 6. How many are (make) 
five times five? 7. Five times five are (make) twenty-five. 
8. Five centimes make one cent. 9. Twenty cents make 
one franc. 10. Five francs make one dollar. 11. There is 
a large school in this street. 12. In that school there are 
eighty scholars. 13. The post-office is in (the) Eleventh* 
street. 14. How much money have you with you (sur 
vous)? 15. I have ten dollars, or fifty francs, in my pocket. 
16. How r many times have you been here? 17. This is 
(c'est) the first time that (que) I am here. 18. For tvhom 
(qui) have you bought that dozen of pocket-handkerchiefs ? 



NINTH LESSON (bis). 
Remarks on the Numeral Adjectives. 
1. The cardinal numeral adjectives are invariable, except 
un, vingt, and cent. 

• No elision of the vowel takes place before onze, eleven and onzieme, eleventh. 
See Less. 9 (bis)— 4. 



50 ELEMENTARY FRENCH G R A M MAR. 

Un, feta. une, used in connection with autre, other, may 
take the plural ending (p. 81, 3). 

Vingt and cent, when multiplied and not immediately 
followed by another number, take the plural ending. 

Quatre-vingts piastres. Eighty dollars. 

Trois cents milles.* Three hundred miles. 

They are invariable when followed by another number. 

Quatre-vingt-trois piastres. Eighty-three dollars. 

Trois cent-vingt milles. Three hundred and twenty miles. 

Rem. Vingt and cent do not take the plural ending when they are 
used for vingtieme and centieme, as : l'an huit cent, in the year 
eight hundred. 

2. Mille, a thousand, is written mil, in the ordinary com- 
putation of years, as: 

Mil huit cent soixante-treize. One thousand eight hundred and 

seventy- three. 

3. Second and deuxieme, second, are not to be used in- 
discriminately. Second indicates order: deuxieme de- 
notes one of a series, and is correctly used only when a third, 
a fourth, etc., are supposed to exist. 

Au second etage. In the second story (of a house). 

La deuxieme lee. on. The second lesson. 

4. The elision of the vowel of the article and of other 
monosyllabic words, does not take place before onze, on- 
zieme, as : 

De onze a vingt. From eleven to twenty. 

La onzieme le$on. The eleventh lesson. 

Dans sa onzieme annee. In his eleventh year. 



• Un mille, a mile, is a noun ; mille, a thousand, is a numeral adjective, and its 
invariable ; un milliard, a thousand millions. 



NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 



51 



5. 



The Names of the Days of the Week. 



Dimanche, 


or le dimanche. 


Sunday. 


Lundij 


or le lundi. 


Monday. 


Mardi, 


or le mardi. 


Tuesday. 


Mercredi, 


or le mercredi. 


Wednesday. 


Jeudi, 


or le jeudi. 


Thursday. 


Vendredi, 


or le vendredi. 


Friday. 


Samedi, 


or le samedi. 


Saturday. 



The article is used before the days of the week, to indi- 
cate the periodical return of something on a certain day of 
the week. 

Nous avons le francais deux fois We have French twice a week, 
par semaine, le lundi et le jeudi. Mondays and Thursdays. 

No preposition is used before the days of the week. 
II etait ici lundi. He was here on Monday. 



6. 
Janvier, January. 
Fevrier, February. 
Mars, March. 
Avrilj April. 
Mai, May. 
Juin, June. 



The Months. 

Juillet, July. 
A out August. 
Septembre, Septembre. 
Octobre, October. 
Novembre, November. 
Decembre, December. 



The cardinal numbers are used for the days of the month, 
except for the first. 

The preposition de before the names of the months is 
generally omitted, and no preposition is used before the 
date. 



Le premier Janvier. 

Le trois fevrier. 

Le quatre mars. 

C'est aujourd'hui le quinze mai. 



The first of January. , 

The third of February. 

On the fourth of March. 

It is to-day the fifteenth of May. 



• 



/ 



52 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

TENTH LESSON. 
Limiting Adjectives. (Continued.)— Indefinite. 

1. The indefinite adjectives are : 

Aucun, /. aucune, no. Tout, toute, all ; every ; whole. 

Pas un, /. pas une, not one. Flusieurs, several. 

Nul, /. nulle, no, not one. Quel, /. quelle, which ; what. 

Autre, other. Quelque, some. 

M6me, same. Quelconque, whatever. 

Chaque, each ; every. Tel, /. telle, such. 

2. Remarks and Examples. 
(1.) Aucun ; Pas un ; Nul (ne). 

These are negative words ; they require ne before the 

verb. 

Aucun eleve n'est absent. No scholar is absent. 

Nulle excuse n'est admissible. No excuse is admissible. 

(2.) Autre, Other ; Different. 

J'ai d' autre papier. I have other paper. 

C'est une autre chose. That is a different thing. 

Rem. Another, meaning a second one, one more, is expressed by 
encore un. 

Avez-vous encore un crayon ? Have you another pencil ? 
J'en ai encore un. I have another one (one more). 

(3.) Chaque, Every; Each (distributive). 

Chaque piece est d'une qualite Each piece is of a different quality. 

differente.* 
Chaque chose est a sa place. Everything is in its place. 

* See foot-note, p. 38. 



LIMITING ADJECTIVES. 53 

(4.) Tout, pi. tous ; /. toute, pi. toutes, All ; Every ; 

Whole. 

The article is placed between tout and the noun. 

Tout le monde. Everybody. 

Tous les eleves. All the scholars. 

Toute une annee. A whole year. 

(5.) Plusieurs, Several (invariable). 

J'ai plusieurs grammaires. I have several grammars. 

(6.) Quel, pi. quels; /. quelle, pi. quelles, Which; 

What. 

Quel generally precedes a noun, either in an interrogative 
or an exclaniatory sentence. 

Quel jour du mois est-ce aujour- What day of the month is it to- 

d'hui? day? 

QueUe lecon avons-nous ? Which lesson have we ? 

Quelle heure est-il ? What hour (what time) is it ? 

In an exclamatory sentence, quel is equivalent to 
what a. 
Quel homme ! Quelle femme ! What a man ! What a woman ! 

The noun is sometimes understood after quel. It is then 

equivalent to qui, who, as: 

Quel est ce monsieur ? or ) , TT , . , . 

J" . _ y Who is that gentlemen ? 

Qui est ce monsieur 7 ) 

(7.) Quelque, Some; pi. quelques, A few. 

Quelque chose. Some thing. 

Quelques piastres. A few dollars, 



54 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

(8.) Tel, / telle, Such. 

The numeral adjective un precedes tel. 
Un tel homme ; une telle femme. Such a man ; such a woman. 



Vocabulary 10. 

Une place, a place ; a seat. La qualite, the quality. 

Une chose, a thing. Un metre, a meter. 

Une faute, a fault ; a mistake. Une caisse, a case ; a box. 

Un theme, a theme ; an exercise. Tout le monde, al] the world ; 

Un exercice ; an exercise. every body. 

Une excuse, an excuse. Absent, absent. 

Une piece, a piece. Present, present. 

De la mousseline, muslin. Different, different. 



Exercise 10. 

1. Aucun eleve n'est absent de la classe. 2. Le pro?- 
fesseur est dans l'autre chambre. 3. Nous avons tons la 
meme lec^on. 4. II try a pas une faute dans ce theme. 
5. Chaque chose est a sa place. 6. Jules a ete absent 
lundi (on Monday). 7. II n'a apporte aucune excuse. 
8. C'est toujours la meme chose. 9. Combien de pieces 
de mousseline y a-t-il dans cette caisse ? 10. Chaque piece 
est de trente metres. 11. Toutes les pieces soht de la 
meme qualite. 12. II y a quelques pieces d'une qualite 
differente. 13. Tout le monde est dans la rue. 14. Tons 
les eleves sont presents. 15. II y a plusieurs fautes dans 
votre theme. 10. Quel jour du mois est-ce aujourd'hui ? 
17. Quelle est cette dame ? 18. Quel homme et quelle 
femme ! \\l Je n'ai jamais vu un tel homme et une telle 
femme, 



pronouns. 55 

Theme 10. 

1. Everybody is here. 2. Each student is in his seat. 
3. No scholar has been absent to-day. 4. I have found a 
few mistakes in this exercise. 5. There are forty pieces of 
muslin in this case. 6. This piece is not of the same 
quality as the others. 7. Each piece is of a different* 
quality. 8. That is another thing. 9. Have you another 
pencil (2-2 Rem.) ? 10. I have bought a whole piece of 
this muslin. 11. It is (of) thirty meters. 12. All my 
books are at home. 13. You have been absent several 
times. 14. It (Ce) is not my fault. 15. What an excuse ! 
16. What day of the week is it ? 17. Which scholars are 
absent this morning ? 18. Who is that gentleman? 19. I 
have never seen such a man. 



ELEVENTH LESSON. - 
Pronouns, f— Personal. 

1. There are six kinds of pronouns: personal, possessive, 
demonstrative, interrogative, relative, and indefinite. 

Pronouns agree, in gender and number, with the nouns 
which they represent. 

2. Personal Pronouns.— Conjunctive. 

Personal pronouns are of two kinds : conjunctive and 
disjunctive. 

( '(injunctive personal pronouns are used only in connection 



* Place the adjective after the noun. t Introduction, p. 16. 



56 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



with verbs, as subject, direct object, or indirect object,* of 
the verb. They are : 



(1.) The Pronouns Used 


as Subjects and 


as Objects. 






Singular. 






AS SUBJECT. 


AS DIRECT OBJECT. 


AS INDIRECT OBJECT. 


1st pers. 


je in i. 


me (m'), me. 


me (m'), to me. 


2d pers. 


tu, thou. 


te (f), thee. 


te (f), to thee. 


3d pers. masc. 


il, he ; it 


le (!'), him; it. 


lui, to him. 


fern. 


elle, she; it. la (1'), her; it. 


lui, to her. 






Plural. 






AS SUBJECT. 


AS DIRECT OBJECT. 


AS INDIRECT OBJECT. 


1st pers. 


nous, we. 


nous, us. 


nous, to us. 


2d pers. 


vous, you. 


vous j you. 


vous, to you. 


3d pers. masc. 


ils, they. 


les, them. 


leur, to them. 


fern. 


elles, they. 


les, them. 


leur, to them. 



(2.) 



Pronouns Used as Objects only. 



Se (s'), himself, herself, itself, themselves, one's self (direct 
or indirect object). 
En, some or any, of it, of them (indirect object). 
Y, to it, to them (indirect object). 
Le (!'), it y so (invariable). 



3. 



Remarks and Examples. 



The objective pronouns are placed before the verb, except 
when the verb is in the imperative mode. 
Je connais. I know or I do know. 

Je vous connais. I know you. 

Je ne vous connais pas. I do not know you. 

Je parle. I speak, I do speak. 

Je lui parle. I speak to him. 

Je ne lui parle pas. I do not speak to him. 

* Bee Introduction, pp. 17, 18. 



PRONOUNS. 



57 



When the verb is in the imperative mode, and used affir- 
matively, the objective pronouns stand after the verb. 
Parlez-lui. Speak to him. 

But when the sentence is negative, the pronouns precede 
the verb. 
Ne lui parlez pas. Do not speak to him. 

Vocabulary 11. 



Je parle, I speak ; I do speak ; I 

am speaking. 
II parle, he speaks ; he does speak; 

he is speaking. 
Je donne, I give. 
II donne, he gives. 
Je pr&te, I lend. 
II prete, he lends. 
J'apporte, I bring. 
II apporte, he brings. 
J'appeUe, I call. 
II appelle, he calls. 



Je connais, I know ; I do know. 
II connait, he knows. 
Je vois ; il voitj I see ; he sees. 
Un camarade, a comrade ; unca- 
marade de classe, a class-mate. 
Un dictionnaire, a dictionary. 
Une fleur, a flower. 
Une peche, a peach, 
lies ciseaux, the scissors. 
A present, at present. 
Tous les jours, every day. 
Bien, weU. 



Exercise 11. 

(In this Exercise, the pronouns representing the indirect objects are in italic.) 

1. Je vous connais. 2. Je vous appelle. 3. Je vous 
donne ces fleurs. 4. II me connait. 5. II me parle. 6. Je 
te vois. 7. Je t'appelle. 8. Je te prete ce livre. 9. II nous 
voit. 10. II nous appelle. 11. II nous apporte des peches. 
12. Je vois votre camarade de classe. 13. Je le connais 
bien. 14. Je lui ai prete un livre. 15. Je connais votre 
voisine. 1G. Je la vois tous les jours. 17. Je lui ai parle 
ce matin. 18. Je connais ces hommes. 19. Je les connais 
bien. 20. Je leur ai vendu un cheval. 21. Avez-vous mon 



58 ELEMENTAK Y FREN C H G R A M M A K . 

diction uaire. 22. Je l'ai eu. 23. Je ne Fai pas a present. 
24 Charles Fa. 25. II ne Fa pas. 26. Nous Favons. 27. 
Ou sont mes ciseaux ; les avez-vous ? 28. Je ne les ai pas. 
29. Vos camarades les ont. 30. Nous ne les avons pas. 
31. Qui les a ? 

Theme 11. 

1. I know you. 2. I do not speak to you. 3. He sees 
me. 4. He has given me these peaches. 5. I see thee. 6. I 
give thee these flowers. 7. He calls us. 8. He speaks to us. 
9. I know your class-mate. 10. I often* see him. 11. I have 
lent him my dictionary. 12. I know your cousin Mary. 
13. I see her every day. 14. I often* lend her books. 15. I 
have had your pencil. 16. I have given it to your brother. 
17. He has it. 18. He has it not now. 19. Julia has had 
your scissors. 20. I have them not now. 21. Louisa lias 
them. 22. She has them not. 23. Have you them ? 24. 
We have them not. 25. The children have them. 



TWELFTH LESSON. 
Conjunctive Personal Pronouns. (Continued.)— Se; En; Y; Le. 

1. Se is the reflective pronouuf of the third person, singu- 
lar and plural, either as direct, or indirect, object of the 
verb: himself, herself, itself themselves, one*s self or to him- 
self etc. 

The reflective pronouns of the first and second persons 

* Place the adverb after the verb. 

t "Reflective pronouns :ire so called because they receive the reflective action of 
[he verb, as ; I see mij -elf. They are a subdivision of the personal pronouns. 



CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PROXOUXS. 59 

are, in form, the same as the objective pronouns given in 
the preceding lesson. 

Me, myself, to myself. Nous, ourselves, to ourselves. 

Te, thyself, to thyself. VouSj to yourself, to yourselves. 

The reflective pronouns are used in the conjugation of 
pronominal verbs, as: 

Se laver. To wash one's self. 

Je me lave. I wash myself. 

II se lave. He washes himself. 

Vous lavez-vous? Do you wash yourself? 

2. Ell, Some or Any ; Of it ; Of them (indirect object). 

The pronoun en expi esses a part or quantity of the sub- 
stance represented by the noun to which it refers: some or 
any of it, of them; of it, of them.. It is used : 

(1.) To represent a noun taken in the partitive or the in- 
definite sense, as : 

J'ai du papier ; en avez-vous ? I have paper ; have you some ? 

J'en ai. I have (some of it). 

J'en ai encore. I still have some. 

Je n'en ai plus. I have not any more. 

J'ai des amis; vous en avez aussi. I have friends ; you have some too. 

J'ai un livre ; en avez-vous un ? I have a book ; have you one ? 

Je n'en ai pas. I have not. 

(2.) To represent a noun taken in a definite sense, as : 

II parle de cette affaire; il en He speaks of that business; he 
parle. speaks of it. 

Rem. In this latter sense, en is seldom used with reference to 
persons, de lui, d'elle, d'eux, d'elles being used instead. 



60 ELEMENTARY FREXCH GRAMMAR. 

3. Y, To it ; To them {indirect object). 

The pronoun y expresses the relation of the preposition 
a (to) : to it, to them. 

Pensez-vous a cette affaire ? Do you think of (to) that business? 

J'y pense. I think of it (in French to it). 

4. En and Y as Adverbs. 

En and y are also used as adverbs, with reference to a 
place that has been previously mentioned : en, from it, 
from there ; y, there, to it, at it, in it. 

Avez-vous ete a la poste? Have you been to the post-office ? 

J'en viens. I come from it. 

J'y vais. I am going to it. 

Mon frere y est. My brother is there. 

5. The Invariable Pronoun Le. 

The invariable pronoun le, equivalent to it or so, is used 
to represent an adjective or a sentence. , 

Etes-vous content ? Je le suis. Are you satisfied ? I am (so). 
II est malade j vous le savez. He is sick ; you know it. 

Vocabulary 12. 

Je lave, I wash. Je pense, I think. 

Vous lavezj you wash. Vous pensez, you think. 

Je flatte, I natter. Maman, mamma. 

Vous flattez, you natter. Je vais ; il va, I go ; he goes. 

Je blame, you blame. Je viens; il vient, I come: he 

Vous blamezj you blame. comes. 

Je trompe, I deceive. Je sais ; il sait, I know ; lie knows. 

Vous trompez, you deceive. J'ai besoin de, T have need of. 

J'amuse, I amuse. Un couteau, a knife. 

Vous amusez, you amuse. Une fourchette, a fork. 



COXJUXCTIVE PEESOXAL PKOXOUXS. 61 

Un canifi a penknife. Pourquoi, why. 

Une affaire, an affair ; a business. Parce que, because. 
La banque, the bank, Quand, when. 

Exercise 12. 

1. Je me lave. 2. Je ne m'amuse pas. 3. Vous vous 
trompez. 4. II se blame. 5. Elle se flatte. 6. II a de la 
patience ; j'en ai aussi. 7. Vous n'en avez pas. 8. lis ont 
beaucoup d'argent. 9. Nous en avons peu. 10. Vous en 
avez assez. 11. J'ai un couteau; en avez-vous un? 12. Je 
n'en ai pas. 13. Charles en a deux. 14. N'avez-vous pas 
de fourchette ? 15. J'en ai une. 16. Marie n'en a pas. 
17. Avez-vous besoin de ce canif ? 18. J'en ai besoin. 
19. Ou sont les ciseaux; mam an en a besoin. 20. Pourquoi 
parlez-vous de cette affaire ? 21. J'en parle, parce qu'il en 
parle. 22. Quand i] y pense, il en parle. 23. Je n'y pense 
jamais. 24. Je yais a la banque. 25. J'en viens. 26. Henri 
y est. 27. Je le sais. 28. Vous etes fatigue^ et je le suis 



aussi. 



Theme 12. 



1. I blame myself. 2. You deceive yourself. 3. He 
amuses himself. 4. She flatters herself. 5. You have cour- 
age, and I have some too. 6. She has money, and you 
have none. 7. We have friends. 8. They have some too. 
9. Have you a fork? 10. I have one. 11. Louis has not. 
12. I have no knife. 13. Mary has two. 14. I have your 
penknife; have you need of it ? 15. I have no need of it. 
16. I think of (to) that affair. 17. When you think of it 
(to it), you speak of it. 18. Why do you speak of it? 
19. Because I always think of it. 20. William is at the 



ill 1 



62 EL EM EXT ARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

bank. 21. I know it. 22. I come from there. 23. I go 
there. 24. He goes there too. 25. You are tired, and we 
are (so) too. 



THIKTEEXTH LESSOX. 
Collocation of Objective Pronouns. 

1. When two objective pronouns accompany a verb, the 
following order is to be observed. 

The pronouns of the first and second persons precede the 
pronouns of the third person : 

Me le, me la, me les. It to me, them to me. 

Te le, te la, te les. It to thee, them to thee. 

Nous le, nous la, nous les. It to us, them to us. 

Vous le, vous la, vous les. It to you, them to you. 

If both pronouns are of the third person, the direct object, 
le, la or les, precedes the indirect object, lui or leur ; but 
the indirect object se precedes the direct object. 

Le lui, la lui, les lui. It to him or her, them to bim. 

Le leur, la leur, les leur. It to them, them to them. 

Se le, se la, se les. It to himself, them to himself, etc. 

Position of En and Y. 

En follows the other objective pronouns, and immediately 

precedes the verb : 

M'en, nous en, vous en. Some to me, to us, to you. 

Lui en, leur en. Some to him, to them. 

L'en, les en. It from there, them from there. 

The adverb y follows the objective pronouns, except the 
pronoun en. 



OBJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 63 

M'y, nous y, vous y. Me there, us there, you there. 

L'y, les y. Him, her or it there ; them there. 

Y en. Some there. 

Rem. The negative particle ne immediately follows the subject ; 
hence it precedes the objective pronouns. 

Vocabulary 13. 

Envoye, {past participle), sent. Un dessin, a drawing; a pattern 

J'envoie, I send. Une gravure, an engraving. 

II envoie, he sends. Un bouquet, a bouquet. 

Vous envoyez, you send. Une bague, a ring (finger-ring). 

Porte, p. p., carried ; taken. Un violon, a violin. 

Je porte, I take ; I carry. Un concert, concert. 

II porte, he takes ; he carries. Une histoire, a history ; a story. 

Mene, p. p., taken ; led. Un oiseau, a bird. 

Je mene, I take ; I lead. Une cage, a cage. 

II mene, he takes ; he leads. Beau, bel, /. belle, beautiful, 

Raconte, p. p., related. (p. 36, Exc. 5) fine ; handsome. 

Montre, p. p., shown. Joli, /. jolie, pretty. 

Exercise 13. 
1. C'est un beau dessin; me le donnez-vous ? 2. Je vous 
le don lie. 3. Qui vous a donne ce be] oiseau ? 4. Ma tante 
me Pa apporte dans' cette jolie cage. 5. Jules sait une belle 
histoire; il nous l'a racontee.* 6. Ce sont de beaux ana- 
nas; qui vous les a donnes?* 7. Mon cousin nous les a 
envoyes.* 8. Charles a un beau violon ; son oncle le lui a 
envoye de Paris. 9. II nous l'a montre. 10. Julie a un 
beau bouquet; Henri le lui a donne. 11. Louise a une 
belle bague; son pere la lui a achetee. 12. Vos neveux 
out de belles gravures; leur oncle les leur a pretees.* 13. 
Vous avez de belles fleurs ; m'en donnez-vous ? 14. Je 

* The past participle agrees with the direct object of the verb, See Less. 21, 
Sec. 4-3. 



64 ELEMENTARY FKENCH GRAMMAR. 

vous en donne. 15. Je lui en donne. 16. Je leur en donne. 
17. J'ai ete au concert ; mon pere m'y a mene. 18. Je vous 
y ai vu. 19. Jean est a la banque; je Py ai envoy 6. 20. 
Mes livres sont a l'ecole ; je les y ai portes ce matin. 

Theme 13. 

1. You have a fine violin. 2. My uncle (has) sent it to 
me from Paris. 3. I have a beautiful pine-apple ; I give it 
to you. 4. That is a fine ring. 5. My father (has) bought* 
it for me.f 6. Those (Ce) are fine drawings. 7. My aunt 
(has) lent* them to us. 8. Charles has fine engravings. 9. 
He has shown* them to us. 10. That is a beautiful story. 
11. I have related* it to him. 12. This fine bouquet is for 
my cousin Henrietta; I send it to her. 13. Those pretty 
birds and that pretty cage are for Julius; his aunt sends 
them to him. 14. Your nephews have apples; I gave (have 
given) them to them. 15. Mary has bought oranges ; she 
gave me one. 16. I have peaches; I give you some. 17. I 
give him some. 18. I give them some. 19. The money is 
in (a) the bank ; I carried it there. 20. I go to the concert ; 
my father takes me there. 



FOURTEENTH LESSON. 

Disjunctive Personal Pronouns. 
1. The disjunctive personal pronouns are: 

Singular. Plural. 

Moi, I or me. Nous, we or us. 

Toi, thou or thee. Vous, you. 

• Make the past participle agree with the direct object of the verb, the Mme as 
if it were an adjective. See Less. 21, Sec. 4-3. t For me. ?/<< (indir. oh;.). 



DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUN. 65 

Singular. Plural. 

Lui, he or him. Eux, they or them (m.). 

Elle, she or her. Elles, they or them (/.). 

Soi, himself, herself, itself, themselves, one's self. 

2. Remarks on the Disjunctive Personal Pronouns. 
The disjunctive personal pronouns are used : 

(1.) When the verb is not expressed, as : 

Qui m'appelle ? Moi. Who calls me ? I. 

Qui appelle-t-il ? Moi. Whom does he call ? Me. 

Vous etes plus grand que moi. You are taller than I. 

(2.) In apposition with other pronouns, for the sake of 
emphasis, and also to state separately the persons forming 
a compound subject or object. . 

Toi, tu es l'homme. Thou art the man. 

Lui et moi (nous) sommes amis. He and I are friends. 

(3.) After the verb etre, when it is preceded by ce. 
C'est moi. C'est lui. It is I. It is he. 

(4.) After prepositions. 
II parle de moi. He speaks of me. 

3. Chez, To, At or in the house of. 

The preposition chez is used in the sense of to or at the 
house of. 

Chez Monsieur Delmar. To or at the house of Mr. Del mar. 

Chez le medecin. To or at the doctor's. 

Chez is used with the disjunctive personal pronouns for 
to or at my house, my home. 



60 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Ohez moi, to or at my house. 
Chez toi, to or at thy house. 
Chez lui, to or at his house. 
Chez elle, to or at her house. 



Chez nous, to or at our house. 
Chez vous, to or at your house. 
Chez eux, / 



Chez elles, I 



to or at their house. 



Compound Personal Pronouns. 

The compound personal pronouns are formed of the dis- 
junctive pronouns and the adjective meme, self, connected 
by a hyphen. 

Moi-m&me, myself. Nous-m&mes, ourselves. 

Toi-m&me, thyself. Vous-memes, yourselves. 



Vons-meme, yourself. 
Xiui-meme, himself. 
Elle-m£me, herself. 



Eux-m&mes, ) 



Elles-m&mes, S 
Soi-meme, one's self. 



- themselves 



These pronouns are used for the sake of emphasis. 

Je l'ai vu moi-m6me. I have seen it myself. 

Elle se blame elle-m&me. She blames herself. 



Vocabulary 14. 



Un negociant, a merchant. 

Un marchand, a storekeeper. 

Un dentiste, a dentist. 

Un artiste, an artist. 

Un domestique, a man-servant. 

Une domestique, ) t . , 

__ x r a servant-girl. 

Une servante, ) 

Un magasin, a store ; a ware- 
house. 
Une boutique, a store ; a shop 
Un atelier, a workshop. 
La rue du Temple, Temple street. 



Un tableau, a painting ; a picture. 
Un miroir, a looking-glass. 
Un journal, a newspaper. 
Que ? (Qu'), what ? 
Quelque chose,- something ; any- 
thing. 
Rien,(ne),* nothing; not anything. 
Je demeure, I live ; I am living. 
Laisse, left. 
Ce soir, this evening. 
Avec, with. 
Sans, without. 



* Quelque chose is not used in a negative sense. Thaw not anything, is / n'u> 
rien, not Je n'aipas quelque chose, 



DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 67 



Exercise 14. 



9 



1. Vous etes plus age que lui. 2. H est moins avance 
que moi. 3. Vous et moi, nous somraes amis ; n'est-ce pas 
4. Est-ce la servante qui est la ? 5. C'est elle. 6. Ma mere 
a besom (Telle. 7. Je vais chez l'artiste ; j'ai quelque chose 
pour lui. 8. Qu'est-ce ? 9. C'est un tableau. 10. Qu'avez- 
vous pour moi? 11. Je n'ai rien pour vous. 12. Moi, je 
vais chez les negociants ; ils sont a leur bureau. 13. J'ai de 
1 ? argent pour eux. 14. Ma sceur va chez le dentiste; il de- 
meure dans la rue du Temple. 15. J'y vais avec elle. 
16. Bile n'y va pas sans moi. 17. Le dentiste n'est pas 
chez lui. 18. Maman a envoy e le domestique a la bou- 
tique. 19. Le marchand a laisse les journaux au magasin. 
20. Henri vient chez moi ce soir. 21. Qui a casse le miroir ? 
22. C'est moi qui l'ai casse. 23. Je me blame moi-meuie. 
24. C'est vous-meme qui en avez parle le premier. 

Theme 14. 

1. You are as old as I. 2. I am taller than you. 3. Is 
that the servant? 4. It is he. 5. My father has need of 
him. 6. He is in the office. 7. What is that? 8. It is a 
painting for the artist. 9. I am going to his workshop. 
10. I am going there with you. 11. Have you anything 
for the merchant? 12. I have nothing for him. 13. The 
storekeeper (has) left his letters and newspapers at our 
house. 14. I am carrying them to his store. 15. Mamma 
has sent the servant-girl to the store (shop). 16. My cousin 
Lizzie is at the dentist's in Temple street. 17. I am com- 
ing without my sister. 18. She is going this evening to 
my aunt's. 19. I am now living at my aunt's. 20. My 



68 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



cousins (/.) are not at home. 21. They are at my house. 
22. Is it not you who broke (has broken) Mary's looking- 
glass? 23. It is not I; Mary broke (has broken) it herself. 



FIFTEENTH LESSON. 



Possessive Pronouns. 



1. The possessive pronouns are : 



Singular. 


Plural. 




masc. 


PEM. 


masc. 


PEM. 




Le mien. 


la mienne, 


les miens. 


les miennes, 


mine ; my own 


Le tien, 


la tienne, 


les tiens, 


les tiennes, 


thine. 


Le sien, 


la sienne, 


les siens, 


les siennes, 


his ; hers. 


Le notre, 


la notre, 


les notres, 


les notres, 


ours. 


Le votre, 


la votre, 


les votreSj 


les votres, 


yours. 


Le leur, 


la leur, 


les leurs, 


les leurs, 


theirs. 



Possessive pronouns agree, in gender and number, with 
the nouns which they represent. 

Mon bien. My property ; my own. 

Le mien, du mien, au mien. Mine, of mine, to mine. 

Ma fortune. My fortune. 

La mienne, de la mienne, a la Mine, of mine, to mine. 

mienne. 

Mes camarades. My comrades. 

Les miens, des miens, aux miens. Mine, of mine, to mine. 

Mes lemons. My lessons. 

Les miennes, des miennes, aux Mine, of mine, to mine. 

miennes. 



Un habit, a coat. 
Un manteau, a cloak. 
Un gilet, a waistcoat. 



Vocabulary 15. 

Une robe, a dress ; a robe. 
Une robe de chambre, a dress- 
ing gown. 



POSSESSIVE PRONOTJXS. 69 

Une cravate, a cravat. Content (de), satisfied with : 

Neiif,*/. neuve, new. pleased with. 
Nouveau, nouvel, /. nouvelle,* Je trouve, I find. 

new. Je dis, I say ; I tell. 

Vieux, vieil, /. vieille, old. Vous dites, you say. 

Facile, easy. Que (qu'), that. 

Difficile, difficult ; hard. Comme, like ; as. 

J'aime, I love ; I like. Comment, how. 

Mieux, better. Comment trouvez-vous ? how 

J'aime mieux,f I like better. do you like ? (how do you 

Je prefere, I prefer. find ?) 

Exercise 15. 

1. Le raanteau de Jules est neuf; le mien est vieux. 
2. Le votre n'est pas moins beau que le sien. 3. La robe de 
Julie est neuve ; la mienne est vieille. 4. La votre fest aussi 
belle que la sienne. 5. J'aime roes parents ; vous aimez les 
votres ; chaque bon enfant aime les siens. 6. Nous avons 
un nouveau professeur de franqais, qui nous donne des 
lecjons difficiles. 7. Les notres ne sont pas plus faciles que 
les votres. 8. Vous parlez des votres, et je parle des miennes. 
0. Vous pensez aux votres ; je pen se aux miennes. 10. Ce 
nouvel eleve pense aux siennes. 11. Comment trouvez- 
vous les dessins de nos nouveaux camarades? 12. Je les 
trouve beaux. 13. Que dites-vous des notres ? 14. Je dis 
que j'aime mieux les leurs que les votres. 15. Ce nouvel 
habit est beau. 16. C'est un bel habit; je le prefere au 
mien. 17. Etes-vous content de votre nouvelle cravate ? 
18. J'en suis content; elle est comme la votre. 

* Neuf, nouveau, new. Neuf^ new— what has not been used or worn ; Nouveau, 
new to us— what we have not had, or seen, or heard of before. 

t J'aime mieux. Mieux is not separated from aime, as better is from like in Eng- 
lish. J'aime mieux mm habit que le voire, I like my coat better than yours. 



70 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Theme 15. 

1. Your waistcoat is new ; mine and his are old. 2. Your 
dress is new ; mine and hers are old. 3. Your new clothes 
are handsome ; mine and his are not so handsome as yours. 
4. I like mine. 5. You are satisfied with yours. 6. He is 
satisfied with his. 7. Your lessons and mine are difficult. 
8. His are easier than ours. 9. Every scholar thinks of his. 
10. Your new coat is like mine. 11. I like the new draw- 
ings better than the old. 12. I prefer my engravings to 
yours. 13. I am satisfied with mine. 14. How do you like 
this new cravat ? 15. It is very pretty ; it is like mine. 
16. What do you say of our new teacher ? 17. I say that 
he gives us very hard lessons. 18. You are never satisfied. 
19. Where is my cloak ? 20. You (have) left it in my room. 



SIXTEENTH LESSON. 



Demonstrative Pronouns. 



1. The demonstrative pronouns are: 

Ce, that; it; ceci, this; cela, that; and the com- 
pounds of ce, formed by the addition of the disjunctive pro- 
nouns lui, elle, eux, elles. 



Singular, 
masc. PEM. 



Plural, 
masc. PEM. 



Celui, celle, that, the one. 

Celui-ci, celle-ci, this (one). 
Celui-la, celle-la, that (one). 



Ceux, celleSj those. 

Ceux-ci, celles-ci, these. 
Ceux-la, ceUes-la, those. 



DEMONSTRATIVE PROKOUKS. ?1 

2. Ce, That, it ; sometimes he, she, they (p. 43-2). 

Ce is used before est, is, and sont, are, to point out a 
person or thing. 

C'est mon frere. That is my brother. 

Est-ce de l'or? Is that gold? 

Ce takes the place of a personal pronoun, he, she, or they, 
when est or sont is followed by a noun that denotes the 
same person or thing, to which ce refers. 

Je connais ce monsieur : c'est I know that gentleman ; he is my 

mon voisin. neighbor. 

Voici des livres j sont-ce les Here are books; are they yours? 

votres ? 

Ce may represent a preceding sentence or a relative clause. 

C'est vrai. That is true. 

Ce qui n'est pas clair, n'est pas What (that which) is not clear, is 
francais. not French. 

3. Ceci, This {this thing)] cela, That (that thing). 

Ceci, this, is equivalent to this thing ; cela, that, to that 
thing. 

Ceci est pour vous. This is for you. 

Pour qui est cela ? For whom is that ? 

C'est {for cela est) pour lui. That is for him. 

Rem. Cela, in conversational language, is often contracted into 9a. 
<^a ne va pas, that icon't do ; c'est 9a, that's it. 

4. Celui,/. celle, That, the one; ceux, / celles, Those. 

Celui, celle, that, the one, is followed by de and a noun, 
or by a relative clause. 



72 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Ce dessin et celui de Jules. This drawing and that of Julius. 

Cette gravure-ci et celle qui est This engraving and the one that 

sur la table. lies on the table. 

Les bas de laine et ceux de co- The woolen stockings and the 

ton. cotton ones. 

Les robes de satin et celles de The satin dresses and the velvet 

velours. ones. 

5. Celui-ci, etc., This; celui-l&, etc., That. 

Celui-ci, this, and celui-la, that, mark distinction and 
contrast. 

Ce tableau-ci et celui-la. This picture and that one. 

Voici deux grammaires ; celle-ci Here are two grammars; this 

est pour vous, celle-la est pour (one) is for you, that (one) is for 

moi. me. 



Vocabulary 16. 



Un bas, a stocking. 

Un Soulier, a shoe. 

Une botte, a boot. 

Du drap, some cloth (broadcloth). 

Du co ton, cotton. 

Du satin, satin. 

Du velours, velvet. 

De la soie, silk. 

De la laine, wool. 



Voulez-vous? Will you have? 

Do you wish for ? 
Je veux, I will have ; I wish for. 
Voici, here is ; here are (belt old). 
Voila, there is ; there are. 
Cher,/, chere, dear. 
Utile, useful. 
Agreable, agreeable. 
Vrai, true. 



Ni 



, ni (ne), neither .... nor. 



Exercise 16. 

1. Pour qui est cela? 2. C'est pour vous. 3. Comment 
trouvez-vous ceci ? 4. C'est tres-joli. 5. «Paime mieux 
ceci que cela. 6. Ce qui est utile, n'est pas toujour* ar- 
able. 7. C'est vrai. 8. Voici deux habits neufs, un pour 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 73 

Charles et un pour ruoi. 9. J'aime mieux le votre que celui 
de Charles. 10. Quelle cravate voulez-vous, celle de soie ou 
celle de laine? 11. Je prefere celle qui est sur la table. 

12. Voila deux belles robes, une de velours et uue de satin. 

13. Celle de velours est la plus chere ; elle est pour ma 
cousine. 14. Celle de satin est pour ma tante. 15. Youlez- 
vous des bas de coton ou des bas de laine. 16. Ceux de 
laine sont plus chers que ceux de coton. 17. J'aime encore 
mieux ceux de coton. 18. Quel drap voulez-vous, celui-ci 
ou celui-la ? 19. Voici des bottes neuves ; celles-ci sont pour 
moi, celles-la sont pour vous. 20. Quels souliers voulez- 
vous, ceux-ci ou ceux-la? 21. Je ne veux ni ceux-ci ni 
ceux-la. 

• Theme 16. 

1. This is for you ; that is for me. 2. What do you say 
of that? 3. I do not like that. 4. What is agreeable, is 
not always useful. 5. Is that not true ? 6. Here are two 
new cloaks ; the one of velvet is for my cousin, the one of 
cloth is for my aunt, 7. I like your cousin's (that of your 
cousin) better than your aunt's (that of your aunt). 8. These 
two dresses are beautiful ; the silk one (the one of silk) is 
for Mary, the satin one (the one of satin) is for Henrietta. 
9. This one is dearer than that one. 10. Which stockings 
do you wish, the cotton ones or the woolen ones ? 11. I 
prefer the cotton ones. 12. There are new shoes; these 
are for you and those are for me. 13. Which boots do you 
wish, these or those ? 14. I will have neither these nor 
those. 15. These are too small, and those are too large. 
16. Have you others? 17. Here are some.* 

* En voici. 



n 



ELEMEKTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



SEVENTEENTH LESSON. 



Interrogative Pronouns. 



1. The interrogative pronouns are 



Qui? 

Qu'est-ce qui ? 
Que? 
Quoi? 

And 
Lequel, /. laquelle? 
Lesquels, /. lesquelles ? 



Who ? whom ? (for persons, as subject or object.) 
What ? (for things, as subject.) 
What ? (for things, as direct object.) 
What ? (for things after prepositions.) 



Which ? which one ? 
Which ? which ones ? 



2. Examples. 

Qui m'appelle ? 
Qui appelle-t-il ? 
Qu'est-ce qui vous amuse ? 
Que voulez-vous ? 
De quoi parlez-vous ? 



Who calls me ? 
Whom does he call ? 
What amuses you? 
What do you wish ? 
Of what do you speak ? 



The pronoun lequel is used with reference to persons 
and things, and agrees, in gender and number, with the 
noun which it represents. 



Quel ruban ? 

Lequel? duquel? auquel? 

Quelle dentelle ? 

Laquelle ? de laquelle ? a la- 
quelle ? 

Quels dessins? 

Lesquels ? desquels ? auxquels ? 

Quelles etoffes ? 

Lesquelles ? dcsquelles ? aux- 
quelles ? 



Which ribbon ? 

Which one ? of which ? to which ? 

Which lace ? 

Which one? of which? to which? 

Which patterns? 

Which ones? of which ? to which ? 

Which goods? 

Which? of which? to which? 



INTERROGATIVE PEOKOU^S. 



75 



Que de 



Quoi de , 



Que, quoi and the words quelque chose and rien, re- 
quire de before the adjective to which they refer, as : 



Qu'avez-vous de joli ? 
Quoi de plus beau ! 
Quelque chose de nouveau ? 
II n'y a rien de nouveau. 



What have you that is pretty ? 
What is more beautiful ! 
Anything new ? 
There is nothing new. 



Vocabulary 17. 



La porte, the door ; the gate. 

Le bruit, the noise. 

Le gout, the taste. 

La mode, the fashion ; a la mode, 

fashionable. 
Le ruban, the ribbon. 
La denteUe, the lace. 
De l'etoffe, /., cloth ; stuff. 
Des etoffes, goods {dress-goods). 
Un dessin, a pattern. 
La preference, the preference. 



Durable, durable. 

Dit, said ; told. 

Fait, made ; done. 

II fait, he or it makes. 

II plait, he or it pleases. 

II frappe, he strikes ; he knocks. 

H etonne, he astonishes. 

Le plus, most. 

Le mieux, best. 

Rouge, red. 

Bleu, blue. 



Exercise 17. 

1. Qui frappe a la porte ? 2. Qui a fait cela? 3. Qui a 
dit cela ? 4. Qui blamez-vous ? 5. De qui parlez-vous ? 
(I A qui donnez-vous ces fleurs ? 7. Qu'est-ce qui vous 
etonne ? 8. Qu'est-ce qui fait ce bruit ? 9. De quoi parlez- 
vous? 10. A quoi pensez-vous? 11. Voici deux rubans; 
lequel vous plait le mieux, le rouge ou le bleu ? 12. Au- 
quel donnez-vous la preference, au rouge ou au bleu ? 
13. Duquel parlez-vous, du rouge ou du bleu? 14. Voici 



76 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

de belles dentelles; laquelle est le plus* a votre gout, celle- 
ci ou celle-la ? 15. A laquelle doimez-vous la preference ? 

16. Quels dessins sont les plus jolis, les petits ou les grands? 

17. Lesquels sont le plus* a la mode ? 18. Desquels parlez- 
vous, de ceux-ci ou de ceux-la ? 19. Quelles etoffes sont les 
plus durables, celles de soie ou celles de laine ? 20. Aux- 
quelles donnez-vous la preference ? 21. Qu'y a-t-il de nou- 
veau ? 22. N'avez-vous rien de nouveau ? 23. Votre tante 
a quelque chose de joli pour vous. 

Theme 17. 

1. Who lives in that house ? 2. Who makes that noise ? 
3. Who strikes on the table? 4. Who has said that? 5. 
Whom do you call? 6. To whom do you speak ? 7. What 
astonishes her ? 8. What (has) made that noise ? 9. Of 
(to) what do you think ? 10. With what has he done that ? 

11. These ribbons are pretty; which one do you like best ? 

12. The blue one pleases me better than the red one. 13. 
Which one is most to your taste ? 14. How do you like 
these patterns ? 15. Which are the most fashionable ? 16. 
Of which ones do you speak, of the small patterns or of the 
large? 17. Which goods are most fashionable ? 18. Which 
are most durable? 19. To which do you give the prefer- 
ence? 20. What is more beautiful than this pattern? 21. 
What have you more beautiful than this? 



* Le before plus is invariable when plus does not modify an adjective. 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 77 

EIGHTEENTH LESSON. 
Relative Pronouns. 

1. The relative pronouns are : 

Qui, who, which, that (as subject for persons and things). 

Que, whom, which, that (as direct object for persons and tilings). 

Qui, whom (as indirect object, preceded by a preposition). 

Lequel, laquelle, pi. lesquels, lesquelles, who, whom, which. 

Dont, of whom, of which, whose. 

Quoi, what. 

Ou, in which ; d 7 ou, from which; par ou, through which. 

2. Qui, Who, which, that (subject). 

Le professeur qui parle. The professor who speaks. 

Les eleves qui ecoutent. The scholars who listen. 

Les livres qui sont sur la table. The books which lie on the table- 

3. Que, Whom, which, that (direct object). 

L'artiste que je connais. The artist whom I know.* 

La le9on que je sais. The lesson which I know. 

Les livres que j'apporte. The books which I bring. 

4. Qui, Whom (indirect object for persons only). 

L'eleve a qui je parle. The scholar to whom I speak. 

Les enfants avec qui il joue. The children with whom he plays. 

Lequel, Who, whom, which, that. 

5. Lequel, preceded by a preposition, is used with refer- 
ence to persons and things. 

Les eleves auxquels (or a qui) il The scholars to whom he gives a 
donne une lecon. lesson, 

* With whom I am acquainted. 



78 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Les plumes avec lesquelles {not The pens with which I write. 
avec qui) j'ecris. 

Rem. Instead of de and lequel (duquel, de laquelle, etc.), dont, is 
almost always preferable. 

I>ont, Of whom, of which, whose {indirect object). 

Dont expresses the same relation as the preposition de. 
It is used with reference to either persons or things, for both 
genders and both numbers. 



L'homme dont je parle. 

La femme dont l'enfant est ma- 
lade. 

Les livres dont j'ai besoin. 

Le peintre dont je vous ai donne 
l'adresse. 



The man of whom I speak. 

The woman whose child (of whom 

the child) is sick. 
The books of which I have need. 
The painter whose address I gave 

you (of whom I have, etc.) 



Un peintre, a painter. 
Une peinture, a painting 

ture. 
Un auteur, an author. 
Un ouvrage, a work. 
Un outil, a tool. 
Un voile, a vail. 
Un nom, a name. 
Une adresse, an address. 
Une raison, a reason. 
Une pension, a boarding 

a boarding-school. 
Admire, admired. 



Vocabulary 18. 

J'admire, I admire. 
; a pic- Travaille, worked. 
Je travaille, I work. 
Joue, played. 
Je joue, I play. 
Quitte, left ; quitted. 
Je quitte, I leave. 
Donne, given. 
Lu, read. 
Ecrit, written, 
house ; Ce qui, what, that which {subj ). 
Ce que, what, that which (obj.). 
Si, so ; si joli, so pretty. 



Exercise 18. 
1. Je vois le peintre qui vous a rendu cette peinture. 



3. 



Je connais la dame qui a perdu ce voile. 3. Qui a apporte 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 79 

les fleurs qui sont sur la table ? 4. Avez-vous lu le livre que 
je vous ai prete ? 5. Est-ce moi que yous blamez ? 6. 
Voila les dessins que yotre sceur trouve si jolis. 7. Sont-ce 
les etoffes que vous lui avez mon trees? 8. Lui avez-vous 
dit le nom du negotiant a qui yous avez ecrit ? 9. Je ne 
connais pas le gallon avec qui il joue. 10. Je vais chez 
Tartiste pour qui j'ai une lettre. 11. J'ai vu le tableau 
auquel il travaille. 12. II a vendu la maison dans laquelle 
il demeure. 13. Ce n'est pas la raison pour laquelle il a 
quitte sa pension. 14. Je ne connais pas rhomme dont vous 
parlez. 15. Avez-vous les outils dont vous avez besoin? 
16. C'esfc un ouvrage dont je suis tres-content. 17. Voila 
Fauteur dont vous admirez les ouvrages. 18. J'ai ete chez 
le dentiste dont vous m'avez donne l'adresse. 19. Celui qui 
(he who) travaille est plus content que celui qui ne travaille 
pas. 20. Ce que je dis est vrai. 21. Ce qui est vrai, est 
beau. 

Theme 18. 
1. I know the painter who (has) made that painting. 2. I 
see the lady who was (has been) at our house this morning. 

3. This is (Voici) the pattern which pleases (to) your sister. 

4. There is the man whom I saw (have seen). 5. I have 
read the book which you (have) lent me. 6. The merchant 
(has) sent the vail which your sister (has) bought. 7. I have 
lost the address which he gave (has given) me. 8. I do not 
know the name of the physician to whom he has written. 
9. I know the man at tvJiose house (chez qui) he lives. 10. 
I have told you the reason for which I (have) left the board- 
ing-school. 11. TJiese are (Voici) the tools with which he 
works. 12. I see the lady of whom you speak. 13. I have 
the tools of which I have need. 14. There is the painter 



80 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

whose pictures you admire (of whom you admire the pic- 
tures). 15. I know the author whose address he has given 
us (of whom he has given us the address). 16. I know 
what astonishes him. 17. I give you what I have. 



NINETEENTH LESSON. 

Indefinite Pronouns. 

1. The indefinite pronouns are : 

Autrui, others. On, one, some one, people, they. 

Chacun, every one ; each. Personne (ne), nobody. 

L'un l'autre, each other. Quelqu'un, somebody. 

L'un et l'autre, both. Quelques-uns, some ; a few. 

L'un ou l'autre, either. Quiconque, whoever. 

Ni l'un ni l'autre (ne), neither. Un de, one of. 

The following indefinite adjectives are also used as pro- 
nouns : 



Aucun (ne), \ Plusieurs, several ; many. 

Nul (ne), v no one; none. Tel, such a one. 

Pas un (ne),) Tout, all, everything. 



2. Remarks and Examples. 

(1.) Autrui, Others (used with reference to persons onlr/). 

Autrui is always preceded by a preposition. 

JLes defauts d'autrui. The faults oi* others. 

(2.) Chacun, Every one; Each (distributive). 

Chacun pense a soi. Every one thinks of himself. 

Chacun de ces messieurs. Each of these gentlemen. 

Chacune de ces maisons. Each of those hou 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 81 

(3.) L'un F autre, Each other; pi. les uns les 
autres, One another. 

lis s'aiment Tun l'autre. They love each other. 

Us se trompent les uns les autres. They deceive one another. 

(4.) L'un et l'autre, Both; Fun ou Fautre, Either; 

ni Fun ni Fautre, Neither. 
J'achete Tun et l'autre. I buy both. 

J'achete l'un ou l'autre. I buy either the one or the other. 

Je ne veux ni l'un ni l'autre. I will have neither. 

(5.) On, One, some one, people, they. 

On represents, indefinitely, some person or persons, as 
subject of the verb. It requires the verb in the third person 
singular. 

On n'est pas toujours maitre de One is not always master of him- 

soi. self. 

On vous appelle. Some one calls you. 

Que dit-on de cela ? What do people say of that ? 

On n'en parle pas. They do not speak of it. 

After et, si, ou, ou, and some other words, the letter 1' is 
often used before on (ron), for the sake of euphony. 
On va et l'on vient. They go and come. 

(6.) Person ne, Nobody {requires ne before the verb). 
Je n'ai vu personne. I have seen nobody. 

Personne n'a parle de cela. No one has spoken of that. 

(7.) Quelqu'un, Somebody, anybody. 

Quelqu'un vous demande. Somebody is inquiring for you. 

Rem. Quelqu'un is not used in a negative sense We should not 
say : je n'ai pas vu quelqu'un, but je n'ai vu personne, 1 have not 
seen anybody. 



82 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

(8.) Quelques-uns,/. quelques-unes, Some, a few. 

Je connais quelques-uns de ces I know some of those gentlemen. 

messieurs. 
Je prends quelques-unes de ces I take a few of these engravings. 

gravures. 
J'en prends quelques-unes. I take a few of them. 

(9.) Uu de, /. line de, One of. 

Un de nos eleves est absent. One of our scholars is absent. 

Une de ses sceurs est malade. One of his sisters is sick. 

(10.) Aucun; pas un; nul (ne), None, no one. 

Aucune de ces dames n'est ici. Not one of those ladies is here. 

Pas un de ces eleves ne sait la Not one of those scholars knows 

legon. the lesson. 

Nul au monde ne le sait. No one in the world knows it. 

(11.) Plusieurs, Several, many. 

J'ai vu plusieurs de vos amis. I have seen several of your friends. 
J'en ai vu plusieurs. I have seen several of them. 

(12.) Tel, / telle, Such a one, many a one. 

Tel rit aujourd'hui qui pleurera Many a one laughs to-day who will 
demain. weep to-morrow. 

Rem. Tel is also used as a noun : Monsieur un tel, Mr. Such-a-one ; 
Madame une telle, Mrs. So-and-so. 

(13.) Tout, All, everything. 

II a tout ce qu'il veut. He has all (that which) he wishes. 

II m'a tout dit. He has told me everything. 

Rem. Tout is also used as a noun. Le tout produit un bel eflfet, 
the whole produces a fine effect. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 83 

Vocabulary 19. 

Le salon, the drawing-room ; the Frappe, knocked ; struck. 

parlor. Sonne, rung. 

Un fauteuil, an arm-chair. II sonne, he rings. 

Une chaise, a chair. On sonne, the bell rings. 

Un event ail, a fan. Demande, asked for. 

Un paquet, a packet ; a bundle. II demande, he asks for ; he in- 
Un defaut, a defect ; a fault. quires for. 

Une composition, a composition. II vaut, it is worth. 

Ensemble, together. Parlez, speak. 

Seul, alone. Prenez, take. 

Exercise 19. 

1. A-t-on sonne ? 2. On a frappe a la porte. 3. On vous 
demande. 4. On a apporte un paquet pour vons. 5. Ne 
parlez pas des defauts d'autrui. 6. Chacun a les siens. 
7. Chacun est maitre chez soi. 8. Chacune de ces mai- 
sons vaut dix mille piastres. 9. Ces deux eleves sont 
toujours ensemble. 10. On ne voit jamais Fun sans Tautre. 
11. lis sont Tun et l'autre tres-studieux. 12. Voici deux 
eventails; prenez Tun ou Pautre. 13. Je ne veux ni Tun 
ni Pautre. 14. J'en ai deja* plusieurs. 15. Plusieurs de 
nos eleves sont absents. 16. Y a-t-il quelqu'un avec M. 
votre pere au salon? 17. II n'y a personne avec lui; 
il y est seul. 18. On a apporte des fauteuils; en avez- 
vous achete ? 19. J'en ai achete quelques-uns. 20. 
Quelques-unes de nos chaises sont cassees. 21. Pas 
une de ces compositions n'est sans fautes. 22. Nul ne 
sait cela mieux que lui. 23. II m'a tout dit. 24. J'ai 
tout vu. 

* deya, already. 



84 ELEMENTARY FKENCIJ GRAMMAR. 

Theme 19. 

1. The bell rings. 2. Some one calls me. 3. There is 
some one in the parlor who inquires for you. 4. They have 
brought the arm-chair. 5. Every one has his faults. 6. 
Every one works for himself (soi). 7. Each one of these 
paintings is worth five hundred dollars. 8. Those are two 
good friends; one always* sees them together. 9. The one 
is never without the other. 10. I am never alone at home ; 
there is always somebody with me. 11. Take either of these 
two fans. 12. I don't like either (1 like neither). 13. Have 
you seen anybody ? 14. I have not seen anybody [see 
(7.) Kern.]. 15. Nobody has been at the office. 16. Several 
of your friends have been here. 17. I have seen several of 
them. 18. Some of them have left the city. 19. I have 
bought a few of these chairs. 20. One of these composi- 
tions is without mistakes. 21. Not one of you has done 
better than Mr. Such-a-one. 22. He knows everything. 
23. I have told him all. 



TWENTIETH LESSON. 

The Verb. f— Infinitive Mode. 

1. There are four different classes or conjugations of verbs, 
distinguished by the endings of the infinitive mode. 
The infinitive-endings are: 

In the 1st conjugation, er, as: couper, to cut. 
In the 2d conjugation, ir, as : finir, to finish. 
In the 8d conjugation, °i r > as: recevoir, to receive. 
In the 4th conjugation, re, as : vendre, to soli. 



* Put the adverb after the verb. t See Introduction, p. 18, 17. 



THE VERB. — IXFIKITIYE MODE. 85 

A verb consists of two parts, the root and the ending. 
The root is what remains after striking off the infinitive- 
ending, as: couper, root coup, ending er. 

A verb is regular when it is inflected in all its modes and 
tenses, according to the model verb of the conjugation to 
which it belongs. 

A verb is irregular when it deviates, in the formation of 
any of its modes or tenses, from the model verb of the con- 
jugation to which it belongs. 

The above four verbs: 1. Couper, 2. Finir, 3. Rece- 
voir, 4. Vendre, are given as model verbs of the four con- 
jugations respectively. 

Rem. Irregular verbs will be marked, in the vocabularies in this 
book by an asterisk, thus : *Aller, to go. 

2. The Infinitive Mode. 

When two verbs are joined in construction, the one depen- 
dent on the other, the first verb governs the second in the 
infinitive. 

(1.) Some verbs govern the infinitive directly, as: 

Je veux couper l'arbre. I will cut the tree. 

Je vais le couper. I am going to cut it. 

(2.) Some verbs require the preposition a before the de- 
pendent infinitive. 

J'ai beaucoup a faire. I have a great deal to do. 

J'aime a travailler. I like to work. 

(3.) Some verbs require the preposition de before the de- 
pendent infinitive. 



86 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Je cesse de travailler. I cease working. 

Je crains de vous offenser. I fear to offend you. 

Rem. In English, prepositions, except to, are followed by the pres- 
ent participle ; in French, prepositions govern the verb in the infini- 
tive mode, except the preposition en, in. 

3. The Infinitive after Nouns. 

A verb limiting the sense of a noun, is put in the infini- 
tive, and is preceded by the preposition de. 
Je n'ai pas le temps de sortir. I have no time to go out. 

4. Pour before the Infinitive. 

The preposition pour, to, in order to, is used before the 
infinitive to express a purpose. 

Je viens ici pour vous dire. I come here to tell you. 

II est trop malade pour sortir. He is too sick to go out. 

Je n'ai pas assez d'argent pour I have not money enough to buy 

acheter votre bateau. your boat. 

Vocabulary 20. 

Trouver, to find. Recevoir, to receive. 

Copier, to copy. *Voir, to see. 

Etudier, to study. Vendre, to sell. 

Travailler, to work/ Attendre, to wait ; to wait for. 

Offenser, to offend. *Dire (de),f to say ; to tell. 

Acheter, to buy. *Lire, to read. 

*Aller, to go. *Ecrire (de),f to write. 

* Envoy er, to send. *Faire, to do ; to make. 

Finir, to finish. Je peux ; il peut, I can ; he can 

* Venir, to come. Je cesse (de)-f, I cease. 

*Sortir, to go out ; to come out. Je prie (de),f I pray ; I boo ; T n ':. 

*Partir, to start ; to leave. Je crains (de),f I fear; I am afrai 1 

t These verba require the preposition de before the dependent infinitive. 



THE VERB. — INFINITIVE MODE. 87 

Le temps, the time ; the weather. A midi, at noon. 
L'intention, the intention. Demain, to morrow. 

Exercise 20. 
1. Je veux couper l'arbre. 2. Je vais le couper. 3. Je 
vais finir mon ouvrage. 4. Je peux le finir ce matin. 5. Je 
ne peux pas recevoir ce monsieur. 6. Je n'ai pas le temps 
de le voir. 7. Avez-vous beaucoup a faire ? 8. J'ai deux 
lettres a ecrire, et trois a copier. 9. J'aime a lire, mais je 
n'aime pas a etudier. 10. Je cesse de travailler a midi. 11. 
Je vous prie de venir chez moi. 12. Je n'ai pas le temps 
d'aller chez vous. 13. Mon frere m'a ecrit de lui envoyer 
les journaux. 14. J'ai l'intention de partir demain. 15. II 
n'a pas la patience de nous attendre. 16. Vous n'avez pas 
le courage de lui dire cela. 17. Je crains de Toffenser. 18. 
II est ici pour vendre son cheval. 19. Je n'ai pas assez 
d'argent pour l'acheter. 20. Je viens pour vous dire que le 
professeur est malade. 21. II est trop malade pour sortir. 

Theme 20. 

1. He will cut the tree. 2. He is going to cut it this 
morning. 3. I wish to finish my work. 4. I can finish it at 
noon. 5. He will not receive us. 6. He says that he can- 
not see us. 7. He has too much to do. 8. I have several 
letters to copy. 9. I like to study, but I do not like to 
work. 10. I cease reading now. 11. I have no time to 
write this exercise. 12. He intends (He has the inten- 
tion) to come here to-night. 13. I have no time to go to 
the post-office. 14. I am going to leave to-morrow. 15. I 
intend to send this letter to my uncle. 16. I beg you to 
do so. 17. Tell him (Dites-lui) to sell his boat. 18. I am 



88 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



afraid to offend him. 19. Will you buy it ? 20. I have 
not money enough to buy it. 21. I am too sick to go out 
to-day. 



TWENTY-FIRST LESSON. 
The Participle.* 

1. A verb has two participles, the present and the past. 

The present participle, which ends in English in ing, ends 
in French in ant. 

The past participle of regular verbs ends, in the first con- 
jugation in e, in the second in i, in the third and fourth, 
in u. 



Infinitive. 
Couper, to cut ; 
Finir, to finish ; 

Recevoir, to receive ; 
Vendre, to sell ; 



Present Participle. 
coupant, cutting ; 
finissant, finishing; 
recevant, receiving ; 
vendant, selling ; 



Past Participle. 
coupe, cut. 
fini, finished, 
recu, received, 
vendu, sold. 



2. 



The Present Participle and Verbal Adjeotive. 



The present participle is not so much used in French as 
in English. U is principally used with the preposition en, 
in, which is the only preposition that may be followed by 
the present participle : en allant, in going; en venant, in 
coming; en passant, in passing. 

J'ai vu votre frere en allant a la I saw your brother when I was 

poste. going to the post-office. 

J'y ai pense en venant. I thought of it while I was coming. 

II m'a dit le bonjour en passant. He said good day when he was 

passing. 

* Introduction, p. 17. 



THE PARTICIPLE. 89 

The present participle, qualifying a noun, is called a parti- 
cipial, or verbal, adjective. 

Un enfant charmant. A charming child. 

Une histoire interessante. An interesting story. 

Rem. The verbal adjective is generally placed after the noun. 

3. The Past Participle. 

The part participle is used in connection with an aux- 
iliary verb, to form compound tenses (p. 92-2.). 
J'ai casse le plat. I have broken the dish. 

The past participle of active verbs is an adjective when 
it is joined in construction with the verb etre, and also 
when it is used without a verb. In the latter case, it is 
placed after the noun. 

Le plat est casse. The dish is broken. 

Un plat casse. A broken dish. 

4. Agreement of the Past Participle. 

The past participle agrees with the noun to which it 
refers, in gender and number, the same as an adjective, in 
accordance with the following three rules : 

(1.) The past participle, joined in construction to the tenses 
of the verb etre, to be, agrees with the subject of the verb. 

Le plat est casse. The dish is broken. 

L.es plats sont casses. The dishes are broken. 

(2.) The past participle used without an auxiliary verb, 
agrees with the noun to which it refers. 

Un plat casse. A broken dish. 

Une assiette cassee. A broken plate. 

Des assiettes cassees. Broken plates. 



90 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

(3.) The past participle of a transitive verb agrees with 
the direct object of the verb, when the direct object pre- 
cedes the participle. 

J'ai recu la lettre. I have received the letter. 

Je I'ai recue ce matin. I received it this morning. 

Voici la lettre que j'ai recue. Here is the letter which I received. 

The direct object, in the above sentences, is in italic. 
Vocabulary 21. 

Abimer, to spoil (a thing). Un bijoutier, a jeweler. 

Gater, to spoil. Une croix, a cross. 

Dechirer, to tear. Une chaine, a chain. 

Mouiller, to wet. Bonjour, good morning; good day; 

Oter, to take off; to take away. dire le bonjour, to say good day. 

Passer, to pass. Hier, yesterday. 

Rencontrer, to meet. Amusant, amusing. 

Saluer, to bow. Cbarmant, charming. 

*Rire, riant, ri, to laugh, laughing, Interessant, interesting. 

laughed. Deja, already. 

Un horloger, a watchmaker. Pas encore, not yet. 

Exercise 21. 

1. J'ai rencontre votre frere en allant a la poste. 2. J'ai 
laisse votre croix chez le bijoutier en venant. 3. J'ai dit a 
Charles, en passant, de venir ici ce matin. 4. Le professeur 
nous a dit d'etudier la legon en l'attendant. 5. Marie ma 
sal ue en riant. 6. Je lui ai dit le bonjour en passant, i . 
Nous avons hi une histoire interessante. 8. (Test un livre 
amusant. 9. Votre petite niece est charmante. 10. EUe a 
dechire sa robe. 11. Elle va oter sa robe dechiree. 12. J'ai 
6te raon habit mouille. 13. Mes gravures sont abim< 
14. Jules les a mouillees, 15. Ce sont des enfant s g&t&s, 



THE PARTICPLE. 91 

16. Ma chaine est cassee. 17. Je Pai cassee hier. 18. Je 
vais porter cette chaine cassee chez Thorloger. 19. Voici la 
lettre que j'ai regue. 20. Je ne Pai pas encore lue. 21. Vous 
ne nous avez pas attendus. 22. A qui a-t-il vendu sa mai- 
son? 23. II Pa vendue a M. Larue. 24. Vos soeurs sont 
ici ; je les ai vues. 25, La piece est deja finie. 

Theme 211 

1. I saw (have seen) Charles in coming. 2. He (has) 
bowed in passing, but he did not speak. 3. In going to the 
office, I (have) left your broken chain at the jeweler's. 4. 
Will you read the newspaper while waiting ? 5. I met Julia 
this morning. 6. She said good-day laughing. 7. This is 
an interesting story. 8. I have read it twice. 9. That piece 
is charming. 10. Your drawings are spoiled. 11. That 
spoiled child tore (has torn) them. 12. That is very amus- 
ing. 13. My dress is wet. 14. I am going to take it off. 
15. We have taken off our wet clothes. 16. My cross is 
broken. 17. Henry broke (has broken) it yesterday. 18. 
He is going to take it (carry it) to the watchmaker's. 19. I 
have received his letter, but I have not yet read it. 20. We 
have not yet sold our house, but we intend to sell it. 21. The 
lesson is alreadv finished. 



TWENTY-SECOND LESSON. 
Auxiliary Verbs. — Conjugation of-Avoir, To Have. 

1. Verbs are subject to four different modifications, to 
indicate mode, tense, person and number. 

These several modifications are, in some tenses, expressed 



92 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

by the verb itself, in others, by the help of an auxiliary 
verb; the former are called simple, the latter compound, 
tenses. 

2. Auxiliary Verbs. 

There are two auxiliary verbs: avoir, to have, and etre, 
to be. They are auxiliary verbs, only, when they are used 
in the formation of compound tenses. 

a. Avoir is used in the compound tenses of 
(1.) All active verbs ; 

(2.) Most neuter verbs; 

(3.) Those impersonal verbs which are not used as per- 
sonal verbs, and which may be called essential impersonal 
verbs. 

b. Etre is used 

(1.) In the formation of the compound tenses of certain 
neuter verbs; those generally whose past tenses express a 
change in the condition or position of the subject ; 

(2.) In the formation of the compound tenses of all pro- 
nominal verbs ; 

(3.) In the formation of the passive verb. 

3. Conjugation. 

To conjugate a verb is to write or recite it, with all its 
modifications of mode, tense, person and number. This may 
be done in four different ways: 1. affirmatively; 2. negatively; 
3. interrogatively ; and 4. interrogatively and negatively. 

In this lesson, we shall study the conjugation of the verb 
avoir, to have, and in the next, the conjugation of the verb 
etre, to be ; because these verbs are used as auxiliaries in 
the conjugation of other verbs. 



CONJUGATION OF AVOIR. 



93 



Conjugation of AVOIR, To Have. 

INFINITIVE MODE 

Present. Past. 
Avoir to have Avoir eu to have had 

PARTICIPLES. 
Present. Compound. 

Ayant having Ayant eu having had 



Past. 
Eu, m. ; eue, /. 



had 



J'ai 
Tu as 
II a 

Nous avons 
Vous avez 
lis out 



INDICATIVE MODE. 

Present. Past Indefinite. 

/ h ave J 'ai eu I have had 

thou hast Tu as eu thou hast had 

he has II a eu he has had 

we have Nous avons eu tve have had 

you have Vous avez eu you have had 



they hare Us out eu 



they have had 



Imperfect. Pluperfect. 

J'avais I had J'avais eu I had had 

Tu avais thou hadst Tu avais eu thou hadst had 

II avait he had II avait eu he had had 

Nous avions we had Nous avions eu we had had 

Vous aviez you had Vous aviez eu you had had 

Us avaient they had Us avaient eu they had had 



Past Definite. 



J'eus 
Tu eu8 
Ileut 

None etimes 
Vous efltes 
Us eurent 



Past Anterior. 

I had J'eus eu I had had 

thou hadst Tu eus eu thou hadst had 

he had II eut eu he had had 

we had Nous e times eu we had had 

you had Vous eutes eu you had had 

tkey had Us eurent eu they had had 



94 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Future. 



Future Anterior. 



J'aurai 


I shall have 


J'aurai en 


IshaUhave had 


Tu auras 


thou wilt have 


Tu auras eu 


thou wilt have had 


11 aura 


he will have 


U aura eu 


he. will have had 


Nous aurons 


we shall have 


Nous aurons eu 


we shall have had 


Vous aurez 


you will have 


Vous aurez eu 


you will have had 


Us auront 


they will have 


lis auront eu 


they will have had 




CONDITIONAL MODE. 






Present. 




Past. 


J'aurais 


Isliould have 


J'aurais eu 


I should have had 


Tu aurais 


thou wouldst have 


Tu aurais eu 


thou wouldst have had 


11 aurait 


he would have 


11 aurait eu 


he would have had 


Nous aurions 


we should have 


Nous aurions eu 


we slwuld have had 


Vous auriez 


you would have 


Vous auriez eu 


you would have had 


lis auraient 


they would have 


Us auraient eu 


they would have had 




IMPERATIVE MODE. 






Aie 


have (thou) 






Ayons 


let us have 






Ayez 


have you 





SUBJUNCTIVE MODE.f 
Present. 

Que j 'aie that I may have 

Que tu aies that tJwu mayst have 

Qu'il ait that he may have 

Que nous ayons that we may have 

Que vous ayez that you may have 

Qu'ils aient that tJiey may have 

Imperfect. 

Que j'eusse that I might have 

Que tu eusses that thou mightst have 
Qu'il eut that he might have 

Que nous eussions that we might have 
Que vous eussiez that you might have 
Qn'ils eussent that they might have 



Past. 



Que j'aie eu 


that I may 


Que tu aies eu 


that thou mayst 


Qu'il ait eu 


that he may 


Que nous ayons eu 


that we may 


Que vous ayez eu 


that you may 


Qu'ils aient eu 


that they may 


Pluperfect. 


Que j'eusse eu 


that I 


Que tu eusses eu 


that thou 


Qu'il eut eu 


that he 


Que nous eussions 


eu thai we 


Que vous eussiez eu that you 


Qu'ils eussent eu 


that they 



t The subjunctive mode in French is very different from the subjunctive mode 
in English. The English forms, that I may have, that I might have, do not give an 
adequate idea of the meaning of the subjunctive in French. The following sen- 
tence, taken from Exercise 22 : Je ne veuxpas que tu aies mon dictionnaire, if trans- 
lated into English, according to the above form, would run thus, / do not wish that 



CONJUGATION OF AVOIR. 95 

Rem. 1. The negative conjugation is formed with ne . . . . pas. Ne 
is placed before the verb, and pas after it (28-3). In compound tenses, 
ne stands before the auxiliary verb, and pas between the auxiliary 
and the past participle : Je n'ai pas 5 Je n'ai pas eu. See also Lesson 
Twenty-ninth. 

Rem:. 2. A verb is conjugated interrogatively, by placing the pro- 
noun subject, with a hyphen, after the verb. See, for full treatment 
Lesson Twenty-ninth. 

Vocabulary 22. 

Le bonheur, good luck ; good for- Conge, (m.\ leave; permission; 

tune. avoir conge, to have leave ; to 

Le malheur, bad luck ; misfor- have a holiday. 

tune. Avoir besoin de, to have need of. 

Le plaisir, the pleasure. Avoir soinf de, to take care of. 

La bonte, the kindness. Avoir envie de, to have a wish 

La prudence, the prudence. (for) ; a desire, a mind (to). 

Beau temps, fine weather. Fermer, to shut. 

La pluie, the rain. Perdre, to lose. 

De l'orage («*.), a storm. Diner, to dine. 

Le prix, the price ; the prize. Dernier, derniere,| last. 

La promenade, the walk ; walk- Prudent, prudent. 

ing ; aller a la promenade, to Si (s' before il and ils), if ; whether. 

go for a walk. Je voudrais, I should like ; 1 wish. 

thou mayst have my dictionary, whereas the proper English is, / do not wish thee to 
have my dictionary. And again the following sentence taken from Theme 2*2 : He 
wishes that I should have pleasure, might lead the learner to suppose that should 
have is to be translated by the conditional mode, whereas the present of the sub- 
junctive is required. In translating from French into English, the student should, 
<\\e9> of the French construction, give the correct English ; and again, in trans- 
lating from English into French, he should not adhere to the words in the English 
text, but rather be guided, for the present, by the heading of the section, and con- 
strue the French sentences accordingly. 

t We say in French : .fai bien soin, for, I take good care, using an adverb instead 
of an adjective, because the expression avoir soin is equivalent to a verb. 

% Dernier, last, meaning the preceding, is placed after the noun ; lundi dernier, 
last Monday. 



96 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Exercise 22. 

Imperfect Tense. 1. J'avais envie ce matin d'aller a la 
promenade. 2. Tu n'avais pas le temps de sortir. 3. II 
avait a travailler pour son pere. 4. Nous avions beaucoup 
a faire. 5. Vous n'aviez pas besoin d'acheter ce livre ; nous 
l'avions deja. .6. lis n'avait pas envie de venir avec nous. 

Past Definite Tense. 7. Hier, j'eus le plaisir de rece- 
voir une lettre de mes parents. 8. Lundi dernier, nous 
eumes le bonheur d'etre tous ensemble. 9. La semaine der- 
niere, ces enfants eurent le malheur de perdre leur pere. 

Future Tense. 10. Aurai-je besoin du parapluie ? 11. 
Tu en auras besoin. 12. Aura-t-il soin de son petit frere ? 
13. II aura bien soin de lui. 14. Aurons-nous beau temps ? 
15. Vous aurez de la pluie. 16. lis auront de 1'orage. 

Conditional Mode. 17. J'aurais du plaisir, si j'avais 
conge. 18. Tu aurais un prix, si tu avais travaille. 19. II 
en aurait eu un, s'il avait ete studieux. 20. Nous aurions 
eu nos themes, si nous n 'avions pas ete malades. 21. Vous 
auriez de l'argent, si vous aviez travaille. 22. lis n'auraient 
pas eu besoin de travailler, s'ils avaient ete prudents. 

Imperative Mode. 23. Aie la patience d'attendre. 24. 
Ayez la bonte de fermer la porte. 25. Ayons du courage et 
de la prudence. 

Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense.j 26. II vent que 
j'aie soin de ces oiseaux. 27. Je ne veux j)as que tu aies 
mon dictionnaire. 28. J'aime que vous ayez du plaisir. 29. 
II ne pense pas que nous ayons du courage. 

Imperfect Tenser 30. Je voudrais que vous eussiez un 
peu de patience, qu'il eiit du courage, que nous eussions de 

t See foot-note, p. &4. 



CONJUGATION OF AVOIR. 97 

Fargent, que vous eussiez de la prudence, et qu'ils eussent 
la bonte d'etudier leurs le9ons. 

Theme 22. 

Imperfect Tense. 1. I had to work. 2. Thou hadst a 
wish to go for a walk. 3. He had no time to go with thee. 
4. We had letters to write. 5. You had not the patience 
to wait for us. 6. They had nothing to do. 

Past Definite Tense. 7. Last Monday, I had the good 
fortune to meet my friend Julius. 8. We had the pleasure 
of dining together. 9. He had the misfortune to lose his 
watch-chain. 10. Last week, my cousins had the kindness 
to send us some beautiful flowers. 

Future Tense. 11. I shall have a holiday to-morrow. 
12. Thou wilt have pleasure. 13. He will have need of an 
umbrella. 14. We shall not have any rain. 15. You will 
have a (de F) storm. 16. I think (that) they will have fine 
weather. * 

Conditional Mode. 17. I would have courage, if I 
had money. 18. Thou wouldst have money, if thou hadst 
worked. 19. He would have had a holiday, if he had had 
a prize. 20. We should have pleasure, if we had a holiday. 
21. You would not take care of your money, if you had any. 
22.. They would have had a great deal of pleasure, if they 
had been with us. 

Imperative Mode. 23, Have (ring.) the kindness to 
shut the door. 24. Have (plur.) the patience to wait for 
us. 25. Let us have prudence. 

Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense, f 26. He wishes 
that I should have pleasure, that thou shouldst have 

t See foot-note, p. 94. 



98 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



patience, that he should have courage, that we should have 
prudence. 

Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense.| 27. I wish (Je 
voudrais) that you had courage, that we had good luck, that 
he had patience, that they had all their books. 



TWENTY-THIRD LESSON. 

Conjugation of ETRE, To Be. 

INFINITIVE MODE. 





Present. 






Past. 


Atre 




to be 


Avoir ete 


to have been 






PARTICIPLES. 






Present. 




Compound. 


Etant 


being 


Ayant ete 


having been 






Past. 








Ete 


been 








INDICATIVE MODE. 




. 


Present. 




Past Indefinite. 


Je suis 




lam 


J'ai ete 


I have been 


Tu es 




thou art 


Tu as ete 


thou hast been 


11 est 




he is 


11 a ete 


he has been 


Nous sommes 




we are 


Nous avons ete 


we have been 


Vous §tes 




you are 


Vous avez 6te 


you hare been 


lis sont 




they are 


lis out ete 


they have been 




Imperfect 




Pluperfect. 


J'etais 




I was 


J'avais ete 


I had been 


Tu etais 




tJwu wast 


Tu avais 6te" 


thou hadst b i n 


11 etait 




he was 


11 avait ete 


he had h, n 


Nous etions 




we were 


Nous avious et6 


u\ had teen 


Vous etiez 




you were 


Vous aviez ete 


you had bun 


lis etaient 




they were 


lis avaieut ete 


they had been 






t See foot-note, p. 94. 







K J 


tJGATK 


)N OF ETRE. 


99 




Past Definite. 




Past Anterior. 


Je fus 




I was 


J'eus ete 


I had been 


Tufus 




thou wast 


Tu eas ete 


thou hadst been 


11 fat 




he was 


11 eut ete 


fie had been 


Nous fumes 




we were 


Nous eumes ete 


we had been 


Vous fates 




you were 


Vous eiites ete 


you had been 


lis furent 




they were 


lis eurent ete 


they had been 



Future. 



Future Anterior. 



Je serai 
Tu seras 
II sera 
Nous serons 
Vous serez 
Us seront 



I shall be 
thou wilt be 

hewiUbe 
we shall be 
you ivill be 
they will be 



J'aurai ete 
Tu auras ete 
11 aura ete 
Nous aurons ete 
Vous aurez ete 
lis auront ete 



/ shall have been 
thov. wilt have been 

he will have been 
we shaU have been 
you will have been 
they will have been 



Present. 



Je serais 
Tu serais 
II sera it 
Nous serions 
Vous seriez 
lis seraient 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 



Past. 



I should be J'aurais ete I should have been 

thou wouldst be Tu aurais ete thou wouldst have been 

he would be II aurait ete he would have been 

we should be Nous aurions ete we should have been 

you would be Vous auriez ete you would have been 

they would be lis auraient ete they would have been 



IMPERATIVE MODE. 



Sois 

Soyons 

Soyez 



be {thou) 
let us be 
be (you) 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



Present. 



Que je sois 

Que tu sois 
Qifil soit 
Que nous soyons 
Que vous soyez 
Qu'ils *oient 



that T may be 

that thou mayst be 

that he may be 

that we maybe 

hat you may be 

that they may be 



Past. 



Que j'aie ete that I may 

Que tu aies et6 that thou mayst 
Qu'il ait ete that he may 

Que nous ayons ete that we may 
Que vous ayez ete that you may 
Qu'ils aient ete that they may J 



LOFC 



100 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Imperfect. 



Que je fusse 
Que tu fusses 
QuUl ffit 

Que nous fussions 
Que vous fussiez 
Qu'ils fussent 



that I might be 

that thou mightst be 

that he might be 

that we might be 

that you might be 

that they might be 



Pluperfect. 

Que j'eusse ete 
Que tu eusses ete 
Qu'il eut ete 
Que nous eussions ete 
Que vous eussiez ete 
Qu'ils eussent ete 



that 1 1 | 

that thou | '|! 

that he j i J 

that we i 2 

that you o 

that they J 1 



Vocabulary 23. 



La campagne, the country ; a la 

campagne, in the country; a la 

ville, in town. 
Sage, wise ; good {of children). 
Econome, economical. 
De retour, back. 
Pr&t (a),f ready. 
Press6 (de),f in a hurry. 
Oblige (de), obliged. 
E tonne (de) (que), J astonished. 
Fache (de) (que), sorry. 
Bien aise (de) (que), glad, very 

glad. 
II est bien (de) (que), it is well. 
II est temps (de) (que), it is time. 
Quelle heure est-il ? What o'clock 

is it? 



A quelle heure ? At what time ? 
A six heures, at six o'clock. 
II est une heure, it is one o'clock. 
II est deux heures, it is two 

o'clock. 
II est trois heures, it is three 

o'clock. 
II est quatre heures, it is four 

o'clock. 
II est cinq heures, it is five 

o'clock. 
II est onze heures, it is eleven 

o'clock. 
II est midi, it is twelve o'clock, 

noon. 
II est minuit it is twelve o'clock, 

midnight. 



t The preposition indicated in the vocabularies, after the adjectives and parti- 
ciples, is required before the infinitive which may follow, as ; Je sttis pret a part\i\ 
I am ready to start ; Je sttis presse de partir, 1 am in a hurry to start. 

% The preposition de is required before the infinitive, and the conjunction que to 
introduce a subordinate clanse, in which the verb is put in the subjunctive mode. 
The English construction may be different from the French : It would be well for 
you to be economical. 11 strait bien que vous /asm- z econome. (It would be well 
that you were economical.) 



CONJUGATION OF ETRE. 101 

Exercise 23. 

Imperfect Tense. 1. Quand j'etais pret, il etait temps 
de partir. 2. II etait dix heures. 3. Tu n'etais pas ici. 
4. Nous etions presses. 5. Yous n'etiez pas de retour. 
6. Mes parents etaient absents. 

Past Definite Tense. 7. Le mois passe, je fus oblige 
d'aller a Boston. 8. J'eus le plaisir d'y rencontrer votre ami. 
9. II fnt etonne de mV voir. 10. Nous fumes contents 
d'etre ensemble. 

Future Tense. 11. Je serai chez moi a midi. 12. Tu 
ne seras pas ici demain. 13. Mon oncle sera de retour 
ce soir. 14. Quand nous serous a la campagne, nous 
aurons du plaisir. 15. Quand yous serez grands, yous serez 
obliges de trayailler. 16. Nos amis seront ici dans deux 
heures. 

Conditional Mode. 17. Je serais fache de partir. 18. 
Tu serais bien aise d'etre de retour. 19. II serait ici, s'il 
n'etait pas malade. 20. Nous serions contents, si vous 
l'etiez. 21. Vous seriez etonnes de les voir. 22. lis seraient 
contents d'etre ici. ^ t| ^ 

Imperative Mode. 23. Sois sage et prudent. 24. Soyez 
studieux. 25. Soyons economes. 

Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense. 26. II est bien 
que je Bois ici. 27. II est temps qu'il soit de retour. 28. Je 
Buis faclie que yous soyez malade. 29. Je suis bien aise que 
nous soyons ici. 

Si BJUHOTIVE Mode, Imperfect Tense. 30. II serait 
bien que je fosse de retour. 31. Je serais bien aise qu'il fut 
ici 32. Je voudrais que vous fussiez studieux. 



102 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Theme 23. 

/ 

Imperfect Tense. 1. I was here at nine o'clock. 2. 

Thou wast not ready. 3. He was in a hurry to start. 4. We 

were obliged to wait. 5. You were not here. 6. They were 

in the country. 

Past Definite Tense. 7. Last Thurday, I was aston- 
ished to see my parents. 8. They were obliged to go to the 
city. 9. We were glad to see them. 

Future Tense. 10. I shall be back at seven o'clock. 
11. Wilt thou be absent to-morrow ? 12. My aunt will 
be here in two hours. 13. We shall be glad to see her. 
14. You will be astonished. 15. They will be satisfied, if we 
are (so). 

Conditional Mode. 16. I should be very glad to be at 
home. 17. Thou wouldst be sorry to leave the country. 
18. He would be sick, if he were in (a la) town. 19. We 
would be obliged to work. 20. You would not be satisfied, 
if you had nothing to do. 

Imperative Mode. 21. Be (sing.) prudent and econo- 
mical. 22. Be (plur.) satisfied with what you have. 23. 
Let us be good. 

Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense. 24. It is time 
that I were ready. 25. It is well that thou art here. 
26. I am sorry that he is sick. 27. I am glad that you arc 
back. 

Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense. 28. It would 
be well that I were ready. 29. I was astonished that 
he was back. 30, I wish (that) you were more econo- 
mical, 






REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 



103 



TWENTY-FOUKTH LESSON. 

Regular Conjugations.— First Conjugation in ER. 

COUPEK, To Cut.— (Model Verb.) 

INFINITIVE MODE. 

Present. Past. 

Couper to cut Avoir coupe to have cut 

PARTICIPLES. 

Present. Compound. 

Coupant cutting Ayant coupe having cut 

Past. 

Coupe cut 

INDICATIVE MODE. 



Present. 




Past Indefin 


ITE. 


Je coupe 




I cut 


J'ai coupe 


I have cut 


Tu coupes 




thou cuttest 


Tu as coupe 


thou hast cut 


11 coupe 




he cuts 


11 a coupe 


he has cut 


Nous coupons 




we cut 


Nous avons coupe 


we have cut 


Vous coupez 




you cut 


Vous avez coupe 


you have cut 


lis coupeut 




they cut 


lis ont coupe 


they have cut 


Imi 1 


ERFECT. 




Pluperfect. 


Je con pais 


/ 


was cutting 


J'avais coupe 


I had cut 


Tu coupais 


thou wast cutting 


Tu avais coupe 


thou hadst cut 


11 coupait 


he 


was cutting 


11 avait coupe 


he had cut 


Nous coupions 


we were cutting 


Nous avions coupe 


we had cut 


Vous coupiez 


you 


were cutting 


Vous aviez coupe 


you had cut 


lis coupaient 


they 


were cutting 


Es avaient coupe 


they had cut 


Past Definite 




Past Anterior. 


Je coupai 




I cut 


J'eus coupe 


I had cut 


Tu ccrapas 


1 


'hou cuttedst 


Tu eus coupe 


thou hadst cut 


11 coupa 




fie cut 


11 eut coupe 


he had cut 


Nous coupames 




we cut 


Nous eumes coupe 


we had cut 


Vous coupates 




you cut 


Vous elites coupe 


you had cut 


lis couperent 




they cut 


lis eurent coupe 


they had cut 



104 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Future. 



Je couperai 
Tu couperas 
II coup era 
Nous couperons 
Vous couperez 
lis couperont 



I shall cut 
thou wilt cut 

he will cut 
we shall cut 
you will cut 
they will cut 



Future Anterior. 
J'aurai coupe I shall have cut 



Tu auras coupe 
II aura coupe 
Nous au ions coupe 
Vous aurez coupe 
lis auront coupe 



thou wilt have cut 
he will have cut 
we shall have cut 
you will have cut 
they will have cut 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 

Present. Past. 

Je couperais I should cut J'aurais coupe I should have cut 

Tu couperais thou wouldst cut Tu aurais coupe thou wouldst have cut 

II couperait he would cut II aurait coupe he would have cut 

Nous conperions we should cut Nous aurions coupe we should have cut 

Vous couperiez you would cut Vous auriez coupe you would have cut 

lis couperaient they would cut lis auraient coupe they ivould have cut 



IMPERATIVE MODE. 



Coupe 

Coupons 

Coupez 



cut (thou) 
let us cut 
cut (you) 



Que je coupe 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



Present. 



Past. 



that I may cut Que j'aie coupe 



that 1 may 1 



Que tu coupes that thou mayst cut Que tu aies coupe that thou mayst 



Qu i'l coupe 
Que nous coupions 
Que vous coupiez 
Qu'ils coupent 



that he may cut 

that we may cut 

that you may cut 

that they may cut 



Qu'il ait coupe that he may 

Que nous ayons coupe that wc may 
Que vous ayez coupe that yo>/ may 
Qu'ils aient coupe that they may J 



Imperfect. 

Que je cou passe that I 

Que tu coupasses that thou 

Qu'il cou pat that he 

Que nous coupassions that toe 

Que vous coupassiez that you 

Qu'ils coupaseenl that t/iey 



Pluperfect. 

Que j'eusse coupe that I 

Q,ue tu eusse> coupe that thou 

Qu'il eut coupe that he 

Que nous (Missions coupe* that we 

Quo vous eussiez coupe that you 

Qu'ils eussent coupe that t/uy 



REGULAK CONJUGATIONS. 105 



2. Remarks on the French and English Tense-Forms. 

The several tenses of a French verb have each* but one 
form ; whereas the corresponding English tenses hare two, 
three, or even more, forms. 

Je coupe is equivalent to / cut, I am catting, I do cut, 
and so forth, throughout the present tense. 

Je coupais is equivalent to I cut, I teas cutting, I did 
cut. or I used to cut, etc, 

Je couperai is equivalent to I shall, or wiU cut. 

In translating from English into French, the learner 
will bear in mind that the auxiliary verbs am, do; teas, 
did, used to; shall, will, are only signs that indicate 
whether the verb is to be in the present, imperfect, or 
future tense. 

The verb tuill is sometimes a sign of the future tense, and 
sometimes a part of the verb to be willing. When will has 
the meaning of to be willing, it is to be expressed, in French, 
by a part of the verb vouloir. 



Vocabulary 24. 

Aimer, to love ; to like ; to be Parler, to speak. 

fond of. Penser (a), to think (of). 

Arriver, to arrive. Quitter, to leave ; to quit. 

Casser, to break. Rester, to remain ; to stay. 

Chanter, to sing. Tranquille, quite ; still. 

Darsser, to dance. Maintenant, now. 

Demand er, to ask for. Quelquefois, sometimes. 

Demeurer, to live, to dwell. Autant que, as much as. 

Jouer, to play. Le travail, work : working. 

Oublier, to forget. L'etude,/., study ; studying. 



106 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Exercise 24. 

Present Tense. 1. Je travaille maintenant. 2. Tu ne 
travailles pas beaucoup. 3. II etudie trop peu. 4. Nous 
etudions autant que vous. 5. Vous n'aimez pas Petude. 
6. lis aiment a jouer. 

Imperfect Tense. 7. J'etudiais quand tu jouais. 8. 
Ma soeur chantait et nous dansions. 9. Vous ne travailliez 
pas. 10. lis n'aimaient pas le travail ni l'etude. 

Past Definite Tense. 11. J'arrivai ici le meme 
jour que mes parents arriverent a Paris. 12. Nous quit- 
tames la ville le quinze mai. 13. Quand je reucontrai 
Henri Pautre jour, il me demanda pourquoi j'avais quitte 
la classe. 

Future Tense. 14. Je resterai ici. 15. Tu ne parleras 
pas de cela. 16. II n'y pensera pas. 17. Nous etudierons 
demain. 18. Vous Poublierez. 19. Nous quitterons la ville 
quand mes parents arriveront. 

Conditional Mode. 20. Je resterais ici, si j'etais a (in) 
votre place. 21. II ne travaillerait pas, s'il n'y etait pas 
oblige. 22. Nous oublierions nos le9ons, si nous ne les etu- 
diions pas bien. 23. Vous casseriez cette montre, si vous 
Faviez. 24. lis danseraient, si vous chantiez. 

Imperative Mode. 25. Eeste tranquille. 26. Tra- 
vaillez. 27. Parlons fran9ais. 

Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense. 28. Je veux que 
vous etudiiez vos legons. 29. II veufc que nous parlious 
frangais. 

Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense. 30. II serai r 
bon que j'etudiasse un peu. 31. Je voudrais que vous par- 
lassiez fran9ais. 32. Je voudrais qu'il quittdt la classe. 



REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 107 



Theme 24. 

Present Tense. 1. I am studying. 2. Thou dost not 
study much. 3. Charles is playing, and Mary is singing. 
4. We dance sometimes. 5. You do not work enough. 
6. They do not like to work. 

Imperfect Tense. 7. I was working, and thou wast 
singing. 8. He was not fond of work or study. (In French: 
He liked neither work nor study.) 9. We studied as much 
as you. 10. You played a great deal (beaucoup). 11. They 
lived in the same street in which we lived. 

Past Definite Tense. 12. I left Paris on the same 
day that you arrived there. 13. We met your cousins yester- 
day. 14. They asked us for your address. 

Future Tense. 15. I shall speak of that when I (shall) 
arrive there. 16. Thou wilt not think of it. 17. He will 
forget it. 18. Will you leave the city to-day ? 19. We 
will stay here till to-morroiv (jusqu'a demain). 20. They 
will arrive here this evening. 

Conditional Mode. 21. I would take off my wet clothes, 
if I were in (a) your place. 22. Thou wouldst not forget thy 
lessons, if thou studiedst them well. 23. He would break 
the violin, if he had it. 24. We would stay, if you stayed. 
25. They would not study, if they were not obliged to (y). 

Imperative Mode. 26. Remain where thou art. 27. 
Keep (plur.) quiet. 28. Let us study. 

Su injunctive Mode, Present Tense. 29. He wants 
as to study our lesson. (In French : He will that we study 
our lesson.) 30. I want you to speak French. (In French : 
I will that you speak French.) 31. I am sorry that you 
leave the school. 



108 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense. 32. It would 
be well for him to leave the city. (In French: It would be 
well that he should leave the city.) 33. I wish (that) you 
would speak to him about it (of it). 34. He was astonished 
that we spoke of it. 



TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON. 

Verbs of the First Conjugation. — Orthographic 
Irregularities. 

Some classes of verbs in the first conjugation, though 
regularly varied throughout, undergo, in certain persons 
and tenses, slight changes, to make their orthography con- 
formable to the pronunciation. 

1. In verbs ending in ger, as manger, to eat, an e is in- 
serted after g, before a and o, to make the g retain its soft 
sound, as : mangeant, nous mangeons. 

2. In verbs ending in cer, as commencer, to commence. 
the letter c, to retain the sound of s, takes the cedilla before 
a and o, as : commen$ant, nous commen$ons. 

3. In verbs ending in yer, as nettoyer, to clean, the y is 
changed into i before e mute, as : je nettoie, tu nettoies, 
il nettoie, ils nettoient; but nous nettoyons, vous 
nettoyez. 

Rem. Verbs ending in ayer, as payer, to pay, may either retain 
the y before e mute, or change it into i : je paye, or je paie. 

4. In verbs having 6 (acute) or e (mute), before the con- 
sonant that precedes the ending er, as : esp6rer, to hope, 
and mener, to lead, the £ or e is changed into e (grave). 






VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 109 

before a mute syllabe, as : j'espere, / hope ; je mene, / 
lead, etc. 

Rem. Verbs in eger, as abreger, proteger, retain tbe e in the 
future and conditional : j'abregerai, il protegera. (See also verbs in 
eler and eter, No. 5.) 

5. Verbs ending in eler, as appeler, to call, double the 1, 
•and those in eter, as jeter, to throw, double the t, before 
e mute, as: j'appelle, tu appelles, il appelle, ils ap- 
pellent; and je jette, tu jettes, il jette, ils jettent. 
But nous appelons, vous appelez ; nous jetons, vous 
jetez, etc. 

Rem. The verbs acheter, to buy ; bourreler, to torment ; deceler, 
to disclose ; geler, to freeze ; harceler, to harass ; peler, to peel, are 
exceptions to this last rule. They come under Rule 4. 

Vocabulary 25. 

Voyager, to travel. Jeter, to throw ; to throw away. 

Manger, to eat. Acheter, to buy. 

Proteger, to protect. Geler, to freeze. 
Commencer (a) ; to commence ; to Le libraire, the bookseller. 

begin. Le panier, the basket. 

Placer, to place. La voiture, the carriage. 

Menacer, to threaten. La nuit, the night ; la nuit passee, 
*Envoyer, to send. last night ; cette nuit, to-night. 

Nettoyer, to clean. Bien des choses, many things. 

Payer, to pay. Autrefois, formerly. 

Mener, to lead ; to take. A interet, at interest. 

Esperer, to hope ; to hope for. A temps, in time. 

Appeler, to call. Le soir, in the evening. 

Exercise 25. 
Verbs in ger. 1. J'aime a voyager. 2. On voit bien 
des choses en voyageant. 3. Autrefois je voyageais beau- 



110 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

coup. 4. Je n'ai pas mange de viande. 5. Nous mangeons 
peu de viande le soir. 

Verbs in cer. 6. Je vais commencer mon travail. 7. 
Nous commeiiQons a parlor franqais. 8. Je commei^ais a 
le parler quand je quittai Paris. 9. Nous plains notre 
argent a interet. 10. lis nous menacjaient. 

Verbs in yer. 11. J'ai envoye ma lettre a la poste. 
12. J'envoie les journaux a mon oncle. 13. II nous envoie 
un panier de peches. 14. Je nettoierai mon pupitre quand 
j'aurai fini d'ecrire. 15. Je vous payerai (or paierai) quand 
j'aurai de l'argent. 

Verbs that change e or e into e. 16. Nous es- 
perons vous voir ce soir. 17. J'espere que vous resterez 
avec nous jusqu'a demain. 18. Ou voulez-vous nous mener ? 
19. Je vous menerai aux Champs Elysees. 20. Nous vous 
protegerons. 

Verbs in eler and eter. 21. Voulez-vous m'appeler 
quand tout sera pret. 22. Je vous appellerai quand la yoi- 
ture arrivera. 23. Vous ne m'avez pas appele a temps. 
24. Ou jetterai-je ces papiers? 25. Jetez-les dans le panier. 

Exceptions. 26. Ou achetez-vous votre papier ? 27. Je 
Pachete chez le libraire Dumont. 28. Je vous en acheterai, 
si vous voulez. 29. II va geler. 30. II gele deja. 31. II 
a gele, et il gelera encore. 

Theme 25. 

Verbs in ger. 1. I have traveled much. 2. I have seen 
many things while traveling. 3. My uncle used to travel a 
great deal (formerly). 4. Are you still eating ? 5. He was 
eating when I began (have begun) to write. 

Verbs in cer. 6. I was beginning to write w T hen some 



REGULAR COX J UG ATIOXS. Ill 

one (has) called me. 7. We begin the lesson at nine o'clock. 
8. Where will you place your money ? 9. I will place it' in 
the bank. 10. We do not threaten anybody. 

Verbs in yer. 11. I have sent a letter to my cousins. 
12. They send us the newspaper every week. 13. John is 
cleaning my clothes. 14. He will clean yours when he has 
(shall have) cleaned mine. 15. I will pay him when he is 
through (shall have finished). 

Verbs that change e or e into e. 16. I have hoped, 
and I still hope, to see him. 17. Where do you lead us ? 
18. I lead you to the Elysian Fields. 19. Our courage will 
protect us. 20. I hope so. 

Verbs in eler and eter. 21. Who has called us ? 22. Our 
friends call us. 23. I will call you in time. 24. What do you 
throw into the basket? 25. I throw some papers into it. 

Exceptions. 26. W r hat do you buy? 27. I do not buy 
anything. 28. I would buy something, if I had money. 
29. Did it freeze last night ? 30. i\o, but it will freeze 
to-night. 

TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON. 

Regular Conjugations.— Second Conjugation in IR. 

FINfR, To Finish.— (Model Verb.) 

INFINITIVE MODE. 
Present. Past. 

Finir to finish Avoir fini to have finished 

PARTICIPLES. 

Present. Compound. 

Finissant finishing Ayant fini having finished 

Past. 
Fini finished 



112 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Present. 



Je finis 

Tu finis 

II finit 

Nous finissons 

Vous finissez 

lis finissent 



INDICATIVE MODE. 



IJini8h 



he finishes 

we finish 

you finish 

they finish 



Past Indefinite. 



J'ai fini 
Tu as fini 
II a fini 

Nous avons fini 
Vous avez fini 
Us ont fini 



I have finished 
thou hast finished 

he has finished 
we have finished 
you have finished 



Je finissais 
Tu finissais 
II finissait 
Nous finissions 
Vous finissiez 
lis finissaient 



Imperfect. 

I was finishing 



thou 



we were finishing 
you were finishing 
they were finishing 



Pluperfect. 

J'avais fini 
Tu avais fini 
II avait fini 
Nous avion s fini 
Vous aviez fini 
lis avaient fini 



I had finished 

thou hadst finished 

he had finished 

we had finished 

you had finished 

they had finished 



Past Definite. 

Je finis I finished 

Tu finis thou finishedst 

II finit he finished 

Nous finimes we finished 

Vous finites you j 
lis finirent 



J'eus fini 
Tu eus fini 
II eut fini 
Nous eumes fini 
Vous eutes fini 
Us eurent fini 



Past Anterior. 

/ had finished 



thou hadst finished 

he had finished 

we had finished 

you had finished 

they had finished 



Future. Future Anterior. 

Je finirai I shall finish J'aurai fini I shall have finished 

Tu finiras thou wilt finish Tu auras fini thou wilt have finished 

II finira he will finish II aura fini he will have finished 

Nous finirone we shall finish Nous aurons fini we shall have finished 

Vous finirez you will finish Vous aurez fini you ivill have finished 

lis finiront they will finish Us auront fini they will have finished 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 



Present. 



Je finirais 
Tu finirais 
U finirait 
Nous finirions 
Vous finiriez 
Us finiraient 



/should finish 

thou wouldst finish 

he would finish 

we should finish, 

you would finish 

they would finish 



Past. 



J'aurais fini /should have 1 

Tu aurais fini thou wouldst hare 
11 an rait fini he would ha a 

Nous aurions fini we should have 
Voue auriez fini you would have 
Us auraiont fini they would have 



REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 



113 



IMPERATIVE MODE. 



Finis 

Finissons 

Finissez 



finish {thou) 
let us finish 
finish {you) 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



Present. 
Que je finisse that I may ] 

Que tu finisses that thou mayst 
Qu'il finisse that Tie may 

Que nous finissions that we may 
Que vous finissiez that you may 
Qu'ils finissent that they may J 



Past. 



Que j'aie fini that I may 

Que tu aies fini that thou mayst 
Qu'il ait fini that he may 

Que nous ayons fini that we may 
Que vous ayez fini that you may 
Qu'ils aient fini thai they may 



Imperfect. 
Que je finisse that I might 

Que tu finisses that thou mightst 
Qu'il finit that he might 

Que nous finissions that we might 
Que vous finissiez that you might 
Qu'ils finissent that they might 



Pluperfect. 
Que j'eusse fini that I } 



Que tu eusses fini 
Qu'il eut fini 
Que nous eussions fini 
Que vous eussiez fini 
Qu'ils eussent fini 



that thou 
that he 



that we i 
that you | 
that they J 






Vocabulary 26. 



Finir, to finish. 

Choisir, to choose ; to select. 

Remplir, to fill ; to fulfil. 

Reussir, to succeed. 

Batir, to build. 

Punir, to punish. 

Obeirf (a), to obey. 

Avertir, to inform ; to give notice. 

II faut,;[ it is necessary; must. 

Un ordre, an order. 



Le devoir, the duty ; the task (at 

school). 
Un encrier, an inkstand. 
Le moment, the moment. 
L'arrivee /., the arrival. 
L'hiver m., winter. 
Pendant, during. 
Pendant que, while. 
Avant, before. 
Apres, after. 



t Obe'ir requires the preposition a before the noun, the same as if you said to 
<>i»y t<> in English. 

\ n/aui is followed by a verb in the infinitive, or by (pie and a clause in which 
the verb is in the subjunctive mode. Ilfavt oheir, It is necessary t > obey. Ilfaut 
qvt fotjeis*e, I must obey. 



114 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Exercise 26. 

Present Tense.. 1. Je remplis mes devoirs. 2. Tu 
remplis les tiens, et il remplit les siens. 3. Nous obeissons 
a nos parents. 4. Vous obeissez aux votres. 5. lis obeis- 
sent aux leurs. 

Imperfect Tense. 6. Je finissais mon theme pendant 
que tu remplissais les encriers. 7. On batissait cette eglise 
quand j'etais ici pendant l'hiver. 8. Nous obeissions tou- 
jours a nos maitres. 9. Vous reussissiez dans vos etudes. 
10. Us finissaient ce qu'ils avaient commence. 

Past Definite Tense. 11. Ce jour-la je finis mon de- 
voir avant tons les autres. 12. Tu m'avertis de l'arrivee de 
mon pere. 13. Nous choisimes le bon moment pour reussir, 
et nous reussimes. 14. Vous finites vos devoirs apres moi. 
15. lis n'obeirent pas aux ordres, et ils furent punis. 

Future Tense. 16. Je finirai mon theme apr£s les 
classes. 17. Tu choisiras quelque chose de joli quand tu 
auras fini. 18. On batira une nouvelle ecole avant Thiver. 
19. Nous obeirons a vos ordres. 20. Vous nous avertirez 
quand la voiture arrivera. 21. Ils reussiront s'ils tra- 
vaillent. 

Conditional Mode. 22. Je remplirais les encriers, si je 
n'avais rien autre chose a faire. 23. Tu n'en finirais pas. 

24. On vous punirait, si vous ne remplissiez pas vos devoirs. 

25. Nous obeirions aux ordres du capitaine, si nous etions 
soldats. 26. S^ils avaient Tintention de partir, ils nous en 
avertiraient. 

Imperative Mode. 27. Obeis, ou tu seras puni. 28. Fi- 
nissez, je vous en prie. 29. Kemplissons nos devoirs. 
Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense. 30. II faut (pie 



REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 115 

j'obeisse. 31. II faut que tu remplisses ton devoir. 32. II 
faut qu'il finisse ce theme. 

Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense. 33. Je vou- 
drais qu'il en finit. 34. II serait bien que vous l'avertissiez 
de votre intention de partir. 

Theme 26. 

Present Tense. 1. I obey (to) my parents. 2. Thou 
obeyest thine, and he obeys his. 3. We fulfil our duties. 
4. You fulfil yours. 5. They fulfil theirs. 

Imperfect Tense. 6. I was -filling my inkstand, while 
thou wast finishing thy task. 7. We were building a stable 
last winter, when you w r ere here. 8. You were finishing it. 
9. They always obeyed their teachers. 

Past Definite Tense. 10. On that day I informed thee 
of the arrival of thy father. 11. Thou didst finish thy task 
before all the others. 12. You fulfilled your duty. 13. 
They chose the right (bon) moment, and they succeeded. 

Future Tense. 14. I shall choose something pretty for 
Eliza. 15. You will finish this exercise after school (les 
classes). 16. He will succeed, if he works. 17. We shall 
inform you, when the carriage is (will be) here. 18. They 
will not finish what they have begun. 

Conditional Mode. 19. I would finish this exercise 
before twelve o'clock, if I had nothing else (rien autre chose) 
to do. 20. He would succeed, if he worked. 21. We would 
obey (to the) orders, if we were in your place. 22. They 
would punish you, if you did not obey. 

Imperative Mode. 23. Choose something for thyself. 
24. Obey, or you will be punished. 25. Let us choose some- 
thing pretty. 



116 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GR A 31 MAR. 

Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense. 26. I must ful- 
fil my duties. 27. He must finish his exercise. 28. We 
must obey orders. 

Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense. 29. It would 
be well for him to obey orders (It would be well that he 
should obey etc.). 30. I wish that you would finish (with 
it) (en). 

TWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 

Regular Conjugations.— Third Conjugation in OIR. 
RECEVOLR, To Receive.— (Model Verb.) 

The third conjugation has only seven regular verbs ; they 
have the letters ev before the infinitive-ending oir. The 
ev is syncopated in certain parts of the verb. 

The c of the verbs in cevoir takes the cedilla before o 
and u. 

INFINITIVE MODE. 
Present. Past. 

Recevoir to receive Avoir tq$vl to have received 

PARTICIPLES. 

Present. Compound. 

Recevant receiving Ayant re^u having received 

Past. 
Re$u received 

INDICATIVE MODE. 
Present. Past Indefinite. 

Je re9ois Ireceive J'ai re£u I have ;v 

Tu re^is thou receivest Tu as resii thou hast i> 

II re9oit he receives II a rt'911 he has rea ived 

Nous recevous we receive Nous avons re^u W6 hare r> 

Yous ri'cevez you receive Vous avez resu you have n 

lis recoiveut they receive lis out 1V9U tiny have /< 



EEGtTLAR CONJUGATIONS. 



117 



Imperfect. 



Pluperfect. 



Je recevais 
Tu recevais 
II recevait 
Nous recevions 
Vous receviez 
lis recevaieat 



I was receiving 

thou wast receiving 

fie was receiving 

we were receiving 

you were receiving 

they were receiving 



J'avais recu 
Tu avais recu 
H avait recu 
Nous avions recu 
Vous aviez recu 
lis avaient recu 



I had received 

thou hadst received 

he had received 

we had, received 

you had received 

they had received 



Past Definite. 



Past Anterior. 



Je recus 
Tu recus 
II recut 
Nous resumes 
Vous recutes 
lis recurent 



I received 

thou receivedst 

he received 

we received 

you received 

they received 



J'eus recu 
Tu eus recu 
II eut reca 
Nous eumes recu 
Vous elites recu 
Es eurent recu 



I had received 

thou hadst received 

he had received 

we had received 

you had received 

they had received 



Future. 



Je recevrai 
Tu recevras 
II recevra 
Nous recevrous 
Vous recevrez 
lis recevront 



I shall receive 
thou wilt receive 

he will receive 
we shall receive 
you will receive 
they will receive 



Future Anterior. 

J'aurai recu / shall have received 

Tu auras recu thou, wilt have received 
II aura recu he will have received 

Nous aurons recu we shall have received 
Vous aurez recu you will have received 
lis auront recu they will have received 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 



Present. 



Je recevrai s 
Tu recevrais 
II recevrait 
Nous recevrions 
Vous recevriez 
lis recevraient 



I should receive 

thou wouldst receive 

he would receive 

we should receive 

you would receive 

they would receive 



Past. 



J'aurais recu I should have 

Tu aurais recu thou wouldst have 
11 aurait recu he would have 

Nous aurions recu we should have 
Vous auriez recu you would have 
lis auraient recu they would have 4 



IMPERATIVE MODE. 



Recois 


receive {thou) 


Recevons 


*let us receive 


Recevez 


receive {you) 



118 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



Present. 



Que je recoive that I may 

Que tu recoives that thou mayst 
Qu'il recoive that he may 

Que nous recevions that we may 
Que vous receviez that you may 
Qu'ils recoivent that they may 



Past. 

Que j 'a ie recu that I may 

Que tu aies recu that thou mayst 
Qu'il ait recu that fie may 

Que nous ayons recu that we may 
Que vous ayez recu that you may 
Qu'ils aient recu that they may . 



Imperfect. 

Que je recusse that I might "\ 

Que tu recusses that thou mightst I 
Qu'il recti t that he might I ^ 

Que nous recussions that we might \ %' 
Que vous recussiez that you might [ 
Qu'ils recussent that they might J 



Pluperfect. 



Que j'eusse recu that I "} 

Que tu eusses recu that thou \ 

Qu'il eut recu 

Que nous eussions recu that we 
Que vous eussiez recu that you 
Qu'ils eussent recu that they J 



that he i |^ 

> es>. ?»■. 






Vocabulary 27. 



Recevoir, to receive. 

Devoir, \ to owe ; to be obliged ; 

to be to ; to have to. 
Une nouvelle, a piece of news ; 

intelligence, 
lies nouvelles, the news ; news. 
Un cadeau, a present. 
La paye, the pay. 
La fin, the end. 
Le depart, the departure. 
La veille, the day before. 
Le lendemain, the day after. 
Une visite, a visit; a call. 



La marque, the mark ; the token. 

Le respect, the respect. 

La bienveillance, the good- will ; 

the kindness. 
La felicitation, the congratula 

tion. 
Triste, sad. 
Sincere, sincere. 
Bientot, soon, very soon. 
Par, through ; by. 
Par jour, a day, each day ; par 

semaine, a week ; par mois, a 

month. 



t Devoir, to owe, has the meaning of to be obliged, to have to, to be, when it pre- 
cedes the infinitive : Je dois sortir, I have to go out. 77 doit venir ici. he is to come 
here. The conditional mode of devoir is rendered into English by might. 

The past participle of devoir and rede coir (to owe again), takes a circumflex 
accent over the u, in the masculine singular only, dii, owed, due ; redih owed 
again. 



REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 119 

Exercise 27. 

Present Tense. 1. Je re9ois des cadeaux; tu en re- 
gois aussi. 2. Pierre me doit de Pargent. 3. II doit me 
Papporter ce matin. 4. Nous devons aller chez notre 
tante. 5. Vous devez venir avec moi. 6. lis doivent partir 
bientot. 

Imperfect Tense. 7. Je devais sortir. 8. II devait aller 
a la poste. 9. Nous recevions toutes les semaines des nou- 
velles de chez nous. 10. Vous receviez dix dollars par jour. 
11. lis recevaient cent dollars par mois. 

Past Definite Tense. 12. Je re9us votre lettre la 
veille de mon depart. 13. Nous regumes la visite de votre 
oncle le lendemain de notre arrivee. 14. lis regurent cette 
triste nouvelle avant leur depart de Paris. 

Future Tense. 15. Je recevrai sa lettre demain. 16. Tu 
recevras une yisite aujourd'hui. 17. II recevra sa paye a la 
fin du mois. 18. Nous recevrons des nouyelles aujourd'hui. 
19. Combien recevront-ils par mois ? 

Conditional Mode. 20. Je devrais ecrire a mon oncle. 
21. Henri deyrait aller yoir sa tante. 22. Nous devrions 
faire cela. 23. Vous n'auriez pas du parler de cela. 

Imperative Mode. 24. Re<;ois ce cadeau, comme une 
marque de ma bienveillance. 25. Receyez mes sinceres feli- 
citations. 26. Recevons nos amis ayec bienyeillance. 

SriiJUNCTiVE Mode, Present Tense. 27. II faut que 
je re<joive une lettre aujourd'hui. 28. II est temps que nous 
in recevions une de nos amis. 20. Je n'aime pas qu'il re- 
9oive cea visites. 

Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense. 30. II serait 
bien que je re<jusse des nouyelles ayant mon depart. 31. Je 



120 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

voudrais que vous re<jussiez votre paye, et que nous re- 
cessions la ndtre. 

Theme 27. 

Present Tense. 1. I receive my pay at the end of the 
month. 2. He receives a hundred dollars a month. 3. He 
owes me fifty dollars. 4. He is to pay me to-day. 5. We 
often receive presents. 6. They receive their friends on 
Thursday (jeudi). 

Imperfect Tense. 7. I received news from home every 
week. 8. He received ten dollars a week from his father. 
9. We had to go out. 10. They always received us w T ith 
kindness. 

Past Definite Tense. 11. I received the sad news the 
day after my arrival. 12. We received your letter the day 
before we started (before our departure). 13. They received 
the news at the moment of their departure. 

Future Tense. 14. I will receive no calls to-day. 15. 
He will receive his money soon. 16. We shall receive news 
from Paris to-morrow r . 17. They will pay us when they 
(will) receive their pay. 

Conditional Mode. 18. I oughtf to receive a letter to- 
day. 19. Julius ought to be here; he was to {imperfect 
tense) be here at ten o'clock. 20. We would receive him 
with kindness. 21. If we sent a letter to-day, they would 
receive it to-morrow. 

Imperative Mode. 22. Receive {sing.) my congratula- 
tions. 23. Receive (plur.) this token of my good-will; 1 
owe it to you. 24. Let us receive our teachers with the 
respect which is due to them.J 

t See foot-note, p. 118. % Qui h </r ettf ilu. 



REGULAR VERBS. 



m 



Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense. 25. It is time 
that I receive a letter. 26. I like him to receive presents. 
27. We must receive money to-day. 

Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense. 28. It would 
be well that he received our letter before he leaves (before 
his departure). 29. I wish that we received news from 
home. 



TWEXTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 
Regular Verbs.— Fourth Conjugation in RL. 

VENDUE, To Sell.— (Model Verb.) 

INFINITIVE MODE. 
Present. Past. 

Vendre to sell Avoir vendu to have sold 

PARTICIPLES. 
Present. Compound. 

Vendant selling Ayaut vendu having meld 

Past. 

Vendu sold 



INDICATIVE MODE. 





Present. 


Past Indefinite. 


Je vends 


I sell 


J'ai vendu 


I have sold 


Tu vends 


thou sellest 


Tu as vendu 


thou hast sold 


11 vend 


he sell* 


11 a vendu 


he heis so'd 


Nous rendonfl 


we sell 


Nous avons vendu 


we have sold 


Voiu vendez 


you sell 


Vous avez vendu 


you have sold 


II- vendt-nt 


they sell 


lis ont vendu 


they have sold 


Imperfect. 


Pluperfect. 


dais 


I was selling 


J'avais vendu 


I had fold 


Tu vei: 


thou ivast selling 


Tu avais vendu 


thou hadst sold 


11 vendait 


he was selling 


11 avait vendu 


he had sold 


Nous vendions 


we were selling 


Nous avions vendu 


we had sold 


Vous vendiez 


you were selling 


Vous aviez vendu 


you had sold 


lis vendaient 


they were selling 


lis avaient vendu 


they had sold 



122 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAM* 


t AR. 


Past Definite 




Past Anterior. 


Je vendis 


/ sold 


J'eus vendu 


/ had sold 


Tu vendis 


thou soldest 


Tu eus vendu 


thou hadst sold 


11 vendit 


he sold 


11 eut vendu 


he had sold 


Nous vendimee 


we sold 


Nous eumes vendu 


we had sold 


Vous vendttes 


you sold 


Vous elites vendu 


you had sold 


Us vendirent 


they sold 


lis eurent vendu 


they had sold 



Future. 



Future Anterior. 



Je vendrai 
Tu vendras 
II vendra 
Nous vendrons 
Vous vendrez 
lis vendront 



i" shall sell 
thou unit sell 

he will sell 
we shall sell 
you will sell 
they will sell 



J'aurai vendu 
Tu auras vendu 
II aura vendu 
Nous aurons vendu 
Vous aurez vendu 
lis auront vendu 



/ shall have sold 
thou wilt have sold 
he will have sold 
we shall have sold 
you will have sold 
they will have sold 



Present. 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 



Past. 



Je vendrais I should sell J'aurais vendu I should have sold 

Tu vendrais thou wouldst sell Tu auraL- vendu thou wouldst have sold 

11 vendrait he would sel 1 11 aurait vendu he wcndd have sold 

Nous vendrions we should sell Nous aurions vendu we should have sold 

Vous vendriez you ivould sell Vous auriez vendu you would have sold 

lis vendraient they would sell lis auraient vendu they would have sold 



IMPERATIVE MODE. 



Vends 


sell {thou) 


Vendons 


let us sell 


Vendez 


sell (yov) 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



Present. 



Que je vende that I may sell 

Que tu vendes that thou mayst sell 

Qu'il vende that he may sell 

Que nous veiulions that we may sell 

Que vous vendiez that you may sell 



Past. 



Qu'ils vendent 



Que j'aie vendu 

Que tu a it's vendu that 

QuMl ait vendu t 

Que nous ayons vendu that we m<, ., 

Quo vous aye/, vendu that you may 



that t/iey may sell Qu'ils aient vendu that they may j 





REGULAR 


VERBS. 


Imperfect 




Pluperfect. 


Que je vendisse 


that I ' 




Que j'eusse vendu that I ' 


Que tu vendisses 


that thou 


§ 


Que tu eusses vendu that thou 


Qu'il vendit 


that he 


1 


Qu'it etit vendu that he 


Que nous vendissions 


that we 




Que nous eussions vendu that we 


Que vous vendissiez 


that you 




Que vous eussiez vendu that you 


Qu'ils veudissent 


that they . 




Qu'ils eussent vendu that they 



123 



IK 



Vocabulary 28. 



Vendre, to sell. 

Rendre, to return, to give back. 

Attendre, to wait ; to wait for ; to 

expect. 
Entendre, to hear ; to understand. 
Perdre, to lose. 
Repondref (a), to answer. 
Une question, a question. 
Une reponse, an answer. 
Un vaisseau, a vessel ; a ship. 

Un navire, ) 

tt i-*- v \ a ves seh 
Un batiment, ) 

La vapeur, the steam. 

Un batiment a vapeur, a steamer. 

Un bateau a vapeur, a steamboat. 



Le naufrage, shipwreck. 

Un pont, a bridge. 

La marchandise, the merchan- 
dise. 

Les marchandises, the goods. 

La monnaie, the money ; the 
change. 

Cher, dear. 

A bon marche, cheap. 

Tout de suite, immediately. 

Tout a rheure,| presently ; j ust 
now. 

Tantot,| by and by ; a little while 
ago. 

Aussitot que, as soon as. 



Exercise 28. 

Present Tense. 1. J'attends ta reponse. 2. Tu ne re- 
ponds pas a ma question. 3. II ne vous entend pas. 4. 
Nous ne vendons pas cher. 5. Pourquoi ne me rendez-vous 
pas ma monnaie ? 6. lis perdent leur temps. 

t Repondre requires the prepc ition a before the noun which is the object of the 
verb; rSpondr* a quelqu'un, to answer some one; repondre a une question, to 
answer a question. 

t Tout a Vheure and tantot may refer to past or future time: Je Vai vu tout a 
Vheure (or tantot). I have seen him just now {or a little while ago). Je vais le voir 
tout a Vheure (or tantot). I am going to see him presently (or by and by). 



124 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR, 

Imperfect Tense. 7. J'attendais l'arrivee du bdtiment 
a vapeur. 8. II n'entenclait pas qu'on Pappelait. 9. Nous 
vendions nos marchandises a bon marche. 10. lis per- 
daient patience. 

Past Definite Tense. 11. Je repondis a sa lettre 
aussitot que je 1'eus regue. 12. II vendit son navire le len- 
demain de son arrivee. 13. Nous lui rendimes sa visite la 
veille de notre depart. 14. lis perdirent leur vaisseau par 
un naufrage. 

Future Tense. 15. Je vous rendrai votre monnaie tout a 
Pheure. 16. II ne repondra pas a votre question. 17. Nous 
vous attendrons au pont. 18. lis perdront tout ce qu'ils 
ont. 

Conditional Mode. 19. Je vendrais ce bateau a va- 
peur, si j'etais a votre place. 20. II yogs rendrait une re- 
ponse tantot, si vous attendiez un peu. 21. Vous perdriez 
votre temps, si vous attendiez. 

Imperative Mode. 22. Attends-moi au pont. 23. Re- 
pondez a mes questions, je vous en prie. 24. Ne perdons 
pas courage. 

Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense. 25. II est temps 
que je lui rende sa visite. 26. Je veux que tu repondes a 
ma question. 27. II est prudent que nous attend ions un 
peu. 

Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense. 28. II serai t 
prudent que j'attendisse. 29. II serait bien qu'il entendit 
cela. 30. Je voudrais que vous me repondissiez tout de 
suite. 

Theme 28. 
Present Tense. 1. I hear you. 2. Thou dost not 
answer (to) my question. 3. He is waiting for an answer. 



REGULAR VERBS. 125 

4. You sell too dear. 5. We lose money on these goods. 6. 
They do not return us our change. 

Imperfect Tense. 7. I was losing my time. 8. He 
was waiting for the arrival of the steamer. 9. We used to 
hear the noise of the carriages during the night, when we 
lived in that street. 10. They did not sell cheap. 

Past Definite Tense. 11. I returned (to him) his 
visit the day before my departure. 12. He answered (to) 
my letter the next day. 13. We lost ' our goods by 
shipwreck.f 14. They sold their vessel as soon as they 
arrived. 

Future Tense. 15. I shall wait for you at the bridge. 
16. He will lose his cloak by and by. 17. We will answer 
you presently. 18. They will wait for us. 

Conditional Mode. 19. Why do you not wait for 
me ; I would wait for you. 20. If he were master of 
his property (bien, m.), he would lose everything (tout ce 
qu') he has. 21. They would not hear us, if we called 
them. 

Imperative Mode. 22. Answer (sing.) me immediately. 
23. Do not lose patience. 24. Let us wait for our com- 
rades. 

Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense. 25. I must sell 
this boat. 26. He must answer (to) that question. 27. We 
must wait for him. 

Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense. 28. It would 
be well for him to answer (to) our question. 29. I wish that 
you would wait a little. 30. I wish that thou wouldst give 
me back my money. 

t By shipwreck, par >'n van/rage. 



126 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

TWENTY-NINTH LESSON. 
Interrogative Conjugation. 

1. The tenses of the indicative and conditional modes 
only are used interrogatively. 

The interrogative conjugation is formed by placing the 
pronoun subject, with a hyphen, after the verb: ai-je? 
coupez-vous? etc. 

The final silent e of the verb is changed into e (acute), 
when the pronoun subject of the first person is placed after 
the verb, as : coupe-je ? do I cut ? 

When the verb, in the third person singular ends with a 
vowel, the letter t, between two hyphens, is placed, for the 
sake of euphony, before the pronouns il, elle, on, as : a-t-il? 
coupe-t-elle ? coupera-t-on ? 

When the subject of an interrogative sentence is a 
noun, it is placed before the verb, and a personal pronoun 
of the same person, gender, and number, is placed after the 
verb, as : 

Charles a-t-il la lettre ? Has Charles the letter ? 

Louise est-elle en haut ? Is Louisa up stairs ? 

Ces hommes coupent-ils nos Do those men cut our trees ? 
arbres? 

The noun subject is, however, generally placed after the 
verb in interrogative sentences that begin with an interro- 
gative pronoun, or an adverb, such as : que, comment, ou. 

Que demandent ces hommes? What do those men ask for? 

Savez-vous ou demeure M. Du- Do you know where Mr. Ducrot 

crot ? lives ? 

Comment va cette affaire? How is that business? 



NEGATIVE CONJUGATION. 127 



2. Interrogative Form with Est-ce que. 

interrogative sentences are also formed by placing est-ce 
que before the subject of the verb : 

Est-ce que Charles a le journal ? Has Charles the journal ? 
Est-ce que Marie est encore en Is Mary still up stairs ? 

haut? 
Est-ce que M. Ducrot a vendu Has Mr. Ducrot sold his store ? 

son magasin ? 

The interrogative form with est-ce que is always used 
when the verb, in the first person singular, ends in ge, as : 
est-ce que je mange ? do I eat ? not mange-je ? 

The interrogative form with est-ce que is also used for 
the first person singular when the verb has only one syllable, 
as: est-ce que je vends ? do I sell? not vends-je? 

Eight verbs, which have only one syllable in the first 
person singular of the indicative present, may be used inter- 
rogatively either way: ai-je? have If suis-je? am I? 
vais-je? do I go? puis-je? can I? sais-je? dolhiotv? 
vois-je? do I see? dois-je? doloive? anddis-je? do I 
say? or est-ce que j'ai? etc. 

3. Negative Conjugation. 

We have seen that the two words (ne .... pas) that ac- 
company a verb to express negation, are separated by the 
verb (in compound tenses, by the auxiliary only), as: Je 
n'ai pas ; je n'ai jamais 6te ; je n'ai rien dit. 

When the verb is in the infinitive, the two negative words 
are generally placed before the verb ; they may, or may not, 
be separated by a personal pronoun. 



128 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Je vous conseille de ne pas le I advise you not to do it 

faire, or de ne le pas faire. 

Je vous prie de n'en pas parler, I beg you not to speak of it, not to 

de n'en rien dire. to say anything about it. 

Vocabulary 29. 

Ohercher, to seek ; to look for. Le poulet, the chicken. 

Desirer, to desire ; to wish for. Le canard, the duck. 

Demander, to ask for. Le dindon, the turkey. 

Ecouter, to listen to. Le jambon, the ham. 
Regarder, to look at. , Le poisson, the fish. 

Decouper, to carve. Le potage, ) 

Conseiller (de), to advise. La soupe, 

Servir, to serve ; to help to. En haut, upstairs. 

Savez-vous ? do you know ? En bas, downstairs. 



r e ) 

' ' [ the soup. 



Exercise 29. 

1. Votre soeur est-elle encore en haut ? 2. Marie est-elle 
en bas ? 3. Nos amis sont-ils a la campagne ? 4. Charles 
a-t-il perdu sa grammaire ? 5. M. votre pere desire-t-il me 
parler ? 6. Va-t-on servir la soupe ? 7. Pierre va-t-il de- 
couper le poulet? 8. Votre oncle achetera-t-il quelques 
canards? 9. Nos voisins ont-ils plusieurs beaux dindons? 
10. Cette dame nous regarde-t-elle ? 11. Ces matelots eeou- 
tent-ils le capitaine, qui leur donne des ordres ? 1^. Ces 
hommes nous ont-ils vendu du poisson? 13. Est-ce que 
Henri a bien etudie sa lecjon? 14. Est-ce qu'il n'a pas eu de 
fautes dans son theme? 15. Est-ce que le professeur me 
demande? 16. Est-ce qu'il parle de moi on de vous? 17. 
Est-ce que je mange votre potage? 18. Est-ce que je ne 
vous rends pas ce que vous m'avez pr6t6? 19. Est-ce que 
je dis cela ? 20. Que sais-je? 21. Oil suis-je ? 22. Savez- 



THE PASSIVE VEEB. 129 

vous ou demeure notre professeur de frai^ais ? 23. Je vous 
conseille de ne pas le lui dire. 24. Je vous prie de rven pas 
parler. 25. J'ai envie de ne pas y aller. 

Theme 29. 

1. Is mamma up stairs ? 2. Is the professor down stairs ? 
3. Are your books at school ? 4. Does your mother wish 
to see me in the parlor? 5. Is John carving the turkey? 
G. Does Mary wish for some soup ? 7. Does your aunt ask 
for some (un peu) of this duck ? 8. Have our neighbors a 
great many chickens ? 9. Why do those boys look at us? 
10. Do the scholars listen to the teacher ? 11. Have I 
had a good exercise? 12. f Has Louisa seen her aunt? 
13. f Did the professor ask for anybody? 14.f What am 
I eating; is it fish? 15. J What can I help you to? 
16. X Can I help you to some soup? 17. f Do I not sell 
cheap? 18. f Do I do my duty well? 19. § What do 
those men ask for? 20. Where does Mr. Ducrot live? 
21.J How much do I owe you ? 22. I beg you not to say 
anything about it. 23. I advise you not to go there any 
more. 24. He has told me not to do it. 



THIRTIETH LESSON. 
The Passive Verb. 



1. The passive verb is formed by joining the past parti- 
ciple of the active verb to the various forms of the auxiliary 
verb etre, to be, as: aimer, to love; etre aime, to be loved. 

t Follow the construction indicated in Sect. 2 of the Lesson. 

X See last paragraph of Sect. 2, Exceptions. 

§ Follow the construction indicated in last paragraph of Sect. 1, 



130 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

The past participle agrees, in gender and number, with 
the subject of the verb. 



Conjugation of the Passive Verb. 

ETRE AIME, To Be Loved.— (Model Verb.) 

INFINITIVE MODE. 



Etre aime or aimee, 
aimes or aimees 



Present. 

. ' [to be loved 
ees ) 



Past. 

Avoir ete aime or aimee, \ to have been 
aimes or aimees S loved 



PARTICIPLES. 



Etant aime or aimee, 
aimes or aimees 



Present. 

> being loved 



Compound. 



Ayant ete aime or aimee, \ having been 
aimes or aimees f loved 



Past. 

Ete aime or aimee, aimes or aimees 



been loved 



Present. 



INDICATIVE MODE. 



Je suis aime or aimee 

Tu es aime (ee) 

II or elle est aime (ee) 

Nous sommes aimes or aimees 

Vous etes aimes (ees) 

lis or elles sont aimes (ees) 



Past Indefinite. 

J'ai ete aime or aimee 

Tu as ete aime (ee) 

II or elle a ete aime (ee) 

Nous avons ete aimes or aimees 

Vous avez ete aimes (ees) 

lis or elles out ete aimes (ees) 



1? 



Imperfect. 

J'etais aime (ee) 

Tu etais aime (ee) 

II or elle etait aime" (ee) 

Nous etions aimes (ees) 

Vous etiez aimes (ees) 

lis or elles etaient aimes (ees) 






Pluperfect. 

J'avais ete aime (ee) 
Tu avais ete aime (ee) 
II or elle avait ete aime (ee) 
Nous avions ete aimtfl iees) 
Vous aviez 6t0 aimes (ees) 
lis welles avaient ete aimc> 



ft 

kg 



THE PASSIVE VERB. 



131 



Past Definite. 

Je fus aime (ee) 

Tu fas aime (ee) 

I] or elle fut aime (ee) 

Nous fumes airaes (ees) 

Vous futes amies (ees) 

lis or elles furent aimes (ees) 






Past Anterior. 

J'eus ete aime (ee) 

Tu eus ete aime (ee) 

II or elle eut ete aime (ee) 

Nous etimes ete aimes (ees) 

Vous eutes ete aimes (ees) 

lis or elles eureut ete aimes (ees) 






Future. 



Future Anterior. 



Je serai aime (ee) 

Tu seras aime (ee) 

II or elle sera aime (ee) 

Nous serons aimes (ees) 

Vous serez aimes (ees) 

Ds or elles seront aimes (ees) 



is- 



J'aurai ete aime (ee) 

Tu auras ete aime (ee) 

II or elle aura ete aime (ee) 

Nous aurons ete aimes (ees) 

Vous aurez ete aimes (ees) 

lis or elles auront ete aimes (ees) ( 






CONDITIONAL MODE. 



Present. 



Past. 



Je serais aime (ee) 

Tu serais aime (ee) 

II or elle serait aime (ee) 

Nous serions aimes (ees) 

Vous seriez aimes (ees) 

lis or elles seraient aimes (ees) 






J'aurais ete aime (ee) 

Tu aurais ete aime (ee) 

II or elle aurait ete aime (ee) 

Nous aurions ete aimes (ees) 

Vous auriez ete aimes (ees) 

lis or elles auraient ete aimes (ees) . 



I l* s 



2fc Si 

2>3 



IMPERATIVE MODE. 



Sois aime (ee) 
Soyons aimes (ees) 
Soyez aimes (ees) 



be (thou) loved 
let us be loved 
be (you) loved 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



Present. 



Que jo sois aime" (ee) 

Que til sois aime (6e) 

Qu'il or quY'lle soit aime (ee) 

Que ihhis soyons aimes (e«'s) 

Que vous soyez aimes (ees) 

Qu'ils or elles soient aimes (ees) 



l - 5 s 



Past. 



Que j'aie ete aime (ee) 
Que tu aies ete aime (ee) 
Qu'il or quYlle ait ete aime (ee) 
Que nous ayons ete aimes (ees) 
Que vous ayez ete aimes (ees) 
Qu'ils or elles aient etc aimes (ees) 



1* 

5s 



132 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Imperfect. 

Que je fusse aime (ee) 
Que tu fusses aime (ee) 
Qu'il or qu'elle flit aime (ee) 
Que nous fussions aimes (ees) 
Que vous fussiez amies (ees) 
Qu'ils or elles fussent aimes (ees) 






Pluperfect. 

Que j'eusse ete aime (ee) 
Que tu eusses ete aime (ee) 
Qu'il or qu'elle eat ete aime (ee) 
Que nous eussions ete aimes (ees) 
Que vous eussiez ete aimes (ees) 
Qu'ils or elles eussent ete aimes 



By, after a Passive Verb Expressed by Par or De. 

The agent of a passive verb is preceded by the preposition 
par, if the verb expresses action, and by the preposition de, 
if the yerb expresses a sentiment. 



II est blame par ses amis. 
Elle est aimee de ses parents. 
II est puni de ses fautes. 



He is blamed by his friends. 
She is loved by her parents. 
He is punished for his faults. 



Eem. The passive form of the verb is less frequently used in French 
than in English. The French prefer the active form, with the pro- 
noun on for subject, or the pronominal form of the verb : 



On vous appelle. 

On l'a vu. 

II s'appelle Henri. 



You are called. 
He has been seen. 
He is called Henry. 



Vocabulary 30. 



Blamer (de), to blame (for). 
Louer (de), to praise (for). 
Recompenser (de), to reward (for). 
Reprimander (de), to reprove (for). 
Estimer, to esteem. 
Respecter, to respect. 
Mepriser, to despise. 
Negliger, to neglect, 
lies bons, the good. 
Les mechants, the wicked. 



L'obeissance, /. , obedience. 

Obeissant, obedient. 

La desobeissance, disobedience. 

Desobeissant, disobedient. 

La diligence, diligence. 

Diligent, diligent. 

La negligence carelessness. 

Negligent, careless ; negligent 

Partout, everywhere. 

II est juste, it is just or right. 



THE PASSIVE VERB. 133 

Exercise 30. 

1. Je suis aime de mes parents. 2. II est blame par ses 
amis, parce qu'il a ete negligent. 3. Sa soeur est louee, 
parce qu'elle a ete diligente. 4. Nous sommes recompenses 
quand nous sommes diligents. 5. Nous sommes repri- 
mands quand nous sommes negligents. 6. Les bons sont 
partout estimes et respectes. 7. Les mechants sont me- 
prises et punis. 8. Vous avez ete recompense de votre dili- 
gence. 9. Votre soeur a ete louee de son obeissance. 10. 
Ces eleves ont 6t6 blames de leur negligence. 11. Jules 
etait aime de ses maitres, parce qu'il etait obeissant et 
diligent. 12. Nous etions reprimandes quand nous etions 
desobeissants. 13. La desobeissance etait reprimandee et 
punie. ' 14^ Vous serez recompense, si vous etes diligent. 
15. Vous serez puni, si vous etes desobeissant. 16. Ceux 
qui n'obeissent pas au maitre, seront punis. 17. Vous 
seriez recompense, si vous aviez ete diligent. 18. lis 
auraient ete punis, s'ils avaient neglige leurs devoirs. 

19. Je veux que tu sois puni, si tu negliges tes devoirs. 

20. II est juste qu'il soit recompense, s'il est diligent. 

21. II serait juste que vous fussiez puni, si vous n'obeissiez 
pas a vos maitres. 22. II faut etre obeissant et diligent 
pour etre aime et recompense. 

Theme 30. 
1. You are blamed for your carelessness. 2. They are 
punished for their disobedience. 3. She is loved and re- 
spected by everybody. 4. He was rewarded by his teacher 
because he was diligent and obedient. 5. His obedience has 
Ih en praised. 6. His diligence has been rewarded. 7. The 



134 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

wicked shall be punished. 8. The good shall be rewarded. 
9. He was often reproved for his carelessness. 10. Those 
who neglect their duties will be despised. 11. You would 
be rewarded, if you had been diligent. 12. They would be~ 
punished, if they had been disobedient. 13. It is just that 
you be (subj.) punished, if you are disobedient. 14. It 
would be right that he were (subj., imp.) rewarded, if he 
had been diligent and obedient. 15. In order to be loved 
and esteemed, one must behave well (se bien comporter). 16. 
He who behaves well (se comporte bien) is everywhere well 
received. 



THIRTY-FIKST LESSON. 
Neuter Verbs, Conjugated with Etre. 

1. Certain neuter verbs, principally those that express a 
change in the position or condition of the subject, are con- 
jugated in the compound tenses with the auxiliary verb 
etre, to be. The past participle agrees with the subject of 
the verb (p. 88-1). The verb arriver, to arrive, is given as 
the model verb of the class. 

INFINITIVE MODE. 
Present. . Past. 

Arriver 'to -arrive fetre arrive or arrivee, \ to have 

arrives or arrivees f arriv ed 



PARTICIPLES. 
Present. Compound. 

Arrivant arrivi-ng fitant arrive or arrivee, \ having 

arrives or arrivee:? S arrived 

Past. 

Arrive or arrivee, arrives ov arrivees OfH 



NEUTER VERBS. 



135 



INDICATIVE MODE. 

Present. Past Indefinite. 

J'arrive / arrive Je suis arrive or arrivee 

Tu arrives thou arrivest Til es arrive (ee) 

II arrive he arrives II or elle est arrive (ee) 

Nous arrivons we arrive Nous sommes arrives (ees) 

Vous arrivez you arrive Vous etes arrives (ees) 

lis arrivent they arrive Us or elles sont arrives (ees) 



J'arrivais 
Tu arrivais 
II arrivait 
Nous arrivions 
Vous arriviez 
lis arrivaient 



Imperfect. 

/ was arriving 

thou wast arriving 

he was arriving 

we were arriving 

you were arriving 

they were arriving 



Pluperfect. 

J'etais arrive (ee) 

Tu etais arrive (ee) 

II or elie etait arrive (ee) 

Nous etions arrives (ees) 

Vous etiez arrives (ees) 

Us or elles etaient arrives (ees) 



a,a 



Past Definite. 



Past Anterior. 



J'arrivai 


I arrived 


Je fus arrive (ee) 




Tu arrivas 


thou arrivedst 


Tu fus arrive (ee) 


a 


11 arriva 


he arrived 


11 or elle f ut arrive (ee) 


It 


Nous arriv&mes 


we arrived 


Nous fumes arrives (ees) 


" a, 


Vous arrivates 


you arrived 


Vous fiites arrives (ees) 




lis arriverent 


they aiTived 


lis or elles furent arrives (ees) 




Future 




Future Anterior. 




J'arriverai 


I shall arrive 


Je serai arrive (ee) 




Tu arriveras 


thou wilt arrive 


Tu seras arrive (ee) 


as 


11 arrivera 


he will arrive 


11 or elle sera arrive (ee) 


Nous arriverons 


we shall arrive 


Nous serons arrives (ees) 


'a.*"" 
- > 


Vou* arriverez 


you will arrive 


Vous serez arrives (ees) 


as 

S 4 § 


lis arriveront 


they will arrive 


lis or elles seront arrives (ees) t 



J'jirriverais 
Tu arrive j , 
II arrivnaif 
Nona arrireriona 
Vous arriveriez 
[1b arriveraieut 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 
Present. Past. 

Je serais arrive (ee) 



/ should arrive 

thou wouldst arrive 

he would arrive 

we should arrive 

you would arrive 

they wo^ld arrive 



Tu serais arrive (ee) 

II or elle serait arrive (ee) 

Nous serious arrives (ees) 

Vous seriez arrives (ees) 

lis or elles seraieut arrives (ees) 



a. a! 



136 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



IMPERATIVE MODE. 



Arrive 


arrive (thou) 


Arrivons 


let us arrive 


Arrivez 


arrive (you) 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



Present. 



Qt i e j 'arrive that I may 

Que tu arrives that thou mayst 

Qu'il arrive that he may 

Que nous arrivions that we may 
Que vous arriviez that you may 
Qu'ils am vent that they may 



Past. 



Que je sois arrive (ee) 

Que tu sois arrive (ee) 

Qu'il or qu'elle soit arrive (ee) 

Que nous soyons arrives (ees) 

Que vous soyez arrives (ees) 

Qu'ils or elles soient arrives (ees) J 



P 
a,a 

r- a 



Imperfect 






Que j'arrivasse 


that I ' 


| 


Que tu arrivasses 


that thou 


Qu'il arrivat 


that he 


Que nous arrivassions 


that we 


3 


Que vous arrivassiez 


that you 


e& 


Qu'ils arrivassent 


that they . 


Cfe 



Pluperfect. 

Que je fusse arrive (ee) 
Que tu fusses arrive (ee) 
Qu'il or qu'elle ftit arrive (ee) 
Que nous fussions arrives (ees) 
Que vous fussiez arrives (ees) 
Qu'ils or elles fussent arrives (ees) 



is 

*a 

1*1. 
a,§ 



2. List of Neuter Verbs that are Conjugated with Etre, 

To Be. 



Arriver, to arrive ; 

Aller, to go ; 

Deceder, to decease ; 

Entrer, to enter ; to go or come in ; 

Rentrer, to re-enter; to come home; 

Retourner, to return ; to go back ; 

Rester, to remain, to stay ; 

Tomber, to fall ; 

*Mourir, to die ; 

*Naitre, to be born ; 

*Partir, to start ; to leave ; 

*Sortir, to go out ; to come out; 



6tre arrive, to have arrived. 
etre alle, to have gone. 
§tre decede, to have deceased. 
&tre entre, to have entered. 
§tre rentre, to have come. 
&tre retourne, to have returned. 
6tre reste, to have remained. 
&tre tombe, to have fallen, 
etre mort, to have died. 
&tre ne, to have been born. 
&tre parti, to have started. 
etre sorti, to have gone out. 



NEUTER VERBS. 13? 

*Venir, to come ; &tre venu, to have come. 

*Devenir, to become ; etre devenu, to have become. 

*Parvenir, to reach ; to succeed ; &tre parvenu, to have become. 

*Revenir, to return ; to come back ; Stre revenu, to have returned. 



3. Neuter Verbs that Take sometimes Avoir and 

sometimes Etre. 

Some neuter verbs take avoir for their auxiliary when 
they express action only, and etre when they express rather 
the state resulting from the action, as : 

Elle a grandi rapidement. She has grown rapidly. 

Elle est grandie de deux pouces. She has grown (by) two inches. 

La procession a passe ici. The procession passed here. 

La procession est passee. The procession has passed. 

The following are some of this class : 

Cesser, to cease. Descendre, to go or come down. 

*Croitre, to grow. Monter, to go or come up. 

Grandir, to grow tall. Remonter, to reascend. 

Vieillir, to grdw old. Passer, to pass. 

Rem. Several of the above verbs, under 2 and 3, are sometimes 
used as transitive verbs, in which case they are conjugated with avoir. 



Vocabulary 31. 

Le dejeuner, breakfast. Une famille, a family. 

Le diner, dinner. Hier au matin, yesterday morning 

Le souper, sapper. Hier au soir, last night. 

Le bal, the ball. De bonne beure, early. 

Le notaire, the notary. Tard, late. 

La procession, the procession. Jusque, till, until. 

Le train, the train. Jusqu'a samedi, until Saturday. 



138 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Exercise 31. 
1. Je suis arrive ce matin. 2. Ma tante est arrivee hier 
au soir. 3. Le train etait parti quand nous sommes arrives. 
4. Mes cousines sont arrivees de bonne heure. 5. Jules est 
alle au bureau. 6. Mes soeurs sont allees a Teglise. 7. Le 
raarchand est entre dans son magasin. 8. Le medecin est 
rentre tard hier au soir. 9. Nos amis sont retournes chez 
eux. 10. Mes parents sont restes & la campagne jusqu'a 
samedi. 11. Ces pommes sont tombees de l'arbre. 12. La 
femme du notaire est morte hier au matin. 13. Notre 
voisine est nee a Berlin. 14. Nous sommes partis de bonne 
heure. 15. lis sont sortis apres le dejeuner. 16. Mes cou- 
sines sont venues a la ville pour aller au bal. 17. Elles sont 
arrivees a temps pour le souper. 18. Cette famille est de- 
venue tres-pauvre. 19. Les fils de notre voisin sont devenus 
soldats. 20. Votre lettre m'est parvenue trop tard. 21. Mes 
parents ne sont pas encore revenus. 22. La procession est 
deja passee ; elle a passe par ici. 

Theme 31. 

l.f We arrived in time for the train. 2.f My sister came 
with me. 3. f My father came alone last evening. 4.f Henry 
and William came together. 5. Mary went to see her aunt. 
6. The children went for a walk. 7. The procession had 
entered the church when I came by f (passed). 8.f My sisters 
came in early. 9. My aunt has returned home. lO.f Those 
are pears that fell from the trees. 11. f We stayed in the 
country until Saturday. 12. f Our friend, the notary, died 
last night. 13. I was bora in this city. 14.f They started 

t Put the verb in the past indefinite tenee. 



PRONOMINAL VERBS. 139 

after breakfast. 15. f We went out after supper. 16. That 
family has left for Europe (pour l'Europe). 17. Our neigh- 
bors have become very rich. 18. f Your letter did not reach 
me in time. 19. Our friends have not yet come back to 
town. 20.f The soldiers have passed ; they passed by here. 



THIRTY-SECOND LESSON. 
Pronominal Verbs. 

1. Pronominal verbs are conjugated with two pronouns of 
the same person; the one is the subject, the other the direct, 
or indirect, object, of the verb. 

In the compound tenses of pronominal verbs the auxiliary 
verb etre is used for the auxiliary verb avoir. The past 
participle is subject to the same rule of agreement as the 
past participle of transitive verbs; that is, it agrees with its 
direct object, when the direct object precedes the participle. 

Conjugation of the Pronominal Verb. 

SE COUPER, To Cut One's Self.— (Model Vebb.) 

INFINITIVE MODE. 
Present. Past. 

Sc coupcr to cut one's self S'etre coupe to have cut one's self 

PARTICIPLES. 

Present. Compound. 

iMpant < hi '/? ti g one's self S'etant coupe having cut one's self 

Past. 
Coupe cut 

t Put the verb hi the past indefinite tense. 



140 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



INDICATIVE MODE. 



Present. 
Je me coupe / cut myself, etc. 

Tu te coupes 
II se coupe 
Nous nous coupons 
Vous vous coupez 
Ds se coupent 

Imperfect. 

Je me coupais I was cutting myself, etc. 

Tu te coupais 

n se coupait 

Nous nous coupions 

Vous vous coupiez 

lis se coupaient 

Past Definite. 

Je me coupai / cut myself, etc. 

Tu te coupas 

11 se coupa 

Nous nous coupames 

Vous vous coupates 

lis se coupdrent 

Future. 

Je me couperai / shall cut myself, etc. 

Tu te couperas 

II se coupera 

Nous nous couperons 

Vous vous couperez 

lis se couperont 



Past Indefinite. 

Je me suis coupe / have cut myself, etc, 

Tu t'es coupe 

11 s'est coupe 

Nous nous sommes coupes 

Vous vous etes coupes 

lis se sont coupes 

Pluperfect. 

Je m'etais coupe I had cut myself \ etc. 

Tu t'etais coupe 

11 s'etait coupe 

Nous nous £tions coup6s 

Vous vous etiez coupes 

lis s'etaient coupes 

Past Anterior. 

Je me fus coupe I had cut myself, etc. 

Tu te fus coupe 

II se fut coupe 

Nous nous fumes coupes 

Vous vous futes coupes 

116 se furent coupes. 

Future Anterior. 

Je me serai coupe / shall have cut my~ 

Tu te seras coupe [se f f, etc. 

II se sera coupe 

Nous nous serous coupes 

Vous vous serez coupes 

lis se seront coupes 



Je me couperais 
Tu te couperais 
II so couperait 
Nous nous couperions 
Vous vous couperiez 
lis se couperaient 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 
Present. Past. 

/ should cut myself, Je me serais coupe / should ft* 

[etc. Tu te serais coupe [myself. > te. 

11 se serait coupe 
Nous nous serions coupes 
Vous vous series coupes 
Us so Bermlent coupes. 



PROXOMIXAL VERBS. 



141 



IMPERATIVE MODE. 

Coupe-toi cut thyself 

Coupon s-nous let us cut ourselves 
Coupez-vous cut yourselves 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



Present. 

Que je me coupe that I may cut myself, 

Que tu te coupes [etc. 

Qu'il se coupe 

Que nous nous coupions 

Que vous vous coupiez 

Qu'ils se coupent 



Past. 

Que je me sois coupe that I may have 

Que tu te sois coupe [cut myself, etc. 

Qu'il se soit coupe 

Que nous nous soyons coupes 

Que vous vous soyez coupes 

Qu'ils se soient coupes 



Imperfect. 



Que je me coupasse, 
Que tu te coupasses 
Qu'il se coupat 
Que nous nous coupassions 
Que vous vous coupassiez 
Qu'ils se coupassent 



that I might cut 
[myself, etc. 



Pluperfect. 

Que je me fusse coupe that I might have 

Que tu te fusses coupe [cut myself, etc. 

Qu'ils se lut coupe 

Que nous nous fussions coupes 

Que vous vous fussiez coupes 

Qu'ils se fussent coupes 



2. 



Remarks and Examples. 



The pronominal form of the verb is often used in French, 
when, in English, the verb is intransitive or passive, as : 

Se coucher, 

Se lever, 

Se prome'ner, 

Se tromper, 

Se porter, 

S'appeler, 

Se rappeler, 

Comment vous portez-vous ? 

Je me porte bien, 

Comment s'appelle votre ami ? 

II s'appelle Jules, 

Je ne me rappelle pas cela, 



To lie down. 

To rise. 

To walk. 

To be mistaken ; to deceive one's self. 

To be ; to do {of one's health). 

To be called. 

To recollect (to recall to one's self). 

How do you do ? 

I am well. 

What is your friend's name ? 

His name is Julius. 

I do not recollect that. 



142 ELEMEKTARY FKEKCH GRAMMAR. 

Pronominal verbs express either reflective or reciprocal 
action. Eeflective action is confined to the subject ; reci- 
procal action requires two or more persons; hence, in the 
latter case, the verb is always in the plural. S'aimer 
may mean to love one's self, or to love each other, or one 
another. 

To distinguish between reflective and reciprocal action, it 
is sometimes necessary to make use of an additional pronoun, 
either a compound pronoun, to express reflective action ;.or 
an indefinite pronoun, to express reciprocal action. 

S'aimer soi-m&me. To love one's self. 

S'aimer l'un l'autre. To love each other. 

S'aimer les uns les autres. To love one another. 



Vocabulary 32. 

Se coucher, to lie down ; to go to Se rappeler, to recollect. 

bed. lie voyage, the voyage ; the jour- 
Se lever, to rise. ney. 

S'habiller, to dress (one's self). Le chemin, the road ; the way. 

Se deshabiller, to undress one's Le boulevard, the boulevard. 

self Le nom, the name. 

Se promener, to walk ; to take a Jacques, James. 

walk. Le soir, in the evening. 

Se tromper,f to be mistaken. La-bas, yonder ; there. 

Se porter, to be ; to do. Lorsque,J when. 

S'appeler, to be called. Ensuite, then. 
Avant de,§ before. 



+ Se troniper de, to be mistaken in ; se tramper de chemin, to be mistaken in the 
road ; to take the wrong road. 

X Lorsque, quand, when. Lorsqtie is a conjunction ; quand is an adverb of time, 
often used interrogatively ; it is also used as a conjunctive adverb. 

§ Avant de is used before the infinitive, instead of avant. Jt mi promeiu avant 
de me cmiche?\ I take a walk before I go to bed. 



PRONOMINAL VEEBS. 143 



Exercise 32. 



Simple Tenses. 1. Je me couche tard, et je me leve de 
bonne heure. 2. Je me promene pendant une heure avant 
de me coucher. 3. Comment yous portez-vous ? 4. Je me 
porte bien. 5. II ne s'habille jamais atari t midi. 6. Ami, 
tu te trompes. 7. Comment s'appelle votre ami ? 8. II 
s'appelle Jacques. 9. Nous nous trompons quelquefois. 
10. Les hommes se trompent les uns les autres. 11. C'est 
une histoire que je ne me rappelle pas. 12. Lorsque j'etais 
a Paris, je me portais bien. 13. Nous nous promenions 
tous les jours sur les boulevards. 14. Nous nous couchions 
tard, et nous nous levions de bonne heure. 15. Ma m£re ne 
se portait pas bien pendant le voyage. 16. Elle se portera 
mieux quand elle sera a la campagne. 17. Je me 16verai 
demain matin a six lieures. 18. Vous ne vous rappellerez 
pas cela. 19. Vous vous porteriez mieux, si vous vous 
couchiez de bonne heure. 20. Couche-toi de bonne heure, 
et ne te leve pas trop tard. 21. Promenez-vous pendant une 
heure avant de vous coucher. 22. Eappelons-nous ce que 
nous etions autrefois. 23. Ne nous trompons pas. 24. II 
faut que je me leve de bonne heure. 25. Je voudrais que 
vous vous levassiez de bonne heure tous les jours. 

Compound Tenses. 1. Je me suis leve a six heures ce 
matin. 2. Je me suis habille, et ensuite je suis alle me 
promener. 3. Je me suis trompe de rue; en revenant, et je 
suis rentre tres-tard. 4. Tu t'es couche de bonne heure 
hier au soir. 5. Vous etiez-vous habilles quand je suis 
venu ? 6. Nous nous sommes habilles de bonne heure. 
7. Jacques s'etait couche sans se deshabiller. 8. Nous nous 
etions trompes de chemin, et nous arrivions a la maison 



144 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

apres le diner. 9. II se sera couche quand vous arriverez 
la-bas. 10. Nous nous serions leves a six heures, si nous 
vous avions attendus avant le dejeuner. 11. lis ne se 
seraient pas rappele cette histoire, si je ne leur en avais pas 
parle. 12. II est bien que je me la sois rappelee. 13. Je 
voudrais que vous ne vous fussiez pas trompe. 

Theme 32. 

Simple Tenses. 1. I am mistaken. 2. Thou art often 
mistaken. 3. In the evening, we walk for an hour before 
we go to bed. 4. You go to bed too late, and you rise too 
late. 5. We are in good health, f 6. What is that gentle- 
man's name ? 7. I do not recollect his name. 8. We were 
dressing when you came (have come). 9. I was not in good 
health when I w T as in Paris. 10. I used to walk every day 
on the boulevards. 11. I shall dress immediately, and then 
I shall breakfast. 12. We shall go to bed early, and we shall 
rise early. 13. They will not recollect what they have told 
you. 14. You would take the wrong road if you were alone. 
15. He would be in better health, if he did not work so 
much. 16. Kise (sing.); it is nine o'clock. 17. Do not go 
to bed (sing.) too late. 18. Dress (plur.) immediately. 19. 
Eecollect (plur.) what I have told you. 20. Let us take a 
walk before going to bed. 21. It is well that you recollect 
that. 22. It would be well that they should recollect it too. 

Compound Tenses. 1. wentj to bed early last night: 1 
was (imp.) tired. 2. He rose before six o'clock. 3. He 
dressed himself immediately, and then he w T ent for a walk. 
4. We took the wrong street. 5. I had dressed when you 

+ To be in good health, se porter bien ; to be in better health, se porter m'n >/.r. 
% Past indefinite tense. 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 145 

came (have come). 6. We had lain down without undress- 
ing (ourselves). 7. They had taken the wrong road, and 
•arrived very late. 8. He will not have risen, when we 
(shall) arrive there. 9. They would not ha^e gone to bed, 
if they had expected us. 10. You would Tiot have recol- 
lected that, if I had not spoken of it. 11. I am glad that 
you recollected that. 12. I wish that we had dressed before 
breakfast. 



THIRTY-THIRD LESSON. 
Impersonal Verbs. 

1. An impersonal verb is only used in the third person 
singular, and is conjugated with the pronoun il, it, for 
subject. 

Verbs are essentially impersonal when they cannot be 
used as personal verbs. Such verbs take, in the compound 
tenses, the auxiliary verb avoir. 

Conjugation of the Impersonal Verb. 
TONNEIi, To Thunder.— (Model Verb.) 

Infinitive. Present Participle. Past Participle. 

Tonner to thunder Tonuant thundering Tonne thundered 

INDICATIVE MODE. 
Present. Past Indefinite. 

II tonne it thunders II a tonne it has thundered 

Imperfect. Pluperfect. 

II tonnait it was thundering 11 avait tonne" it had thundered 



146 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Past Definite. Past Anterior. 

II tonna it thundered H eut tonne it had thundered 

Future. Future Anterior. 

II tonnera it will thunder II aura tonne it will have thundered 

CONDITIONAL MODE. 
Present. Past. 

II tonnerait it would thunder II aurait tonne it would have thundered 

SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 
Present. Past. 

QuMl tonne that it may thunder Qu'il ait tonne that it may have 

[thundered 

Imperfect. Pluperfect. 

Qu'il tonnat that it might thunder Qu'il ent tonne that it might have 

[thundered 

Rem. Verbs that express the condition of the atmosphere are im- 
personal. 

2. Faire,| To Do, To Make, and Etre, To Be, as Impersonal 

Verbs. 

Faire is used as an impersonal verb, to express the state 
of the weather. 

Quel temps fait-il ? How is the weather ? 

II fait beau temps. It is fine weather. 

II fait mauvais temps. It is bad weather. 

II fait chaud j froid. It is warm ; cold. 

II fait de l'orage. It is stormy. 

II fait des eclairs. It lightens. 

Etre is used as an impersonal verb, to express the hour of 
the day. 

Quelle heure est-il ? What time is it ? 

II est trois heures. It is three o'clock. 



t Faire is conjugated page 185. 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 



147 



Etre is also used as an impersonal verb in connection with 
the noun temps, time, and with adjectives and adverbs : il 
est temps, it is time; il est bon, it is good; il est bien, 
it is well. 

These and other impersonal phrases, if followed by a verb 
in the infinitive, require the preposition de before the verb. 



H est temps de partir. 
II est bon de savoir cela. 
II est bien de faire cela. 



It is time to start. 

It is good to know that. 

It is well to do that. 



3. Conjugation of the Irregular Impersonal Verbs. 

Y AVOIR, To Be (in existence). — FALLOIR, To Be 

Necessary— PLEUVOIR, To Rain. 

(We give only the simple tenses, and omit the English, which the 
student can easily supply.) 



Infinitive. 


Y avoir 


Falloir 


Pleuvoir 


Pres. Part. 


Y ay ant 


(wanting) 


Pleuvant 


Past. Part. 


Eii 


Fallu 


Plu 


Ind. Pres. 


11 y a (there is, there are) 


11 faut 


H pleut 


Ind. Imp. 


H y avait 


11 fallait 


11 pleuvait 


Ind. Past Dep. 


11 y eut 


11 fallut 


11 plut. 


Ind. Future. 


11 y aura 


11 faudra 


11 pleuvra 


Cond. Pres. 


11 y aurait 


11 faudrait 


11 pleuvrait 


Subj. Pres. 


Qu'il y ait 


Qu'il faille 


Qu'il pleuve 


Subj. Imp. 


Qu'il y eut 


Qu'il fallut 


Qu'il plut 



4. Falloir, To Be Necessary, Must. 

Falloir is either followed by a verb in the infinitive, or by 
que and a verb in the subjunctive mode. 

When falloir (mast) in construed with the infinitive, the 
subject of the English verb must, is, in French, the indirect 
object of the verb falloir. 



148 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Que me faut-il faire ? 

II vous faut rester tranquille. 



What must I do ? 
You must keep quiet. 



The subject is omitted when it is of a general character ; 
and generally, also, when the meaning is sufficiently obvious 
without it. 



II faut travailler pour reussir. 

Faut-il aller a la banque ? 
II faut y aller. 



It is necessary to work in order to 

to succeed. 
Must I go to the bank ? 
You must go there. 



Falloir is also used in the sense of to want. 
Que lui faut-il ? What does he want ? 



II lui faut de l'argent. 



Tonner, to thunder. 
Neiger, to snow. 
Greler, to hail. 
Geler, to freeze. 
Degeler, to thaw. 
*Pleuvoir, to rain. 
*Savoir, to know. 
*Y avoir, to be. 
*Falloir, to be necessary. 
Comme il faut, as it should be. 
Se comporter, to behave. 



He wants money. 

Vocabulary 33. 

La pluie, the rain. 

II fait de la pluie , it rains. 

La neige, the snow. 



Un eclair, a flash of lightning ; il 

fait des eclairs, it lightens. 
La langue, the language. 
Du monde, company ; people. 
Ohaud, warm. 
Froid, cold. 
Tranquille, quiet ; still. 



Exercise 33. 
1. Quel temps fait-il ? 2. II fait beau temps ; il fait chaud. 
3. II fait mauvais temps; il pleut. 4. II a neige pendant 
la nuit; il fait froid. 5. II gr£le a present. 6. II gelera 
cette nuit. 7. Demain il degelera. 8. II tonne et il fait 
des eclairs. 9. II va pleuvoir. 10. II pleuvra beaucoup. 
11. II a plu toute la nuit. 12. II est temps de se lever. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 149 

13. II est bon de savoir cela. 14. II est utile de savoir 
plusieurs langues. 15. II y avait beaucoup de monde a 
Feglise. 16. II y aura peu de fruit cette annee. 17. II y 
aurait beaucoup de rnonde ici, s'il ne pleuvait pas. 18. Que 
me faut-il faire ? 19. II vous faut etudier. 20. II faut rester 
trauquille. 21. II faut se bien comporter pour etre respecte. 
22. Que faut-il a votrefrere? 23. II lui faut de Pargent. 
24. J'ai tout ce qu'il me faut. 25. C'est comme il faut. 

Theme 33. 

1. Is it raining ? 2. No, sir, it is fine weather. 3. It is 
warm. 4. It was (has been) cold during the night. 5. I£ 
froze (has frozen). 6. It snows now. 7. I like (the) snow 
better than (the) rain. 8. It hails. 9. It is going to thaw. 
10. Is that thunder ? 11. Yes, it thunders and lightens. 
12. It will rain soon. 13. It is time to go to bed. 14. It is 
well to know several languages. 15. In order to know 
them, it is necessary to study them. 16. There was com- 
pany in the jwlor, when I came in. 17. There will be many 
peaches this year. 18. There would not be anybody here, if 
it rained as it did (has done) yesterday. 19. James did not 
behave (has not behaved) well. 20. You must tell it to his 
father. 21. What do you want ? 22. I want some gloves. 



THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON. 
Irregular Verbs. 

1. There are, besides the auxiliary verbs avoir and etre, 
forty-four irregular forms of conjugation, and about two 
hundred and eighty irregular verbs, which are conjugated 



150 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



according to some one of the irregular forms or model yerbs. 
We give the irregular model verbs of the first (two), second 
(ten), third (eleven), and fourth (ttventy-three) conjugations 
successively and in alphabetical order, and below each model, 
the verbs that follow its conjugation. 

Irregular Model Verbs. — First Conjugation. 

2. *ALLER, To Go. — (First Model.) 

Aller Allant Alle 

Etre allet to have gone 



Present. 


Je vais 


tu vas 


il va 




Nous allons 


vous allez 


ils vont 


Imperf. 


J'allais 


tu allais 


il allait 




Nous anions 


vous alliez 


ils allaient 


Past Def. 


J'allai 


tu alias 


il alia 




Nous aMmes 


vous allates 


ils allerent 


Future. 


tTirai 


tu iras 


il ira 




Nous irons 


vous irez 


ils iront 


Cond. Pr. 


J'irais 


tu irais 


il irait 




Nous irions 


vous iriez 


ils iraient 


Imper. 




Va 






Allons 


allez 




Subj. Fr. 


Que j'aille 


que tu ailles 


qu'il aille 




Que nous allions 


que vous alliez 


qiuils aillent 


Imperf. 


Que y alias se 


que tu all asses 


quMl allat 




Que nous allassions 


que vous allassiez 


qu'ils allassent 



2. S'EN *ALL,ER, To Go Away. 

S'en aller, to go atuay, follows the model verb aller; but 
its conjugation presents some additional difficulties, and is 
therefore given in full. 



t Only the simple tenses of the verbs are given here; the auxiliary verb, which 
is to be used in the formation of the compound tenses, is indicated. The student 
can form the compound tenses himself, and also supply the English, which he will 
now have no difficulty in doing. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



151 



.S'en aller 



S'en allant 



Alle 



S'en etre alle* 

Present. Je m'en vais 

Nous nous en allons 
Imperf. Je m'en allais 

Nous nous en allions 
Past Def. Je m'en allai 

Nous nous en allames 
Future. Je m'en irai 

Nous nous en irons 
Cond. Pr. Je m'en irais 

Nous nous en irions 
Imper. 

Allons-nous-en 
Subj. Pr. Que je m'en aille 

Que nous nous en al- 
lions 
Imperf. Que je m'en allasse 

Que nous nous en al- 
lassions 



to have gone away 

tu t'en vas 

vous vous en allez 

tu t'en allais 

vous vous en alliez 

tu t'en alias 

vous vous en allates 

tu t'en iras 

vous vous en irez 

tu Veil irais 

vous vous en iriez 

Va-t'en 

allez-vous-en 

que tu t'en ailles 

que vous vous en al 

liez 
que tu t'en allasses 
que vous vous en al- 

lassiez 



il s'en va 
ils s'en vont 
il s'en allait 
ils s'en allaient 
il s'en alia 
ils s'en allerent 
il s'en ira 
ils s'en iront 
il s'en irait 
ils s'en iraient 



qu'il s'en aille 
qu'ils s'en aillent 

qu'il s'en allat 
qu'il s'en allassent 



*S'EN ALLER. (Negatively.) 

Ne pas s'en aller Ne s'en allant pas 

Ne s'en etre pas alle 

Present. Je ne m'en vais pas tu ne t'en vas pas il ne s'en va pas 

Nous ne nous en allons vous ne vous en allez ils ne s'en vont pas 
pas pas 

Past Ind. Je ne m'en suis pas alle tu ne t'en es pas alle il ne s'en est pas alle 

Nous ne nous en vous ne vous en etes ils ne s'en sont pas 
sommes pas alles pas alles alles 

Rem. The student will have no difficulty in forming the remaining 
tenses himself. 



*S'EX ALLER. (Interrogatively.) 



Pre.-ent. M'en vais-je ? 

Nous en allons nous ? 
Past Ind. M'en suis-je alle ? 

Nous en sommes-nous 
alles ? 



T'en vas-tu ? 
Vous en allez-vous? 
T'en es-tu alle ? 
Vous en etes -vous 
alles ? 



S'en va-t-il ? 
S'en vont-ils ? 
S'en est-il alle ? 
S'en sont-ils alles ? 



152 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



*S'EN ALLER. (Interrogatively and Negatively.) 



Present. Ne m'en vais-je pas ? 
Past Ind. Ne m'en suis-je pas alle ? 



Ne nous en allons-nous pas? 

Ne nous en somnies-uou.; pas alles ? 



*ENVOYEIi, To Send.— (Second Model.) 

Envoyer Envoy ant Envoye 

Avoir envoye to have sent 



Present. 


J' envoie 


tu envoies 


il envoie 




Nous envoyons 


vous euvoyez 


ils envoient 


Imperf. 


J'envoyais 


tu envoyais 


il envoyait 




Nous envoyions 


vous envoyiez 


ils envoy aient 


Past Def. 


J 1 euvoyai 


tu envoyas 


il envoya 




Nous envoyames 


vous envoyates 


ils envoyerent 


Future. 


J'enverrai 


tu enverras 


il enverra 




Nous enverrons 


vous euverrez 


ils enverront 


Cond. Pr. 


J 1 en vermis 


tu en vermis 


il envemait 




Nous enverrions 


vous enverriez 


ils enverraient 


Imper. 




Envoie 






Envoyons 


envoyez 




Subj. Pr. 


Que j'envoie 


que tu envoies 


qu 7 il euvoie 




Que nous envoyions 


que vous envoyiez 


qu'ils envoient 


Imperf. 


Que j'envoyasse 


que tu envoyassee 


qu'il envoy at 




Que nous envoyassious 


que vous envoyassiez 


qu'ils envoyassent 



Conjugate in the same manner: 

*Renvoyer, to send back ; to send away. 



*Aller, to go. 

*Aller chercher, to go for. 

*S'en aller, to go away. 

-Envoyer, to send. 

-Envoyer chercher, to send for. 

-Renvoyer, to send back ; to send 

away. 
Rappeler, to call back. 



Vocabulary 34. 

Dejeuner, to breakfast. 
Le cocher, the coachman. 
Quelque part, somewhere. 
Nulle part (ne), nowhere. 
Vite, quick ; quickly ; fast ; 

vite, very quickly. 
Lentement, slowly. 
Dr la, from there. 



bien 



IKREGULAE VERBS » 153 

Exercise 34. 

1. Je vais au bureau. 2. Je m'en vais a present. 3. 
Alexis va chercher de l'argent a la banque. 4. Nous nous 
en allons ensemble. 5. Vous en allez-vous deja? 6. lis 
vont partir. 7. J'allais partir quand on m'a rappele. 8. Je 
m'en allais quand mon oncle est entre. 9. A quelle heure 
vous en etes-vous alle ? 10. Je m'en suis alle a dix heures. 
11. Nous nous en sommes alles ensemble. 12. J'irai cher- 
cher les lettres quand j'aurai fini d'ecrire. 13. Je m'en irai 
bien vite. 14. Irez-vous quelque part ce soir ? 15. Je 
n'irai nulle part; je resterai chez moi. 16. J'irais au spec- 
tacle, s'il ne pleuvait pas. 17. Je m'en irais, si mon frere 
etait de retour. 18. Va maintenant. 19. Va-t'en bien vite. 
20. Allons-nous-en lentement. 21. II faut que j'aille a la 
banque. 22. II faut que je m'en aille tout a rheure.f 23. 
J'enverrai chercher mes livres tan tot. 24. Vous nous ren- 
verrez la voiture quand vous serez arrive. 25. II renverra 
son cocher a la fin du mois. 

Theme 34. 

1. Are you going to your uncle's ? 2. I am going there 
by and by.f 3. I am going away now. 4. We are going for 
our books. 5. They are going away. 6. Louis is going 
away with them. 7. He was going to leave when I called 
him back (past indef.). 8. They w r ere going away when I 
came (past indef.). 9. Where were you going w T hen I met 
(])ast indef.) you a little while ago ?f 10. I was going to 
the post-office. 11. From there I went (past indef.) to the 
bank. 12. The children have gone to school. 13. They 

t See Vocabulary 28, p. 123. 



154 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



went away (past ijidef.) just now.f 14. I will go to the 
store when I have breakfasted. 15. I am not going any- 
where this morning. 16. I would go somewhere, if it did 
not rain. 17. Go (plur.) quickly to the post-office. 18. 
Let us go slowly ; it is so warm. 19. We must go to our 
aunt's; she is going to leave. 20. I will send you that book 
this afternoon. 21. You will send it back to me when you 
(shall) have read it. 22. We shall send our coachman away 
at the end of the month ; he has become so lazy (si pares- 
seux). 23. I will send for some paper presently. 



THIKTY-FIFTH LESSON. 

Irregular Verbs (Continued). — Second Conjugation. 
1. *ACQUjt5k1K, To Acquire. —(First Model.) 

Acquerir Acquerant Acquis 





Avoir acquis to have acquired 


Present. 


J'acquiers 


tu acquiers 


il acquiert 




Nous acquerons 


vous acquerez 


ils acquierent 


Imperf. 


J'acquerais 


tu acquerais 


il acqucrait 




Nous acquerions 


vous acqueriez 


ils acqueraient 


Past Def. 


J'acquis 


tu acquis 


il acquit 




Nous acquimes 


vous acquires 


ils acquineut 


Future. 


J'acquerrai 


tu acquerras 


il acquerra 




Nous acquerrons 


vous acquerrez 


ils acquerront 


Cond. Pr. 


J'acquerrais 


tu acquerrais 


il acquerrait 




Nous acquerrions 


vous acquerriez 


ils acquerraient 


Imper. 




Acquiers 






Acquerons 


acquerez 




Subj. Pr. 


Que j'acquiere 


que tu acquieres 


qu'il acquiere 




Que nous acquerions 


que vous acqueriez 


qu'ila acquierent 


Imperf. 


Que j'acquisse 


que tu acquisses 


qu'il acquit 




Que nous acquissions 


que vous aequissiez 


qu'ils acquisscnt 




t See Vocabulary 28, p. 123. 





IRREGULAR VERBS. 



155 



Conjugate in the same manner as *acquerir: 

*Conquerir, to conquer. *Reconquerir, to reconquer. 

*S'enquerir, to inquire. 



Present. 
Imperf. 
Past Def. 
Future. 
Cond. PR. 
Imper. 
Subj. Pr. 
Imperf. 



*BOUIULIR, To Boil.— (Second Model.) 

Bouillir Bouillant Bouilli 

Avoir bouilli to have boiled 



Je bous 
Nous bouillons 
Je bouillais 
Nous bouillions 
Je bouillis 
Nous bouillimes 
Je bouillirai 
Nous bouillirons 
Je bouillirais 
Nous bouillirions 

Bouillons 

Que je bouille 

Que nous bouillions 

Que je bouillisse 

Que nous bouillissions 



tu bous 

vous bouillez 

tu bouillais 

vous bouilli ez 

tu bouillis 

vous bouillites 

tu bouilliras 

vous bouilli rez 

tu bouillirais 

vous bouilliriez 

Bous 

bouillez 

que tu bouilles 

que vous bouilliez 

que tu bouillisses 

que vous bouillissiez 



il bout 
ils bouillenfe 
il bouillait 
ils bouillaient 
il bouillit 
ils bouilli rent 
il bouillira 
ils bouilliront 
il bouillirait 
ils bouilliraient 



qu'il bouille 
qu'ils bouillent 
qu'il bouillit 
qu'ils bouillissent 



Present. 
Lmperf. 
Past Def. 
Future. 
Cond. Pr. 
Imper. 



*COURIK, To Run.— (Third Model.) 

Courir Co u rant Couru 



Avoir couru 



to have run 



Je cours 
Nous courons 
Je courais 
Nous courions 
Je courus 
Nous courumes 
Je courrai 
Nous eonrrona 

Je courrais 

Nous eootrions 
Courons 



tu cours 
vous courez 
tu courais 
vous couriez 
tu courus 
nous courtites 
tu courras 
vous courrcz 
tu courrais 
vous courriez 
Cours 
courez 



il court 
ils courent 
il courait 
ils couraient 
il courut 
ils coururent 
il courra 
ils courront 
il courrai t 
ils courraient 



156 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Subj. Pr. Que je coure que tu coures qu'il coure 

Que nous courione, que vous couriez qu'ils courent 

Imperf. Que je courusse que tu courusses qu'il courut 

Que nous courussions que vous courussiez qu'ils courussent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *courir : 



*Accourir, to run up. 
*Concourir, to concur. 
" ;: 'Discourir, to discourse. 



*Parcourir, to go over ; to look 

over. 
*Secourir, to succor. 



*CUELLLIR, To Gather.— (Fourth Model.) 

Cueillir Cueillant Cueilli 





Avoir cueilli 


to have gathered 




Present. 


Je cueille 


tu cueilles 


il cueille 




Nous cueillons 


vous cueillez 


ils cueillent 


Imperf. 


Je cueillais 


tu cueillais 


il cueillait 




Nous cueillions 


vous cueilliez 


ils cueillaient 


Past Def. 


Je cueillis 


tu cueillis 


il cueillit 




Nous cueillimes 


vous cueillites 


ils cueillirent 


Future. 


Je cueillerai 


tu cueilleras 


il cueillera 




Nous cueillerons 


vous cueillerez 


ils cueilleront 


Cond. Pr. 


Je cueillerais 


tu cueillerais 


il cueillerait 




Nous cueillerions 


vous cueilleriez 


ils cueilleraient 


Imper. 




Cueille 






Cueillons 


cueillez 




Subj. Pr. 


Que je cueille 


que tu cueilles 


qiril cueille 




Que nous cueillions 


que vous cueilliez 


qu'ils cueillent 


Imperf. 


Que je cueillisse 


que tu cueillisses 


qu'il cueillit 




Que nous cueillissions 


que vous cueillissiez 


qu'ils cuefllissent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *cueillir 



*Accueillir, to receive. 
-Recueillir, to collect. 



*Assaillir, to assail. 
*Tressaillir, to start, 



REM. Assaillir and tressaillir have in the future tense j'assaillirai 
je tressaillirai, etc . and in the conditional mode, j'assaillirais, je tres 
saillirais, etc., instead of j'assaillerai, je tressaillerai, etc. 



IKREGULAR VERBS. 



157 



*FUIR, To Flee.— (Fifth Model.) 





Fuir 


Avoir 


Fuyant 
fui to have fled 


Fui 


Present. 


Jefuis 




tu fuis 


il fait 




Nous fuyons 




vous fuj-ez 


ils fuient 


Imperf. 


Je fnyais 




tu fuyais 


il fuyait 




Nous fuyions 




vous f uyiez 


ils fuyaient 


Past Dee. 


Je fuis 




tu fuis 


ilfuit 




Nous fuimes 




vous fuites 


ils fuirent 


Future. 


Je fuirai 




tu fuiras 


il f uira 




Nous f uirons 




vous fuirez 


ils fuiront 


Cond. PR. 


Je fuirais 




tu fuirais 


il fuirait 




Nous f uirions 




vous fuiriez 


ils fuiraient 


Imper. 


Fuyons 




Fuis 
fuyez 




Subj. PR. 


Que je fuie 




que tu fuies 


qu'il fuie 




Que nous fuyions 


que vous fuyiez 


qu'ils fuient 


Imperf. 


Que je fuisse 




que tu fuisses 


qu'il fuit 




Que nous fuissions 


que vous fuissiez 


qu'ils fuissent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *fuir : 
*S'enfuir (etre) to run away. 

Vocabulary 35. 



*Acquerir, to acquire. 

*Conquerir, to conquer ; to obtain. 

*Bouillir, to boil. 

*Courir, to run. 

-Parcourir, to go over ; to .look 

over. 
*Cueillir, to gather. 
*Recueillir, to reap ; to collect. 
*Assaillir, to assail. 
*Fuir, to flee ; to shun. 
^S'enfuir, to run away. 
Le bien, the property. 
Le commerce, commerce. 
La reputation, the reputation. 



La connaissance, the knowledge. 
Des connaissanceSj knowledge ; 

learning. 
La liberte liberty. 
La bravoure ; bravery. 
La perseverance, perseverance. 
L'industrie,/., industry. 
Le vice, vice. 
La societe, society. 
Un creancier, a creditor. 
De quoi, wherewith. 
Honn&te, honest. 
Car, for (a conj.). 
Les Etats-TJnis, the United States. 



158 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Exercise 35. 

Model Acquerir. 1. J'acquiers des con naissances utiles 
par l'etude. 2. Nous acquerons da bien par le travail. 3. 
Nos voisius out acquis une grande fortune par le commerce. 
4. Nous acquerrons la reputation d'honnete homme, si nous 
nous comportons bien. 5. Les Etats-Unis conqmrent leur 
liberte par la bravoure et par la perseverance. 

Model Bouillir. 6. Avez-vous de l'eau bouillie ? 7. 
L'eau ne bout pas, mais elle bonillira en pen de temps. 
8. Elle a bouilli. 9. Pour faire de bon cafe, il faut de l'eau 
bouillante. 10. J'attendrai qn'elle bouille. 

Model Courir. 11. Je cours et ils courent aussi, car 
nous sommes presses. 12. Je courrai aussi, si vous courez. 
13. Si vous couriez, vous arriveriez a temps. 14. Vous 
courriez, si vous etiez presse comme moi. 15. J'ai par- 
couru ce livre; il est interessant. 

Model Cueillir. 16. Je cueille des fleurs, et fen fais 
des bouquets. 17. J'en cueillerai avec vous, si vous voulez. 
18. Cueillons-en ensemble ; ce sera amusant. 19. II n'a 
point recueilli le fruit de ses travaux. 20. Ses creanciers 
l'assaillirent, parce qu'il n'avait j>as de quoi les payer. 

Model Fuir. 21. Je fuis la societe des me chants. 22. 
II me fuit, et je ne sais pas pourquoi. 23. Nous fuyons le 
vice, et nous Tavons toujours fui. 24. II s'est enfui quand 
il m'a vu. 25. Si tu n'etais pas a bldmer, tu ne t'enfuirais 
pas. 

Theme 35. 

Model Acquerir. 1. Thou acquirest useful knowledge 
;it Bchool. 2. Tbey acquire property by their industry. 3. 
Ymi will acquire the reputation of an honest man, if you pay 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 159 

what you owe. 4. They have acquired a great fortune. 
5. We obtained our liberty by our bravery and (by) our 
perseverance. 

Model Bouillir. 6. Is there any boiling water ? 7. The 
water will boil in a few minutes. 8. It has boiled, but it is 
not boiling now. 9. Wait until (qu ? ) it boils (sabj.). 10. I 
wish (that) it would boil {sabj. imp.); I am in a hurry. 

Model Courir. 11. If you run, I shall run. 12. I 
would not run, if you did not run. 13. They were running, 
and I do not know why. 14. I will look over this book 
when I have time (for it, en). 15. We have run very fast. 

Model Cueillir. 16. For whom are you gathering those 
flowers? 17. I am gathering them for my mother. 18. Have 
you not gathered enough? 19. I will gather a few more. 
20. Pay your creditors, and they will not assail you. 

Model Fuir. 21. I shun that man, because I do not 
like him. 22. We shun the society of those whom we do not 
like. 23. Flee from vice and the company of the wicked. 
24. They were running away ; I do not know why. 25. You 
would not have run away, if you were not to (a) blame. 



THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON. 

Irregular Verbs (Continued). —Second Conjugation. 

3IOURIR, To Die.— Sixth Model. 

Mourir Mourant Mort 

Etre mort to have died 



Present. 


Je menrs 


tu meurs 


il meurt 




Nous mourons 


vous mourez 


ils men rent 


Imperf. 


Je mourais 


tu mourais 


il mourait 




Nous m our ions 


vous monriez 


ils mouraient 



160 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Past Def. 
Future. 
Cond. Pr. 
Imper. 
Subj. Pr. 
Imperf. 



Je mourus 
Nous mourumes 
Je mourrai 
Nous inourrons 
Je mourrais 
Nous mourrions 

Mourons 

Que je meure 

Que nous mourions 

Que je mourusse 

Que nous mourussions 



tu niourus 

vous mourutes 

tu mourras 

vous mourrez 

tu mourrais 

vous mourriez 

Meurs 

mourez 

que tu meures 

que vous mouriez 

que tu mourusses 

que vous mourussiez 



il mourut 
ils moururent 
il mourra 
ils mourront 
il mourrait 
ils mourraient 



qu'il meure 
qu'ils meurent 
qu'il mourut 
qu'ils mourussent 



*OUVRIR, To Open.— (Seventh Model.) 

Ouvrir Ouvrant Ouvert 



Avoir ouvert 

Present. J'ouvre 

Nous ouvrons 
Imperf. J'onvrais 

Nous ouvrions 
Past Def. J'ouvris 

Nous ouvrimes 
Future. J'ouvrirai 

Nous ouvrirons 
Cond. Pr. J'ouvrirais 

Nous ouvririons 
Imper. 

Ouvrons 
Subj. Pr. Que j'ouvre 

Que nous ouvrions 
Imperf. Que j'ouvrisse 

Que nous ouvrissions 



to have opened 

tu ouvres 

vous ouvrez 

tu ouvrais 

vous ouvriez 

tu ouvris 

vous ouvrites 

tu ouvriras 

vous ouvrirez 

tu ouvrirais 

vous ouvririez 

Ouvre 

ouvrez 

que tu ouvres 

que vous ouvriez 

que tu ouvrisses 

que vous ouvrissiez 



il ouvre 
ils ouvrent 
il ouvrait 
ils ouvraient 
il ouvrit 
ils ouvrireut 
il ouvrira 
ils ouvriront 
il ouvrira it 
ils ouvriraient 



qu'il ouvre 
qu'ils ouvrent 
quMl ouvrit 
qu'ils ouvrissent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *ouvrir : 

*Couvrir, to cover. *Offrir, to offer. 

*Souffrir, to suffer. 

And fche derivatives of *ouvrir, *couvrir, and *offrir. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



161 



*SENTIR, To Feel.— (Eighth Model.) 

Sentir Sentant Senti 



Present. 
Imperf. 
Past Def. 
Future. 
C'ON'D. Pr. 
Lmter. 
Subj. Pr. 
Imperf. 



Avoir seuti 



to have felt 



Je sens 
Nous sentons 
Je sentais 
Nous sentions 
Je sentis 
Nous seDtimes 
Je sentirai 
Nous sentirons 
Je sentirais 
Nous sentirions 

Sentons 
Que je sente 
Que nous sentions 
Que je sentisse 
Que nous sentissions 



tu sens 

vous sentez 

tu sentais 

vous sentiez 

tu sentis 

vous sentites 

tu sentiras 

vous sentirez 

tu sentirais 

vous sentiriez 

Sens 

sentez 

que tu sentes 

que vous sentiez 

que tu senti sses 

que vous sentissiez 



il sent 
ils sen tent 
il sentait 
ils sentaient 
il sentit 
ils sentirent 
il sentira 
ils sentiront 
il sentirait 
ils sentirrient 



qu'il sente 
qu'ils sentent 
quMl sentit 
qu'ils sentissent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *sentir: 

*Fartir (etre), to start, *Mentir, to lie. 

*Sortir (etre), to go out. *Dormir, to sleep. 

*Se repentir, to repent. *Servir, to serve. 

And the derivatives of these verbs. 

Rem. 1. The final radical letter of dormir (m) and of servir (v) dis- 
appears and reappears in the inflections of the verb, the same as the 
final radical t of the models partir and sentir. Je dors, nous dor- 
mons ; Je sers, nous servons, etc. 



Present. 



*TENIR, To Hold.— (Ninth Model.) 

Tenir Tenant Tenu 

Avoir tenu to hate held 



Je tienfi 

Nous tenons 



tu tiens 
vow tenez 



il tient 

ils tiennent 



162 ] 


ELEMENTARY 


FRENCH GR 


A M M A B . 


Imperf. 


Je tenais 


tu tenais 


il tenait 




Nous tenions 


vous teniez 


ils tenaient 


Past Def. 


Je tins 


tu tins 


il tint 




Nous tinmes 


vous tintes 


ils tin rent 


Future. 


Je tiendrai 


tu tiendras 


il tiendra 




Nous tiendrons 


vous tiendrez 


ils tiendront 


Cond. Pr. 


Je tiendrais 


tu tiendrais 


il tiendrait 




Nous tiendrions 


vous tiendriez 


ils tiendraient 


Imper. 




Tiens 






Tenons 


tenez 




Subj. Pr. 


Que je tienne 


que tu tiennes 


qu'il tienne 




Que nous tenions 


que vous teniez 


quMls tiennent 


Imperf. 


Que je tinsse 


que tu tinsses 


qu'il tint 




Que nous tinssions 


que vous tinssiez 


qu'ils tinssent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *tenir : 
*Venir (&tre), to come. 

And the compounds of *venir and *tenir. 

Rem. 2. The derivatives of venir, generally take the auxiliary verb 
6tre; the derivatives of tenir, the auxiliary avoir, except the pro- 
nominal verbs. 

*VETLR, To Clothe.— (Tenth Model.) 

VStir Vetant VStu 



Avoir vetu 



to have clad 



Present. 
Imperf. 
Past Def. 
Future. 
Cond. Pr. 
Imper. 



Je vets 
Nous vetons 
Je vetais 
Nous vetions 
Je v§tis 
Nous vetimes 
Je vetirai 
Nous vdtirons 
Je vdtirais 
Nous vetirions 

Vetons 



tu v§ts 
vous vetez 
tu vetais 
vous vetiez 
tu vStis 
vous v^tttes 
tu v§tiras 
vous vetirez 
tu vetirais 
vous vetiriez 
Vets 
vdtez 



il vet 
ils vetent 
il vetait 
ils vetaient 
il vgtit 
ils vetirent 
il v§tira 
ils vetirout 
il vetirait 
ils vetiraient 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



163 



Subj. Pr. Que je vete 

Que nou6 vetions 

Imperf. Que je vetisse 

Que nous vetissions 



que tu vetes 
que vous vetiez 
que tu vetisses 
que vous vetissiez 



qu'il v§te 
qu'ils vetent 
qu'il v§tit 
qu'ils vetissent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *vetir: 



Rev&tir, to clothe ; to invest. 



Vocabulary 36. 



*Mourir (de), to die (with). 
*Ouvrir, to open. 
*Couvrir, to cover. 
*Decouvrir, to discover. 
*Offrir, to offer. 
*Souffrir (de), to suffer. 
*Sentir, to feel ; to smell. 
*Partir (Stre), to start ; to depart. 
*Sortir (&tre), to go out. 
*Dormir, to sleep. 
*Servir, to serve. 
*Tenir, to hold ; to keep. 
*Retenir, to retain. 
*Venir (&tre), to come. 
*Revenir (etre), to come back, to 

return. 
*Devenir (etre), to become. 
*Parvenir (§tre), to succeed; to 

attain. 



*Vetir, to clothe. 

*Revetir, to clothe ; to invest. 

Dieu, God. 

La priere, the prayer. 

La promesse, the promise. 

Le mot, the word. 

Le plancher, the floor. 

Le tapis, the carpet. 

La fen&tre, the window. 

Le grand-pere ; the grandfather. 

La maladie, the sickness. 

L'Amerique, America. 

Le froid, the cold. 

La saison, the season. 

Un an, a year; en Pan, in the 

year. 
Le pouvoir, the power. 
Supreme, supreme. 
Chaudement, warmly. 



Exercise 36. 

Model Mourir. 1. Nous mourons de froid ici. 2. J'es- 
pere que nous ne mourrons pas encore. 3. On souffre et 
Ton meurt partout. 4. Le grand-pere de Jacques est mort 
pendant la nuit. 5. Le General Washington mourut a 
Mont Vernon en Tan mil sept cent quatre-vingt-dix-neuf. 



164 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Model Ouvrir. 6. J'ouvre la fenetre pour regarder 
dans la rue. 7. II souffrait beaucoup pendant sa maladie. 
8. On a convert le plancher d'un tapis. 9. Lui offrirai-je 
quelque chose? 10. Christophe Colomb decouvrit l'Ame- 
rique en mil quatre cent quatre-vingt-douze. 

Model Sentir. 11. Je pars maintenant ; mes freres sont 
deja partis. 12. Jules et son frere ne sortiront pas ce soir. 
13. Je ne sentais pas le froid pendant le voyage. 14. Vous- 
dormiez tout le temps. 15. Que vous servirai-je ? 

Model Tentr. 16. Je tiendrai ma promesse, si vous 
tenez la votre. 17. Nous viendrons vous voir ce soir. 18. 
Vous retiendriez ces mots, si vous les copiiez deux ou trois 
fois. 19. II faut que je revienne ici demain. 20. Vous etes 
devenu grand. 21. Vous parviendrez, si vous vous com- 
portez bien. 

Model Vetir. 22. II faut vous vetir chaudement dans 
cette saison-ci. 23. Ces hommes etaient bien vetus. 24. Le 
President est revetu du pouvoir supreme. 

Exercise 36. 

Model Mourir. 1. I am dying with impatience. 2. We 
shall all die : the one to-day, the other to-morrow. 3. I 
would die, if I lost my friend. 4. My grandfather died last 
week (past indef.) 5. Napoleon died (past def.) in (en) 
eighteen hundred and twenty-one. 

Model Ouvrir. 6. Open the door, if you please. 7. He 
has opened the windows of his room. 8. I will cover the 
floor of your room with a carpet. 9. I suffer to see him 
suffer. 10. Let us offer our prayers to God for those who 
suffer. 

Model Skxtir. 11. I feel the cold here. 12. When will 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



165 



you start ? 13. We would go out, if it did not rain. 14. He 
sleeps, and it is well that he sleeps (subj.pres.) 15. They 
have always served us well. 

Model Tentk. 16. If I keep my promise, will you keep 
yours? 17. I shall retain these words; I have copied them. 
18. He has succeeded by his industry. 19. Those children 
have grown up (have become tall). 20. My father would, 
come back to town, if my mother were not sick. 21. They 
would have returned last night. 

Model Vetir. 22. You are not clad warmly enough for 
this season. 23. Would you be happy, if you were invested 
with the supreme power of the state (etat) ? 



THIETY-SEVENTH LESSON. 

Irregular Verbs (Continued).— Third Conjugation. 

The third conjugation has nine irregular forms or models. 
They are 

*S'ASSEOIR, To Sit Down. — (First Model.) 





S'asseoir 


S'asseyant 


Assis 




S'etre assis 


to have sat down 




Present. 


Je m'assieds 


tu t'assieds 


il s'assied 




Nous nous asseyons 


vous vous asseyez 


ils s'asseyent 


Imperp. 


Je nvasseyais 


tu t'asseyais 


il s'asseyait 




Nous nous asseyions 


vous vous asseyiez 


ils s'asseyaient 


Past Def. 


Je m'assis 


tu t'assis 


il s'assit 




Nous nous assfmes 


vous vous assites 


ils s'assirent 


Future. 


Je m'assierai 


tu t'assieras 


il s'assiera 




Nous nous assierons 


vous vous assierez 


ils s'assieront 


Cond. Pr. 


Je m'as8ie>ai8 


tu t'assierais 


il s'assierait 




Nous nous assierions 


vous vous assieriez 


ils s'assieraient 


Imper. 




Assieds-toi 






Asseyons-nous 


asseyez-vous 





166 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Subj. Pr. Que je m'asseye 

Que nous nous assey- 
ions 
Imperp. Que je m'assise 

Que nous nous assis- 
sions 



que tu t'as.seyes 
que vous vous assey- 

iez 
que tu t'assisses 
que vous vous assis- 

siez 



qu'il s'asseye 
qu'ils sasseyent 

qu'il s'assit 
qu'ils s'assissent 



The verb *s'asseoir is also conjugated in the following 
manner: 

S'asseoir S'assoyant Assis 

S'etre assis to have sat down 



Present. 
Imperp. 
Past Def. 
Future. 
Cond. Pr. 
Imper. 
Subj. Pr. 

Imperp. 



Je m'assois 

Nous nous assoyons 

Je nVassoyais 

Nous nous assoyions 

Je m'assis 

Nous nous assimes 

Je m'assoirai 

Nous nous assoirons 

Je m'assoirais 

Nous nous assoirions 

Assoyons-nous 

Que je m'assoie 

Que nous nous assoy- 
ions 

Que je m'assisse 

Que nous nous assis- 
sions 



tu t'assois 

vous vous assoyez 

tu t'assoyais 

vous vous assoyiez 

tu t'assis 

vous vous assites 

tu t'assoiras 

vous vous assoirez 

tu t'assoirais 

vous vous assoiriez 

Assois-toi 

assoyez- vous 

que tu t'assoies 

que vous vous assoy- 
iez 

que tu t'assisses 

que vous vous assis- 
siez 



il s'assoit 
ils s'assoient 
il s'assoyait 
ils s'assoyaient 
il s'assit 
ils s'assirent 
il s'assoira 
ils s'assoiront 
il s'assoirait 
ils s'assoiraient 



qu'il s'assoie 
qu'ils s'assoient 

qu'il s'assit 
quTis s'assissent 



*FALL«OIR, To Be Necessary.— (Second Model.) 
See Lesson Thirty-third. 



*MOU\ OIR, To Move.— (Third Model.) 

Mouvoir Mouvant Mu 

Avoir mu to hare moved 



Present. Je mens 

Nous mouvons 



tu meus 
vous mouvez 



il mcut 
ils meuvent 





IRREGULAR VERBS. 




Imperf. 


Je mouvais 


tu mouvais 


il mouvait 




Nous mouvions 


vous mouviez 


ils mouvaient 


Past Def. 


Je mus 


tumus 


il mut 




Nous mumes 


vous mutes 


ils murent 


Future. 


Je mouvrai 


tu mouvras 


il mouvra 




Nous mouvrons 


vous mouvrez 


ils mouvront 


Cond Pr. 


Je mouvrais 


tu mouvrais 


il mouvrait 




Nous mouvrions 


vous mouvriez 


ils mouvraient 


Imper. 




Meus 






Mouvons 


mouvez 




Subj. Pr. 


Que je meuve 


que tu meuves 


qu'il meuve 




Que nous mouvions 


que vous mouviez 


qu'ils meuvent 


Imperf. 


Que je musse 


que tu musses 


qu'il mut 




Que nous mussions 


que vous mussiez 


qu'ils mussent 



167 



Conjugate in the same manner as *mouvoir : 

*Emouvoir, to move ; to affect. 

*PL.EUVOIR, To Rain. — (Fourth Model.) 
See Lesson Thirty-third. 



*POUVOIR, To Be Able.— (Fifth Model.) 
Pouvoir Pouvant Pu 



Present. 

Imperp. 

Past Dep. 

Future. 

Cond. Pr. 

Imper. 
Subj. Pr. 

Imperp. 



Avoir pu 

Je puis, or je peux 
Nous pouvons 
Je pouvais 
Nous pouvions 
Je pus 
Nous pumes 
Je pourrai 
Nous p on irons 
Je pourrais 
Nous pourrions 

Que je puisse 
Que nous puissions 
Que je pusse 
Que nous pussions 



to have been able 

tu peux 
vous pouvez 
tu pouvais 
vous pouviez 
tupus 
vous putes 
tu pourras 
vous pourrez 
tu pourrais 
vous pourriez 

{None) 
que tu puisses 
que vous puissiez 
que tu pusses 
que vous pasatez 



il peut 

ils peuvent 

il pouvait 

ils pouvaient 

il put 

ils purent 

il pourra 

ils pourront 

il pourrait 

ils pourraient 

qn'il puisse 
qu'ils puissent 
qu'i] put 
quHls pussent 



168 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Vocabulary 37. 

*S'asseoir, to sit down. Un hotel, an hotel. 

*Etre assis, to be sitting. Le banqnier, the banker. 

x Mouvoir, to move. Le recit, the recital. 

*Emouvoir, to move ; to affect. A cote de, by the side of. 

*Fouvoir, to be able. Pres de, near. 

Bouger, to stir. Autour de, around. 

*Se servir, to use ; to make use of. Longtemps, a long time. 

* Aller trouver, to go to (find a II y a longtemps, long ago. 
person). 

Exercise 37. 

Model S'asseoir. 1. Je vais m'asseoir. 2. Jem'assieds 
parce que je suis fatigue. 3. Je m'assierai a cote de vous. 
4. Elle s'est assise a cote de sa mere. 5. Asseyez-yous. 
6. Ne vous asseyez pas pres de la fenetre ouverte. 7. lis 
etaient assis autour de la table quand je suis entre. 

Model Palloir. 8. II faut partir. 9. II fallait quitter 
Thotel; nous ne pouvions plus y rester. 10. II faudra aller 
trouver le banquier pour avoir de Targent. 11. II aurait 
fall u ecrire chez nous il y a longtemps. 

Model Mouvoir. 12. Je ne peux pas mouvoir cette 
table. 13. Eien ne se meut; rien ne bouge ici. 14. Le 
recit de cette histoire nous a emus. 

Model Pleuyoir. 15. II a plu, mais il ne pleut plus. 
16. II pleuvait quand je suis venu. 17. II pleuvra encore. 
18. Qu'il pleuve; nous avons besoin de pluie. 19. II fau- 
drait qu'il plut. 

Model Pouvoir. 20. Je ne peux pas sortir dans ce mo- 
ment. 21. Puis-je me servir de voire dictionnaire. 22. J'ai 
pu y aller hier. 23. II ne pouvait pas venir; il ne pouvail 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 169 

pas quitter ses affaires. 24. Je pourrai vous dormer cet 
argent deniain. 25. Vous pourriez Tavoir aujourd'hui, si 
vous alliez trouver mon pere. 

Theme 37. 

Model S'asseoir. 1. I have no time to sit down. 2. 
She is sitting down by the side of her mother. 3. We will 
sit down near the door, 4. You were sitting around the 
table. 5. Let us sit down somewhere. 

Model Falloir. 6. It is necessary to go to the banker. 
7. We shall want money to-morrow. 8. It was necessary 
to speak of that. 9. It would be necessary to start, if they 
came. 10. It was necessary to wait for a long time. 

Model Mouvoir. . 11. You cannot move that box. 12. 
Nothing was moving {pronominal verb) when we came 
(past indef.). 13. She was moved by the recital of that 
story. 

Model Pleuvoir. 14. If it rains, I shall not come. 
15. If it did not rain, he would be here. 16. You will need 
your umbrella ; it will rain. 17. It would be well that it 
should rain (subj. imp,). 

Model Pouvoir. 18. I cannot leave my work. 19. 
Mayf I ask you something? 20. You mayf use my dic- 
tionary, if you need it. 21. We have not been able to 
come. 22. He could not go out ; he was sick. 23. I shall 
be able to tell you to-morrow. 24. You might]; go and 
see him at the hotel. 25. I might have done that long 
since. 

t Translate may by the present tense of the verb pmtroir. 

% Translate might by the conditional mode of the verb pouvoir, and might have 
by the past tense of the conditional, and translate done by /aire. 



no 



E L EMENTA R Y F R E K C II G R A M M A B. 



THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 

Irregular Verbs (Continued).— Third Conjugation. 

"SAVOIR, To Know, To Know How. —(Sixth Model.) 



Present. 
Imperf. 
Past Def. 
Future. 
Cond. Pr. 
Imper. 
Subj. Pr. 
Imperf. 



Savoir Sachant 

Avoir su to have known 



Je sais 
Nous savoBs 
Je savais 
Nous savious 
Je sus 
Nous stimes 
Je saurai 
Nous saurons 
Je saurais 
Nous saurious 

Sqcuobs 
Que je sache 
Que bous sachious 
Que je susse 
Que bous sussious 



tu sais 
vous savez 
tu savais 
vous saviez 
tu sus 
vous slites 
tu sauras 
vous saurez 
tu saurais • 

vous sauriez 
Sache 
sachez 

que tu saches 
que vous sachiez 
que tu susses 
que vous sussiez 



Su 



il sait 
ils saveut 
il savait 
ils savaieBt 
il sut 
ils sureut 
il saura 
ils saurout 
il saurait 
ils sauraieut 



qu'il sache 
qu'ils sacheut 
quMl sul 
quMls sussent 



*VAJX>IK, To Be Worth.— (Sixth Model.) 





Valoir 


Valant 


Valu 




Avoir valu 


to hare been 


worth 


Present. 


Je vaux 


tu vaux 


il vaut 




Nous valous 


vous valcz 


ils valent 


I.M1KUF. 


Je valais 


tu valais 


il valait 




Nous valious 


vous valiez 


ils valaient 


Past Duf. 


Je valus 


tu valus 


il valut 




Nous valumee 


vous valutrs 


ils valmvnt 


Future. 


Je vaudrai 


tu vaudras 


il vaudra 




Nona vaudrons 


vous vandrez 


ils vaudront 


Cond. Pi:. 


Je vaudrais 


tu vaudrais 


il vaudrait 




Nous vaudrions 


vous vaudriez 


ils vaudiaient 


Imper. 


Yalone 


Vaux 
valez 





IRREGULAR VERBS. 



171 



Subj. PR. 



Imperf. 



Que je vaille 
Que nous valions 
Que je valusse 
Que nous valussions 



que tu vailles 
que vous valiez 
que tu valusses 
que vous valussiez 



qu'il vaille 
quMls vaillent 
qu'il valut 
qu'ils valussent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *valoir : 
*Equivaloir, to be equivalent. 

*VOIR, To See.— (Eighth Model.) 

Voir Voyant Vu 

Avoir vu to hate seen 



Present. 


Je vois 


tu vois 


il voit 




Nous voyons 


vous voyez 


ils voient 


Imperf. 


Je voyais 


tu voyais 


il voyait 




Nous voyions 


vous voyiez 


ils voyaient 


Past Def. 


Je vis 


tu vis 


ilvit 




Nous vimes 


vous vites 


ils virent 


Future. 


Je verrai 


tu verras 


il verra 




Nous verrons 


vous verrez 


ils verront 


Cond. Pr. 


Je verrais 


tu verrais 


il verrai t 




Nous verrions 


vous veniez 


ils verraient 


Imper. 




Vois 






Voyons 


voyez 




Subj. Pr. 


Que je voie 


que tu voies 


qu'il voie 




Que uous voyions 


que vous voyiez 


qu'ils voient 


Imperf. 


Que je visse 


que tu visses 


qu'il vit 




Que nous vissions 


que vous vissiez 


quMls vissent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *voir: 

*Revoir, to see again. *Prevoir, to foresee. 

*Entrevoir, to see imperfectly. -Pourvoir, to provide. 

Rem. *Prevoir and -pourvoir do not, in all respects, follow the 
model voir. 

Prevoir lias, in the future, je prevoirai, etc., and, in tlie condi, 
tional, je prevoirais, etc. 

Pourvoir has, in the past definite, je pourvus, etc.; in the future, 
je pourvoirai, etc.; in the conditional, je pourvoirais. etc., and in the 
subjunctive imperfect, que je pourvusse, etc. 



172 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



*VOUJLOIR, To Be Willing.— (Ninth Model. 

Vouloir Voulant Voulu 





Avoir voulu 


to have been willing 


Present. 


Je veux 


tu veux 


il vent 




Nous voulons 


vous voulez 


ils veulent 


Imperp. 


Je voulais 


tu voulais 


il voulait 




Nous voulions 


vous vouliez 


ils voulaient 


Past Def. 


Je voulus 


tu voulus 


il voulu t 




Nous voulumes 


vous vouhltes 


ils voulurent 


Future. 


Je voudrai 


tu voudras 


il voudra 




Nous voudrons 


vous voudrcz 


ils voudront 


Cond. Pr. 


Je voudrais 


tu voudrais 


il voudra it 




Nous voudrions 


vous voudriez 


ils voudraient 


Imper. 




Veux 






Voulons 


voulez or veuillez 




Subj. Pr. 


Que je veuille 


que tu veuilles 


qu'il veuille 




Que nous voulions 


que vous vouliez 


qu'ils veuillen 


Imperf. 


Que je voulu sse 


que tu voulusses 


qu'il voulut 




Que nous voulussions 


que vous voulussiez 


qu'ils vouluss 



Vocabulary 38. 



*Savoir, to know ; to know how ; 

ne savoir que, not to know what. 
*Valoir, to be worth ; valoir 

mieux, to be better ; il vaut 

mieux, it is better. 
*Voir, to see. 
*Revoir, to see again ; au re voir, 

good-by. 

* Vouloir, to be willing. 

Je veux bien, I am willing. 

* Vouloir *dire, to mean. 



Le ciel, heaven ; the sky. 

La mer, the sea. 

La terre, the land. 

La montagne, the mountain 

Notre patrie, /., our native land. 

Le milieu, the middle ; an milieu 

de, in the midst of. 
Ces gens, those people. 
Enfin, at last ; finally. 
A la fin, in the end. 
Ne que, only, but ; nothing but . 



Theme 38. 
Model Savoir. 1. Vous savez ce que je veux dire. 
2. II n'a pas su me repondre. 3. II ne savait que dire. 



IKKEGULAK VERBS. 173 

4. Nous ne savions que faire. 5. Je saurai demain, s'il 
viendra ou non. 6. II faut que je le sache aujourd'hui. 7. 
Je voudrais que nous le sussions. 8. Sachez ce que yous 
avez a faire. 

Model Valoir. 9. Cela ne vaut rien, et n'a jamais rien 
valu. 10. II vaudra mieux rester ici que de sortir. 11. Ces 
gens-la ne valent pas mieux que nous. 

Model Voir. 12. Yous voyez enfin ce que c'est. 13. II 
voyait a la fin qu'on Pavait trompe. 14. Nous verrons ce 
que nous pourrons faire. 15. Quand vous reverrai-je ? 16. 
Hier je vis votre oncle ; il vint nous voir. 

Model Vouloir. 17. Nous voulons partir. 18. Que 
veulent ces hommes ? 19. II n'a pas voulu me recevoir. 
20. Henri ne voulait pas venir. 21. II viendra quand il 
voudra. 22. Je voudrais bien le voir. 23. Je ne pense pas 
qu'il veuille partir. 24. Si je pensais qu'il voulut partir, 
j'irais le trouver. 

Theme 38. 

Model Sayoir. 1. He does not know what I mean. 2. 
We do not know what to say. 3. I have not known that. 
4. They knew (i?nperf.) that we were here. 5. Everybody 
will know it to-morrow. 6. I am willing that people should 
know it (subj. pres.). 7. I wish that they knew it (subj. 
iynperf.). 

Model Valoir. 8. Those pictures are each worth one 
hundred dollars. 9. He gave them a house which was worth 
ten thousand dollars. 10. It is better not to say anything 
about it. 11. That would be better. 

Model Voir. 12. We see, at last, what it is. 13. You 
will see in the end that they will deceive you. 14. We were 



174 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



in the midst of the sea, we saw {imperf.) nothing but the 
sky and the water. 15. I thought that I never should see 
land again. 16. We saw {past def.), at last, the mountains 
of our native country. 

Model Vouloir. 17. What does he want? 18. What 
do you mean ? 19. He was not willing [past indef) to wait, 
20. He wanted {imperf.) to start the next day. 21. He may 
start (fut.) when he wishes (fut.). 22. You would not wish 
to see him leave. 



THIRTY-NINTH LESSON. 
Irregular Verbs (Continued). — Fourth Conjugation. 

The Fourth Conjugation has twenty-three irregular forms 
or models. 



*BATTRE, To Beat.— (First Model.) 

Battre Battant Battu 

Avoir battu to have beaten 



Present. 


Je bats 


tu bats 


ilbat 




Nous battons 


vous battez 


ils battent 


Imperf. 


Je battais 


tu battais 


il battait 




Nous battions 


vous battiez 


ils battaient 


Past Def. 


Je battis 


tu battis 


ilbattit 




Nous battlmes 


vous battites 


ils bat ti rent 


Future. 


Je battrai 


tu battras 


il battra 




Nous battrons 


vous battrez 


ils battront 


Cond. Pr. 


Je battrais 


tu battrais 


il bat trait 




Nous battrions 


vous battriez 


ils battniient 


Imfkr. 




Bats 






Battons 


battez 




Sur.t. Pr. 


Que je batte 


que tu battes 


qiril batte 




Que nous battions 


que vous battiez 


qu'ils battent 


iMfERF. 


Que je battisse 


que tu battisscs 


qn'il battit 




Que nous battissions 


que vous battissiez 


qu'ils battissent 



REGULAR VERBS. 



175 



Conjugate in the same manner as *battre, the derivatives 
of battre : 



- Abattre, to beat down, etc. 



*Combattre, to fight, etc. 



*BOIRE, To Drink.— (Second Model.) 

Boire Buvant Bu 



Present. 
Imperf. 
Past Def. 

FUTURE. 
COND. PR. 

Imper. 
Subj. Pr. 

blPERF. 



Avoir bu 



Je hois 
Nous buvons 
Je buvais 
Nous buvious 
Je bus 
Nous bumes 
Je boirai 
Nous boirons 
Je boirais 
Nous boirions 

Buvous 
Que je boive 
Que nous buvions 
Que je busse 
Que nous bnssious 



to have drunk 

tu bois 
vous buvez 
tu buvais 
vous buviez 
tubus 
vous butes 
tu boiras 
vous boirez 
tu boirais 
vous boiriez 
Bois 
buvez 

que tu boives 
que vous buviez 
que tu busses 
que vous bussiez 



il boit 
ils boivent 
il buvait 
ils buvaient 
ilbut 
ils burent 
il boira 
ils boiront 
il boirait 
ils boiraient 



qu'il boive 
qu'ils boivent 
quMl but 
qu'ils bussent 



*COXCLUKE, To Conclude.— (Third Model.) 

Conclure Concluant Conclu 



Presknt. 



Imperf. 



Past Def. 



Future. 



Cond. Pr. 



Avoir conclu 



Je concilia 

Nous concluons 
Je concilia is 
Nous conclulons 
Je cone lus 
None conclumes 
Je conclurai 
Nous conclurona 
Je conclurai- 
Nou 3 conclurions 



to have concluded 



tu conclus 
vous conclucz 
tu concluais 
vous conclulez 
tu conclus 
vous conclutcs 
tu conclu ras 
vous conclurez 
tu conclu rais 
vous concluriez 



il conclut 
ils concluent 
il concluait 
ils concluaient 
il conclut 
ils conclurent 
il conclura 
ils concluront 
il conclurait 
ils concluraient 



176 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Imper. 

Concluons 
Subj. Pr. Que je conclue 

Que nous conclulons 



Imperf. 



Que je conclusse 



Conclns 

concluez 

que tu conclues 

que vous conclulez 



qu'il conclue 
qu'ils concluent 



que tu conclusses qu'il conclut 



Que nous conclussions que vous conclussiez qu'ils conclu*sent 



CONDUIRE, To Conduct.— (Fourth Model.) 

Conduire Conduisant Conduit 



Avoir conduit 

Present. Je conduis 

Nous conduisons 
Impekf. Je conduisais 

Nous conduisions 
Past Def. Je conduisis 

Nous conduisimes 
Future. Je conduirai 

Nous conduirons 
Cond. Pr. Je conduirais 

Nous conduirions 
Imper. 

Conduisons 
Subj. Pr. Que je conduise 

Que nous conduisions 
Imperf. Que je conduisisse 

Que nous conduisis- 
sions 



to have conducted 



tu conduis 
vous conduisez 
tu conduisais 
vous conduisiez 
tu conduisis 
vous conduisites 
tu conduiras 
vous conduirez 
tu conduirais 
vous conduiriez 
Conduis 
conduisez 
que tu conduises 
que vous conduisiez 
que tu conduisisses 
que vous conduisis- 
siez 



il conduit 
ils conduisent 
il conduisait 
ils conduisaient 
il conduisit 
ils conduisirent 
il conduira 
ils conduiront 
il conduirait 
ils conduiraient 



qu 1 il conduise 
qu'il conduisent 
qu'il conduisit 
qu'ils conduisissent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *conduire : 

*Tnstruire, to instruct. *Traduire ; to translate. 

And all the verbs that end in uire. 



Rem. *Nuire, to injure; *luire, to shine, and *reluire, to shine. 
deviate from the model verb conduire in the past participle, which 
ends in i, as : nuij lui, relui. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



177 



*CONNAITRE, To Be Acquainted With, To Know.— 
(Fifth Model.) 

Connaitre Connaissant Conuu 





Avoir connu 


to have been acquainted with 


Present. 


Je connais 


tu connais 


il connait 




Nous connaissons 


vous connaissez 


ils connaissent 


Imperf. 


Je connaissais 


tu connaissais 


il connaissait 




Nous commissions 


vous connaissiez 


ils connaissaient 


Past Def. 


Je connus 


tu connus 


il connut 




Nous connumes 


vous connutes 


ils connurent 


Future. 


Je connaitrai 


tu connaitras 


il connaitra 




Nous conuaitrons 


vous connaitrez 


ils connaitront 


Cond. Pr. 


Je connaitrai s 


tu connaitrais 


il connaitrait 




Nous connaitrions 


vous connaitriez 


ils conuaitraient 


Imper. 




Connais 






Connaissons 


connaissez 




Subj. Pr. 


Que je connaisse 


que tu connaisses 


qu'il connaisse 




Que nous connaissions 


que vous connaissiez 


qu'ils connaissent 


Imperf. 


Que je connu sse 


que tu connusses 


qu'il connut 




Que nous connussions 


que vous connussiez 


qu'ils connussent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *connaitre : 

*Faraitre, to appear. *Croitre, to grow. 

And all the verbs that end in aitre and oitre, except 
*naitre, to be born, and *renaitre, to be born again. 

Rem. 1. The, i of the verbs in aitre and oitre, when it is imme- 
diately followed by t, has the circumflex accent. 

Rem. 2. Croitre and its derivatives have the circumflex accent 
over the u of the past participle and in all the persons of the past 
definite tense. 



*Battre, to beat. 
*Se battre, to fight. 
*Boire, to drink. 



Vocabulary 39. 

*Conclure, to conclude. 

*Conduire, to conduct. 

*Se conduire, to conduct one's self. 



178 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

-Traduire, to translate. Depuis, since. 

^Connaiitre, to be acquainted with. L'anglais, English. 

*Reconnaitre, to recognize. De l'anglais en fran^ais, from 

*Paraitre, to appear ; to seem. English into French. 

Bien des fois, many times. Un inconnu, an unknown ; a 

La soif, thirst ; avoir soif,f to be stranger. 

thirsty. Un etranger, a stranger ; a for- 
Le vin, the wine. eigner. 

Le marche, the bargain. Etrange, strange. 

Une phrase, a sentence. Seulement, only. 



Exercise 39. 

Model Battre. 1. Si tu bats les autres, on te battra 
aussi. 2. On se battait dans les rues de Paris. 3. On s'y 
est battu bien des fois, et Fon s'y battra encore. 4. Je ne 
yeux me battre avec personne. 5. Je fuis ceux qui se 
battent. 

Model Boire. 6. Je bois seulement quand j'ai soif. 
7. lis boivent de l'eau. 8. Nous ne buvons jamais de vin. 
9. Si vous buviez du vin, vous seriez malade. 10. Si j'avais 
du lait, j'en boirais un verre. 

Model Conclure. 11. Nous concluons le marche main- 
tenant. 12. Nous avons conclu cette affaire. 13. Enfin, 
c'est une affaire conclue. 

Model Conduire. 14. Nous vous conduisons chez vous. 
15. II nra conduit jusqu'au depot du chemin de fer. 16. 
lis se conduisaient bien. 17. lis se sont toujours bien con- 
duits. 18. Nous traduirons cette histoire en anglais. 19. 
Traduisez cette phrase en fran9ais pour moi. 



t Avoir ,sy>.'/, literally to have thirst ; in English, to b< thirsty. See Lesson Forty- 
Beventh, 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 179 

Model Coxxaitre. 20. C'est un etranger que nous ne 
connaissons pas. 21. Je ne vous ai pas reconnu. 22. Cela 
parait etrange. 23. Cet inconnu paraissait nous regarder, 
comme s'il nous connaissait. 24. II vous reconuaitrait, si 
vous parliez. 

Theme 39. 

Model Battre. 1. I beat nobody. 2. I have never 
beaten anybody; and I will not beat anybody. 3. I do not 
like those who fight. 4. I would not fight for any one. 5. 
I do not like to fight. 

Model Boire. 6. I do not drink any wine. 7. I do 
not wish to drink, for I am not thirsty. 8. I will drink 
a glass of water. 9. I have not drunk anything since this 
morning. 10. Do not drink if you are not thirsty. 

Model Coxclure. 11. Let us conclude that affair. 12. 
We cannot conclude it. 13. The bargain is concluded. 

Model Coxduire. 14. He conducts himself well. 15. 
I will conduct you to the depot. 16. If you conduct your- 
self well, you will succeed. IT. We have translated this 
history from French into English. 18. They were trans- 
lating from English into French. 19. How will you trans- 
late this sentence ? 

Model Coxxaitre. 20. I do not know that gentle- 
man; he is a stranger to me.f 21. That stranger seems to 
know us. 22. Do you not recognize him ? 23. He did not 
recognize me. 21. It would appear strange, if he did not 
recognize us. 

t He i> a stranger to me, H trCetA inconnu. 



180 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



FOETIETH LESSON. 

Irregular Verbs (Continued). — Fourth Conjugation. 
*COUDRE, To Sew.— (Sixth Model.) 



Coudre 



Cousant 



Avoir cousu 



Present. 
Imperf. 
Past Def. 
Future. 
Cond. Pr. 
Imper. 
Subj. Pr. 
Imperf. 



Je couds 
Nous cousons 
Je cousais 
Nous cousions 
Je cousis 
Nous cousimes 
Je coudrai 
Nous coudrons 
Je coudrai s 
Nous coudrious 

Cousons 
Que je couse 
Que nous cousions 
Que je cousisee 
Que nous cousissions 



to ham sewed 

tu couds 

vous cousez 

tu cousais 

vous cousiez 

tu cousis 

vous cousites 

tu coudras 

vous coudrez 

tu coudrais 

vous coudriez 

Couds 

cousez 

que tu couses 

que vous cousiez 

que tu coussisses 

que vous cousissiez 



Cousu 



il coud 
ils cousent 
il cousait 
ils cousaient 
il cousit 
ils cousirent 
il coudra 
ils coudront 
il coudrait 
ils coudiaient 



qu'il couse 
qu'ils cousent 
qu'il cousit 
qu'ils cousissent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *coudre : 
*Decoudre, to unsew. *Recoudre, to sew again. 



*CRAINDRE, To Fear.— (Seventh Model.) 

CraiDdre Craignant Craint 

Avoir craint to have feared 



Present. 
Imperf. 
Past Def. 



Je crains 
Nous craignons 
Je craignais 
Nous craignions 
Je craignis 
Nous craignlmes 



tu crains 
vous craignez 
tu craignais 
vous craigniez 
tu craignis 
vous craiguitee 



il craint 
ils craignent 
il craignait 
ils craignaient 
il craignit 
ils craignireut 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



181 



Future. 



Cond. Pr. 



Imper. 



Subj. Pr. 



iMrERF. 



Je craindrai 
Nous craindrons 
Je craindrais 
Nous craindrions 

Craignons 
Que je craigue 
Que nous craignions 
Que je craignisse 
Que nous craignissions 



tu craindras 

vous craindrez 

tu craindrais 

vous craindriez 

Crains 

craignez 

que tu craignes 

que vous craigniez 

que tu craignisses 

que vous craignissiez 



il craindra 
ils craindront 
il craindrait 
ils craindraient 



qu'il craigne 
qu'ils craignent 
qu'il craigntt 
qu'ils craignissent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *craindre, all the verbs 
that end in indre : 



*Flaindre, to pity. 
*Peindre, to paint. 

And many others. 



*Teindre, to dye. 
*Joindre, to join. 



*CROIRE, To Believe.— (Eighth Model.) 

Croire Croyant Cm 

Avoir cru to have believed 



Present. 


Je crois 


tu crois 


il croit 




Nous croyons 


vous croyez 


ils croient 


Imperf. 


Je croyais 


tu croyais 


il croyait 




Nous croyions 


vous croyiez 


ils croyaient 


Past Def. 


Je crus 


tu crus 


il crut 




Nous crumes 


vous crutes 


ils crureut 


Future. 


Je croirai 


tu croiras 


il croira 




Nous croirons 


vous croirez 


ils croiront 


Cond. Pr. 


Je croirais 


tu croirais 


il croirait 




Nous croirions 


vous croiriez 


ils croiraient 


Imper. 




Crois 






Croyons 


croyez 




Subj. Pr. 


Que je crole 


que tu croies 


quMl croie 




Que nous croyions 


que vous croyiez 


quMls croient 


Imperf. 


Que je crusse 


que tu crusses 


quMl crtit 




Que nous crussions 


que vous crussiez 


qu'ils crussent 



182 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



*DIRE, To Say, To Tell.— (Ninth Model.) 

Dire Disant Dit 







Avoir dit to have said 




Present. 


Je dis 




tu dis 


ildit 




Nous disons 




vous dites 


ils disent 


Impeef. 


Je disais 




tu disais 


il disait 




Nous disions 




vous dis>iez 


ils disaient 


Past Dee. 


Je dis 




tu dis 


ildit 




Nous dimes 




vous dites 


ils dirent 


Future. 


Je dirai 




tu diras 


il dira 




Nous dirons 




vous direz 


ils diront 


Cond. Pr. 


Je dirais 




tu dirais 


il dirait 




Nous di rions 




vous diriez 


ils diraient 


Imper 


Disons 




Dis 

dites 




Subj. Pr. 


Que je dise 




que tu dises 


qu'il dise 




Que nous disions 


que vous disiez 


quMls disent 


Imperf. 


Que je disse 




que tu disses 


qu'il dit 




Que nous dissions 


que vous dissiez 


qu'ils dissent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *dire: 
*Redire / to say again. 

The other derivatives of dire : *dedire, to unsay; *inter- 
dire, to forbid; *medire, to slander ; *predire, to foretell ; 
have, in the second person plural of the present tense of the 
indicative, and in the second person plural of the imperative, 
dedisez, interdisez, etc., instead of dedites, interdites, 
etc. *Maudire, to curse, has, in the present participle, 
maudissant, doubling the s. The double s is retained in 
all the parts derived from the present participle. 



Vocabulary 40. 



*Coudre, to sew. 
-Craindre, to fear. 



*Plaindre, to pity. 

*Se plaindre, to complain. 



IRREGULAR VEEBS. 183 

*Croire, to believe. La co.duite, the conduct. 

*Dire, to say ; to tell ; dire la La loi, the law. 

verite, to speak the truth. Mai, badly. 

Avoir raison,f to be right. Necessaire, necessary. 

Avoir tort,t to be wrong. Fou, fol, /. folle, mad. 

Exercise 40. 

Model Coudre. 1. Cousez ceci pour moi, s'il yous plait. 
2. Je le coudrai tantot. 3. Qui a cousu cela? 4. Si vous 
cousiez tous les jours, yous coudriez mieux. 5. II n'est pas 
necessaire que je couse tous les jours. 

Model Cralndre. 6. Je crams les mechants, et je les 
plains. 7. Nous ne plaignons pas ceux que nous craignons. 
8. Elle s'est plainte de votre conduite. 9. On le craignait, 
mais on ne l'aimait pas. 10. Je me plaindrai de yous, si 
yous vous comportez mal. 11. On ne se plaindrait pas de 
yous, si yous vous comportiez bien. 

Model Croire. 12. Je crois que vous avez raison. 13. 
Personne n'a cm cette nouvelle. 14. Vous ici ! Je yous 
croyais a Boston depuis hier. 15. On ne croira pas cela. 
1G. Vous le croiriez, si vous le voyiez. 17. Nous ne croyons 
pas pouvoir faire cela. 

Model Dire. 18. Je crois ce que vous dites. 19. Nous di- 
sons que vous avez raison. 20. lis disent que nous avons tort. 
21. Qu'en dit-on ? 22. On en dira ce que Ton voudra. 23. Je 
dirai la verite. 24. Si nous disions cela, on dirait que nous 
sommes fous. 

Theme 40. 

Model Coudre. 1. I sew and Mary sews. 2. We sew 
together. 3. I was sewing when you came in. 4. I have 

t Avoir raison ; avoir tort, literally, to have right; to ka/ve wrong ; in English, 

to be right ; to be zvrong. See Lesson Forty seventh. 



184 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



sewn this. 5. I will sew that by and by. 6. I wish you 
would sew (suij. imperf.) it now. 

Model Craindre. 7. I fear him and I pity him. 8. The 
wicked fear the law, which protects the good. 9. He feared 
everybody, and pitied nobody. 10. You are always com- 
plaining. 11. They have complained of your conduct. 12. 
If you behave badly, people will complain of you. 

Model Croire. 13. You believe what I say ; do you 
not? 14. We believe that you are right. 15. They believe 
that we are wrong. 16. They did not believe what we said 
{past indef.). 17. I would believe it, if I saw it. 

Model Dire. 18. What you say is true. 19. We say 
the same thing, and they say so too. 20. Do you know 
what he has told me? 21. What wall people say of it? 
22. We will speak the truth. 23. You would not say that, 
if you knew what I know. 



FORTY-FIRST LESSON. 

Irregular Verbs (Continued).— Fourth Conjugation. 

*ECRIRE, To Write.— (Tenth Model.) 

Ecrire Ecrivant Ecrit 





Avoir ecrit 


to have written 




Present. 


J'ecris 


tu ecris 


il ecrit 




Nous ecrivons 


vous ecrivez 


ils ecrivent 


Imperf. 


J'ecrivais 


tu ecrivais 


il ecrivnit 




Nous ecrivions 


vous ecriviez 


ils ecrivaient 


Past Def. 


J'ecrivis 


tu ecrivis 


il ecrivit 




Nous ecrivimes 


vous ecrivttes 


ils ecrivirent 


Future. 


J'ecrirai 


to ecriras 


il e*crirt 




Nous ecrirons 


vous ecrircz 


ils gcriront 


Cond Pr. 


JYrrirais 


tu ocrirais 


il ecrirait 




Nous ecririous 


vous Gcririei 


ils ocriraient 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



185 



Imper. 




Ecris 






Ecrivons 


ecrivez 




Sub j. Pr. 


Que j'ecrive 


que tu ecrives 


qu'il ecrive 




Que nous ecrivions 


que vous ecriviez 


qu'ils ecrivent 


Imperf. 


Que j'ecrivisse 


que tu ecrivisses 


qu"il ecrivit 




Que nous ecrivissions 


^ue vous ecrivissiez 


qu'ils ecrivissent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *ecrire: 



*Decrire, to describe. 
*Inscrire, to inscribe. 



*Prescrire, to prescribe. 
*Transcrire, to transcribe. 



And other derivatives of *ecrire. 

*FAIRE, To Do, To Make. — (Eleventh Model.) 
Faire Faisant Fait 





Avoir 


fait to have made 




Present. 


Je fais 


tu fais 


ilfait 




Nous faisons 


vous faites 


ils font 


Imperf. 


Je faisais 


tu faisais 


il faisait 




Nous faisions 


vous faisiez 


ils faisaient 


Past Def. 


Jefis 


tu fis 


il fit 




Nous fimes 


vous fites 


ils firent 


Future. 


Je ferai 


tu feras 


il fera 




Nous ferons 


vous ferez 


ils feront 


Cond. Pr. 


Je ferais 


tu ferais 


il f arait 




Nous ferions 


vous feriez 


ils feraient 


Imper. 




Fais 






Faisons 


faites 




Subj. Pr. 


Que je fasse 


que tu fasses 


qu'il fasse 




Que nous fassions 


que vous fassiez 


qu'ils fassent 


Imperf. 


Que je fisse 


que tu fisses 


qu'il fit 




Que nous fissions 


que vous fissiez 


qu'ils fissent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *faire : 

'Contrefaire, to counterfeit. *Surfaire, to overcharge. 

*Defaire, to undo. *Satisfaire, to satisfy. 

*Refaire, to do again. 



186 



ELEMENTARY F K E N C H GRAMMAR. 



*LIRE, To Read.— (Twelfth Model.) 

Lire Lisaut Lu 





Avoir 


lu to have read 




Present. 


Je lis 


• 
tu lis 


il lit 




Nous lisons 


vous lisez 


ils liscnt 


Imperf. 


Je lisais 


tu lisais 


il lisait 




Nous lisions 


vous lisiez 


ils lisaient 


Past Def. 


Je lus 


tu lus 


il lut 




Nous lumes 


vous lutes 


ils lurent 


Future. 


Je lirai 


tu liras 


il lira 




Nous lirons 


vous lirez 


ils liront 


COND. PR. 


Je lirais 


tu lirais 


il lirait 




Nous lirions 


vous liriez 


ils liraient 


Imper. 




Lis 






Lisons 


lisez 




Subj. PR. 


Que je lise 


que tu Uses 


qu'il lise 




Que nous lisions 


que vous lisiez 


qu'ils lisent 


Imperf. 


Que je lusse 


que tu lusses 


qu'il lut 




Que nous lussious 


que vous lussiez 


qu'ils lussent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *lire : 

*Elire, to elect. *Relire, to read again. 

*Reelire, to re-elect. 



*METTRE, To Put, To Put On.— (Thirteenth Model.) 



Mettre 



Pkesent. Je mets 



Imperf. 



Past Def. 



Future. 



Oond. Pr. 



Mettant 



Avoir mis 



to have put 



Nous mettons 
Je metiais 

Nous mettions 
Je mis 
Nous mimes 
Je mettrai 
Nous mettrons 
Je mettraie 
Nous uicttrions 



tu mets 
vous mcttez 
tumettais 
vous mettiez 
tu mis 
vous mites 
tu mettras 
vous mettrez 
tu mettrais 
vous uiettrioz 



Mis 



il met 
ils mettent 
il mettait 
ils mettaient 
il mit 
ils miront 
il mettrn 
ils mot trout 
il mettrail 
ils uuMtraicut 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



187 



Lmper. 

SUBJ. Pit. 

Imperf. 



Mettons 
Que je mette 
Que nous mettions 
Que je misse 
Que nous missions 



Mets 
mettez 

que tu mettes 
que vous raettiez 
que tu misses 
. que vous missiez 



qu'il mette 
qu'ils mettent 
qu'il mit 
qu'ils missent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *mettre : 

*Admettre, to admit. *Permettre, to permit. 

*Commettre, to commit. *Promettre, to promise. 

And all the derivatives of *mettre. 



Vocabulary 41. 



*Ecrire, to write. 

*Faire, to make ; to do ; -faire 
attention, to pay attention ; 
*faire une question^ to ask a 
question ; *faire un plaisir, to 
do a favor; *faire *faire,j to 
have or get made ; *faire *ve- 
nir, to send for. 

*Lire, to read. 

-Mettre, to put ; to put on ; met- 
tre en ordre, to put in order. 

*Se mettre, to sit down. 

*Remettre, to put back; to de- 
liver, to hand ; to put off. 

Raccommoder, to mend. 



Remarquer, to observe, to re- 
mark. 

Le pupitre, the desk. 

Le banc, the bench. 

La boite, the box ; la boite aux 
lettres, the letter box. 

Un cahier, a copy-book. 

La musique, the music. 

Un cahier de musique, a music- 
book. 

Quinze jours, a fortnight. 

Prochain, next. 

Ancien, /. ancienne, ancient; 
former. 

Au lieu de, instead of. 



Exercise 41. 
Model Ecrire. 1. J'ecris mon theme, et il ecrit le sien. 
2. Nous ecrivons tous le jours. 3. II ecrivait a son p&re 

t Faire /aire, to have or get made. Fdire is used before the infinitive of almost 
any verb, in the sense of to have or to get. Faire and the infinitive are equivalent 
to a transitive verb. 



188 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

pendant que j'ecrivais mon theme. 4. J'ecrivis chez moi 
le lendemain de mon arrivee a Paris. 5. Je n'ai pas ecrit 
chez moi depuis lundi. 6. Vous m'ecrirez aussitot que vous 
serez arrive. 

Model Faire. 7. Je fais ce que vous m'avez dit de faire. 
8. Vous faites bien. 9. Nous faisons la meme chose. 10. 
lis font venir le medecin. 11. II me faisait mille questions 
auxquelles je ne pouvais repondre. 12. Nous lui fimes re- 
marquer cela. 13. Faites raccommoder ce fauteuil. 14. Je 
ferai faire des pupitres comme ceux-la. f5. II faut que je 
fasse nettoyer cet habit. 

Model Lire. 16. Lisez ceci. 17. Je Tai lu. 18. II 
lisait le journal au lieu d'etudier. 19. Je lus hier que notre 
ancien professeur est mort. 20. Je lirai ce livre quand vous 
l'aurez lu. 

Model Mettre. 21. Je mets votre dictionnaire dans 
votre pupitre. 22. Mettez votre manteau, si vous allez 
sortir. 23. Nous avons mis votre lettre dans la.boite. 24. 
Elle se mettait toujours a cote de lui. 25. Eemettons 
chaque chose a sa place. 26. Je remettrai votre lettre a 
mon pere. 27. Nous remettrons la lecjon a demain. 

Theme 41. . 

Model Ecrire. 1. Are you writing your exercise ? 2. I 
have written it. 3. I was writing a letter to my father. 
4. He wishes (desires) me to write to him every week (that 
I write) (subj. pres.). 5. He wrote to me (past flef.) last 
week that he would be here in a fortnight. 6. I will write 
to you as soon as I reach (shall arrive) home. 

Model Faire. 7. What are you doing? 8. T aim not 
doing anything. 0. Will you do me a favor? 10. T will do 



IKREGULAK VERBS. 189 

it as soon as I can (shall be able). 11. He asked (past 
indef.) me a question (to) which I did not wish (past i?idef.) 
to answer. 12. You were not paying attention to what I 
was saying. 13. We shall have those old benches mended. 
14. I must send for the notary, he said (dit-il). 15. I made 
(past def.) him observe that the notary was present. 

Model Lire. 16. I am reading a very interesting book. 
17. Have you read it? 18. I will read it when you have 
(shall have) read it. 19. They were reading instead of 
writing. 20. We read (past def.) that news when we were 
in the country. 

Model Mettre. 21. I put everything in order before I 
go out. 22. Where did you put (past indef.) my music 
book ? 23. I will put your letter in the box. 24. She was 
putting on her gloves to (in order to) go out. 25. I have 
handed your letter to my father. 26. We will put every- 
thing back in its place. 27. I will put off that journey till 
next week. 28. Let us sit down on this bench. 



FORTY-SECOND LESSON. 

Irregular Verbs (Continued). — Fourth Conjugation. 

*MOUDRE, To Grind.— (Fourteenth Model.) 





Moudre 


Moulant 


Moulu 




Avoir moulu 


l to have ground 




Present. 


Je mouds 


tu mouds 


il moud 




Nous moulons 


vous moulez 


ils moulent 


Imperf. 


Je moulais 


tu moulais 


il moulait 




Nous moulions 


vous mouliez 


ils moulaient 


Past Def. 


Je moulus 


tu moulus 


il moulut 




Nous uioulumes 


vous moulutes 


ils moulurent 



190 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Future. 



Cond. Pr. 



Imper. 



Subj. Pr. 



Imperf. 



Je moudiai 
Nous inoudrons 
Je moudrais 
Nous moudrions 

Moulons 
Que je moule 
Que nous moulions 
Que je moulusse 
Que nous moulussions 



tu moudras 

vous moudrez 

tu moudrais 

vous moudriez 

Mouds 

moulez 

que tu moules 

que vous mouliez 

que tu moulusses 

que vous moulussiez 



il moudra 
ils moudront 
il moudrait 
ils moudraient 



qu'il moule 
qu'ils moulent 
qu'il moulut 
qu'ils mouiussent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *moudre : 
*Emoudre, to grind. *Remondre. to grind again. 



*NAITRE, To Be Born.— (Fifteenth Model.) 

Naitre Naissant Ne 

Etre ne to have been born 



Present. 
Imperf. 
Past Def. 
Future. 
Cond. Pr. 
Imper. 
Subj. Pr. 
Imperf. 



Je nais 

Nous naissons 
Je naissais 
Nous naissions 
Je naquis 
Nous naquimes 
Je naitrai 
Nous naitrons 
Je naitrais 
Nous naitrions 

Naissons • 

Q,ue je naisse 

Que nous naissions 

Que je naquisse 

Que nous naquissiona 



tu nais 

vous naissez 

tu naissais 

vous naissiez 

tu naquis 

vous naquites 

tu naitras 

vous naitrez 

tu naitrais 

vous naitriez 

Nais 

naissez 

que tu naisses 

que vous naissiez 

que tu naquisses 

que vous naquissiez 



il nait 
ils naissent 
il naissait 
ils naissaient 
il naquit 
ils naquirent 
il naitra 
ils nail rout 
il naitrait 
ils naitraient 



qu'il naisse 
qu'ils naissent 
qu'il naquit 
qu'ils naquissont 



Conjugate in the same manner as *naitre: 

*Renaitre, to be born again. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



191 



*PLAIRE, To Please.— (Sixteenth Model.) 

Plaire Plaisant Plu 





Avoir ph 


1 to have leased 




Present. 


Je plais 


tu plais 


il plait 




Nous plaisons 


vous plaisez 


ils plaiseut 


Imperf. 


Je plaisais 


tu plairais 


il plaisait 




Nous plaisious 


vous plaisiez 


ils plaisaient 


Past Def. 


Je plus 


tu plus 


il plut 




Nous plumes 


vous plutes 


ils plu rent 


Future. 


Je plairai 


tu plairas 


il plaira 




Nous plairons 


vous plairez 


ils plairont 


COND. PR. 


Je plairais 


tu plairais 


il plairait 




Nous plairioBS 


vous plairiez 


ils plairaient 


Imper. 




Plais 






Plaisons 


plaisez 




Subj. Pr. 


Que je plaise 


que tu plaises 


qiril plaise 




Que nous plaisions 


que vous plaisiez 


qu'ils plaisent 


Imperf. 


Que je plusse 


que tu plusses 


qiril plut 




Que nous plussions 


que vous plussiez 


qu'ils plussent 



Conjugate in the same maimer as *plaire : 



*Se plaire (etre), to be pleased. 
*Complaire, to humor. 



*Taire, not to say. 
*Se taire, to be silent. 



^PRENDRE, To Take. —(Seventeenth Model.) 

Prendre Prenant Pris 



Present. 



Imperf. 



Past Def. 



Future. 



Cond. Pr. 



Avoir pris 



Je prends 
Nous prenons 
Je prenais 
Nous prenions 
Je pris 
Nous primes 
Je prendrai 
Nous prcndrons 
Je prendrais 
Nous prendrions 



to have taken 

tu prends 
vous prenez 
tu prenais 
vous preniez 
tu pris 
vous pitted 
tu prendraa 
vous pr cDdrez 
tu prendralfl 
vous preudriez 



il prend 
ils prennent 
il prenait 
ils pivnaient 
il prit 
ils prirent 
il prendre 
ils prendroot 
il prendrait 
ils prendreient 






192 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Imper. 



Subj. Pr. 



Imperf. 



Prenons 
Que je prenne 
Que nous prenions 
Que je prisse 
Que nous prissions 



Prends 

prenez 

que tu prennes 

que vous preniez 

que tu prisses 

que vous prissiez 



qu'il prenne 
qu'ils prennent 
qu'il prit 
qu'ils prissent 



Conjugate in the same manner as ^prendre : 

*Apprendre, to learn ; to hear. *Reprendre, to take back ; to re- 
*Comprendre, to comprehend. sume. 

*Entreprendre, to undertake. 

And the other derivatives of *prendre. 
*RESOUDRE, To Resolve.— (Eighteenth Model.) 

Resoudre Resolvant Resolu or Resous 





Avoir resolu 


to have resolved 




Present. 


Je resous 


tu resous 


il resout 




Nous resolvons 


vous resolvez 


ils resolvent 


Imperf. 


Je resolvais 


tu resolvais 


il resolvait 




Nous resolvions 


vous resolviez 


ils resolvaient 


Past Def. 


Je resolus 


tu resolus 


il resolut 




Nous resolumes 


vous resolutes 


ils resolurent 


Future. 


Je resoudrai 


tu resoudras 


il resoudra 




Nous resoudrons 


vous resoudrez 


ils resoudront 


Cond. Pr. 


Je resoudrais 


tu resoudrais 


il resoudiait 




Nous resoudrions 


vous resoudriez 


ils resoudraieut 


Imper. 




Resous 






Resolvons 


resolvez 




Subj. Pr. 


Que je resolve 


que tu resolves 


qu'il resolve 




Que nous resolvions 


que vous resolviez 


qu'ils resolvent 


Imperf. 


Que je resolusse 


que tu rtieolnBsee 


qu'il resolut 




Que nous resolussions 


que vous resolussiez 


qu'ils resolus<ent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *resoudre : 

*Absoudre, to absolve (past part.) ; absous, /. absoute. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



193 



*Moudre, to grind. 

*Naitre (&tre), to be born. 

*Plaire,f to please ; il plait (de),f 
it pleases. 

*Se plaire, to like to be. 

*Se taire, to be silent. 

^Prendre, to take ; * prendre 
conge, to take leave. 

*Apprendre, to learn ; to bear 
(news). 

*Comprendre, to comprebend ; to 
understand. 

*Entreprendre, to undertake. 

*Reprendre, to take back ; to re- 
sume. 

Le meunier, tbe miller. 



Vocabulary 42. 

Le moulin, tbe milL 

Le grain, tbe grain. 

Une partie, a part. 

Le reste, the rest. 

Le tout, tbe whole. 

Un instant, an instant. 

Un pas, a step. 

La mort, death. 

La peine, the trouble. 

A la fois, at once. 

Tant (de), so many. 

Vers, towards. 

Ne .... guere, but little ; 

much. 
Done, then. 
S'il vous plait, if you please. 



not 



Exercise 42. 

Model Moudre. 1. II faut moudre le grain avant de 
pouvoir faire le pain. 2. Le meunier le moud aujourd'hui. 
3. On le moulait lorsque j'etais au moulin. 4. On en avait 
moulu une partie. 5. On moudra le reste demain. 

Model Naitre. 6. On nait et Ton meurt sans le savoir. 
7. L'instant oii nous naissons est un pas vers la mort. 8. 
Oh etes-vous ne? 9. Ces enfants sont nes dans ce pays-ci. 
10. Le President Lincoln naquit a Springfield, 111., et mou- 
rut a Washington. 

Model Plaire. 11. Comment ce dessin plait-il a votre 
soeur ? 12. II ne lui plait guere. 13. II ne plaira pas a 



t Plaire a quelqu'un to please somebody. The impersonal verb il plait requires 
de before the infinitive. II ne lui plait pas (Vattendre, It does not please him to wait. 



194 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

mon pere de revenir ici demain. 14. Ces dames ne se plai- 
saient pas a la campagne. 15. Taisez-vous done. 16. II 
s'est tu quand je lui ai dit cela. 

Model Prendre. 17. Je prends du cafe le matin et du 
the le soir. 18. Nous prenons ces gants-ci, et nos soeurs 
prennent ceux-la. 19. Avez-vous pris la peine de lire cela ? 
20. Je ne vous ai pas compris. 21. II apprenait lentement. 
22. N'entreprenez pas tant de choses a la fois. 23. Ee- 
prenez votre argent. 24. Nous reprendrons notre liistoire. 
25. II prit conge de nous a Paris, et partit le meme jour 
pour Berlin. 

Model Kesoudre. 26. La question a ete enfin resolue. 
27. Nous avons resolu de quitter la ville. 

Theme 42. 

Model Moudre. 1. They were not grinding at the mill ; 
the miller was not there. 2. They will grind a part of our 
grain to-morrow, and the rest the day after to-morrow. 
3. The whole will be ground by Saturday (samedi). 

Model Naitre. 4. We are born without knowing it. 
5. I was bornf in this country. 6. My grandfather, who 
died last spring, was bornf in Paris. 

Model Plaire. 7. This book pleases my mother. 8. 
What pleases the one, does not please the other. 9. Will it 
please you to wait until to-morrow ? 10. That does not please 
me. 11. My sisters do not like to be in the country. 12. I 
did not like to be there, because my friends were not there. 
13. When they beganj to speak of that, she kept silent.J 

t Was born is rendered in French by the past indefinite tense of the verb if the 
person fa still olive, and by the pluperfect, if the person is dead. 
% Past definite tense. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



195 



Model Prendre. 14. I take coffee, my sisters take tea. 

15. She was taking her music lesson when I was there. 

16. Have you taken my fan ? 17. Will you take the trouble 
to read this. 18. I understand you. 19. I have heard 
(learned) all. 20. I shall not undertake that business. 
21. I took leave of him yesterday. 22. Let us resume our 
story. 23. He wants me to take back my money. 

Model Eesoudre. 24. What have you resolved to do ? 
25. We have resolved to start. 



FORTY-THIRD LESSON. 

Irregular Verbs (Continued). — Fourth Conjugation. 

*RIRE, To Laugh. — (Nineteenth Model.) 
Rire Riant Ri 





Avoir ri 


to have laughed 




Present. 


Je ris 


tu ris 


il rit 




Nous rions 


vous riez 


ils rient 


Imperf. 


Je riais 


tu riais 


il riait 




Nous riions 


vous riiez 


ils riaient 


Past Def. 


Je ris 


tu ris 


il rit 




Nous rtmes 


vous rites 


ils rirent 


Future. 


Je rirai 


tu riras 


il rira 




Nous rirons 


vous rirez 


ils riront 


Cond. Pr. 


Je rirais 


tu rirais 


il rirait 




Nous ririons 


vous ririez 


ils riraient 


Imper. 




Ris 






Rions 


riez 




Subj. Pr. 


Que je rie 


que tu ries 


quMl rie 




Que nous riions 


que vous riiez 


quMls rient 


Imperf 


Que je risse 


que tu risses 


qu'il rit 




Que nous rissions 


que voup rissiez 


qu'ils rissent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *rire 
*Sourire. to smile. 



196 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



*SU1VI1E, To Follow.— (Twentieth Model.) 

Suivre Suivant Suivi 



Present. 
Imperf. 
Past Def. 
Future. 
Cond. Pr. 
Imper. 
Subj. Pr. 
Imperf. 



Avoir suivi 



Je suis 
Nous suivons 
Je suivais 
Nous suivions 
Je suivis 
Nous suivimes 
Je suivrai 
Nous suivrons 
Je suivrais 
Nous suivrions 

Suivons 
Que je suive 
Que nous suivions 
Que je suivisse 
Que nous suivissions 



to have followed 



tu suis 

vous suivez 

tu suivais 

vous suiviez 

tu suivis 

vous suivites 

tu suivras 

vous suivrez 

tu suivrais 

vous suivriez 

Suis 

suivez 

que tu suives 

que vous suiviez 

que tu suivisses 

que vous suivissiez 



il suit 
ils suivent 
il suivait 
ils suivaient 
il suivit 
ils suivirent 
il suivra 
ils suivront 
il suivrait 
ils suivraient 



qu'il suive 
qu'ils suivent 
quMl suivit 
qu'ils suivisseut 



Conjugate in the same manner as *suivre : 
*Foursuivre, to pursue. *S'ensuivre, to follow from. 



*TRAIRE, To Milk. — (Twenty-first Model.) 

Traire Trayant Trait 

Avoir trait to have milked 



Present. 



Imperf. 



Future. 



Je trais 
Nous trayons 
Je trayais 
Nous trayions 



Je trairai 
Nous trairons 
Cond. Pr. Je trairais 

Nous trairions 



tu trais 
vous trayez 
tu trayais 
vous trayiez 
{No Past Def.) 
tu tralrae 
vous traiiez 
tu trairais 
vous trairiez 



il trait 
ils traient 
il trayait 
ils trayaient 

il traira 
ils trairont 
il trairait 
Lie nairaient 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



197 



Imper. Trais 

Trayons trayez 

Subj. Pr. Que je traie que tu traies qu'il traie 

Que nous trayions que yous trayiez qu'ils traient 

(Xo Imperf. Subj.) 

CoDJugate in the same manner as *traire : 

-Extraire, to extract, *Soustraire, to take away. 

*VAIXCKE, To Vanquish.— (Twenty-second Model.) 

Vaincre 





Avoir vaincu 


to have vanquished 


Present. 


Je vaincs 


tu vaincs 


il vainc 




Nous vainquons 


yous vainquez 


ils vainquent 


Imperf. 


Je vainquais 


tu Yainquais 


il vainquait 




Nous vainquions 


yous vainquiez 


ils vainquaient 


Past Def. 


Je vainquis 


tu vainquis 


il vain quit 




Nous vainquimes 


vous vainquites 


ils vainquirent 


Future. 


Je vaincrai 


tu vaincras 


il vaincra 




Nous vnincrons 


vous vaincrez 


ils vaincront 


Cond. Pr. 


Je vaincrais 


tu vaincrais 


il vaincrait 




Nous vaincrions 


vous vaincriez 


ils vaincraient 


Imper. 




Vaincs 






Vainquons 


vainquez 




Subj. Pr. 


Que je vainque 


que tu vainques 


qu'il vainque 




Que nous vainquions 


que vous vainquiez 


qu'ils vainquent 


Imperf. 


Que je vainquisse 


que tu vainquisses 


qu'il vain quit 




Que nous vainquissions 


que vous vanquissiez 


qu'ils vainquissent 



Conjugate in the same manner as *vaincre : 

*Convaincre, to convince. 



*VIVRE, To Live.— (Twenty-third Model.) 

Vivre Vivant Vecu 

Avoir vecu to hare Ur. <l 



Present. Je vis 

Nous vivons 



tu vis 
vous vivez 



il vit. 
ils vivent 



198 


ELEMENTARY 


FRENCH G 


R A M M A R . 


Imperf. 


Je vivais 


tu vivais 


il vivait 




Nous vivions 


vous viviez 


ils vivaient 


Past Dbf. 


Je vecus 


tu vecus 


il vecut 




Nous vecumes 


vous vecfltes 


ils vecurent 


Future. 


Je vivrai 


tu vivras 


il vivra 




Nous vivrons 


vous vivrez 


ils vivront 


Cond. Pr. 


Je vivrais 


tu vivrais 


il vivrait 




Nous vivrions 


vous vivriez 


ils vivrai ent 


Imper. 




Vis 






Vivons 


vivez 




Subj. Pr. 


Que je vive 


que tu vives 


qu'il vive 




Que nous vivions 


que vous viviez 


qnMls vivent 


Imperf. 


Que je vecusse 


que tu vecusses 


qu'il vecut 




Que nous vecussions 


que vous vecussiez 


qu'ils vecussent. 



Conjugate in the same manner as *vivre: 
*Survivre, to survive. 



Vocabulary 43. 



*Rire (de), to laugh (at). 
*Suivre, to follow. 
*Poursuivre, to pursue. 
*Traire, to milk. 
*Extraire, to extract ; to take 

out. 
*Vaincre, to vanquish. 
*Convaincre, to convince. 
*Vivre, to live. 

*Survivre, to survive ; to out- 
live. 
Un Romain, a Roman. 
I/Asie,/., Asia. 
Un pays, a country. 
Un roi, a king. 
La nation, the nation. 
A Petranger, abroad. 
En ma presence, in my presence. 



L'int emperance, /. , intemperance. 

Une passion, a passion. 

Un ennemi, an enemy. 

La guerre, the war. 

L'embarras, m, y the embarrass- 
ment. 

Le conseil, the advice ; the coun 
sel. 

Un exemple, an example. 

Le marbre, the marble. 

La carrier e, the quarry. 

Une vache, a cow. 

Le sort, the lot. 

Loin, far. 

Par tout ou, wherever. 

Eternellement, eternally. 

Tant que. as long* as. 

Tel, many a one, 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 199 

Exercise 43. 

Model Eire. 1. Tel rit aujourd'hui qui pleurera demain. 
2. Je ne ris pas. 3. Vous avez ri de mon embarras. -4. Vous 
riiez et elle riait aussi. 5. Ne riez pas des defauts cVautrui. 

Model Suiyre. 6. Je suis mon chemin, et vous suivez 
le votre. 7. Je vous suivrai partout oti vous irez. 8. Vous 
avez suivi Fexemple d'un autre, an lieu de suivre mes con- 
seils. 9. II serait bien qu'il suivit les conseils de ses parents. 
10. Si vous poursuiviez vos etudes, elles vous conduiraient 
loin. 11. Je ne savais pas, si vous poursuivriez cette affaire 
ou non. 

Model Traire. 12. On a trait les vaches en ma pre- 
sence. 13. Le matbre qiron extrait de cette carriere, est 
d'une belle qualite. 

Model Vaixcre. 14. Alexandre vainquit les rois de 
l'Asie, mais il ne sut vaincre ses passions. 15. Apres avoir 
vaincu ses eunemis a la guerre, il fut vaincu lui-meme par 
Fintemperance. 16. Je vous convaincrai de la verite de ce 
que je dis. 

Model Viyre. 17. Je vis comme je puis, sans me plain- 
dre de mon sort. 18. Vous vivez comme si vous deviez tou- 
jours vivre. 19. Mon grand-pere vivait du temps de Wash- 
ington ; ils etaient amis. 20. II vivra eternellement dans 
Thistoire. 21. Apres avoir vecu longtemps dans l'abondance, 
il mourut pauvre. 22. Catonf ne survecut pas longtemps a 
la liberte de son pays. 

Theme 43. 

Model Eire. 1. Do you laugh at me ? 2. I do not 

laugh at you. 3. I was laughing at that boy. 4. They 

t Cftto, 



200 ELEMENTAEY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

laughed {past indef.) at our embarrassment. 5. We shall 
laugh too when they (will) cry. 

Model Suiyre. 6. I follow your advice. 7. We do not 
follow that example. 8. Why did you not follow us? 9. 
My friends will follow me w T herever I (will) go. 10. I wish 
that you would pursue {suij. imp.) your studies without pay- 
ing attention to what they say. 

Model Traire. 11. They (On) milk the cows twice a 
day, in the morning and in the evening. 12. This is an 
example, taken out of an old history. 

Model Vaincre. 13. I will vanquish my passions ; they 
are my greatest enemies. 14. I am convinced of the truth 
of what you say. 15. The Komans vanquished {past def.) 
all the nations of the earth. 

Model Viyre. 16. I will convince you of that, if I live 
long enough. 17. He lived {past indef.) a long time abroad, 
where he learned to speak French. 18. Henry Clay was 
living when I came {past indef.) to this country. 19. I saw 
him ; I shall remember it (of it), as long as I (shall) live. 



FORTY-FOURTH LESSON. 
The Adverb. f 

1. Adverbs may express time, place, manner, order, quan- 
tity, comparison, affirmation, negation, doubt, etc. 

Many adverbs, which are of frequent use, have been introduced in 
the preceding lessons: Aujourd'hui, to-day; aussi, also, too; autrefois, 
formerly; bien, well; bientot, soon; comme, like, as; comment, hoir; 
deja, already; demain, to-morrow; encore, still, yet; ensemble, together ; 

t Introduction, pp. 17, 7 and 20, 30. 



THE ADVERB. 



201 



ensuite, afterwards; hier, yesterday; loin, far; longtemps, a long time; 
maintenant, now; mal, badly; ou, where; partout, everywhere; quand, 
when; quelque part, somewhere; quelquefois, sometimes; si, so; souvent, 
often; tantot, by and by; a little while ago; tard, late; toujours, always; 
tout a l'heure, presently, just now; tout de suite, immediately, etc. 

The following adverbs are also frequently used : 



Ailleurs, elsewhere. 
Ainsi, thus; so. 
A la fois, at a time ; at once. 
Alors, then ; at that time. 
Auparavant, before ; first. 
Autrementj otherwise. 
D'abord, at first ; first. 
Dedans, within ; in it. 
Dehors, outside ; out of doors. 
Dessous, below ; under it. 
Dessus, above ; upon it. 



Dorenavant, henceforth. 

Expres, purposely, on purpose. 

Meme, even ; also. 

Peut-dtre, perhaps. 

Plutot, rather. 

Presque, almost. 

Sans doute, undoubtedly. 

Surtout, especially. 

Tot, soon. 

Tot ou tard, sooner or later. 

Volontiers, willingly. 



2. Adverbs of Quantity. 

Adverbs of quantity are used with verbs and with nouns. 
When they are used with nouns, they require the preposition 
de before the noun, and when the noun is not expressed, it 
is represented in the sentence by the pronoun en. 

The adverbs of quantity are : 



Assez, enough. 
Autant, as much ; as many. 
Beaucoup, much ; many. 
Bien (Rem. 1), much ; many. 
Combien, how much ; how many. 
Davantage, (Rem. 2), more. 



Guere (ne), but little ; but few. 

Moins, less. 

Peu, little ; few. 

Plus, more. 

Tant, so much ; so many. 

Trop ; t<>o much ; too many. 



REM. 1. Bie.i requires de and the article before the noun; that 
is : du, de la de 1', or des. 

Rem. 2. Davantage Is never followed by de and a noun ; it is used 
preferably to plus at the end of a sentence. 



202 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

II travaille autant que vous. He works as mucli as you do. 

J'ai autant de livres que vous. I have as many books as you. 

Vous en avez plus que moi. You have more than I. 

II y a beaucoup de fautes (or bien There are many mistakes in this 
des fautes) dans ce theme. exercise. 

When two nouns are compared in regard to quantity, the 
preposition de is repeated before the second noun. 

Vous avez plus de courage que You have more courage than pa- 
de patience. tience. 

3. Formation of Adverbs in ment. 

Many adverbs are formed from adjectives by the addition 
of the syllable ment. When the adjective ends with a vowel, 
ment is added to the masculine form; when it ends with a 
consonant, to the feminine form, as : 

Poli, polite, adv. poliment, politely. 

Ordinaire, usual, adv. ordinairement, usually. 

Seul,/. seule, alone, adv. seulement, only. 

Heureux, /. heureuse, happy, adv. heureusement, happily ; luckily. 

Doux,/. douce, soft, adv. doucement, softly ; gently. 

Rem. Beau, beautiful; nouveau, new; fou, foolish; mou, soft; 
though ending in a vowel, add ment, to the feminie forms ; belle- 
men t, finely; nouvellement, newly; follement, foolishly ; mollement, 
softly. 

Adjectives ending in nt, change nt into mment, as : 
Prudent, prudent, adv. prudemment / prudently. 

Except : 

Lent, slow, adv. lentement, slowly. 

Present, present, adr. presentement, presently. 



THE ADVERB. 203 

4. Adjectives used as Adverbs. 
A few adjectives are also used as adverbs. 

Adjective. Adverb. Adjective. Adverb. 

Cher, dear, dear. Bas, low, in a low voice. 

Faux, false, out of tune. Juste, just, correctly. 

Haut, high, loud. Fort, strong, very; very much. 

II vend cher. He sells dear. 

Elle chante faux. She sings out of tune. 

Nous parlons trop haut. We speak too loud. 

Elle joue juste. She plays correctly. 

II gele fort. It freezes hard. 

5. Comparison of Adverbs. 

Adverbs are compared in the same manner as adjectives. 
Tard, late; plus tard, later; le plus tard, latest. 

The following are irregularly compared. 

Bien, well ; mieux, better ; le mieux, best. 

Beaucoup, much ; plus, more ; le plus, most. 

Mai, badly ; pis, worse ; le pis, worst. 

Peu, little ; moius, less ; le moins, least. 

6. Adverbs Modifying Adverbs and Adjectives. 

Certain adverbs when used to modify adjectives or other 
adverbs, assume in this connection a different meaning. 

Bien fort or tres-fort, very strong ; Fort bien or tres-bien, very well. 
Assez bien, pretty well ; Assez joli, rather pretty. 

Un peu tard, rather late ; Trop tard, too late. 

Rem. Tres, bien, and fort may be used to strengthen the sense of 
adjectives and adverbs. Before nouns bien is used, and before parti 
ciples, either bien or fort. 



204 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

7. The Adverb Tout. 

Tout is used as an adverb in the sense of quite. 
Tout doucement. Quite gently. 

Tout before an adjective that is feminine, takes the same 
gender and number as the adjective when the adjective begins 
with a consonant, but not when the adjective begins with a 
vowel. 

Elle est toute surprise. She is quite surprised. 

Elle etait tout etonnee. She was quite astonished. 

8. Adverbs of Negation. 

The adverbs of negation are : 

Ne, not. Aucunement (ne), by no means. 

Pas (ne), not. Nullement (ne), by no means. 

Point (ne), not (with emphasis). Que (ne), only, but ; nothing but. 

Plus (ne), no longer. Guere (ne), but little ; but few. 

Jamais (ne), never. Non, no. 

- Hjujvi. 1. Adverbs of negation accompanying a verb, require ne 
before the verb. 

Rem. 2. The negative pas is generally omitted in the negative con- 
jugation of the verbs cesser, to cease ; oser, to dare ; pouvoir, to be 
able ; savoir, to know. 

Elle ne cesse de pleurer. She does not cease weeping. 

Je n'ose parler de cela. I dare not speak of that. 

Je ne puis le faire. I cannot do it 

Je ne le puis. I cannot. 

Je ne sais ou il est. I don't know where he is. 

The adverbial phrase du tout, at all, is often added to 
negative adverbs, to strengthen their sense, as: pas du 
tout, point du tout. Du tout is also used alone with the 
force of a negative. 



THE ADVERB. 205 

Vocabulary 44. 

Avancer, to advance ; to bring Un chale, a shawl. 

forward. Confiant, confiding ; confident. 

Oser, to dare. Fidele (a), faithful ; true to. 

Marcher, to walk ; to march. Extremement, extremely. 

Agir, to act. Vraiment, truly ; indeed. 

L'age, m., the age. Autrement, otherwise. 

Exercise 44. 

Adverbs. (See List 1.) 1. Autrefois je travaillais peu ; 
j'etais malade alors. 2. Maintenant je travaille davantage, 
et je me porte bien. 3. Dorenavant je serai ruoins confiant. 
4. Je veux bien que vous jouiez, mais faites votre devoir 
auparavant. 5. Mes freres sont dehors ; ils vont rentrer 
bientot. 6. Voici la lettre; Pargent est dedans. 7. Avancez 
la table, et mettez votre cahier dessus. 8. Voila votre cbale ; 
vos gants sont dessous. 

Adverbs of Quantity. 9. Vous n'etudiez pas autant 
que votre frere. 10. II a plus de patience que vous. 11. Je 
n'ai pas moins de courage que lui. 12. Si vous aviez autant 
de patience que de courage, vous reussiriez mieux. 

Adverbs in mext. 13. II arrive ordinairement apres 
Theure. 14. J'ai voulu seulement vous faire remarquer cela. 
15. Parlez doucement, s'il vous plait. 16. II m'a dit poli- 
ment que j'avais agi follement. 

Adjectives as Adverbs. 17. Vous avez paye cela trop 
cher. 18. Elle joue faux. 19. Xe parlez pas si haut. 20. 
Parlons bas; il y a quelqu'un dans l'autre chambre. 

Modification of Adverbs and Adjectives. 21. Elle 
est tres-forte pour son dge. et fort avancee dans ses etudes. 
22. Elle est tres-aimable et assez jolie. 23. Elle joue assez 



206 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

bien. 24. Sa sceur est bien malade. 25. Elle etait tout 
etonnee de nous voir. 

Adverbs of Negation. 26. Je n'ose aller la voir. 27. 
Elle ne cesse de pleurer. 28. Je ne sais que faire. 29. Je 
n'ai qu'un frere, et je ne sais oii il est. 30. Je le cberche 
partout, et je ne puis le trouver. 31. Yous n'avez guere de 
patience. 32. Je crois vraiment que je n'en ai point du tout. 

Theme 44. 

Adverbs. (See List 1.) 1. Formerly I studied little; 
now I study more, and I am more contented. 2. You were 
sick then, now you are in good health, and you are strong. 
3. Henceforth I will be true to my duties. 4. I am first 
going to the post-office, and then to the bank. 5. I have 
the box; there is nothing in it. 6. He was in the house, 
and I was outside. 7. Here is a bench; let us sit down 
upon it. 8. Put your books under it. 9. Wait for me ; I 
have almost finished. 

Adverbs of Quantity. 10. I work more than you. 
11.. You have more patience than I. 12. He has as much 
courage as patience. 13. You have less prudence than 
courage. 

Adverbs in ment. 14. We usually dine at five o'clock. 
15. Walk slowly; we cannot follow you. 16. Tell him 
politely that he has not acted prudently in that affair. 17. 
I say that only because he -thinks otherwise. 

Adjectives as Adverbs. 18. He sells too dear. 19. You 
sing out of tune. 20. You speak too loud. 21. She speaks 
so low that I cannot understand her. 22. She does not 
play correctly. 

Modification of Adverbs and Adjectives. 23. She 



THE PREPOSITION. 



2or 



is very tall. 24. He is extremely polite. 25. They were 
very much astonished to see us. 26. It was very warm. 
27. I was very thirsty. 28. She is rather pretty and quite 
young. 

Adverbs of Negation. 29. He dares not say it. 30. 
You do not cease speaking. 31. I cannot answer all your 
questions. 32. I do not know what to say. 33. It shall be 
so (thus) ; you have but to say so (it). 34. I have but one 
sister, and she is not well at all. 



FOKTY-FIFTH LESSON. 



The Preposition * 



List of Prepositions that are frequently used. 



Avant, before {time or order). 

A cause de, on account of. 

A cote de, by the side of, by. 

A l'egard de, with regard to. 

Au lieu de, instead of. 

Aupres de, near, close by ; with. 

Autour de, around. 

Contre, against. 

Depuis, since. 

Des, from. 

Derriere, behind. 

Devant, before {position). 

Durant, during. 

Entre, between. 

Envers, towards {morally). 



Environ, about. 

Excepte, except. 

Faute de, for want of. 

Hors, out. 

Jusque, till, until ; as far as. 

Malgre, in spite of. 

Parmi, among. 

Pendant, during. 

Pres de, near by. 

Quant a, as to. 

Selon, 

Suivant, 

Sur, upon. 

Vers, towards (physically). 

Vis-a-vis, opposite 



according to. 



* Introduction, p. 17. 8. 



208 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Vocabulary 45. 

JL'examen, ra., the examination. L'hotel de ville, the city-hall. 

Les vacances,/., the vacation. L'ouest, m., the west. 

L'ete, m., summer. Etre fache contre, to be angry 
Un parent, m. f a relative. with. 

Une parente, /., a relative. Etre fache de, to be sorry for. 

Une personne, a person. Tourner, to turn. 

Une circonstance, a circumstance. Aine, oldest. 

Mon avis, m., my advice; my En verite, indeed, 

opinion. Eh bien ! well ! 

Exercise 45. 

1. Jules se plaint de moi, parce que je n'ai pas voulu 
sortir avec lui. 2. Depuis ce jour, il croit que je suis fache 
contre lui. 3. A cause de cela, il ne vient plus me voir. 
4. Entre nous, je n'en suis pas fache. 5. II s'est toujours 
bien comporte en vers moi. 6. II est venu passer quelques 
jours avec moi pendant les vacances. 7. Durant l'ete nous 
etions presque toujours hors de la ville. 8. Autrefois mon 
cousin demeurait aupres de la banque. 9. Je Tai rencontre 
ce matin pres d'ici. 10. Son frere demeure vis-a-vis de 
l'hotel de ville. 11. Nous demeurons a cote de Feglise. 12. 
Ne sortez pas sans parapluie. 13. Le vent a tourne vers 
Touest; il va pleuvoir. 14. Suivant votre avis je ne devrais 
pas y aller. 15. Quant a cela je n'ai rien a vous dire. 16. 
X l'egard de cette affaire, il feat agir selon les circonstances. 

Theme 45. 

1. I started from home after (the) breakfast, and (1) arrived 

here before (the) dinner. 2. My father came with me, but 

my mother staid at home on account of the cold. 3. I do 

not know what to do with regard to that business. 4. As to 



THE PREPOSITION. 209 

that, I cannot tell you anything. 5. You must act accord- 
ing to the advice of your father. 6. I will act according to 
circumstances. 7. I have not seen Louis since last Monday. 
8. I believe that he is angry with me. 9. I should be sorry 
for it, for he has always acted well towards me. 10. I shall 
return here towards evening (le soir). 11. There were about 
two hundred persons at the examination. 12. All my rela- 
tives were there except my eldest f brother, who was out of 
town. 13. Your cousin was sitting by me. 14. Julia was 
behind me, and my mother was sitting before me. 15. Henry 
was sitting near the window, between his two sisters. 16. I 
did not recognize you among so many strangers. 



FORTY-SIXTH LESSON. 

The Conjunction.^:— The Interjection.§ 

1. List of conjunctions that are frequently used: 

Afin que,|| in order that. Des que, as soon as. 

Ainsi, thus. Done, then ; therefore. 

Ainsi que. ) Et, and. 

A ■ 1_ • C aS We H aS ' T ■< II x-l 

Aussi bien que, ) Jusqu'a ce que,|| until. 

A moins que,|| unless. Lorsque, when. 

Aussitot que, as soon as. Mais, but. 

Avant que,J before. Neanmoins, nevertheless. 

Bien quej although. Ni, neither ; nor. 

Car, for. Ou, or. 

Cependant, however. Parce que, because. 

Depuis que, since (temporal). Pendant que, while. 

+ Place the adjective after the noun. 

% Introduction, p. 17, 9. 

§ Introduction, p. 17. 10. 

|| These conjunctions require <h<' verb in the subjunctive mode. 



210 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Pourquoi, why. 
Pourtant, however. 
Pour que,f in order that. 
Pourvu que,f provided 
Puisque, since (causal). 
Quand, when. 



Que, that. 

Quoique,f although. 

Sans que,f unless ; without. 

Si, if ; whether. 

Tant que, as long as. 

Tandis que, while. 



2. 



Interjections. 



The principal interjections are : 



Ha! ha! 
Ah ! ah ! 
Ale! oh! 
Helas! 
Oh! oh! 
Fi! fy! 



Bah ! pshaw ! 

Paix! silence! 

Chut! hist! 

Hola! hallo! 

He bien ! hey then ! now then ! 

Eh bien ! well then ! 



Vocabulary 46. 



Se dep&cher, to make haste. 
Se livrer (a), to apply (to). 
Compter (sur), to rely (upon). 
Aider, to help. 
Tirer, to pull ; to draw ; tirer 

quelqu'un d'embarras, to get 

one out of difficulty. 
Reparer, to repair ; to amend ; 

to make amends for. 



Une occasion, an opportunity. 

Une situation, a situation. 

Un avantage, an advantage. 

Leve, risen. 

Magnifique, magnificent. 

A propos, seasonably ; bien a 

propos, at the right time. 
Puis, then ; et puis, and next ; 

what next. 



Exercise 46. 

Conjunctions. 1. Vous savez aussisbien que moi qu'on 
nous attend, cependant vous ne vous depechez pas. 2. Aus- 
sitot que je me serai habille, nous partirons. 3. Nous arri- 
verons avant que mon oncle soit leve. 4. Depuis que mon 



t These conjunction* require the verb in the subjunctive mode. 



THE C OK JUNCTION. 211 

ami est parti, plusieurs personnes sont venues le demander. 

5. Puisque vous le desirez, je remettrai ce voyage a demain. 

6. Je suis content, pourvu que vous le soyez. 7. Etudiez 
tandis que vous etes jeunes; quand vous serez grands, vous 
n'aurez, peut-etre, ni le temps, ni les m ernes occasions que 
vous avez a present, de vous livrer a l'etude. 8. Bien que 
vous soyez jeunes et riches, ne comptez pas trop sur ces 
avantages. 9. Je ne parviendrai jamais a traduire ce theme 
sans que vous m'aidiez. 

Ixterjectioxs. 10. Helas ! que vais-je faire ? 11. Ha ! 
vous voila bien a propos; vous allez me tirer d'embarras. 
12. Oh! que c'est beau ! 13. Chut! on vient. 14. He bien! 
que fites-vous alors ? 15. Eh bien ! vous avez done reussi 
a la fin. 

Theme 46. 

Coxjuxctioxs. 1. I was mistaken as well as you, how- 
ever, I hope to make amends for my fault. 2. When one is 
young, one is too confiding. 3. I have not seen my uncle, 
since you spoke of that to me. 4. Since I am ready, I will 
start. 5. Nevertheless, if you wish it, I will wait till to- 
morrow. 6. I show you this letter, in order that you may 
understand my situation. 7. You do not make haste, 
although you know that I am in a hurry. 8. As soon as 
you are ready, we will start. 9. Let us read while we are 
waiting. 10. Let us study, if we wish to acquire useful 
knowledge, for (the) time flies (s'enfuit), and you know that 
it will not return again (plus). 

Ixterjectioxs. 11. Alas! that is a great misfortune. 
12. Hallo ! is there nobody at home? 13. Hey then ! what 
next? 14. Oh! that is magnificent. 15. Well then ! that 
will be the end of the story. 



SYNTAX. 



FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 
The Noun. 

1. A noun in a sentence is either the subject of a verb, the object of 
a transitive verb, called direct object ; or the object of a preposition, 
called indirect object. (See Introduction, p. 17; 2, 6, etc.) 

A noun may also be used in close connection with another word, so 
as to express with it but one idea ; as avoir besoin, to have need (to 
need); avec politesse, icith politeness (politely). 

A verb and a noun closely connected are equivalent to a neuter verb. 
Avoir envie, to have a wish. Entendre raison, to listen to rea- 

Avoir soin, to take care. son. 

Avoir mal, to have pain. Prendre conge, to take leave. 

Faire mal ; to hurt. Rendre justice, to do j ustice. 

Demander pardon, to beg pardon. Rendre service, to oblige. 

2. Idioms with Avoir, To Have, and a Noun. 

In some French expressions avoir, to have, ic used with a noun ; 
whereas in the equivalent English expressions to be is used with an 
adjective. 

Avoir faim, to be hungry. Avoir peur, to be afraid. 

Avoir soif, to be thirsty. Avoir honte, to be ashamed. 

Avoir chaud, to be warm. Avoir raison, to be ri b ht. 

Avoir froid, to be cold. Avoir tort, to be wrong. 

Avoir sommeil, to be sleepy. 

Avoir, to have, is also used in the following expressions : 

Qu'y a-t-il ? What is the matter ? 

II n'y a rien. Nothing is the matter. 

Qu'avez-vous ? What is the matter with you ? 

Je n'ai rien. • Nothing is the matter with me. 



SYNTAX OF THE N U JSf . 213 

A-t-il quelque chose ? Is anything the matter with him ? 

Quel age avez-vous ? How old are you ? • 

J'ai dix ans. I am ten years old. 

3. Nouns used Adjectively. 

A noun is used adjectively 

(1.) When it stands in apposition with another noun, as : 

Telemaque, fils d'Ulysse. Telemachus, the son of Ulysses. 

(2.) After a neuter verb when it qualifies the subject of the verb. 
Son pere etait medecin. His father was a physician. 

II est devenu soldat. He has become a soldier. 

(3.) When it is an adjunct of another noun which it describes, as : 

Un maitre de danse. A dancing-master. 

Un chemin de fer. A railroad. 

(4.) When it is descriptive of the use or purpose of an object, or states 
the means by which the object is put in motion, as : 
Du papier a. lettre. Letter paper. 

Une chaise a bascule. A rocking-chair. 

Une machine a vapeur. A steam-engine. 

Un moulin a vent. A wind- mill. 

4. Plural of Compound Nouns and of Proper Nouns. 

When two nouns, or a noun and an adjective, form a compound 
noun, both component parts take the plural ending, as : 
Un chou-fleur, des choux-fleurs. A cauliflower ; cauliflowers. 
Un gentilhomme ; des gentils- A nobleman ; noblemen. 

hommes. 
Un monsieur ; des messieurs. A gentleman ; gentlemen. 

When a compound noun is formed of two nouns connected by a pre- 
position, the first of the two nouns only takes the plural ending, as : 
Un chef-d^Buvre ; des chefs- A master-piece; master-pieces. 

d'oeuvre. 
Un arc-en-ciel ; des arcs-en-ciel. A rainbow ; rainbows. 



214 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR 

Verbs and invariable parts of speech used substantively, or forming a 
part of a compound noun, are the same in the plural as in the singular. 
Unporte-crayonj des porte-cray- A pencil-case ; pencil-cases. 

ons. 
lies si et les pourquoi. The ifs and the wherefores. 

Proper names of persons are the same in the plural as in the singular. 
Les deux Oorneille. The two Corneilles. 

5. An ? Ann£e, Year; Jour, Journee, Day, etc. 

An, year ; jour, day ; matin, morning, and soir, evening, are mascu- 
line nouns, and annee, year; journee, day ; matinee, morning, and 
soiree, evening, are feminine nouns. 

The masculine nouns express divisions of time, as a unit. They are 
used in counting and in adverbial expressions : trois ans, three years ; 
tous les ans, every year ; tous les jours, every day ; le matin, the morn- 
ing or in the morning ; le soir, the evening or in the evening. 

The feminine nouns express periods of time with reference to their 
duration : toute l'annee, the whole year ; cette annee, this year ; toute 
une journee, a whole day ; la matinee, the morning time ; une soiree, 
an evening, or an evening 'party. 

6. Remark on the Plural Noun Gens, People. 

The plural noun gens, people, is of the masculine gender, but, by a 
singular rule, the adjectives which precede it, must be in the feminine, 
and those that follow it, in the masculine gender : Les vieilles gens 
sont soupgonneux, old people are distrustful. 

The compound nouns, gens de lettres, literary men ; gens de bien, 
good people, etc., are not subject to the above rule. 

Vocabulary 47. 

La tete, the head. Le mal de tete, the headache. 

Une dent, a tooth. Avoir mal (a), to have pain (in I 

La gorge, the throat. Mal a la tete, a headache. 

Le mal, evil ; pain ; sore. Mal aux dents, toothache. 



SYNTAX OF THE XOUK. 215 

Mai a la gorge, sore throat. Montrer, to show. 

Une salle a manger, a diniug-rooin. Passer, to spend {of time). 

Une boite a the, a tea-canister. En societe, in company. 

Un tiroir, a drawer. En famille, with one's family. 

Le bureau, the office. Vide, empty. 

lie voisinage, the neighborhood. Au contraire, on the contrary. 

Exercise 47. 

A Verb and a Noun, I and 2. 1. Qu'y a-t-il? 2. Vous me faites 
mal. 3. Je vous demande pardon. 4. Charles dit qu'on ne lui rend 
pas justice. 5. II a tort de dire cela. 6. C'est un jeune homme qui ne 
veut pas entendre raison. 7. Avez-vous froid? 8. Au contraire, j'ai 
bienchaud. 9. Nous avons faim. 10. On va servir le diner. 11. Qu'as- 
tu, Jules ? as-tu peur de venir aupres de moi ? 12. II a pleure ; il a 
honte de se montrer. 13. Quel age a-t-il? 14. II a presque neuf 
ans. 15. Avez-vous sommeil? 16. Du tout; j'ai mal a la tete. 17. 
Henriette a mal aux dents. 18. La petite Elise a mal a la gorge. 
19. Tout le monde est malade ici ; il faudra faire venir le medecin. 

Nouns used Adjectiyely, 3. 20. Le pere de notre professeur de fran- 
cais est notaire. 21. II y a deux chaises a bascule dans la salle a man- 
ger. 22. II n'y a pas de moulin a vent dans ce voisinage. 23. La boite 
a the est vide. 24. Vous trouverez du papier a lettre dans ce tiroir. 

An, annee ; jour, journe*e, etc., 4. 25. Mon frere Charles a douze 
ans. 26. Mon grand-pere est dans sa quatre-vingtieme annee. 27. II 
sort encore tous les jours. 28. Mon pere est toute la journee au bu- 
reau. 29. Je ne le vois que le matin et le soir. 30. Moi, je suis toute 
la matinee dehors. 31. Je passe la soiree en famille. 

Theme 47. 

A Verb and a Noun, I and 2. 1. What is the matter with you? 
2. I have a headache. 3. Mary has the toothache. 4. Henry has a 
sore throat. 5. The children are hungry and thirsty. 6. Little Wil- 
liam is very sleepy. 7. John is afraid. 8. He is ashamed to say so. 
9. What is the matter now? 10. Charles will not listen to reason. 
11. I beg your (you) pardon. 12. You do not do me justice. 

Nouns used Adjectiyely, 3. 13. We are translating the history of 



216 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Telemachus, tlie son of Ulysses. 14. Our dancing-master was a soldier 
formerly. 15. Have you bought letter paper? 16. Is there a rocking- 
chair in your room? 17. The tea-canister is in the dining-room. 18. 
There is a steam-mill in this neighborhood. 

An, anne*e ; jour, journ#e, etc., 4. 19. I was a whole year in Paris. 
20. I go there almost every year. 21. I see you pass here twice a day. 
22. You did not see me pass here yesterday ; for I stayed the whole 
day at home. 23. I neverf go out in the morning ; I study the whole 
morning. 24. I go out almost every evening. 25. I usuallyf spend 
the evening in company. 



FOETY-EIGHTH LESSOX. 

The Article. — Use of the Article before Common Nouns. 

1. The article is used before a common noun that denotes a particu- 
lar person, place or thing, as : 

Le livre que je lis. The book which I am reading. 

Le mois dernier. Last month. 

La semaine prochaine. Next week. 

The article is used before nouns taken in a general sense, as : 
L'homme est mortel. Man is mortal. 

Nous admirons le courage. We admire courage. 

L'or est precieux. Gold is precious. 

The article, combined with the preposition de, is used before nouns 
that are taken in a partitive sense, as : 
J'ai du papier. I have paper. 

II possede du courage. He possesses courage. 

To this rule there are three exceptions. (See Fourth Lesson.) 
(1.) The article is omitted after pas, or any other negative word, as . 
Je n'ai pas de pain. I have no bread. 

t Put the adverb after the verb. 



SYNTAX OF THE ARTICLE. 217 

Rem. The article is, however, used after a negative word, when the 
sense of the noun is restricted by some other words, as : 
Je n'ai pas du pain comme le I have no bread like yours. 

votre. 

(2.) The article is omitted when the noun is preceded by an adjec- 
tive, as : 
J'ai de bon papier. I have good paper. 

Rem. The article is not omitted when the adjective stands after the 
noun : du papier blanc, white paper. When the noun is omitted, the 
rule for the suppression or use of the article is the same as if the uoun 
were expressed : Avez-vous de bon papier ? J'en ai de bon. Avez- 
vous du papier blanc ? J'en ai du blanc. 

(3.) The article is omitted when the noun is governed by the prepo- 
sition de, as the indirect object of a preceding word, as : 

J'ai besoin de livres. I have need of books. 

Beaucoup de courage. Much courage. 

Rem. The article is, however, used after bien, much ; many ; and 
after la plupart, most. 

Bien de la peine. Much trouble. 

La plupart des hommes. Most men. 

The article is used before the noun that denotes the unit of weight 
or measure, by which anything is bought or sold, and before nouns 
expressing fractional quantities when their sense is limited. 

Vingt sous la livre. Twenty cents a pound. 

Deux dollars le metre. Two dollars a meter. 

La moitie des marchandises. One half of the goods. 

The article is used, instead of the possessive adjective, before the 
parts of the body and the qualities of the mind. The construction 
of the sentence is so arranged that the part refers to the subject of the 
verb. 

II m'a donnne la main. He gave me his hand. 

Elle a la bouche petite. Her mouth is small. 



218 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

When an operation is performed upon a person, the part acted upon 
is the direct, and the person the indirect, object of the verb. 
Vous leur avez ouvert les yeux. You opened their eyes. 

When a person performs an act upon a part of himself, the pronomi- 
nal form of the verb is used. 
II s'est fait mal a la main. He hurts his hand. 

The article is not used before nouns placed in apposition with, or 
explanatory of, preceding nouns. 
Telemaque, fils d'Ulysse. Telemachus, the son of Ulysses. 

The article is not used before nouns that qualify, or describe preced- 
ing nouns. 

Un maitre de danse. A dancing-master. 

Un homme a cheveux blancs. A man with white hair 

The article is, however, used before a descriptive noun, and before a 
noun that expresses the use or destination of an object, when the sense' 
is definite. 

L'homme aux cheveux blancs. The man with the white hair. 
La boite aux lettres. The letter-box. 

Le pot au lait. The milk-pot. 

The article is not used after the preposition en, nor after the conjunc- 
tion ni, before a noun that is taken in an indefinite or partitive sense. 
En automne. In autumn. 

II est venu en voiture. He came in a carriage. 

II n'a ni argent ni amis. He has neither money nor friends. 

2. Use of the Article before Proper Nouns. 

TJie article is used before proper names of countries, provinces, Bens, 
rivers, and mountains. 

La France est un beau pays. France is a beautiful country. 

The article is not used before the name of a country, when it is pre- 
ceded by the preposition en ; in , to. 
II est en France. He is in France. 

II va en Angle terre. He goes to England. 



SYNTAX OF THE ARTICLE. 219 

The article is not used before the name of a country of the feminine 
gender when it is preceded by the preposition de, in the sense of from. 
II vient d'Allemagne. He comes from Germany. 

But: 
II vient du Mexique. He comes from Mexico. 

The article is not used in connection with the preposition de, when 
the name of a country forms part of a title, or serves to qualify a pre- 
ceding noun, as : 

Le roi de Prusse. The king of Prussia. 

Du fromage d'Angleterre. English cheese. 

In other cases the article is used with the preposition de, as : 
Le climat de la France. The climate of France. 

The article is used before proper names of persons, when they are 
preceded by a title or an adjective. 
Le President Jackson. President Jackson. 

Le petit Henri. Little Henry. 

The article is not used before the names of the months and of the 
days of the week. [See Ninth Lesson (bis).] 



Vocabulary 48. 

L'Europe,/., Europe. L'hiver, winter; en hiver, in 

La France, France. winter. 

L'Angleterre,/., England. Le climat. the climate. 

L'Allemagne,/., Germany. La gelee, the frost. 

Un empereur, an emperor. Le succes, success. 

Un monarque, a monarch. L'oisivete, /. idleness. 

Le printemps, spring; au prin- L'amitie,/. friendship. 

temps, in spring. Un signe, a sign ; en signe de, as 

L'ete, summer ; en ete, in sum- a sign of. 

mer. Le sort, the lot. 

L'automne, autumn ; en automne, Un cheveu, a hair ; les cheveux, 

in autumn. the hair. 



220 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Un ceil, an eye ; les yeux, the S'approcher (de), to come near. 

eyes. Blanc, fern, blanche, white. 

La main, the hand. Noir, black. 

Le bras, the arm. Vert, green. 

Le pied, the foot. Bleu, blue. 

La moitie, the half. Brun, brovvD. 

Le quart, the quarter. Blond, fair; light ; flaxen. 

Creer, to create. Mecontent (de), dissatisfied (with). 

Proclamer, to proclaim. Puissant, powerful. 

Flaner, to loiter. Uni, united. 

Exercise 48. 

The Article before Common Nouns, I and 2. 1. Mon pere est 
alle a Boston le mois dernier. 2. II reviendra la semaine prochaine. 
3. Dieu a cree le ciel et la terre en six jours. 4. L'automne est 
une saison plus agreable que l'hiver. 5. On admire le courage, mais 
la prudence est tort aussi necessaire au succes. 6. Avez-vous du 
satin blanc comme eelui-ci? 7. Nous n'avons pas de satin comme 
celui-la. 8. Nous en avons du blanc et du noir, mais d'une qualite 
differente. 9. Bien des gens passent leur temps dans l'oisivete. 10. 
La plupart des hommes se plaignent de la fortune. 11. Nous 
payons la viande vingt sous la livre. 12. Cette soie blanche coute 
trois dollars le metre. 13. J'ai perdu le quart de mes plantes par 
la gelee. 14. II m'a offert la main en signe d'amitie. 15. Elle a 
les cheveux blonds. 16, J'ai froid aux pieds. 17. Vous m'avez on vert 
les yeux. 18. Je me suis fait mal au bras. 19. Un vieillard a 
cheveux blancs, qui tenait un livre a la main, s'est approche de 
nous. 20. Ce monsieur aux cheveux blancs est le grand-pere de la 
petite Henriette. 

The Article before Proper Names, 3. 21. La France est plus 
grande que 1'Angleterre. 22. Le climat de la France est preferable a 
celui de l'Angleterre. 23. Le roi de Prusse fut proclame empereur 
d'Allemagne. 24. Mon frere est en France, et j'irai en Angleterre au 
printemps. 25. Le President Grant etait en ville hier. 26. Je n'etu- 
die ]>as beaucoup en £te. 27. Nous reviendrous a la ville en automne. 
28. II fait bien froid ici en hiver. 



SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 221 



Theme 48. 

The Article before Common Nouns, I and 2. 1. We shall go to 
the country next month. 2. Last week I received a letter from my 
brother. 3. Spring is a beautiful season. 4. I like autumn better. 
5. Prudence is as necessary to a (the) general* as courage. 6. Have 
you green velvet like this ? 7. We have no velvet of that quality. 
8. We have beautiful velvet, green, black and blue. 9. Many young 
people spend their time in (a) loitering in the streets. 10. Most men 
are dissatisfied with their lot. 11. This white cloth (etoffe) costs fifty 
cents a meter. 12. We pay for (le)* coffee forty cents a pound. 13. 
He has lost one-half of his books. 14. Give me your hand, and let us 
be friends. 15. My cousin Alice has blue eyes and brown hair. 16. 
You have hurt my foot ? 17. I have a pain in my arm. 

The Article before Proper Names, 3. 18. I do not like the climate 
of England. 19. Germany is now united and very powerful. 20. The 
emperor of Germany is the oldest monarch of Europe. 21. I was in 
Germany when the war began between Germany and France. 22. Do 
you speak French ?f 23. I will study it next winter. 24. I will begin 
in autumn. 25. We intend to go to Europe in the spring. 



FORTY-NINTH LESSON. 

The Adjective. — Agreement. 

1. An adjective qualifying two nouns in the singular, is put in the 
plural ; if the nouns are of different genders the adjective is put in the 
masculine plural. 
L'homme et la femme s.ont ages. The man and the woman are old. 

An adjective following two nouns connected by ou, agrees with the 
last. 
Un homme ou une femme agee. An old man or an old woman. 

* General sense. 

t Parlez xmsfrancauf After the verb porter the article is usually omitted before 
francais, French, anglais, English, and other national names denoting languages. 



222 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

The adjectives demi, half, and nu, bare, are invariable when they pre- 
cede the noun, and agree with the noun when they follow it ; demi in 
gender only ; une demi-heure, half an hour; deux heures et demie, 
two hours and a half; nu-pieds, or les pieds nus, barefooted. 

The adjective feu, late, deceased, placed immediately before the noun, 
agrees with it ; when separated from it by the article or a possessive 
adjective, it is invariable ; la feue reine, the late queen; feu la reine. 
the deceased queen. 

2. Adjectives used as Nouns. 

An adjective may be used as a noun to designate an individual, a 
class, or an abstract quality. 
Le Fran9ais ; la Francaise. The Frenchman ; the French 

woman. 
Le francos. The French language. 

Le (or la) malade va bien. The patient is doing well. 

L'ambitieux n'est jamais content. The ambitious man is never satis- 
fied. 
Je prefere l'utile a l'agreable. I prefer the useful to the agreeable. 

8. Place of the Adjective. 

Adjectives, as a rule, are placed after the noun, but the following 
generally precede it : 

Beau, beautiful. Jeune, young. Moindre, least. 

Bon, good. J°li> pretty. Nouveau, new. 

Grand, great ; large. Mauvais, bad. Petit, small. 

Gros, large. Meilleur, better. Vieux, old. 

Adjectives derived from proper names, those that denote color, form 
or shape, those that express physical or mental qualities, and past 
participles used as adjectives, always follow the noun. 
La langue francaise. The French language. 

Une table ronde. A round table. 

Du drap noir. Black cloth. 

Un homme aveugle. A blind man. 

Des plats c asses. Broken dishes. 



SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 223 

Some adjectives have a different meaning, according as they precede 
or follow the noun. The following' are a few of them : 

Un brave homme, a worthy man. Un homme brave, a brave man. 

Mon cher ami, my dear friend. Une robe chere, a costly dress. 

Un grand homme, a great man. Un homme grand, a tall man. 

La derniere annee, the last year L'annee derniere, last year (the 
{of a series). preceding year). 

4. Government. 

Adjectives may be followed by a preposition and a noun, or a verb in 
the infinitive. 

Adjectives that express our feelings, and those generally that are 
followed in English by of from, with, require the preposition de 
before the noun or infinitive. 

Je suis content de ce travail. I am satisfied with this work. 

Je suis heureux de vous voir. I am happy to see you. 

Adjectives that express advantage, likeness, fitness, or the opposite 
qualities, require the preposition a. 

C'est utile a savoir. That is useful to know. 

C'est une chose difficile a faire. That is a difficult thing to do. 

Adjectives joined in construction with the impersonal verb il est, 
require, however, de before the infinitive. 

II est utile de savoir cela. It is useful to know that. 

5. Numeral Adjectives. 

The numeral adjective un is used for the English indefinite article a 
or an ; but the indefinite article is used, in English, in cases in which 
its equivalent is not used in French. 

The numeral un is not used before nouns placed in apposition with, 
or explanatory of, preceding nouns. ♦ 

Athalie, tragedie de Racine. Athaly, a tragedy of Racine. 

II est francais. He is a Frenchman. 

Son pere etait notaire. His father was a notary. 



224 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Rem. The numeral un is, however, used before the explanatory 
noun, when it is qualified or restricted by other words, as : 

Son pere etait un riche negociant. His father was a rich merchant. 

The cardinal numbers are used for the ordinal after the names of 
sovereigns, and also to state the day of the month, and the chapter or 
page of a book, except for the first. 

Henri quatre. Henry the Fourth. 

Le deux Janvier. The second of January. 

Chapitre premier, page huit. Chapter the First, page eight. 

Vocabulary 49. 

Un bottier, a bootmaker. Rond, round. 

Un cordonnier, a shoemaker. Carre, square. 

Un tailleur, a tailor. Egal, equal ; alike. 

Un boulanger, a baker. Avare, avaricious ; miserly. 

Un boucher, a butcher. Mort, dead. 

Une feuille, a leaf ; a sheet. Aimable (de), amiable ; kind. 

Une livre, a pound. Fatigue (de), tired. 

Le lit, the bed. Impossible (a), impossible. 

La langue, the language. Inutile (a), useless. 

Francais, French. Difficile (a), difficult. 

Anglais, English. Frononcer, to pronounce. 

Allemand, German. Contenter, to satisfy. 

Exercise 49. 

1. Le pere et la mere de ces enfants sont morts. 2. Le petit et sa 
sceur sortent ensemble. 3. Hier ils sont venus demander du pain ; ils 
etaient nu-pieds. 4. Vous me donnez une demi-livre de cafe, et je vous 
en ai demande une livre et demie. 5. La malacle n'a pas quitte le lit 
aujourd'hui. 6. L'avare meurt de faim au milieu de l'abondance. 7. 
La langue franchise et la langue anglaise sont utiles a celui qui va 
voyager en Europe. 8. J'ai etudie l'allemand, mais je ne le parle pas. 
9. J'aimemieux une table ronde qu'une table carree. 10. Ooupez-moi, 
s'il vous plait, un metre et demi de ce drap noir. 11. Je suis con- 
tent de mon sort ; Fetes- vous du votre ? 12. Nous sommes fatigues 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. 225 

d'entendre parler de cela. 13. II est inutile de me le dire. 14. Mon 
bottier est francais. 15. Son frere est boulanger. 16. Notre boucher 
est anglais et mon tailleur est allemand. IT. Henri quatre, roi de 
France, etait le pt-re du peuple. 18. Vous trouverez cela dans votre 
histoire, livre premier, chapitre deux, page soixante. 

Theme 49. 

1. That gentleman and lady are our neighbors. 2. The children of 
the poor often go barefooted in the midst of winter. 3. Lend me half 
a sheet of letier paper. 4. I have studied this lesson for (pendant) an 
hour and a half. 5. The patient is (va) better ; he has gone oat. 6. 
The rich and the poor are alike before God. 7. The French language 
is more difficult than the German. 8. I like French better than Ger- 
man. 9. Here is a round table and a square table, which one do you 
wish? 10. That general is a great man, and his son is a tall man. 11. 
Our teacher is a worthy man. 12. The brave man does his duty, and 
fears none but (que) God. 13. My shoemaker is a Frenchman. 14. That 
German is a baker. 15. I am glad to see you. 16. You are very kind 
to have thought of me. 17. These words are difficult to pronounce. 
18. It is difficult to satisfy everybody. 19. It is impossible to do it. 



FIFTIETH LESSON. 

The Pronoun. 

(See Lesson Eleventh to Lesson Nineteenth. We here add only what is necessary 
to complete the subject.) 

A pronoun stands in the place of a noun. But the pronouns ce, 
ceci, cela, en, y, and the invariable pronoun le, may stand in the place 
of a sentence. 

Je sais ce qui le desole. I know what grieves him. 

Savez-vous ce qu'il a dit? Do you know what he said? 

Cela est vrai. That is true. 

Tout le monde en parle. Everybody speaks of it. 

Je le sais. I know it. 



226 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

When a relative clause refers to a preceding sentence, the demon- 
strative pronoun ce is used as the antecedent of the relative pronoun. 
Elle est fort mecontente, ce qui She is very much displeased, which 

me desole. grieves me. 

We have seen (Lesson Eleventh) that the objective personal pro- 
nouns are placed after the verb when the verb is in the imperative 
mode and used affirmatively. The pronouns moi and toi are then 
used for me and te, except before en. 

Donnez-moi du papier. Give me some paper. 

Donnez-m'en. Give me some. 

When the objective pronouns stand after the verb, le, la, les pre- 
cede moi, toi ; lui, nous, vous, leur. 

Donnez-le-moi. Give it to me. 

Envoyez-le-lui. Send it to him. 

The personal pronouns are generally repeated with each verb. 

The pronoun subject may, however, be omitted before the second 
and succeeding verbs, when the verbs are connected by et, ou, or ni, 
are all in the same tense, and all used either affirmatively or nega- 
tively. We may say : II etudie et fait des progres j or II etudie et 
il fait des progres. He studies and makes progress. 

The relative pronouns qui, que, dont, are placed immediately after 
their antecedent. 
Le monsieur qui doit nous ac- The gentleman, who is to accom- 

compagner, est venu. pany us, has come, 

The relative pronoun dont must be followed by the subject of the 
next verb. 
Je vais trouver l'agent dont vous I am going to the agent whose ad- 

m'avez donne l'adresse. dress you gave me. 

The pronoun whose, standing after a preposition and before a noun, 
is rendered by duquel, delaquelle, etc. 

Le monsieur dans la maison du- The gentleman in whose house we 
quel nous demeurons. live. 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. 



227 



The personal pronouns lie, s7ie, him, Tier, followed by a relative pro- 
noun, are rendered by a demonstrative pronoun. 

Celui qui travaille est plus heu- He who works is happier than he 

reux que celui qui est oisif. who is idle. 

Je connais celle dont vous parlez. I know her of whom you speak. 

Rem. The relative pronouns are not omitted in the French sentence, 
though they may be omitted in the English sentence. 

Vocabulary 50. 



La beaute, beauty. 
L'esprit, m. , the mind ; the intel- 
lect ; the wit. 
Le cceur, the heart. 
La barbe, the beard. 
Le chagrin, the grief ; the trouble. 
La flatterie, flattery. 
Un agent j an agent. 
Un appartement, an apartment. 
Au premier, on the first floor. 



Inquieter, to trouble; to make 

uneasy. 
S'interesser(a), to be interested (in). 
Consoler, to console ; to comfort. 
Louer, to hire ; to rent : to let out. 
Faire cas de, to value; to set a 

value upon. 
Sans reserve, without reserve. 
Avec egard, respectfully. 
Gris 3 gray. 



Exercise 50. 

1. Je sais ce qui vous inquiete. 2. Votre ami me l'a dit. 3. Nous 
en avons parle. 4. J'y ai beaucoup pense, mais je n'y puis rien faire. 
5. Vos amis s'interessent a votre sort, ce qui doit vous consoler. 6. 
Donnez-moi du papier a lettre. 7. Donnez-m'en une denii douzaine de 
feuilles. 8. Pretez-lui votre grammaire,*si vous n'en avez pas besoin. 
9. Pretez-la-lui ; il vous la rendra tantot. 10. On a tort de ne penser 
qu'a soi. 11. On a souvent besoin d'un plus petit que soi. 12. Le 
monsieur qui a loue rappartement au premier, est ici. 13. C'est un 
monsieur a barbe grise, d'environ soixante ans. 14. Recevez-le avec 
egard, et donnez-lui la clef. 15. J J ai vu le peintre dont vous m'avez 
donne l'adresse. 16. (Test un homme dont tout le monde admire le 
talent. 17. Celui qui n'a jamais souffert, ne peut comprendre les maux 
d'autrui. 18. Je n'estime point celle qui fait plus de cas de sa beaute 
que de son esprit. 19. Prenez ce gateau ; coupez-le en quatre parties 
egales, et donnez-en un morceau a chacun de vos freres. 



228 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Theme 50. 

1. You do not know what troubles me. 2. I cannot tell it to you. 
3. I think of it all the time. 4. I cannot speak of it with any one. 
5. I know that you have trouble, which grieves me. 6. If I can be use- 
ful to you, tell me of it (it to me). 7. Speak to me of your trouble. 
8. Speak of it to me without reserve. 9. Every one is master in his 
own house. 10. The gentleman is here who sold you the horse. 11. 
Tell him to come back next week. 12. I know the lady of whom you 
speak. 13. She is a person, whose qualities of heart and mind we ad- 
mire. 14. There is the agent whose address you ask for. 15. It is the 
same who rented us the house in which we live. 16. We do not pity 
him who pities nobody. 17. I do not esteem her who loves flattery 
better than truth 



FIFTY-FIRST LESSON. 

The Verb.— Agreement of the Verb and its Subject. 

1. A verb agrees in person and number with its subject. When the 
subject is composed of two or more nouns or pronouns in the singular, 
the verb is put in the plural ; and when the nouns or pronouns are of 
different persons, the verb agrees with the first person in preference to 
the second, and with the second in preference to the third. 
Mon frere et moi (nous) vien- My brother and I will come. 

drons. 

When the words forming the subject are connected by ou, and are 
of the third person, the verb agrees with the last ; but when they are 
of different persons, the verb is put in the plural and agrees with the 
person who has the precedence. 

Lui ou son frere viendra. He or his brother will come. 

Ian ou moi viendrons. He or I will come. 

A verb having a collective noun in the singular for its subject, is put 
in the singular. 
Le peuple etait mecontent. The people were dissatisfied. 






SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 229 

When the collective noun is followed by de and another noun, the 
verb agrees with the noun to which the action refers. 

Une foule d'enfants encombrait A crowd of children obstructed the 

la rue. street. 

Une foule d'enfants couraient A crowd of children ran through 

dans la rue. the street. 

The verb etre having ce for its subject, is put in the plural only 
when it is followed by a noun or pronoun in the third person plural : 
Ce sont eux. It is they. C'est nous. It is we. 

A verb having a relative pronoun for its subject, agrees with the 
antecedent of the relative pronoun. 
Moi, qui suis votre ami. I, who am your friend. 

2. Use of the Tenses of the Indicative. 

The present tense is used to express what exists or takes place at the 
present time. 

Je lis. I am reading. 

Je lis tous les jours. I read every day. 

The present tense may be used to express a proximate future. 
Je pars demain. I leave to-morrow. 

The present tense is used to express a state or action which has been 
going on for some time, aud is still continuing in the present. In this 
case the perfect tense is used in English. 

Je suis ici depuis lundi. I have been here since Monday. 

Combien de temps y a-t-il que How long have you lived here? 

vous demeurez ici ? 

Dya trois ans que je demeure ici. I have lived here three years. 

The imperfect tense is used to express what existed, or what was 
going on, in past time. 

Je lisais quand vous etes entre. I was reading when you came in, 
Je lisais beaucoup autrefois. I used to read a great deal. 



230 ELEMEXTAKY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

The past indefinite tense represents the state or action as completed, 
either now or long since. 

J'ai vu votre oncle. I saw {or have seen) your uncle. 

Je l'ai vu il y a un an. I saw him a year ago. 

The past definite tense is used to express what occurred in a time 
entirely elapsed, and of which the present day forms no part. 

Je vis votre oncle l'an dernier. I saw your uncle last year. 

Rem. It is equally correct in such cases to use the past indefinite 
tense, and to say : J 5 ai vu votre oncle Fan dernier. In conversation, 
this tense is almost always preferred to the past definite. 

The pluperfect tense denotes that an action or event had taken place 
at, or before, some past time mentioned. 

Vous etiez parti quand je suis You had started when I arrived, 
arrive. 

The past anterior tense is used to express the earlier of two actions 
immediately succeeding each other, when the latter action is expressed 
by a verb in the past definite tense. 

Je partis aussitot que je me fus I started as soon as 1 had risen, 
leve. 

The future tenses are used to express what will take place in future 
time. 

The future tenses are used in French, though not in English, after 
adverbs of time, when the action is placed in the future. 

Je partirai quand j'aurai fini mes I will start when I have finished 
affaires. my business. 

Rem. The future tenses are not used after the conjunction si, if; 
but they may be used after si, whether. 

Je partirai, s'il vient. I will leave, if he comes. 

Je ne sais s'il viendra ou non. I do not know whether he will 

come or not. 



SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 231 



3. Use of the Conditional Mode. 

The conditional mode is used to express what would take place, or 
would have taken place, if a certain condition were, or had been, ful- 
filled. The condition, when expressed, is introduced by the conjunc- 
tion si, if, with a verb in the imperfect or pluperfect tense of the 
indicative mood. 

Je le feraiSj si je pouvais. I would do it, if I could. 

Je l'aurais fait, si j'avais pu. I would have done it, if I had been 

able. 
II aurait pu le faire, s'il avait He could have done it, if he would. 

voulu. 

Rem. The conditional mode is not used after si, if; but may be 
used after si, whether. 

Je ne sais s'il viendrait, si je I do not know whether he would 
l'invitais. come, if I should invite him. 

4. Use of the Imperative Mode. 

The imperative mode is used in French, as in English, to exhort or 
to command. 

Rendez-moi heureux. Make me happy. 

Ne me rendez pas malheureux. Do not make me unhappy. 
Rendons-nous utiles aux autres. Let us render ourselves useful to 

others. 

The third person of the imperative is supplied by the third person 
of the present tense of the subjunctive mode. 
Qu'il le fasse, et qu'ils en rient. Let him do it, and let them laugh. 

Verbs ending in the second person singular of the imperative in e, 
as parle, pense, offre, and also the imperative va, add, for the sake of 
euphony, the letter s before en and y. 

Parle de cela. Parles-en. Speak of that. Speak of it, 

Pense a cela. Penses-y. Think of that. Think of it. 

Va a la maison. Vas-y. Go home. Go there. 



232 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



5. Use of the Subjunctive Mode. 

The subjunctive mode is used in dependent sentences : 

(1.) After verbs and phrases that express pleasure, pain, surprise, 

will, desire, command, doubt, fear, etc. 

Je suis bien aise que vous ayez I am glad that you succeeded, 
reussi. 

II s'etonne que nous soyons ici. He wonders that we are here. 

II desire que nous partions. He wishes us to leave. 

Je doute qu'il le sache. I doubt his knowing it. 

(2.) After interrogative and negative sentences which imply doubt. 
Croyez-vous qu'il le sache ? Do you believe that he knows it 1 

Je ne pense pas qu'il le sache. I do not think that he knows it. 

(3.) After impersonal verbs. 
II est temps que vous partiez. It is time for you to leave. 

II faut qu'il le fasse. He must do it. 

(4.) In a relative sentence that limits one of the following words : le 
plus, le moins, le mieux, le meilleur, le pire, le moindre, le seul, le 
premier, le dernier, etc. 

Vous Stes le premier qui l'ait su. You are the first who knew it. 
Le seul qui puisse le faire. The only one who can do it. 

(5.) In a relative sentence limiting a word of an indefinite sense. 

Jecherchequelqu'un qui le sache. I seek some one who knows it. 
II y a peu d'hommes qui le There are few men who know it. 
sachent. 

(6.) After certain conjunctions. (See Fifty-second Lesson.) 

The tense of the verb, when it is in the subjunctive mode, depends 

on the tense of the governing verb. 

The present and future tenses require the present or past tense of 

the subjunctive. 

Je doute i qu'il le fasse. I doubt ) his doing it. 

Je douterai ) qu'il l'ait fait. I shall doubt S his having done it. 



SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 



233 



The past tenses and the tenses of the conditional require the imper- 
fect or pluperfect of the subjunctive. 

J'ai doute ) qu'il le fit. I doubted ) his doing it. 

Je douterais \ qu'il l'eut fait. I would doubt ( his having done it. 



6. 



Use of the Infinitive. 



The infinitive may be used as subject or as object. 
Parler trop est imprudent. To speak too much is imprudent. 

Je veux vous rendre ce service. I will render you that service. 
Je le ferai pour vous obliger. I will do it to oblige you. 

The past tense of the infinitive is used after the preposition apres, 
whereas, in English, the present or compound participle is used. 
Apres avoir dit cela il sortit. After saying that he went out. 



7. 



Government of Verbs. 



Some verbs are transitive in English and intransitive or neuter in 
French ; and again, some verbs are transitive or active in French, 
which are intransitive in English. 



User de quelque chose. 
Abuser de quelque chose. 
Douter de quelque chose. 
Jouir de quelque chose. 
Convenir a quelqu'un. 
Obeir a quelqu'un. 
Plaire a quelqu'un. 
Repondre a quelqu'un. 
Ressembler a quelqu'un. 

And 
Demander quelque chose. 
Desirer quelque chose. 
Payer quelque chose. 
Devoir quelque chose. 
Ecouter quelqu'un. 
Regai der quelqu'un. 



To use a thing. 
To abuse a thing. 
To doubt a thing. 
To enjoy a thing. 
To suit somebody. 
To obey somebody. 
To please somebody. 
To answer somebody. 
To resemble somebody. 

To ask for something. 
To wish for something. 
To pay for something. 
To owe for something. 
To listen to somebody. 
To look at somebody. 



234 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Some verbs require a different preposition in French than they do 
in English. 
Penser a, to think of. Rire de, to laugh at. 

The following are some of the verbs which govern the infinitive 
directly (see Twentieth Lesson, 2) : 
Aimer mieux, to like Entendre, to hear. Savoir, to know how. 

better. 
Compter, to intend. Faire, to get. Voir, to see. 

Croire, to believe. Pouvoir, to be able. Vouloir, to be willing. 

The following are some of the verbs which require a before the 
dependent infinitive (see Twenty-second Lesson) : 

Aimer, to like. Donner, to give. Parvenir, to succeed (in). 

S'amuser, to amuse Employer, to employ. Penser, to think. 

one's self. 
Apprendre, to learn. Inviter, to invite. Perdre, to lose. 

Chercher, to seek. Mettre, to put. Se plaire, to delight (in). 

The following are some of the verbs which require de before the 
dependent infinitive (see Twenty-second Lesson) : 
Cesser, to cease. Finir, to finish. Promettre, to promise. 

Conseiller, to advise. Negliger, to neglect. Refuser, to refuse. 
Se dep^cher, to make Oublier, to forget. Rire, to laugh. 

haste. 
Dire, to tell. Permettre, to permit. Tacher, to endeavor. 

Some verbs require different prepositions, according to the sense in 
which they are used, tarder a, to delay ; tarder de, (impers.) to long; 
venir, to come; venir a, to happen; venir de, to come from, to have just. . . 
II tarde bien a venir. * He is long in coming. 

II me tarde de le voir. I long to see him. 

Je viens travailler. I come to work. 

S'il vient a mourir. If he happens to die. 

Je viens de le voir. I have just seen him. 

*Appartenir, To Belong. Etre a, To Belong. 
A qui appartient cette maison ? To whom does that house belong ? 
Etre a is used in the sense of appartenir. 



SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 235 

A qui est cela ? Whose is that ? 

C'est a moi. That is mine. 

A qui sont ces gants ? Whose gloves are these ? 

lis sont a ma tante ; or ) 

Ce sont les gants de ma tante. ) 



They are my aunt's. 



Vocabulary 51. 

Le peuple, the people. Garder, to keep ; to guard. 

Le palais, the palace. Tuer, to kill. 

Une troupe, a band. Retrouver, to find (what teas lost). 

Les troupes (plur.), the troops. Fairs attendre, to keep waiting. 

La bataille, the battle. S'etonner, to wonder. 

Un service, a service. Vouloir du bien (a), to wish well. 

Theme 51. 

Agreement. 1. My friend and I shall start to-morrow. 2. You or 
Henry will come with us. 3. The people were complaining of the con- 
duct of the troops. 4. A band of soldiers kept the door of the palace. 
5. A great many soldiers were killed in the last battle. 6. They are our 
friends, who invited us. 7. It is you, gentlemen, who refused to come. 

Use of the Tenses. 8. How long have you been here? 9. I have 
been here since Saturday. 10. I have been waiting two hours for my 
brother. 11. 1 have lost my grammar. 12. Yesterday I found it among 
the books which you returned to me. 13. Last winter we were in Paris. 
14. One day I received a letter which called me back to New York ; my 
father was sick. 15. As soon as I had learned this news, I came back 
to the United States. 16. I shall start when my brother comes. 17. I 
will start to-day, if he comes. 18. I do not know whether he will come. 

Conditional Mode. 19. He would come, if he could. 20. He would 
have come yesterday, if it had not rained. 21. I would render you that 
service, if it (ce) were in (en) my power. 22. I would have done so 
already. 

Imperative Mode. 23. Do not keep me waiting long. 24. Let us 
render ourselves agreeable to those of whom we have need. 

Subjunctive Mode. 25. I am glad that you have come. 26. I am 
sorry that your brother is sick. 27. I wonder that he has not written 



236 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

to me. 28. I doubt whether (que) he knows that you are here. 29. I 
do not think that he knows it. 30. It is time for us to go (away). 
31. I must first finish what I am doing. 32. The professor wished me 
to write my exercise before I left. 

Government. 33. Do you doubt that ? 34. I do not doubt it. 35. 
You enjoy great advantages; do not abuse them. 36. Try to please 
your teachers : they wish you well. 37. I owe you for these boots ; I 
will pay you for them as soon as I receive my money. 38. Whose pen- 
knife is this? 39. It is mine. 40. That store belongs to my uncle. 41. 
He is long in coming. 42. I long to see him. 43. He has just arrived. 
44. I knew that it was he, because he resembles your father. 



FIFTY-SECOND LESSON. 
The Participle. 



The principal uses of the participles, present and past, have been 
explained in the Twenty-first Lesson. 

The present participle may be used without en : 

1. To state a determinative or explanatory circumstance, with refer- 
ence to the subject or object of the verb. 

Un jeune homme connaissant ses A young man knowing his own 

inter£ts, ne negligera pas ses interest, will not neglect his 

etudes. studies. 

J'ai vu cet homme tenant un I have seen that man holding a 

livre a la main. book in his hand. 

2. To state a conclusive circumstance, in an absolute manner. 

La paix etant conclue, les armees Peace being concluded, the armies 
se retirerent. withdrew. 

The Adverb. 

Davantage, plus, more. Davantage can have no dependent words 
following it ; but is preferable to plus at the end of a sentence. 

Si, so ; tant, so much, denote extension; aussi, as, so; autant, as 
much, so much, denote comparison. 



SYKTAX OF THE PREPOSITION. 23? 

Rem. Si may be used for aussi, and tant for autant, in negative 
sentences. 

Plutot, plus tot. Plutot means rather ; and plus tot, sooner. 

Tout a coup, means suddenly ; and tout d'un coup, all in one stroke. 

De suite means in succession ; and tout de suite, immediately. 

Adverbs are generally placed immediately after the verb. When the 
verb is in a compound tense, the adverb is placed between the auxiliary 
verb and the past participle. Adverbs of several syllables and adver- 
bial phrases are placed after the participle. Adverbs denoting time ab- 
solute, as : hier, aujourd'hui, demain, etc , may be placed before the 
subject ; but no adverb can be placed between the subject and the verb. 

Adverbs of comparison are repeated with each word which they 
modify. Adverbs of quantity need not be repeated ; but the preposi- 
tion de must precede each noun which the adverb limits. 

The Negative Particle Ne. 

The particle ne»is required before a verb in the subjunctive mode : 

1. After verbs that express fear or apprehension, when they are 
used affirmatively. 

2. After the verbs empecher, to 'prevent, to hinder, and prendre 
garde, to beware ; to take aire (not). 

3. After desesperer, to despair; disconvenir, to disoicn, to deny; 
douter, to doubt ; nier, to deny, when they are used negatively. 

4. After the conjunctions a moins que, unless; de crainte que, de 
peur que ; for fear that. 

5. Ne is also required before the verb in the second member of a 
comparative sentence, when the first member is affirmative. 

II est plus riche qu'on ne le pense. He is richer than people think. 
II parle autrement qu'il ne pense. He speaks otherwise than he 

thinks. 

The Preposition. 

A, dans, en, in. A directs the mind to the locality ; dans, points to 
the inside of it ; en and the noun which it precedes, form a kind of 
adverbial phrase. II est au magasin, he is at the store. II est dans le 
magasin, he is in the store. Le cafe est en magasin, the coffee is stored. 



238 ELEMEXTARY FUEXCH GRAMMAR. 

En, a, to or in. The preposition en is used before the names of 
countries of the feminine gender ; and the preposition a and the article, 
before the names of countries of the masculine gender. En France, 
to or in France. Au Mexique, to or in Mexico. 

When dans and en are used with reference to time, dans precedes the 
epoch at which, and en the period in which, anything is to be, or can be, 
done. Je pars dans deux heures, I start in two hours. Je peux finir 
cet ouvrage en deux heures, I can finish that work in two hours. 

De, avec, chez, with. De expresses result or consequence ; avec 
has the meaning of together with, by means of; chez lias reference to 
one's country, one's home. Qu'avez-vous fait de mon canif ? What 
have you done with my penknife? (Where is it?) Qu'avez-vous fait 
avec mon canif? What have you done with my penknife f ( What use 
have you made of it f) Chez les Romains c'etait la coutume. Among 
the Romans it was the custom. 

De, than. After plus and moins, de is used before a numeral adjec- 
tive, and not que: plus de vingt, more than twenty ; moins de dix, 
less than ten. 

Avant, devant, before. Avant denotes priority, devant, position. 
II est venu avant moi. II s'est place devant moi. 

Entre, parmi, among. Entre is used distributively ; parmi means 
in the middle of. Entre nous, among us. Parmi le peuple, among the 
people. 

Vers, envers, towards. Vers is used to express physical direction, 
and envers to express moral direction. Vers le nord, towards the 
north. Poli envers tout le monde, polite towards everybody. 

The prepositions a, de, en, sans, are repeated before each word. 

The Conjunction. 

Certain conjunctions are always followed by the subjunctive mode. 
The following are some of them, which are of frequent use. 

Afin que, in order that. De crainte que, i for fear ; lest 

A moins que, (Rem.) unless. De peur que, ) (Rem.) 

Avant que, before. Au cas or en cas que, in case. 

Bien que, although. Pour que, in order that. 



SYNTAX OP THE CONJUNCTION. 239 

Pourvu que, provided. Sans que^ without. 

Quoique, although. Suppose que, suppose. 

Rem. A moins que, de crainte que, de peur que, require ne before 
the verb. 

After the conjunction que, the verb is put in the indicative or the 
subjunctive, according as the preceding proposition may require. 

The conjunction cannot be omitted ; but instead of repeating any of 
the compound conjunctions, que is used in their place, and governs 
the verb in the same manner as the conjunction for which it stands. 

Que, used to avoid the conjunction si, if, governs the subjunctive 
mode, although si requires the verb in the indicative. Si vous venez 
et que je ne sois pas au logis, attendez-moi. If you come and (if) I 
am not in, wait for me. 

Que, in exclamatory sentences, is used for comme and for combien. 

Que c'est beau! How beautiful that is ! 

Que vous &tes bon ! How good you are ! 

Que de bonte vous avez ! How much kindness you have ! 

Et is used to join similar parts of an affirmative proposition ; ni to 
join similar parts of a negative proposition. 

11 ressemble a son frere, et de He resembles his brother, both in 

visage et de caractere. face and disposition. 

II ne ressemble pas a son frere, He does not resemble his brother, 

ni de visage ni de caractere. either in face or disposition. 

Ni is used in connection with non plus (either, in a negative sense). 
II ne veut pas le faire, ni moi non plus. He will not do it, nor I either. 
Mon frere ne veut pas le faire non plus. My brother will not do it 
either. 

Vocabulary 52. 

La parole, the word. Inviter, to invite. 

La difficulty, the difficulty. *Secourir quelqu'un, to come to 

Un principe, a principle. one's assistance. 

Le Canada, Canada. *Offrir (de), to offer (for). 

En voiture, in a carriage. Renoncer (a), to renounce. 

Dans l'embarras, in difficulty. Je vous en piie. pray. 



240 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



Theme 52. 

Present Part. 1. Our friends seeing that we were in difficulty, came 
promptly to our assistance. 2. On coming in, I saw the professor hold- 
ing your copy-book in his hand. 3. He read your exercise, and having 
read it he said, this is the best exercise I have seen to-day. 

Adverbs. 4. I offered you fifty dollars for your boat ; and I will not 
give any more for it (en). 5. Do not laugh so loud. 6. Do not speak 
so much. 7. I would rather die than renounce my principles. 8. He 
had no sooner pronounced these words than he went out. 9. Your 
friend has been absent three days in succession. 10. I will go to him 
immediately. 11. I often see him, but I seldom speak to him. 12. I 
never had any difficulties with him. 

The Particle Ne. 13. I fear that he may be sick. 14. 1 will pre- 
vent his going out. 15. Take care that he does not hear you. 16. I 
do not doubt his being sick. 17. I shall not go there, unless he in- 
vites me personally (lui-meme). 18. His conduct is much better than 
it was formerly. 

Prepositions. 19. My father is in his office ; my mother is in her 
room ; and my sister has gone out in a carriage. 20. My uncle was 
in France last year, and he has gone to Mexico now. 21. I will go to 
Canada in a fortnight. 22. I wrote this exercise in forty minutes. 
23. What have you done with my grammar ; I cannot find it any- 
where? 24. What have you done with my gold pen; it is quite 
spoiled? 25. I have more than ten pens ; but not one is good. 26. I 
shall not go out before noon. 27. There is a carriage before the 
door. 28. I will come towards evening. 29. Pray, be polite towards 
everybody. 

Conjunctions. 30. If you see my brother before he goes to the 
office, give him this letter. 31. I send it to him (in order) that he may 
comprehend the situation of that business. 32. Provided you do your 
duty, all will be well. 33. If you have to leave, and cannot come to 
see me, write to me. 34. How kind you are ! 35. How many fine 
things one sees in Paris ! 36. He will never believe that story. 37. I 
cannot believe it either. 38. My father does not believe that he has 
done it, or that he ever will do it. 



APPENDIX, 



ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. 



i. 
Line famille, a family. 

Le pere. the father. 

La mere, the mother. 

Le.s enfants, the children. 

Un fils, a son. 

Uue fille, a daughter. 

Un frere, a brother. 

Une soeur, a sister. 

Un frere jumeau, a t 'win-brother. 

Une sceur jumelle, a faflifl sister. 

Le grand-pere, ?Ae grand-father. 

La grand' mere, flie grand-mother. 

Un petit-fils, a grandson. 

Une petite-fille, a gram I- daughter. 

Un oncle, «/? tf/?ite. 

Une tante, cm aun£ 

Un neveu. a nephew. 

Une niece, a niece. 

L'n cousin, a cousin^ m. 

Une cousine. a cousin,/. 

Un parrain. a godfather. 

Une marraine, « godmother. 

Un fillenl, a godson . 

Une fiKeule. a goddaughter. 

Une gpouse, I .- 

Une femme, i " ^^ 

Uo beau-pere, a father-in-law. 

Une belle-mere, a mother -inAaw. 

Un bean-frdre, a brother in-law. 
Une belle-soeur, a sister -in-laio. 
Un parent, a relation, m. 
Une parente, a relation, f. 
Un proche parent, a rwttr relation. 
Un parmt eloigne. a distant relation. 
Un cousin germain, a first-cousin^ m. 
Une cou-in- germaine, <z first-cousin, f. 
Un tuteur, « guardian. 



Un pupille, a w«rtf, 7?». 
Une pupille, a ward, f. 

II. 

Le corpse, the body. 

La tete, the head. 

Le front, the forehead. 

La figure. Me /ace. 

Le visage, the face. 

La peau. the skin. 

Le teint, Me complexion. 

La barbe, Me beard. 

Les traits, the features. 

Un oeil, an eye. 

Le? yeux. Me eyes. 

La prunelle, Me eyeball. 

Les Bourcils, £Ae eyebrows. 

Les paupieres, Me eyelids. 

Le nez. M?<s »o»«. 

La bouche, Me month. 

Les levres. Me fijp#. 

Une dent, a tooth. 

Les gencives, the gums. 

Le palais. the palate. 

La langue. M<e tongue. 

Le gosier, M<e throat. 

Les joues. Mr- cheeks. 

Les favoris. Me whiskers. 

Le menton, Me cAm. 

Les creilles, Me ears. 

Le cou, the neck. 

Les epaules, the shoulders. 

Le dos, the back. 

La taille, Me waist. 

Les membres, Mw? limbs. 

Le bras, Me e/?7?i. 

Le coude, the elbow. 

La main, the hand. 

Les doigts, Me fingers. 

Le ponce, Me thvmb. 

Lea onirics, the finger-nails. 

La jam be, M/e /e?. 

Le genou, Me /.7?ee. 

Le pied, Me /octf. 



242 



ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. 



La cheville, the ankle. 
Le talon, the heel. 
La plante, the sole. 
Un orteil, a toe. 
La poitrine, the breast 
Les poumons, the lungs. 
L'haleine, the breath. 
Le coeur, the heart. 
L 1 estomac, Vie stomach. 
Le foie, the liver. 
Le sang, the blood. 
Un os, a bone. 
Une artdre, an artery. 
Une veine, a vein. 
Le pouls, the pulse. 
Les nerfs, the nerves. 
Les chevenx, the hair. 
Une boucle, a curl. 

ni. 

Un metier, a trade. 

Un architecte, an architect. 

Un fermier, a farmer. 

Un jardinier, a gardener. 

Un arpenteur, a surveyor. 

Un avoue, a lawyer. 

Un avocat, « barrister. 

Un medecin, a physician. 

Un chirurgien, a surgeon. 

Un dentiste, a dentist. 

Un pharmacien, 6m apothecary. 

Un ban qui er, « banker. 

Un negociant, a merchant. 

Un commercant, « tradesman. 

Un marchand, a shop keeper. 

Un joaillier, j -v?/W^r 

Un bijoutier, { a J eweie7 - 

Un orfevre, a goldsmith. 

Un editeur, a publisher. 

Un redacteur, «?i editor. 

Un imprimeur, a printer. 

Un agent de change, a stock-broker. 

Un courtier, a broker. 

Un boulanger, a baker. 

Un boucher, a butcher. 

Un epicier, « grocer. 

Un charpentier, a carpenter. 

Un menuisier, a joiner. 

Un ebeniste, a cabinet-maker. 

Un tailleur, a tailor. 

Un cordonnier, a shoemaker. 

Un bo t tier, a bootmaker. 

Un chapelier, a hat-maker. 

Un vitrier, a glazier. 

Un horloger, a watchmaker. 

Un coiffeur, a hair-dress r. 

Un peintre, a painter. 

Un teinturier, r/ rfyfr. 

Un papetier, « stationer. 

Un Eapissier, an upholsterer. 

Un carossier, a coach -maker. 

Un coutelier, a crwto. 



Un serrurier, a locksmith. 

Un forgeron, a blacksmith. 

Un patissier, a pastry -cook. 

Un confiseur, a confectioner. 

Un couvreur, a state/*. 

Un macon, a mason. 

Un sellier, a saddler. 

Un plombier, a plumber. 

Un manufacturier, o manufacturer. 

Un tisserand, « weaver. 

Un artisan, a mechanic. 

Un ouvrier, a workman. 

Un ramoneur, a chimney-sweeper. 

Un balayeur, « sweeper. 

Une marchande de modes, a milliner. 

Une couturiere, a dress-maker. 

Une lingere, a seamstress. 

Une blanchisseuse, a washer-woman. 

Une laitiere, a milk-woman. 

Une bonne, a child's nurse. 

Une nourrice, a wet-nurse. 

Une garde, a »ttr«e /or #te szcA;. 

IV. 

Les sens, the senses. 

Un sens, a sercse. 

La vue, sig^l. 

L'ouie, hearing. 

L'odorat, smelling. 

Le gout, fasfe. 

Le toucher, feeling. 

Une sensation, a sencation. 

Une douleur, « pai;i. 

Des elancements, throbbings. 

Une maladie, a sickness. 

Un rhume, a «?&£. 

Un rhume de cerveau, a cote/ iy? ffo /teatf. 

Un rhume de poitrine, a co/c? 0/; the 

lungs. 
La toux. M<? cough. 
La fievre, Afo fever. 
Un acces de fidvre, a fit of ague. 
Le frisson, shivering' cold chills. 
Le mal de gorge, sore-throat. 
Le mal de tete, the headache. 
Le mal de dents, the toothache. 
Le mal de coeur, sickness, nausea. 
La fievre scarlatine, the scarU t j i I 
La petite verole, the smallpox. 
La rougeole, the measles. 
La coqueluche, M^ whooping-cougli. 
Une fluxion de poitrine, an inflamma- 
tion in the chest. 
La nevralgie. neuralgia. 
Lagonrme, the mumps. 
Un compere loriot. a sty. 
Dv* enge lures, chilblains. 
Un point de cOte, « stitch in the sUU 
Le mal de mcr. sta-sickness. 
Le mal du pays, home^sickness. 
La migraine, ///<- rfdt headache. 
Une deinangeaison, an itching. 



ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. 



243 



La goutte, the gout. 

Une entorse, a sprain. 

Une coupure, a cut. 

Une egratignure, a scratch. 

Une brulure, a burn. 

Une piqtire, a prick. 

Une cicatrice, a scar. 

Une remede, a remedy. 

Une pillule, a pill. 

Des pastilles, lozenges. 

Une medecine, physic. 

Une potion , a mixture. 

LTn gargarisme, a gargle. 

Un cataplasme, a poultice. 

Un vesicatoire, a blister. 

Une sai^nee, bleeding. 

Une incision, cupjnng. 

Un emplatre. a plaster. 

Du taffetas d'Angleterre, court-plaster. 

De la charpie, ££rc£. 

De l'onguent, ointment. 

Une sangsue, a /eeeA. 

Du soulagement, re/ie/. 

Une guerison, a cure. 

Une rechute. a relapse. 

L'agonie, the death-pangs. 

Le rale, the death-rattle. 



Un trousseau, a set of clothes. 

La toilette, the dress. 

La coiffure, Me head-dress. 

Un necessaire. a dressing-case. 

Un peigne, a como. 

Une brosse. a brush. 

Des ciseaux. scissors. 

Un rasoir, a razor. 

Du savon, soap. 

De la pommade. pomatum. 

Un chapeau, a hat, a bonnet. 

La forme, the crown. 

Le bord, Me brim. 

La coiffe, Me lining. 

Une casquette, a cap. 

Des habits, clothes. 

Un habit, a coat. 

Une redingote, I areatcoat 

Un paletot, ] ^9^ e ^ coa[ - 

Un gilet. a waistcoat. 

Une veste. a rest, a jacket. 

Le collet. Me collar. 

Les raanches, Me sleeves. 

Les pans, Me skirt*. 

Une couture, a warn. 

La doublure. Me lining. 

Les revers. the facings. 

Un pli, a ivrinkle. 

Une poche, a pocket. 

Un bouton, a button. 

Une boutonniere, a button-hole. 

Des manchettes, etzjfs. 

Un pantalon, a pair of pantaloon* . 



Un calecon, a pair of drawers. 

Des bretelles, suspenders. 

Le linge, Me tin en.. 

Une chemise, a sA£r£. 

Une chemisette, a shirt-bosom. 

Un col, a collar, a stock. 

Une cravate, a cravat. 

Une robe, a a>ess. 

Une robe de chambre, a dressing-gown. 

Une robe de bal. a party -dress. 

Une robe de ville, a walking-dress. 

Un joupon, a petticoat. 

Un corset, a corset. 

Les ceillets, Me holes. 

Le lacet, Me lacing. 

Un fichu, a neckerchief. 

Un tablier, an apron. 

Une ceinture, a 0e/£. 

Un ruban, a ribbon. 

Un cordon, a string. 

Un noeud, a Atzo^. 

Une boucle. a buckle. 

Une agrafe, a e&zsp. 

Un crochet, a hook. 

Une par u re, a se£ of jewels. 

Un collier, a necklace. 

Un bracelet, a bracelet. 

Une bague, a rona. 

Une boucle d'oreille, an ear-ring. 

Une echarpe, a scarf. 

Un chale, a shawl. 

Un manteau, a e/aa£. 

Un manchon, a muff. 

Un voile, a veil. 

Des bottes, boots. 

Des bottines, ladies' boots. 

Des souliers, s/?aes. 

Des guetres, gaiters. 

Des brodequins, /aeed foote. 

Des pantoufles, slijjpers. 

Des has. stockings. 

Une j.Hnetiere. a aarter. 

Un mouchoir, a handkerchief. 

Des gants, gloves. 

Un eventaii, a /#;?.. 

Une lorgnette, aw opera-glass. 

Une ombrelle, ajxiraxol. 

Un flacon d'odeurs, a smelling-bottle. 

VI. 

Une maison, a house. 

La facade, Me front. 

Le perron, Me flight of steps. 

La porte, Me door. 

Le numero, Me number. 

Le marteau, Me knocker. 

La sonnette. Me oe#. 

La clef, Me kaj. 

Un loquet, a latch. 

Le decrottoir. Me scraper. 

Le vestibule, Me Aa#. Me entry. 

Le rez-de-chaussee, Me ground-floor. 



244 



ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. 



La salle, the parlor. 

Un mur, a wall. 

Un clois^n, a partition. 

L'escalier. the stairs. 

La rampe, the banisters. 

Les marches, the steps. 

Un etage, a story. 

Un appartement, anappartment. 

Une chambre, a room. 

La chambre de devant, the front room. 

La chambre du fond, the back room. 

Une eerrare, a lock. 

Le trou de serrure, the key-hole. 

Un verrou, a bolt. 

Un gond, a hinge. 

La fenetre, the window. 

Le chassis, the sash. 

Un carreau de vitre, a pane of glass. 

Un rideau, a curtain. 

Une marqnise, an awning. 

Un gland, a tassel. 

Un volet, a shutter. 

Une jalousie, a blind. 

Un balcon. a balcony. 

Le salon, the drawing-room. 

Le plafond, the ceiling. 

La renture, the paper. 

La cheminee, the chimney. 

L*atre, the hearth. 

Le plan cher, the floor. 

Une chambre a coucher, a bed-room. 

Un cabinet de toilette, a dressing-room. 

Une armoire, a closet. 

La salle a manger, the dining room. 

La chambre des enfants, the nursery. 

Une bibliotheque, a library. 

Un grenier, a garret. 

Une mansarde, an attic. 

Le toit, jS/z« roof. 

Une pontre, « #eam. 

Une solive, a joist. 

Une plate form, a platform. 

Une gouttiere, a spout. 

Un tuyau, « jwpe. 

Un egout, a drain. 

Une pierre, a stone. 

Une brique, « brick. 

Une ardoise, a state. 

De la chaux, &me. 

Du mortier, mortar. 

Du ciment, cement. 

Du platre, plaster. 

Le proprieraire, Me landlord. 

Le loyer, Me m^. 

Un locataire, a tenant. 

VII. 

Le mobilier, the furniture. 

Un meuble, apiece of furniture. 
Les pincettes, the tongs. 
La pelle, the shovel. 
Le tissonier, Me poke?' 



Le soufflet, Me bellows. 

Le garde-cendre, the fender. 

La grille, Me grate. 

Les chenets. Me andirons. 

Le seau a, charbon, the coal-scuttle. 

Le coin du feu, the fireside. 

Un ecran, « screen. 

Un calorifdre, a furnace. 

La bouche de chaleur, Me register. 

Une table, a M£te. 

Une chaise, a chair. 

Un fauteuil, an arm-chair. 

Un sofa, a sofa. 

Un coussin, a cushion. 

Un tabouret, « stectf. 

Une armoire, a cupboard. 

Les tablettes, Me shelves. 

Une commode, a chest of drawers. 

Un tiroir, a drawer. 

Une bibliotheque, a book-case. 

Les rayons, Me shelves. 

Une toilette, a toilet-table. 

Un lavabo, a wash-stand. 

Un pot a 1'eau, a pitcher. 

La cuvette, Me wash-basin. 

Une serviette, a napkin ; a towel. 

Un essuie main, a fott>«/. 

Un miroir, a looking-glass. 

Un lit, a bed. 

Le bois de lit, the bedstead. 

Une paillasse, a straiv bed. 

Un matelas, a mat trass. 

Un lit de plume, a feather bed. 

Un oreiller, a pillow. 

Une taie d' oreiller, a pillow-case. 

Un traversin, a bolster. 

Un drap, « s/tee£. 

Une couverture, a blanket. 

Le couvre-pied, Me coverlet. 

Les rideaux^Me curtains. 

Une cousiniere, a mosquito net. 

Un tableau, a picture. 

Le cadre, the frame. 

Le verre, Me ffftzss. 

La gravure, Me engraving. 

Une pendule. a time-piece. 

Un vase, « ?y/->y. 

Un chandelier, a candlestick. 

Une chandelle, a candle. 

Une bougie, </ wax-candle. 

La meche, Me urfefc. 

Une allumette. a match. 

Un lustre. « chandelier. 

Le gaz. Me gro& 

Un bee-de-gaz. a burner. 

Une lampe, a lamp. 

De la porcelaine, china. 

Une Bervice de porcelaine, a set of china. 

Uoe statue, a statue. 

Le piedestal, the pedestal. 

Vw ornement, an ornament 

La dorure, the gilding. 

LTn tapis, a carpet. 



ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. 



245 






Tin buffet, a sideboard. 
Un plateau, a waiter. 
Une tasse et la soucoupe, a cup and sau- 
cer. 
Un bol, a howl. 
Un sucrier. a sugar-bowl. 
Les pinces a sucre, the sugar-tongs. 
Un theiere, a tea-pot. 
Une cafetiere, a coffee-pot. 
I/ar£euterie, the silver. 
L'tniilier, the cruet-stand. 
La burette a Phuile, the oil cruet. 
La salidre, the salt-cellar. 
La poivriere, the pepper-box. 
Le moutardier, the mustard-pot. 
Le saladier, the salad dish. 
Une carafe, a decanter. 
La cuisine, the kitchen. 
La batterie de cuisine, kitchen utensils. 
Un four, an oven. 
Un fourneau, a range. 
Une bouilloire. a kettle. 
Une casserole, a saucepan. 
La cave, the cellar. 
Un baril, a barrel. 
Un baquet, a tub. 
Un seau, a pail. 
Un balai, a broom. 
. Un trepied, a trivet. 
Un fer a repasser, aflat-iron. 
Un gril, a gridiron. 
Un >echoir, a clothes horse. 
Un hachoir, a chopping -knife. 

vm. 
Un repas, a meal. 

Le dejeuner, breakfast. 

Le diner, dinner. 

Le souper, supper. 

Une collation, a collation. 

Un gouter, a luncheon. 

Un service, a course {at dinner). 

Le dessert, tae dessert. 

La nappe, Me table-cloth. 

Une serviette, a napkin. 

Une cuiller, or cuillere, a spoon. 

Une fourchette, a fork. 

Un couteau, a te/e. 

Du pain tendre. or frais. &ew> &r< id. 

Du pain rassifi, -^«/e bread. 

Du pain de menage, home-made bread. 

Un pain, a loaf. 

L'entame, thefirst cut. 

De la croute, crust. 

De la mie, crumb. 

Une tartine. a slice of bread and buffer. 

Des pet its pains, rolls. 

Du cafe, coffee. 

Du the, tea. 

Du chocolat, chocolate. 

Du lait, ra^A;. 

De la ereme, cream. 



Du beurre, butter. 

Du fromage, cheese. 

Du ver micelle, vermicelli. 

Du riz, rice. 

Un ceuf , aft eaa. 

La coque, the shell. 

Le blanc, the ichite. 

Le jaune. the yolk. 

Un oeuf a la coque, a boiled egg. 

Des ceufs brouilles, scrambled eggs. 

Des oeufs poches, poached eggs. 

Des ceufs bite, fried eggs. 

Une omelette, an omelet. 

Du flan, custard. 

Un plat, a tf£s&. 

Une assiette, a plate. 

Un coquetier, an egg-cup. 

Une soupiere, a sovp-tureen. 

De la soupe. toy p. 

Du bouillon. 6roM, beef -soup. 

De la viande, meal. 

Du bceuf. beef. 

Du r6ti, roa$£ beef. 

Du bouilli, oozYetf 6ee/. 

Du biftek, beefsteak. 

Du veau. veal. 

Une cotelette de veau. a veal-cutlet. 

De la viande bien cuite, well-done meat. 

De la viande pen cuite, rare meat. 

Du hachis, mince meat. 

Du mouton. mutton. 

UnecOtelette de mouton, a mutton-chop. 

Un gigot de mouton, a leg of mutton. 

De Tagneau, lamb. 

Du pore, pork. 

Du saindoux, lard. 

Du lard, bacon. 

Du jarabon. Aara. 

Une tranche de jambon, a slice of ham. 

Du gran. fat. 

Du maigre, lean. 

Du jus, gravy. 

De la sauce, made-gravy. 

Un ragout, a stew. 

Des legumes, vegetables. 

Un chou, a cabbage. 

Un navet, a turnip. 

Une carrotte, a carrot. 

Un chou-fleur, a cauliflower. 

Un artichaut, a// artichoke. 

Des asperges, asparagus. 

Des epinards, spinach. 

Des haricots verts, string-beans. 

Des pois, 7?e<7.<?. 

Des petits pois, aree?i peas. 

Une betterave, a £>ee£. 

Du sel, «i#. 

Du poivre, pepper. 

De la moutarde, mustard. 

Des epices. spices. 

Des cornichons, pickles. 

Une bouteille. « fto/'/e. 

Le bouchon, Me cor#, 



246 



ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. 



Un tire-bouchon, a corkscrew. 
Une salade, a salad. 
De la laitue, lettuce. 
Du celeri, celery. 
Un oignon, an onion. 
Du persil, parsley. 
De l'oseille, sorrel. 
Une volaille, a fowl. 
Du gibier, game. 
Du poisson, fish. 
Un pate, a meat-pie. 
Un tourte, a pie. 
Une tarte, a tart. 
Une pomme, an apple. 
Une poire, a pear. 
Des cerises, cherries. 
Des groseilles, currants. 
Des groseilles a, maquereau, gooseberries. 
Une p§che, a peach. 
Un abricot, aw apricot. 
Une prune, a plum. 
Des fraises, strawberries. 
Des framboises, raspberries. 
Des noix, walnuts. 
Des noisettes, hazelnuts. 
Du raisin, grapes. 
Des bonbons, sweetmeats. 
Des dragees, sugar-plums. 
Une amande, a/? almond. 
Une praline, a 6w?^ almond. 
Du miel, honey. 
Des compotes, stewed fmit. 
Des confitures, preserves. 
Une gelee, a jelly. 
Une glace, a» ice. 
Des beignets,/n^?v. 
Des crepes, pancakes. 
Puree de pommes de terre, ma hed pota- 
toes, 
Des patates, sweet potatoes. 
De la sauce, sauce. 
Compote de pommes, apple-sauce. 

IX. 

Un animal, an animal. 

Une b§te, a oeas£. 

Un taureau, a 6w#. 

Un boeuf, aw o.r. 

Une vache, a cow. 

Un veau, a caff. 

Un belier, a ram. 

Un mo u ton, a sAeep. 

Une brebis, a ewe. a sheep. 

Un agneau, a lamb. 

Un bouc, a he-goat. 

Une chevre, a s^e goat. 

Un cheval, a worse. 

Une juinent, a mare. 

Un poulain, a 60#. 

Un ane, an ass. 

Un chien, a dog. 

Un chat, a ca£, 



Un renard, a fox. 

Un cerf , a stag. 

Un daim, a deer. 

Une biche, a #ia\ 

Un faon, a fawn. 

Un loup. a wolf. 

Un sanglier, a wild boar. 

Un cochon, a hog. 

Un lievre, a hare. 

Un lapin, a rabbit. 

Un chien de chasse, a hound. 

Un epagneul, a spaniel. 

Un basset, a terrier. 

Un chien d'arrdt, a setter. 

Un terre-neuve, a Newfoundland 

Un lion, a /iow. 

Une lionne, a lioness. 

Un tigre, a /iaer. 

Une tigresse, a tigress. 

Un leopard, a leopard. 

Un elephant, aw elephant. 

Un chameau, a camel. 

Une girafe, a giraffe. 

Un ours, a &?«r. 

Un singe, a monkey. 

Un castor, a bearer. 

Un oiseau, a fa>a\ 

Un moineau, a sparrow. 

Une alouette, a £«?'&. 

Une hirondelle, a swallow. 

Un rossignol, a nightingale. 

Un serin, a canary. 

Un rouge-gorge, a robin. 

Un merle, a blackbird. 

Un perroquet, a parrot. 

Un paon, a peacock. 

Un corbeau, a raven. 

Une corneille, a crow. 

Un hibou, an owl. 

Une chauve-souris, a 6a^. 

Un coq, a coeA*. 

Une poule, a &en. 

Un poulet, a chicken. 

Un pigeon, a pigeon. 

Une colombe, a aoye. 

Un dindon ) , 7/r i rw 

Une dindef a ™ Ufy * 

Un canard, a duck. 

Un cygne, a swan. 

Une perdrix, a partridge. 

Une becasse, a woodcock. 

Une becassine. a snip*. 

Une caille, a quaV. 

Une autruche. an o*t?ich. 

Une mouette, a gull. 

Un aigle, on eagle. 

Une oie, a aoose. 

Un poisson', a fish. 

Une baleine, <7 whale. 

Un requin, a shark. 

Une morue. a coo?. 

Une raie. a s#a£e. 

Un saumon, a salmon. 



ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. 



247 



Un brochet, a pike. 

Une merluche, a haddock. 

Un eperlan, a smelt. 

Une truite, a trout. 

Une perche, a perch. 

Une anguille, an eel. 

Un maquereau, a mackerel.. 

Un hareng, a herring. 

Une alose, a shad. 

Un homard, a lobster. 

Une crevette, a shrimp. 

Une huitre, an oyster. 

Des insectes. insects. 

Des reptiles, reptiles. 

Une mouche. «/y. 

Une abeille, a bee. 

Une guepe, a wasp. 

Unesauterelle, a grasshopper. 

Une couturidre, a lady bird. 

Un papiUpn, a butterfly. 

Une demoiselle, a dragon-fly. 

Un moustique, a mosquito. 

Un cousin, a gnat ; a mosquito. 

Une teigne, a moth. 

Un escarbot, a beetle. 

Un limacon, a snail. 

Un serpent, a snake. 

Une chenille, a caterpillar. 

Un ver, a worm. 

Un lezard, a lizard. 

Une souris, a mouse. 

Une taupe, a mote. 

Un crapaud, a foac?. 

Une grenouille, a frog. 

Une arai^nee, a spider. 

Une punaise, a bedbug. 

Une puce, a flea. 

Un perce-oreille, aw earwig. 

Une fourmi, aw aw£. 

Un grillon, a cricket. 

Une sangsue, a leech. 

X. 

Les arbres, the trees. 

Un ch§ne, an oak. 

Un orme, an elm. 

Un tilleul, a linden. 

Un frene, an ash. 

Un pin 5 a pine. 

Un sapin, a fir. 

Un noyer, a walnut. 

Un chataignier, \ nch ^ 1nut trM 

Un marronnier, \ acnesmm lree - 

Un bouleau, a tarcA. 

Un peuplier, a poplar. 

Un saule, a willow. 

Un saule pleureur, a weeping willow. 

Un hetre, a beech. 

Un aune, aw a/c?6r. 

Un erable, a maple. 

Un pommier, an apple-tree. 

Un poirier, a pear-tree. 



Un pecher, a peach-tree. 

Un prunier, « plum-tree. 

Un cerisier, a cherry-tree. 

Un mnrier, a mulberry -tree. 

Des arbrisseaux, shrubs. 

Un sureau, aw ^er. 

Une aubepine, a hawthorne. 

Un groseiller, a currant-bush. 

Un figuier, a fig-tree. 

Un oranger, aw orange-tree. 

Un fraisier, a strawberry-vine. 

Un framboisier, a raspberry-bush. 

De la fougdre,/<?rw. 

Mauvaises herbes, weeds. 

Un chardon, a thistle. 

Des orties, nettles. 

Une epine, a thorn. 

Une liane, a creeper. 

Du lierre, zvy. 

De Therbe, grass. 

De la mousse, mo^. 

Des fruits, fruits. 

Des melons d'eau, water-melons. 

Du cassis, Wac£ currants. 

Des ananas, pineapples. 

Des ranres, mulberries. 

Une orange, aw oi^ange. 

Un citron, a lemon. 

Une figue, a^a. 

Une chataigne, ) c *w WM , 

Un marron, f a cnesmuz. 

Une amande. aw almond. 

Des fleurs, flowers. 

Une rose, a row. 

Un oaillet, a ^rcw#. 

Un oeillet de poete, a sweet-william. 

Un soleil, a sunflower. 

Un myrte, a myrtle. 

Une jacinthe, a hyacinth. 

Une tulipe, a £w/ip. 

Un lis, a /%. 

Un muguet, a lily of the valley. 

Du lilac, a lilac. 

Un geranium, a geranium. 

Un pavot, a poppy. 

Un souci, a marigold. 

Une violette, a t70te£. 

Un chevrefeuille, a honeysuckle. 

Des pois de sen ten r, iweel peas. 

Un bouton d'or, a buttercup. 

Une belle de jour, a morning-glory. 

Une campanule, a blue-bell. 

Un eglantier odorant. a siveelbrier. 

Une pivoine, a peony. 

Une rose mousseuse, a moss-rose. 

Une rose des quatre saisons, a montJdj 

rose. 
Une rose tremidre, a hollyhock. 
Une reine marguerite, a cAiwa a*'te?\ 
Un heliotrope, a heliotrope. 
Une citrouille, a pumpkin. 
Des tomates, tomatoes. 
Des champignons, mushrooms. 



248 



ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. 



XI. 

Le temps, the weather. 

La chaleur, the heat. 

Le froid, the cold. 

Le ciel, the sky. 

Le soleil, the sun. 

Un rayon de soleil, a sunbeam. 

La lune, the moon. 

Le clair de lune, the moonlight. 

Une etoile, a star. 

L'air, the air. 

Le vent, the wind. 

Un nuage, a cloud. 

La phtie. the rain. 

Une averse, a shoiver. 

Une goutte d'eau, a drop of rain. 

La neige, the snow. 

Un ilocon de neige, a flake of snow. 

La grele, the hail. 

Un grelon, a hailstone. 

Un orage, a storm,. 

Un ouragan, a hurricane. 

Un coup de vent, a gust of wind. 

Un eclair, a flash of lightning. 

Le tonnerre, the thunder. 

Un coup de tonnerre. a clap of thunder. 

Un arc-en-ciel, a rainbow. 

La gelee, the frost. 

La glace, the ice. 

Un glacon, an icicle. 

Une gelee blanche, a hoar-frost. 

Le degel, the thaw. 

Le brouillard, the fog. 

La bruine, the mist. 

La rosee, the dew. 

L'aurore, the dawn. 

Le point du jour, the break of day. 

Le lever du soleil, the sunrise. 

Le coucher du soleil, the sunset. 

La lumiere, the light. 

L 1 horizon, the horizon. 

L'atmosphere, the atmosphere. 

L'obscurite, the darkness. 

La secheresse, the drought. 

L'hnmidite, the dampness. 

De la boue, mud. 

De la poussiere, dust. 

Une girouette, a vane. 

Les points cardinaux, the cardinal points. 

L'est, east. 

L'ouest, west. 

Le sud, south. 

Le nord, north. 

XII. 

Un college, a college. 

Une ecole, a school. 

Un externat, a day school. 

I'n pensionnat, a boarding-school. 

Le mattre de pension, the school master . 

La maitresse, Me schoolmistress. 



Un instituteur, a teacher, rn. 

Une institutrice, a teacher, f. 

Un e>r une eleve, a pupil. 

Un ecolier. a scholar, m. 

L T ne ecoliere. a scholar, f. 

La classe (salle de), Me schoolroom. 

Un pupitre, « tf^A;. 

Un banc, a bench. 

Une carte, a 771a??. 

Un globe, a globe. 

Un tableau, « blackboard. 

Un dictionnaire, a dictionary. 

Une grammaire, a grammar. 

Une lecon, a lesson. 

IjSl lecture, reading. 

L'orthographe, spelling. 

Une dictee, a dictation. 

Une faute, a mistake. 

Un brouillon, a rough copy. 

Le calcul, ciphering. 

Une regie, a swra or problem. 

La somme, Me szm. 

Une erreur, a mistake (in calculation). 

Un chiffre, a figure ; a number. 

Un zero, a nought. 

Une main de papier, a quire of paper. 

Une feuille de papier, a sheet of papa. 

Du papier a lettre, letter-paper. 

Du papier brouillard or buvard, blotting 

paper. 
De Pencre, ink. 
Un encrier, an inkstand. 
Une plume, a pen. 
Une plume metallique, a steel-pen. 
Un canif, a penknife. 
De la gomme elasrique, India-rubber. 
Un crayon, apene'd. 
Un porte-crayon, a pencil-case. 
Une regie, « n^er. 
Une ardoise, a ,^tfte. 
Un crayon ^d'ardoise, a slate pencil. 
De la cire a cachcter, sealing-wax. 
Un pain a cacheter. « wafer. 
Vn carton, a po)(f olio. 
Un pinceau, « paint -br us Ji. 
Des crayons, crayons. 
Des couleurs, paints. 
L'ecriture, writing. 
Une li^ne, a ftm. 
Un trait, a stroke. 
Un plein, a down-stroke. 
Un delie, a/i up stroke. 
La ponctuation, ))>i mi nation. 
Un chapitre, a chapter. 
Une page, a ;w^. 
Un paragraphs, <7 paragraj>h. 
Une phrase, a s< n/encc. 
Un mot, <7 «70rrf. 
Une Byllabe, nr syllable. 
Une lettre. a fel&r. 
Une voyelk', a voted. 



ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. 



249 



Une consonne, a consonant. 

Un point, a point. 

Deux points, a colon. 

Point et virgule, a semicolon. 

Une virgule, a comma. 

Point (^interrogation, a note of interro- 
gation. 

Point d' exclamation, a note of exclama- 
tion. 

Des guillements, quotation marks. 

l~n trait d union, a hyphen. 

Une parenthese, a bracket. 

Yn trema, a diaeresis. 

Uu trait or tiret, a dash. 

xm. 

Un outil, a tool. 

Un marteau. a hammer. 

Ub mail let. a mallet. 

Une vrille, a gimlet. 

Un rabot. ajilane. 

Des tenailles,2%?2cers. 

Un.ci^eau, a chisel. 

Une vis, # screw. 

Yn tourne-vis, a screw-driver. 

L r n clon, a nail. 

Une cheville, a peg. 

Une enclume, an anvil. 

Une boite a ouvra^e. a work box. 

Le couvercle. Me lid. 

Le dedans, Me inside. 

Le fond, Me bottom. 

Une pelote. a pincushion. 

Une epingle, a /?£rc. 

Un etui, a needle-case. 

Une aiguille, a needle. 

Une aguille a tapisserie, a worsted-needle. 

Une aiguille a repriser, a darning-needle. 

Un paquet (raiguilles, a paper of needles. 

Du fil, thread. 

Un peloton de fil. a 6a# of thread. 

Un echeveau d^ fil, a sA#wi of thread. 

LTne bobine de fil. <7 $pooJ of thread. 

Une aiguillee, '/ needleful. 

Un de, « thimble. 

Une paire de ciseaux, a pair of scissors. 

Un passe-lacer, a bodkin. 

Du ganse, cwrf. 

Du ruban de fil tape. 

Du galon. braid. 

Des agrafes et porte*, /zoo/ - * a«rf eyes. 

Des boutons. buttons. 

Un peloton de laine. a ball of yarn. 

Un cure-dent, a tooth pi^k. 

Une tabatiere. a snuff-box. 

Un pied, afoot. 

Un pouce, ara ?/2c//. 

Une toise, a fathom. 

Vn mdtre, a meter. 

Un millc, « miA . 

Une lieue, a league. 

Unelivre, a pound. 



Une once, an ounce. 

Un boisseau, a, bushel. 

Un gallon, a gallon. 

Une pinte, a pint. 

Une table a jouer, a card-table. 

Un jeu de cartes, apack of cards. 

L'as, the ace. 

Le roi, the king. 

La reine, the queen. 

Le valet, the knave. 

Un cceur, « heart. 

Un carreau, a diamond. 

Un trefle, a c^v&. 

Un pique, a spade. 

Un atout, a trump. 

Une partie de cartes, a game of cards. 

XIV. 

La campagne,the country. 

Un champ, afield. 

Une prairie, a meadow. 

Une naie. « hedge. 

Une cloture, a fence. 

Un fosse, a tfifcA. 

Un marrais. a marsh. 

Un etang, a ^emtf . 

Un ruisseau, a brook. 

Une fontaine, a fountain. 

Un puits, a well. 

Un abreuvoir, a tcatering -trough. 

Une colline, « fa"#. 

Un village, a village. 

Un paysan, a peasant. 

Une paysanne, « peasant woman. 

Un fermier, a farmer. 

La fermiere, \he farmers icife. 

Une ferme, a farm. 

Une charrue. a plough. 

Le soc, Me ploughshare. 

Un moulin, a wii#. 

La meule, Me mill-stone. 

Une grange, a 6am. 

Une ecurfe, a stable (for horses). 

Une etable, a stable (for cattte). 

La cour, the yard. 

La basse-cour, the poultry-yard. 

La laiterie, M<° dairy. 

La serre-chaude. Me hot-house. 

Le betail, Me c«^e. 

La pa i lie. Me straw. 

Du foin, hay. 

Du ble. corn ; wheat ; grain. 

Du mais, Indian-corn. 

Une gerbe, a sheaf. 

Une meule de foin, a stack of hay. 

D^ I'orge, barhy. 

De ravoine, <W.s\ 

Du froment, wheat. 

Du seigle, r?/e. 

Du noublon, hops. 

Une faux, r/ scythe. 

Une faucille. a sickle. 



250 



ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. 



Un arrosoir, a watering-pot. 

Une beche, a spade. 

Un rateau, a rake. 

Une houe, a hoe. 

Un flea u, a flail. 

Un moissonneur, a reaper. 

Un faucbeur, a mower. 

Un hangar, a shed. 

Un cbeval, a horse. 

Le harnais, the harness. 

Le mors, the bit. 

Le collier, the collar. 

Les renes, or guides, the reins. 

Une selle, a saddle. 

Un fouet, a whip. 

Une cravache, a riding-whip. 

Des eperons, spurs. 

La moisson, ) fh narTe<ii 

Larecolte, \Mena?iest. 

La vendange, the vintage. 

Une maison de campagne, a country seat. 

Un pavilion, a summer-house. 

Un berceau, an arbor. 

XV. 
Un theatre, a theatre. 

La salle, the house. 

Le parquet, the orchestra-seats. 

Le parterre, the pit. 

Une loge, a box. 

Les a vant- scenes, the stage-boxes. 

La galerie, the gallery. 

Le foyer, the green-room. 

L'orcheslre, the orchestra. 

Le cbef d'orchestre, the leader. 

La scene, the stage. 

Les decorations, the scenery. 

Les coulisses, the wings. 

La toile, the curtain. 

Le spectacle, the play. 

Un acteur, 6m actor. 

Une actrice, «w actress. 

Le direcreur, Me manager. 

Le souffleur, Me prompter. 

Une piece, a /?/«?/. 

Une tragedie, a tragedy. 

Une comcdie, a comedy. 

Un opera, arc opera. 

Un ballet, a ballet. 

Un drame, a drama. 

Un melodrame, a melodrama. 

Une farce, a farce. 

Un acte, «h «e£. 

Une scene, a scene. 

Un entr'acte, an interlude. 

Une repetition, a rehearsal. 

Une representation, a performance. 

Un r61e. « par/. 

Le public, toe audience. 

Les applaudisseinents. /A, a)>plause. 

Bis; bisser, encore; to encore. 

Les sifiiets, Me hissing. 



Une aflSche, a WW. 
Un billet, a &c£e£. 
Une contre-marque, a c^e£#. 

XVI. 

Un voyage, a journey. 

La voiture, the coach. 

Le dehors, the outside. 

L'interieur, the inside. 

De la place, room. 

Une place, a place. 

Un siege, a seat. 

Un voyageur, a traveler. 

Une malle. a trunk. 

Un sac, « 6a<7. 

Un paquet, a parcel. 

Le depart, the departure. 

Adieu, farewell. 

La route, the road. 

La halte, the stopping; the stopping 

place. 
L'arrivee, the arrival. 
La reception, the reception. 
La ville, the city : the town. 
Un faubourg, a suburb. 
Une rue, a street. 
Une place, a square. 
Le pave, the pavement. 
Un trottoir. a sidewalk. 
Une boutique, a shop. 
Le comptoir, Me counter. 
Une pratique, a customer. 
La vente, Me sate. 
Un achetenr, a purchaser. 
Un achat, a purchase {large). 
Une emplette, a purchase {small). 
Un marche, « bargain. 
La grande poste, Me general post-office. 
La petite poste, Me penny post. 
Un h6tel, aw #ofe/. 
Un restaurant, an eating-house. 
Un cafe, a coffee-room. 
Legarcon. Me waiter. 
La carte, Me bill of fare. 
Un bureau, an office. 
Un cominis, a clerk. 
Un nuisee, « museum, 
Un pont, a bridge. 
Un quai, o #?/<7?/. 
La douane, the custom boa. <c. 
Une caserne, a barrack. 
Une cour, a court. 
Une ruelle, a lane. 
Un coin, a corner. 

Une borne, a spur-jwst ; a spur stone. 
Une voiture, a carriage. 
La portiere. Me door. 
Les stores, the blinds. 
Les roues. Mr wheels. 
I/essieu, Mr OOSfo tffW. 

Le timon, the pole. 

Un fiacre, a hackmy-coach. 



ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. 



251 



Un cabriolet, a cab. 

Le cocher, the coachman. 

Un chariot, a cart or toagon. 

Une charrette, a cart. 

Un wagon, a wagon. 

Le chemin de fer, the railway. 

La station, the station. 

Un train or convoi, a train. 

La locomotive, the engine. 

L'embarcadere, j the terminus. 

Le debarcadere, V the depot. 

Lagare, ) theplatfo?m. 

xvu. 
L'ame, the soul. 

L'esprit, the mind. 

L'entendement, the understanding. 

Le jugement, the judgment. 

La Vaison, the reason. 

La memoire, the memory. 

Une faculte, a faculty. 

Le caractere, the temper. 

L'humeur, the humor. 

La douceur, mildness. 

La sensibilite, sensibility. 

La bonte, kindness. 

La gaiete, gayety. 

L'etourderie, giddiness. 

La politesse, politeness. 

La coldre. anger. 

L'amour, love. 

La haine, hatred. 

La jalousie, jealousy. 

L'araitie. friendship. 

La tendresse, tenderness. 

La reconnaissance, gratitude. 

Un raisonnement, an argument. 

Un souhait, a wish. 

Un desire, a desire. 

Une vertu, a virtue. 

Un vice, a ric^. 

La folie, madness. 

La sottise,/<90#sA?i£ss-. 

L'orgueil, pride. 

Lafi"''K»- 
La timidite, ba*hfubiess. 
L'egolsme, selfishness. 
Un sentiment, a sentiment. 
Une pensc'e. « thought. 
L'humanite, humanity. 
La charite, charity. 
Lai)itie,pe/y. 
LTn present, «r present. 
Un don, » Y/ 
Uncadoau, f " - nJl ' 
L'aumone, aims. 
La simplicity, simplicity. 
La droiture, uprightness. 
Une bassesse, ^/ baseness. 
Un mensonge, afalxehood. 
Un souvenir, « recoltection. 



L'oubli , forgetfulness. 
Un aveu, ara avowal. 
Un secret, a secret. 
Un regret, a regret. 
La repentir, repentance. 
Un cri, a cry. 
Un soupir, a s£#/^. 
Une larme, a tear. 
Un sanglot, a ,900. 
Un signe, a nod. 
Une habitude, a habit. 

XVIII. 

Un coup, a blow; a stroke ; a 
clap ; a hit. 

Un coup de main, a blou) with the hand, 
(fig.) assistance ; (mil.) a surprise. 

de poing, a blow with the fist. 

■ de revere, a back blow. 

de pied, a kick. 

de dents, a bite. 



de langue. a reflection (censure). 



-d'ceil, a glance. 
- de baton , a blozv with a stick. 
-de fouet, a blow with a whip. 
-de couteau, a cat. 
-de sabre, a sabre cut. 
-d 1 epee, a sword thrust. 
-de canon, a cannon shot. 
-de fusil, a gun shot. 
-de pistolet, a pistol shot. 
-de vent, a gust of wind. 
-de soleil, a sunstroke. 



1efo™'H^/"- 



-d'etat, a stroke of policy. 
A grands coups, with great bloivs. 
A coups de baton, with a stick. 
Dun seul coup, at a single blow. 
Du premier coup, at the first blow. 
Pour le coup, /or once. 
A coup stir, /or a certainty. 
Faire son coup, to succeed. 

XIX. 

Une couleur, a color. 

Rouge, red. 
Orange, orange. 
Jaune, yellow. 
Vert, green. 
Bleu, blue. 
Indigo, indigo. 
Violet, te, violet. 
Noir, black. 
Blanc, he, white. 
Bran, brown. 
Pom pre, purple. 
Rose, rose-cotored. 
Rose tendre, y/?V/7. . 
Fonce", d&p (colored). 
Clair, #tf-M. 



252 



ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. 



XX. 

Un defaut, a defect. 

Aveugle, blind. 

Borgne, one-eyed. 

Sourd, deaf. 

Muet, te, dumb. 

Boiteux, se, lame. 

Bossu, hunch-backed. 

Estropie, crippled. 

Difforme, deformed. 

Chauve, bald. 

Chevelu, hairy. 

Camus, flat-nosed. 

Balafre, covered with scars. 

Marque cle la petite verole, pock-marked. 

XXI. 

line qualite, a quality. 

Sense, sensible. 
Spirituel, le, witty. 
Intellectuel„ le, intellectual. 
Vif, ve, lively ; sprightly. 
Aimable, amiable. 
Affable, affable. 
Modeste, modest. 
Reserve, reserved, 
Bavard, talkative. 
Adroit, dexterous. 
Habile, able ; skillful. 

«"' H"- 

Stupide, stupid. 
Vain, vain. 
Orgueilleux, proud. 
Egoiste, selfish. 



Interesse, interested. 

Officieux, se, officious. 

Ruse, artful ; crafty. 

Grand, tall ; large. 

Gros, se, large ; big ; stout. 

Petit, small ; little. 

Haut, high. 

Profond, deep. 

Large, wide ; broad. 

Etrbit, narrow. 

Long, ue, long. 

Court, short. 

Epais, se, thick. 

Mince, thin. 

Pointu, pointed. 

Aigu, e, acute. 

Efflle, slender ; tapering. 

Emousse, blunt. 

Aigre, sour. 

Doux, ce, sweet. 

Amer, bitter. 

Insipide, insipid. 

Savoureux, se, savory. 

Exquis, exquisite. 

Delicieux, se, delicious. 

Delicat, delicate. 

Astringent, astringent. 

Piquant, pungent. 

Moelleux, mellow. 

Mou, mol, molle, soft (yielding). 

Dur, hard. 

Doux, ce, soft (velvety). 

Tendre, tender. 

Ferme, firm. 

Solide, solid. 

Fixe, stable. 



VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION.* 
(See model verb Couper, to cut ; p. 102.) 



Abandonner, to abandon. 
Abimer, to spoil. 
Accepter, to accept. 
Accompagner, to accompany. 
Accorder, to grant. 

(un piano), to tune. 

S'accorder avec, to agree with. 
Accoutumer, to accustom. 
S'accoutumer a, to get accustomed to. 
Accrocher, to hook; to hang. 
Acheter, to buy. 
Achever, to finish. 
Acquitter, to acquit. 
Admirer, to admire. 



Adresser, to adress.f 

S'adresser a. to apply to. 

Affliger, to afflict. 

Agrafer, to hook ; to fasten. 

Aider, to help. 

Aimer, to love : to like ; to be fond of. 

Alterer, to make thirsty. 

Ajouter, to add. 

Allumer, to light : to kindle. 

Amener, to bring (lidding). 

Amuser, to amuse. 

S'amnser, to amuse or enjoy one^s self. 

Annoncer, to announce. 

Appeler, to call. 



* The first conjugation comprise* more than three-fourths of all the French verba, 
We gire only some of them, which are frequently used. 
t To address, to speak to a person, fs, adresser la parole a qqn, 



VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 



253 



Apporter, to bring {carrying). 

Apprecier, to appreciate. 

Approcher, to approach. 

S'approcher de, to come or go near. 

Appuyer, to lean ; to dwell upon. 

Arracher, to root up ; to pluck out. 

(line dent), to pull (a tooth). 

Assister a, to be present at ; to attend. 

Assurer, to assure. 

Attacher, to attach. 

Atraquer, to attack. 

Attraper, to catch. 

Avaler, to swallow. 

Avancer, to advance. 

Augmenter, to increase ; to rise (in price). 

Avouer, to own ; to acknowledge. 

Banner, to bathe. 

Baiiler, to gape ; to yawn. 

Baiser, to kiss. 

Baisser, to lower. 

Ba layer, to sweep. 

Baptiser, to christen. 

Bavarder, to chatter. 

Boutonner, to button. 

Briller, to shine ; to glitter. 

Bruler, to burn. 

Cacher, to hide ; to conceal. 

Cacheter, to seal. 

Casser, to break. 

Causer, to talk ; to chat. 

Causer, to cause : to occasion. 

Ceder, to yield. 

Chanter, to sing. 

Charmer, to charm. 

Chasser, to chase ; to drive away. 

Chatouiller, to tickle. 

Chauffer, to warm ; to heat. 

Chercher, to seek ; to look for. 
aller chercher, to go for. 
venir chercher, to come for. 
envoyer chercher, to send for. 

Commander, to command. 

Commencer, to begin. 

Compter, to count ; to reckon ; to ex- 
pect* 

Conseiller, to advise. 

Contenter. to satisfy. 

Conter, to relate. 

Continuer, to continue. 

Converser, to converse. 

Copier, to copy. 

Corriger, to correct. 

Coucher,t to lie down ; to sleep. 

Se coucher. to go to bed. 

Couter, to cost. 

Creer. to create. 

Crier, to cry. 

Cultiver, to cultivate. 

Danser, to dance. 



Dechirer, to tear. 

Decider, to decide. 

Declaree, to declare. 

Degrafer, to unhook. 

Dejeuner, to breakfast. 

Delier, to untie. 

Demenager, to remove (one's household). 

Demeurer, to dwell ; to live. 

Depenser, to spend. 

Deranger, to disturb. 

Desalterer, to quench the thirst. 

Deshabiller, to undress. 

Desirer, to desire. 

Dessiner, to draw. 

Detacher, to untie. 

Detromper, to undeceive. 

Dieter, to dictate. 

Digerer, to digest. 

Diner, to dine. 

Douter de, to doubt. 

Se douter de, to suspect. 

Donner, to give. 

Durer, to last. 

Eclairer, to light ; to enlighten. 

Economises to save. 

Ecouter, to listen to. 

Effacer, to efface. 

Effrayer, tof Tighten. 

Egarer, to mislay ; to mislead. 

S'egarer, to stray ; to lose one's way. 

Embarrasser, to embarrass. 

Emmener, to take away (leading). 

Emp§cher de, to present ; to hinder. 

Employer, to employ ; to use. 

Em porter, to carry away. 

Emprunter, to borrow. 

Enfermer, to shut up. 

Enlever, to take away. 

Ennuyer, to annoy ; to weary. 

Enrhumer, to give a cold. 

S'enrhumer, to take or catch cold. 

Enseigner, to teach. 

Entrer, to enter. 

Envelopper, to wrap up. 

Environ ner, to surround. 

Epargner, to spare. 

Epeler, to spell. 

Epouser, to marry. 

Esperer, to hope. 

Essay er, to try. 

Essuyer, to wipe. 

Estimer, to esteem. 

Etonner, to astonish. 

S'etonner, to be astonished. 

Etudier, to study. 

Eveiller, to wake ; to awake. 

S'eveiller, to awake. 

Eviter, to avoid. 

Excuser, to excuse. 



* Compter, before a verb in the infinite mode, means, to expect, to in fend. 
t Coucher, to sleep, to pass the night. Dormir, to sleep, to be asleep. 



254 



VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 



S'excuser, to apologise. 

Feliciter, to congratulate. 

Fermer, to close ; to shut. 

Flatter, to flatter. 

Frapper, to strike ; to knock. 

Fumer, to smoke. 

Gagner, to gain. 

Garder, to keep. 

Gater, to spoil. 

Gener, to be in the way; to pinch (of 

boots) ; to be tight (of clothes). 
Gouter, to taste. 
Gronder, to scold. 
Habiller, to dress. 
Honorer, to honor. 
Imprimer, to print. 
Insulter, to insult. 
Inventer, to invent. 
Jeter, to throiv ; to cast. 
.louer, to play. 

Laisser, to let ; to leave ; to allow. 
Se lasser, to get tired. 
Laver, to wash. 
Se lever, to get up. 
Lier, to tie ; to fasten. 
Louer, to hire ; to let. 
Louer, to praise. 
Manquer, to fail. 
Marcher, to walk ; to march. 
Menacer, to threaten. 
Mendier, to beg. 
Mener, to lead. 
Mepriser, to despise. 
Meriter, to merit ; to deserve. 
Meubler, to furnish (a house). 
Monter, to ascend ; to go or come up. 
Montrer, to show. 
Negliger, to neglect. 
Nettoyer, to clean. 
Nonimer, to name. 
Nouer, to tie in a knot. 
Noyer, to drown. 
Naj^er, to swim. 
Obliger, to oblige. 
Observer, to observe ; to notice. 
Occuper, to occupy. 
Offenser, to offend. 

8ser, to dare. 
ter, to take off ; to remove. 
Oublier, to forget. 
Pardon ner,' to pardon. 
Parier, to bet ; to rvager. 
Partager, to share ; to gLlvwU . 
Passer, to pass ; to spend (time). 
Passer a, chez, to call at, upon. 
Patiner, to skate. 
Peeher, to fish. 
Penser, to think. 
Pleurer, to weep. 

Porter, to carry ; to bear, to wear. 
Ponsser, to push. 
Prcfercr, to prefer. 



Preparer, to prepare. 

Presenter, to present. 

Presser, to press ; to hurry. 

Prater, to lend. 

Prier, to pray ; to beg. 

Prononcer, to pronounce. 

Proposer, to propose. 

Quereller, to quarrel. 

Quitter, to quit. 

Kaccommoder, to mend. 

Raconter, to relate. 

Ramasser, to pick up. 

Ramener, to bring, or lead back. 

Rappeler, to call back. 

Se rappeler, to recollect. 

Rapport er, to bnng or carry back. 

Reciter, to recite. 

Recompense^ to reward. 

Refuser, to refuse. 

Regarder, to look at. 

Reg ret ter, to regret. 

Relier, to bind. 

Remercier, to thank. 

Remonter, to wind up (a watch). 

Rencontrer, to meet. 

Respecter, to respect. 

Rester, to remain. 

Rever, to dream. 

Ruiner, to ruin. 

Saigner. to bleed. 

Saler, to salt. 

Saluer, to bow to. 

Sauver, to save. 

Serrer, to press; to squeeze; to put 

away. 
Siffler. to whistle ; to hiss. 
Soigner, to attend ; to nurse (a patient). 
Sonner, to ring. 
Souhaiter, to wish. 
Soupconner, to suspect. 
Songer a, to think of; to dream. 
Souper, to eat supper. 
TsLcher, to endeavor. 
Tacher, to stain. 
Tailler, to cut. 
Tarder a, to be long. 
Tirer, to draw ; to pull : to fire. 
Tirer un coup de fusil, to fire off a gun. 
Tember, to fall. 
Toussc-r, to cough. 
Tourner, to turn. 
Travailler. to work. 
Tromper, to deceive. 
Se tromper, to be mistaken. 
Trouver, to find. 
User, to us< ; to wear out. 
Veiller, to watch ; to sit up. 
Verser, to pour. 
Vider, to empty. 
Visiter, to visit. 
Voler, toffy ; to steal. 
Voyager, to travel. 



/ 



CONVERSATIONAL PHRASES. 



Bon jour,* monsieur. 

Bonsoir. 

Bonne nuit, maman. 

Adieu. 

Sans adieu. 

Au re voir, t or Au plaisir. 



Good morning, sir. 

Good evening, or Good night. 

Good night, mamma. 

Good-bye, or Farewell. 

I will see you again. 

Good-bye. 



Je suis charm e de vous voir. 
Comment vous portez-vous ? 
Je me porte bien, je vous remercie ; 

vous-meme ? 
Tres-bien. 

Comment se porte-t on chez vous ? 
Tout le monde se porte bien. 
J'en suis bien aise. 



Comment se porte Madame ? 

Elle se porte bien, je vous remercie.^ 
Comment se porte monsieur votre f rere ? 
Comment se porte mademoiselle votre 

sceur? 
Elle ne se porte pas bien. 
J'en suis fache. 
De quoi se plaint -elle ? 
Elle souffre de la poitrine. 
Elle s'est enrhumee au sortir de Teglise 

dimanche dernier. 
Lundi elle etait bien souffrante. 
Hier nous avons fait venir le medecin. 
Aujourd'hui elle va beaucoup mieux. 
Je pense qu'elle sortira demain, s'il fait 

beau. 
Le medecin dit que e'est peu de chose, 

et qu'elle sera bientOt retablie. 
Je le souhaite de tout mon cceur. 



lam glad to see you. 

Row do you do ? 

I am well, I thank you. How are you f 

Very well. 

How are they at home f 

They are all well. ir 

I am glad to hear it. j\ 

Hoiu is Mrs. f 

She is well, I thank you. 
How is your brother f 
How is your sister f 

She is not well. 

lam sorry to hear it. 

What does she complain of? 

She has pains in her chest. 

She caught cold in coming from ch ureh 

last Sunday. 
On Monday she was very unwell. 
Yesterday we sent for the doctor. 
Today she is a great deal better. 
I think she will go out to-morrow, if the 

weather is fine. 
The doctor says that it is not serious, and 

that she will soon be well again. 
I wish it with all my heart. 



Comment va la sante ? 
Assez bien j et la vOtre ? 
Comme toujours. 
Je viens vous dire le bonjour. 
Vous §tes bien aimable. 
Veuillez vous asseoir ; or, 
Assevez-vous, je vous en prie. 
II fait froid dehors. 
Approchez-vous du calorifSre. 



How is your health f 

Pretty good ; and yours ? 

As usual. 

I look in to say good morning. 

You are very kind. 

Please be seated / or, 

Sit down, pray. 

It is cold out of doors. 

Come near the register. 



* Bonjour. Good day, is also used for Good morning. 

t Au revoir, or Au plaisir, means Adieu, jusqu'au revoir, or jusqu'aq plaisir de 
vous revoir, Farewell until we meet again. 



256 



CONVERSATIONAL PHRASES. 



II y a long temps que je ne vous ai vu. 

J'ai ete tres-occupe.' 

Mon pere a ete absent pendant quelque 

temps. 
Voulez-vous me faire le plaisir de diner 

avec moi. 
Vraiment, je ne pourrai. 
Je vous prie de m'excuser. 
II faut que je sois chez mci dans une 

demi-heure. 
Je serai oblige de vous quitter. 
J'en suis f&che. 
J'ai des affaires pressantes. 
Les affaires avant tout ; n'est-ce pas ? 
Voulez-vous venir passer la soiree chez 

moi. 
Vous y verrez quelques-uns de vos an- 

ciens camarades de classe. 
Vous £tes bien bon. Je ne manquerai 

pas de m'y trouver. 

Mes enfants, il est temps d'aller a Tecole. 

Oui, maman, nous y allons. 

Votre ami Albert est a la porte k vous 

attendre. 
Partons, Charles, si tu es pr§t. 
Oui, a rinstant. 
As-tu fait ton theme ? 
Je ne Pai pas tout-a-fait fini. 
J'etais a Tavant derniere phrase quand 



on m'a appele. 
Je le finirai al'ecole. 



Sais-tu la lecon ? 
Je crois que oui. 
Je l'ai etudiee pendant trois quarts- 

d'heure. 
L'as-tu trouvee difficile ? 
Non pas. 

Depechons-nous ; j'entends la dochette. 
Ne cours pas ; nous arriverons a temps. 
Tu sais que le maitre n'aime pas qu'on 

arrive apres l'appel. 
Non, vraiment ; il veut qu'on soit en 

place avant que l'appel commence. 
II est strict, mais c'est un bon mattre. 



j>ue vas-tu faire maintenant ? 

e vais m'habiller, puis je vais sortir. 



X 



Ou veux-tu aller ? 

Je vais faire des emplettes. 

Veux-tu m'accomparmer ? 

Je veux bien ; mais U faut que je ftnisse 

mon devoir premiSrement. 
Tu en auras le temps. 
Appelle-moi quand tu seras pret. 
Henri, me voici pret a sortir. 
Tu Instant; je vais dire a maman que 

nous Bortons. 
(Juc vas-tu achcter? 



I have not seen you, for some time. 

I have been very busy. 

My father was absent for some time. 

Will you take dinner with me? 

Indeed, I cannot. 

I beg you will excuse me. 

I must be at home in half an hour. 

I shall be obliged to leave you. 

lam sorry for it. 

I have urgent business. 

Business before everything / is that not so? 

Will you come and spend the evening at 
my house. 

You will meet some of your old class- 
mates. 

You are very Tcind. I shall not fail to be 
there. 

Children, it is time to go to school. 

Yes, mamma, we are going. 

Your friend Albert is at the door waiting 

for you. 
Let us be off, Charles, if you are ready. 
Yes, in a moment. 
Have you written your exercise ? 
I have not quite finished it. 
I was at the last sentence but one, when 

some one called me. 
I will finish it at school. 
Bo you knoiv the lesson ? 
I think I do. 
I studied it for three quarters of an hour. 

Bid you find it difficult? 

No. 

Let us make haste ; I hear the bell: 

Bo not run; we shall arrive in Hon . 

You know that the teacher doe* not like us 

to come after roll-call. 
No, indeed ; he wants us to be in ow seals 

before the roll is called. 
He is severe, but he is a good teac/o r. 

What are you going to do now ? 

lam going to dress, and then lam going 

out. 
Where are you going? 
lam going shopping. 
Will you go with me ? 
I will, but I must first finish my task. 

You wiU have time for that. 

Call me when you are ready. 

Henry, lure Tarn, ready to' go out. 

One moment ; I am going to tell mamma 

that ire arc going. 
What arc you going to b»y ? 



CONVERSATIONAL PHRASES. 



257 



D'abord une grammaire francaise. 

Tu sais que nous avons fini la petite, la 

Grammaire Elementaire. 
Eh bien, le professeur veut que nous 

etudiions maintenant la grande, par le 

merae auteur, sa grammaire Analy- 

tique. 
Ou achetes-tu tes livres ? 
Chez Monsieur Christern, Place de l'Uni- 

versite, No. 77. 



First, a French grammar. 

You know that we have finished the small 

one, the Elementary Grammar. 
Well, the professor wishes us now to study 

the large one of the same, author, his 

Analytical Grammar. 



Where do you buy your books ? 
At Jtfr. ChristerrCs, No. 77 
Place. 



Monsieur, donnez-moi, s'il vous plait, 
un exemplaire de la grammaire fran- 
caise par . 

Yoici, monsieur, la grammaire que vous 
demandez. 

Y a-t-il autre chose que vous desirez, 
monsieur ? 

II me faut du papier a lettre, des enve- 
loppes et des timbres de poste. 

Je prendrai aussi queiques feuilles de 
papier buvard. 

Combien cela fait-il ensemble ? 

C'est quatre dollars et demi. 

Faut-il envoyer ces chores chez vous, 
monsieur ? 

Je ne vous donnerai pas cette peine-la. 
Faites-en un petit paquet, et je l'y 
porterai moi-meme. 



Sir, please give me a copy of the French 
grammar by . 

Here is the grammar you asked for, sir. 

Is there anything else that you wish, sir T 

I want some letter paper, envelopes, and 
postage stamps. 

I will also take a few sheets of blotting 
paper. 

How much is that altogether f 

It is four dollars and a half. 

Shall I send these things to your house, 
sirf 

I will not trouble you. Make a small 
bundle of them, and I will carry it my- 
self. 



Je voudrais qu'on sonnat pour le 

diner. 
La promenade m'a donne de l'appetit. 
Ou va servir le diner a l'instant. 
Le diner est servi. 
Mettons-nou- a table. 
Antoine, servez la soupe. 
Cette julienne est bonne. 
Aimez-vous le poisson ? 
Assez bien. 

Yoici du turbot et voila du saumon. 
Je mange rai un peu de saumon. 
Passez la sauce a monsieur. 
Antoine. avez-vous glace le vin ? 
Voulez-vous du Sauterne, ou du vin du 

Rhin ? 
A votre sante. 
A la vOtre. 

Changez d'assiettes, Antoine. 
Vbici un gigot de mouton bouilii; en 

voulez-vous ? 
Je prendrai de preference un petit mor- 

ceau de ce r6ti de boeuf. 
L'aimez-vous bien cuit ou peu cuit ? 
Donnez du jus a. monsieur. 
Pa<sez lee pet its pois, Antoine. 
Versez-moi de lYan. 
Decoupez le poulet et faites la salad*-. 
Vouleztvous boire du Bourdeanx ou da 

Bourgogne ? 



I wish the bell would ring for dinner. 

The walk has given me an appetite. 

Dinner will be served presently. 

Dinner is served. 

Let us sit down to dinner. 

Anthony, serve the soup. 

That (vegetable) soup is good. 

Are you fond offish? 

Yes, rather. 

Here is turbot and there is salmon. 

I will eat some of the salmon. 

Hand the sauce to the gentleman. 

Anthony, have you iced the wine ? 

Will you drink a glass of Sauterne, or a 

glass of Bhine wine ? 
I drink to your health. 
Here is to yours. 
Change plates, Anthony. 
Here is a leg of boiled mutton ; do you 

wish some of it f 
I would rather take a little piece of that 

roast beef. 
Do you like it well done, or under done f 
Give the gentleman some of the gravy. 
Pass the peas, Tony. 
Pour me out some water. 
earn- thefowl and make the salad. 
Will you dnnk claret or JBurgu/a/y/ 



258 



CONVERSATIONAL PHRASES. 



Enlevez, Antoine, et apportez le dessert. 

Mangez-vous de l'ananas ? 

Je ne l'aime pas beaucoup. 

J'aime mieux les fraises. 

Les frames ne sont pas assez sucrees. 

Passez la sucre, Antoine. 

Prenez-vous du cafe et le petit verre ? 

Pour moi du cafe avec un peu de lait. 

Un cigare ? 

Merci, je ne fume pas. 



Remove the dishes, Anthony, and bring in 

the desert. 
Do you eat pineapple ? 
lam not very fond of it. 
I prefer strawberries. 
The strawberries are not sweet enough. 
Pass the sugar, Tony. 
Do you take coffee and a glass of cognac ? 
I will take coffee with a little milk in it. 
Will you have a cigar? 
Thank you, I do not smoke. 



Allons nous asseoir dans la bibliotheque; 

nous y causerons a notr© aise. 
Ou irez-vous ce soir? 
J'irai voir ma Tante. 
Elle partira pour la campagne dans quel- 

ques jours. 
Ou est votre oncle ? 
II est en Europe. 
II est parti il y a un mois. 
II doit etre a Paris maintenant. 
II devait s'arreter dix jours a Londres. 
Ma tante a recut une lettre de lui il y a 

trois ou quatre jours. 
H se portait bien. 

Quand partirez-vous pour la campagne ? 
Nous partirons vers la fin du mois. 
Nous reviendrons a la ville au com- 
mencement du mois d'octobre. 
Venez passer auelques jours avec nous 

pendant l'ete. 
Je ne puis vous le promettre. 
Nous aurons du monde pendant tout 

Fete. 
Mes deux cou sines vont arriver de Paris. 
Elles resteront chez nous jusqu'en au- 

tomne. 
Mon oncle dit qu'elles parlent francais 

comme des Parisiennes. 
Je suis bien curieux de les voir. 
Ce sera une belle occasion pour vous de 

vous exercer a la conversation fran- 

caise. 
J'en profiterai, je vons assure. 
Je crois qu'il est temps de nous separer. 
II n'est que dix heures. 
J'ai Thabitude de me retirer de bonne 

heure. 
Ne vous derangez pas. 
Pardonnez-moi, je vais vous conduire 

jusqu'a la porte. 
Au revoir. 
Bonsoir. 



Let us go and sit in the library, we may 

chat there at our ease. 
Where will you go to-night? 
I will go to my aunts\ 
She is going to leave for the country in a 

few days. 
Where is your uncle ? 
He is in Europe. 
He left a month ago. 
He must be in Paris now. 
He was to stay ten days in London. 
My aunt received a letter from him three 

or four days ago. 
He was in good health. 
When ivill you leave for the country? 
We will start towards the end of the month. 
We shall return to town in the beginning 

of October. 
Come and spend a few days with us 

during summer. 
I cannot promise you. 
We shall have company all the summer. 

My two cousins are coming from Paris. 
They will stay with us until autumn. 

My uncle says that tliey speak French like 

Parisian ladies, 
lam very desirous of seeing them. 
That will be a fine opportunity for you to 

practice French conversation. 

I will avail myself of it, I assure you. 

I believe it is time to part. 

It is not more than ten. 

It is my habit to retire early. 

Do not disturb yourself. 

I beg your pardon; lam going with you 

as far as tlte door. 
Good-bye. 
Good night to you. 



IN DEX 

TO THE ENGLISH WORDS USED IN THE EXERCISES. 



N. B.— The figure after the word indicates the Vocabulary in which the word occurs, 
excepting when p. (page) is prefixed. 



ANGRY. 

A, an, p. 23. 
able (to be), 37. 
abroad, 43. 
absent, 10. 
acquainted with (to 

be), 39. 
acquire (to), 25. 
act (to), 44. 
address, 18. 
admire (to), 18. 
admired, 18. 
advance (to), 41. 
advanced, 6. 
advantage, 46. 
advice, 43, 45. 
advise (to), 29. 
affair, 12. 
affect (to), 37. 
afraid (to be), 20. 
after, 26. 
age, 6, 40. 
agent, 50. 
ago, 

a little while ago, 
28. 

long ago, 37. 
agreeable, 16. 
Alexis, 5. 
alike, 49. 
all, pp. 52, 80. 
alone, 19. 
already, 21. 
also, 4. 
always, 6. 
amend (to), 46. 
amends (to make), 

46. 
America, 36 
amiable, 49. 
amuse, 12. 
amusing, 21. 
ancient, 41. 
and, 1. 
angry with (to be), 



BANK. 

answer, 23. 
answer (to), 28. 
anything, 14. 
apartment, 50. 
appear (to), 39. 
apple, 8. 
apply to (to), 46. 
April, p, 51. 
are, 2. 
arm, 48. 
arm-chair, 19. 
around, 37. 
arrival, 26. 
arrive (to), 24. 
arrive, p. 134. 
artist, 14. 
as, 6, 15. 
as long as, 43. 
as soon as, 28. 
Asia, 43. 

ask for (I), 19, 20. 
ask for (to), 2-4, 29. 
ask a question (to), 41 
asked, 19. 
assail (to), 35. 
assistance, to come 
to one's assist., 52. 
astonish, 17. 
astonished, 28. 
at. 1. 

at present, 11. 
attacked, 3. 
attain (to), 36. 
attention (to pay), 41. 
attentive, 5, 6. 
August, p. 51. 
aunt, 5. 
author, 18. 
Back, 23. 
bad. 5. 
badly, 40. 
baker, 49. 
ball, 31. 
band, 51. 
bank, 12. 



BOOKSELLER. 

banker, 37. 

bargain, 39. 

basket, 25. 

battle, 51. 

be (to), pp. 38, 98. 

be to (to), 27. 

be, (to) (of health), %% 

be called (to), 32. 

be there (to), 33. 

be, 

as it should be, 39. 
beard, 50. 
beat (to), 39. 
beautiful, 13. 
beauty, 50. 
because, 12. 
become (to). 36. 
become, p. 137. 
been, 9. 
before, 26. 32. 
beg (to). 20. 
begin (to), 25. 
behave (to), 33. 
believe (to), 40. 
bell, 

the bell rings, 19. 
bench, 41. 
best, 17, 49. 
better, 15, 39. 

to be better, 39. 

it is better, 39. 
beg. 5. 
bird, 13. 
black, 48. 
blame, 12. 
blame (to). 30. 
blue, 17, 48. 
boarding-house, 18. 
boarding-school, 18. 
boat, 2. 

body, everybody, 10. 
boil (to), 35. 
bonnet, 3. 
book, 2. 
bookseller, 25. 



CARE. 

boot, 16. 
bootmaker, 49. 
born (to be), 42, p. 

136. 
both, 80. 
bought, 4. 
boulevard, 32. 
bouquet, 13. 
bow (to), 21. 
box, 10. 
boy, 2. 
bravery, 35. 
bread, 1. 
break (to), 24. 
breakfast, 31. 
breakfast (to), 34. 
bridge, 28. 
bring (I), 11. 
bring forward (to), 

44. 
broken, 7. 
brother, 5. 
brought, 4. 
build (to), 26. 
bundle, 19. 
business, 12. 
but, 4. 

but (only), 38. 
but little, 42. 
butcher, 49. 
butter, 4. 
buy (to), 20, 25. 
by, 27. 
by and bv, 28. 

good -by, 38. 
Cage, 13. 
cake, 2. 
call (to), 25. 
call, 27. 

call back (to), 34. 
can (i), 20. 
Canada, 52. 
canister (tea), 47. 
captain, 8. 
care, to take care, 22. 



260 



INDEX TO VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH WORDS. 



CONCLUDE. 

careless, 30. 
carelessness, 30. 
carpet, 36. 
carriage. 25, 52. 
carried, 13. 
carries, 13. 
carve (to), 29. 
case, 10. 
cat, 2. 

cease (to), 20. 
cent, 9. 
centime, 9. 
chain, 21. 
chair, 19. 
change, 28. 
Charles, 2. 
charming, 21. 
cheap, 28. 
chicken, 29. 
child, 1. 
choose (to), 26. 
church, 2. 

at church, 2. 
circumstance, 45. 
city, 6. 
city-hall, 45. 
class, 6. 
class-mate, 11. 
clean (to). 25. 
climate, 48. 
cloak, 15. 
clock, 23. 

what o'clock, 23. 
cloth, 16, IT. 
clothe (to), 36. 
coachman, 34. 
coarse, 5. 
coat, 15. 
coffee, 4. 
cold, 33. 
cold (the). 36. 
collect (to), 35. 
come (I), 12. 
come (to), 20, 36. 
come in (to), 36. 
come home (to), 36. 
come back (to), 36. 
come out (to), 20. 
come near (to), 48. 
comrade, 11. 
comfort (to), 50. 
commence (to), 25. 
commerce, 35. 
company, 33. 
company (in), 47. 
complain (to), 40. 
composition, 19. 
comprehend (to), 42. 
concert, 13. 
conclude (to), 39. 



DIFFICULTY. 

conduct, 40. 
conduct (to), 39. 
conduct one's self 

(to), 39. 
confident, 44. 
confiding, 44. 
congratulation, 37. 
conquer (to), 35. 
console (to), 50. 
contented, 6. 
contrary (on the), 47. 
convince (to), 43. 
copy (to), 20. 
copy-book, 41. 
cotton, 16. 
counsel, 43. 
country, 

in the country, 23. 
country (my), 43. 
courage, 4. 
cousin, 7. 
cover (to), 36. 
cow, 43. 
create (to), 48. 
cup, 1. 

cut (to), p. 103. 
cut up (to), 29. 
Dance (to), 24. 
dare (to), 44. 
daughter, 2. 
day, 9. 

good-day, 21. 

every day, 11. 

to-day, 9. 

a day, by the day, 
27. 

the day after, 27. 

the day before, 27. 
dead, 49. 
dear, 16, 28. 
death, 42. 

decease (to), p. 136. 
deceive, 12. 
December, p. 51. 
defeat, 19. 
deliver (to), 41. 
dentist, 14. 
depart (to), 36. 
departure, 27. 
desire, 

to have a desire, 22. 
desire (to), 29. 
desk, 41. 
despise (to). 30. 
dictionary, 11. 
die (to), 36, p. 136. 
different, 10. 
difficult, 15, 49. 
difficulty, 46, 52. 

in difficulty, 52, 



EVENING. 

diligence, 30. 
diligent, 30. 
dine (to), 22. 
dinner, 31. 
dining-room, 47. 
discover (to), 36. 
disobedience, 30. 
disobedient, 30. 
dissatisfied, 48. 
do (to), 20. 
do a favor, 41. 
do (to) {of health), 32. 
doctor, 8. 
dog, 2. 
dollar, 9. 
done, 17. 
door, 17. 
down stairs, 29. 
dozen, 9. 
draw (to), 46. 
drawer, 47. 
drawing, 13. 
drawing-room, 19. 
dress, 15. 
dress (to), 32. 
dress-goods, 17. 
dressing-gown, 15. 
drink, 4. 
drink (to), 39. 
duck, 29. 
durable, 17. 
during, 26. 
duty, 26. 
dwell (to), 24. 
Each, p. 52. 
each one, p. 80. 
each other, p. 80. 
early, 31. 
easv, 15. 
eat (to), 25. 
eaten, 4. 
economical. 23. 
either, p. 80. 
Eli /a, 0. 

embarrassment, 43. 
emperor, 48. 
empty, 47. 
end. 27. 

in the end, 38. 
enemy. 42. 
England, 4S. 
English, 39. 49. 
engraving, 13. 
enough, 4. 
enter (to), p. 136. 
equal, 49. 
esteem (to), 30. 
eternally, 13. 
evening, 14. 

iu the evening, 25 



FORGET. 

every, p. 52. 
everyone, p. 80. 
everything, p. 80. 
everywhere, 30. 
Europe, 48. 
evil, 47. 

examination, 45. 
example, 43. 
excuse, 10. 
exercise, 10. 
expect (to). 28. 
extract (to), 43. 
extremely, 44. 
eye, 48. 
Fair, 48. 
faithful, 44. 
fall (to), p. 136. 
family, 31. 

with one's family, 
47. 
fan. 19. 
far, 43. 
fashion. 17. 
fashionable, 17. 
father. 1. 
fatigued. 6. 
fault, 10. 19. 
favor. 

to do a favor, 41. 
fear (I). 20. 
fear (to), 40. 
feather, 3. 
February i 51. 
feel (to) .'36. 
few, a few, p. 80. 
fisrht (to). 39. 
fill (to), -26. 
finnllv, 3S. 
find. 7. 

find a^rain, 51. 
fine, 13. 
finger-rim: . 13. 
finish (to), 90, 2<i. 
rir>t. G. 
first floor, 50. 
fi<h, 29. 

fl;i>h of lightning, 33 
flatter (1). 12. 
flattery, 50. 
flaxen, 48. 
tlee (to), ST). 
floor, 36. 

first floor, 51. 
flower, 11. 
follow (to), 43. 
fond of (to be). '2 \. 
foot, 48. 
for, 1, 35. 
foreigner, 39. 
forget (to), 24. 



INDEX TO VOCABULARIES.— ENGLISH WORDS. 261 



GREEN. 

former, 41. 
formerlv, 25. 
fork, 12. 
fortnight, 41. 
fortune, 

good fortune, 2*2. 
found. 7. 
forward. 

to bring forward. 
44 
France. 48. 
frank, 9. 
freeze (to), 25. 
French. 39, 49. 
Friday, p. 51. 
friend, 7. 
friendship, 49. 
from, 1. 
from there, 34. 
frost, 48. 
fruit. 8. 
fulfill (to), 26. 
Garden, 2. 
gate. 17. 
gather (to), 35. 
general, 3. 
gentleman. 8. 
German, 49. 
Germany. 48. 
get made (to), 41. 
girl, 2. 
give (I), 11. 
given. 3. 18. 
give back (to), 28. 
glad, very glad, 23. 
glass, 1. 
glove, 7. 
go (I). 12. 
go (to), 20. 
go (to), p. 130. 
go away (to), 34. 
go back (to), p. 136. 
go in (to), p. 136. 
go out (to), p. 136. 
go over (to) 35. 
go to bed (to), 32. 
go and find (to). 37. 
God, 36. 
gold. 4. 
good, 5. 23. 
good-by, 38. 
good -day. 21. 
good morning, 21. 
good (the), 30. 
goods, 28. 
grain, 42. 
grammar, 7. 
grandfather, 36. 
gray, 50. 
green, 8, 48. 



INTELLECT. 

grief, 50. 
giind(to), 52. 
guard (to), 51. 
Hail (to), 33. 
hair, 48. 
ham. 29. 
hand, 48. 
hand (to), 42. 
handkerchief, 7. 
handsome, 13. 
hard (difficult), 15. 
happy, 7. 

haste (to make), 46. 
hat. 3. 
have. 4. 

have (to), p. 93. 
have to (to), 27. 
head, 47. 
headache, 47. 
heaven, 38. 
hear (to), 28, 42. 
heart, 50. 
help (to), 29. 46. 
Henrietta, 5. 
Henry, 5. 
her, p. 40. 
here. 1. 

here is, here are, 16. 
hire (to), 50. 
his, p. 40. 
history, 13. 
hold (to), 36. 
holiday. 

to have a holiday .22. 
home, at home, 1. 
honest. 35. 
hope (to), 25. 
horse, 2. 
hour, 9. 
house, 1. 
how, 15. 
how many, 9. 
how much, 9. 
hurry (in a), 23. 
husband, 3. 
I, p. 31. 
idleness, 48. 
if. 22. 

immediately, 28. 
impossible, 49. 
in, 1. 

indeed, 44, 45. 
industry, 35. 
inform (to), 26. 
ink, 4. 

inkstand, 26. 
inquire for, 19. 
instant, 42. 
instead, 41. 
intellect, 50. 



LEND. 

intelligence, 27. 
intemperance, 43. 
intention, 20. 
interest (at). 25. 
interested (to be), 50. 
interesting, 21. 
invest (to), 36. 
invite (to), 52. 
is, 1. 
its. p. 40. 
James, 32. 
January, p. 51. 
jeweler, 21. 
John, 6. 
journey, 32. 
Julia, 5. 
Julius, 5. 
July, p. 51. 
June, p. 51. 
just (it is), 30. 
just now, 28. 
Keep (to), 36. 
keep waiting (to), 51. 
kill (to), 51. 
kind, 5, 49. 
kindness, 22, 27. 
king, 43. 
knife, 12. 
knock, 17. 
knocked, 19. 
know (I), 11, 12. 
know (to), 33. 
know now (to), 3S. 
knowledge. 35. 
Lace, 17. 
lady, 8. 

young lady, 8. 
land. 38. 
language, 33, 49. 
large, 5. 
last, 6. 22. . 

at last, 38. 
late, 31. 
laugh, 21. 
laugh (to), 43. 
law, 40. 
lead (I), 13. 
lead (to), 25. 
lead, 13. 
leaf, 49. 
learn (to), 42. 
leave, 

to have leave, 22. 

to take leave, 42. 
leave (I), 18. 
leave (to), 20, 24. 
leave (to), p. 136. 
left, 14, 18. 
lend (I), 11. 
lend (to), 11. 



MAKCH. 

lent, 4. 
lesson. 9. 
let (to), 50. 
letter, 8. 
letter-box, 41. 
liberty, 35. 
lie down (to), 32. 
light, 48. 
lighten (to), 33. 
lightning, 33. 
like (I), 15. 
like (to), 24. 

how do you like? 13. 

I should like, 22. 
like better, 15. 
like to be (to), 42. 
like (as), 15. 
listen to (to), 29. 
little (small), 5. 
little. 4. 

a little, 4. 

too little, 4. 

but little, 42. 
live (I). 14. 
live (to) (dwell), 24. 
live (to). 43. 
lively, 7. 
loiter (to), 48. 
long, 

longer (no), 6. 
look at (to). 29. 
look for (to), 29. 
look over (to), 35. 
looking-^lass, 14. 
lose (to), 22, 28. 
lost, 7. 
lot, 43. 48. 
Louisa, 3. 
love (I), 15. 
love (to), 24. 
luck, 

food luck. 22. 
ad luck, 22. 
Mad, 40. 

madam, pp. 43, 44. 
made. 17. 
magnificent, 46. 
make, 9. 

make (to), 20, 41. 
mamma, 12. 
man, 1. 

man-servant, 14. 
many, p. 80. 

how many, 9. 

so many, 42. 

too many, 4. 
many a one, 43. 
marble, 43. 
March, p. 51. 
march (to), 44. 



262 



INDEX TO VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH WORDS. 



NECESSARY. 

mark, 27. 
May, p. 51. 
master, 3. 
mean (to), 38. 
meat, 1. 
meet (to), 21. 
mend (to), 41. 
merchandise, 28. 
merchant, 14. 
meter, 10. 
middle, 38. 
midst (in the), 38. 
milk, 1. 
milk (to), 43. 
mill, 42. 
miller, 42. 
mind, 50. 

to have a mind, 
22. 
minute, 9. 
miserly, 49. 
misfortune, 22. 
miss, 8. 
mistake, 10. 
mistaken (to be), 

32. 
Mister, pp. 43, 44. 
Mrs., pp. 43, 44. 
moment, 26. 
monarch, 48. 
Monday, p. 51. 
money, 4, 28. 
month, 9. 

a month, 27. 
morning, 6. 

good morning, 27. 
more, p. 201. 

no more, 6. 
morrow (to), 20. 
morsel, 4. 
most, 27. 
mountain, 38. 
mother, 1. 
move (to), 37. 
much, 4. 

not much, 42. 

how much, 9. 

too much, 4. 

as much as, 24. 
muslin, 10. 
music, 41. 
music book, 41. 
must, p. 26. 
my, p. 40. 
Name, 18, 32. 
nation, 43. 
near, 37. 
necessary, 40. 

to be necessary 
26,38. 



OPEN. 

need, 

to have need of, 
12, 22. 
neglect (to), 30. 
negligent, 30. 
neighbor, 8. 
neighborhood, 47. 
neither, 16, p. 80. 
nephew, 7. 
never, 9. 
new, 15. 
news, 27. 
newspaper, 14. 
next, 41. 

and next, 46. 
nine, 7. 
night, 25. 

to-night, 25. 

last night, 25, 32. 
no, 1, 52. 
no longer, 6. 
no more, 6. 
no one, none, p. 80. 
nobody, p. 80. 
noise, 17. 
noon (at), 20. 
nor, 16. 
not, p. 28. 
not one, 52. 
notary, 31. 
note, 8. 
nothing, 14. 
nothing but, 38. 
notice, 

to give notice, 26. 
November, p. 51. 
now, 24. 
nowhere, 34. 
Obey (to), 26. 
obedience, 30. 
obedient, 30. 
obliged, 23. 

to be obliged, 27. 
observe (to), 41. 
obtain (to), 35. 
October, p. 51. 
of, 1. 

offend (to), 20. 
offer (to), 36, 52. 
office, 47. 
often, 6. 
old, 6, 15. 
oldest, 45. 
on, 1. 
once, 9. 

at once, 42. 
one, p. 80. 
one of, p. 80. 
only, 38, 39. 
open (to), 36. 



,44. 



POCKET. 

opinion, 45. 
opportunity, 46. 
or, 9. 

orange, 3. 
order, 26. 

to put in order, 41, 
other, p. 52. 
others, p 
otherwise 
our, p. 40. 
outlive (to), 43. 
owe (to), 27. 
Packet, 19. 
pain, 47. 

to have pain, 47. 
painter, 18. 
painting, 14, 18. 
palace, 51. 
paper, 4. 
parasol, 7. 
parents, 3. 
parlor, 19. 
part, 42. 
pass (to), 21. 
passion, 43. 
patience, 4. 
pattern, 13, 17. 
Paul, 4. 
pay (to), 25. 

to pay attention 
41. 
peach. 11. 
pear, 8. 
pen, 3. 
pencil, 3. 
penknife, 12. 
people, 33, 38, 51, 

p. 80. 
permission, 22. 
perseverance, 35. 
person, 45. 
physician, 8. 
picture, 14, 18. 
piece, 4, 10. 
piece of news, 27. 
pine-apple, 8. 
pity (to), 40. 
place, 10. 
place (to), 25. 
play (I), 18. 
play (to), 24. 
played, 18. 
please (to). 42. 

it pleases, 42. 

if you please, 42. 
jpleased with, 15. 
pleasure, 22. 
pocket, 7. 

pockethandkerchief, 
i 7. 



RECITAL. 

poor, 5. 

postman, 8. 
post-otlice, 7. 
pound, 49. 
power, 36. 
powerful, 48. 
praise (to), 30. 
pray (to), 20. 
pray, 52. 
prayer, 36. 
prefer (to), 15. 
preference, 17. 
presence (in my), 43. 
present, 27. 

at present, 10. 
presently, 28. 
pretty, 13. 
price, 22. 
principle, 52. 
prize, 22. 
piocession, 31. 
proclaim (to), 48. 
professor. 3. 
promise. 36. 
pronounce (to), 49. 
property, 35. 
protect (to), 25. 
prudence, 22. 
prudent, 22. 
pull (to), 46. 
punish (to), 26. 
pupil. 6. 
pursue (to), 43. 
put (to), 41. 
pin back (to), 41. 
put off (to), 41. 
put on, 41. 
put in order, 41. 
Quality, 10. 
quarry, 43. 
quarter, 48. 
question, 28. 

to ask a question, 
41. 
quick, 34. 
quickly, 34. 
quiet. 33. 
[uit (to), 24. 
[iiitted, 18. 
iain, 22. 
rain (to), 33. 

it rains, 33. 
h (to), 36. 

__ (to), 20, 41. 
*d, 18. 



•each 

read I 



ready, __ 
reap (to), 35. 
reason, 18. 
receive (to), 20. "27. 
recital, 37. 



IKDEX TO VOCABULARIES. — EXGLISH WORDS. 



263 



SCHOLAR. 

recognize (to), 39. 
recollect (to), 32. 
red, 17. 

re-enter, p. 136. 
related, 13. 
relative, 45. 
rely upon (to), 40. 
remain (to), 24, 41. 
renounce (to), 52. 
rent (to), 50. 
repair (to), 46. 
reprove (to), 30. 
reputation, 35. 
respect, 27. 
respect (to), 30. 
respectfully, 50. 
reserve, 

without reserve, 
50. 
rest, 42. 
resume (to), 42. 
retain (to), 36. 
return (to) {give back) 

28. 
return (to) {come 

back), p. 137. 
return (to) {go back). 

p. 136. 
reward (to), 30. 
ribbon, 7. 
rich, 5. 
right, 

it is right, 30. 

to be right, 40. 
ring, 13. 
rings, 19. 

the bell 
19. 
ripe, 8. 
rise (to), 32. 
risen, 46. 
road, 32. 
robe, 15. 
room, 7. 
round, 49. 
run (to), 35. 
run away (to), 35. 
rung, 19. 
Sad, 27. 
said, 17. 
salt. 4. 
same, p. 52. 
satin, 16. 
satisfied. 6. 
satisfied with, 15. 
satisfy (to). 49. 
Saturday, p. 51. 
say (I), 15. 
say (to), 20, 40. 
scholar, 6. 



rings, 



SNOW. 

school, 1. 

at school, 1. 
scissors, 11. 
sea, 38. 
season, 36. 
seasonable, 46. 
seat, 10. 
sedulous, 6. 
see (to), 11, 38. 
see again (to), 38. 
seek (to), 29. 
select (to), 26. 
seem to, 39. 
seen, 4. 

sell (to), 20, 28. 
send (I), 13. 
send (to), 20, 25. 
send away (to), 34. 
send back (to), 34. 
send for (to), 34, 41. 
sent, 13. 
sentence, 39. 
September, p. 51. 
servant, 14. 
serve (to), 36. 
service, 51. 
several, pp. 52, 80. 
sew (to), 40. 
shawl, 44. 
sheet, 49. 
ship, 28. 
shipwreck, 28. 
shoe, 16. 
shoemaker, 49. 
shop, 14. 
show (to), 47. 
shown, 13. 
shun (to), 35. 
shut (to), 22. 
sick, 5. 
sickness, 36. 
side, 

by the side of, 37. 
sign, 48. 

silent (to be), 42. 
silk, 16. 
silver, 4. 
since, 39. 
sincere, 27. 
sing (to), 24. 
sister 5 

sit down (to), 37, 41. 
sitting (to be), 37. 
situation, 46. 
sky, 38. 
sleep (to). 36. 
low. slowly, 35. 
small, 5. 
smell (to), 36. 
snow, 33. 



SUPREME. 

snow (to), 33. 
so, 18, p. 43. 
society, 35. 
sold, 7. 
soldier, 4. 

some, 52, pp. 30, 80. 
somebody, p. 80. 
something, 52. 
sometimes, 24. 
somewhere, 34. 
son, 2. 
soon, 27. 

as soon as, 28. 
sore, 47. 
sore throat, 47. 
sorry, 23. 

to be sorry for, 45. 
soap. 29. 
speak (I), 11, 19. 
speak (to), 24. 
spend (to), 47. 
spoil (to), 21. 
spoken, 4. 
spring, 48. 
square, 49. 
stable, 2. 
start (to), 20, 36, p. 

136. 
States (United), 35. 
stay (to), 24. 
steam, 28. 
steamboat, 28. 
steamer, 28. 
step, 42. 
still, 6, 24, 33. 
stir (to), 37. 
stocking, 16. 
store, 14. 
storekeeper, 14. 
storm, 22. 
story, 13. 
stout, 5. 
strange, 39. 
stranger, 39. 
street, 9. 
strikes, 17. 
struck, 19. 
studious, 5. 
study (to), 24. 
stuff, 20. 

succeed (to), 26, 36. 
succeed, p. 137. 
success, 48. 
such, p. 52. 
suffer (to). 36. 
sugar, 4. 
summer. 45. 
Sunday, p. 51. 
supper, 31. 
supreme, 36. 



TOLD. 

survive (to), 43. 
Table, 2. 
tailor, 49. 
take (I), 13, 19. 
take (to), 25. 29, 42. 
take away (to), 21. 
take back (to), 42. 
take leave (to), 42. 
take a walk, 32. 
take off (to), 21. 
take out (to), 43. 
taken, 13, 27. 
tall, 5. 
task, 26. 
taste, 17. 
tea, 4. 

tea-canister, 47. 
teacher, 3. 
tear (to), 21 
tell (I), 15. 
tell (to), 40. 
Temple street, 14. 
than, 6. 

that, 8, 15, p. 42. 
that which, 18. 
than (to), 33. 
their, p. 40. 
theme, 10. 
then, 32, 42, 46. 
there, 1. 

from there, 34. 
there is, there are, 

9, 16. 
thing, 10. 

everything, p. 82. 

many things, 25. 
think (to), 24. 
thirsty (to be), 39. 
this, p. 42. 
threaten (to), 25. 
throat, 47. 
throw (to), 25. 
through, 27. 
thunder, 33. 
thunder (to), 33. 
Thursday, p. 51. 
till, 31. 
time, 20. 

in time, 25. 

in the right time. 
46. 

it is time, 23. 

a long time, 37. 
times (many), 39. 

how many times, 
9. 
tired, 6, 49. 
to, 1. 

together, 19. 
told. 17. 



264 



INDEX TO VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH WORDS. 



UP STAIRS, 
too, 4. 
too much, 4. 
tool, 18. 
tooth, 47. 
toothache, 47. 
towards, 42. 
town, 6. 

in town, 23. 
train, 31. 
travel (to), 25. 
tree, 3. 
troops, 51. 
trouble, 

to make trouble. 
50. 
trouble (to), 50. 
true, 16. 44. 
truly, 44. 
Tuesday, p. 51. 
tumbler, 1. 
turkey, 29. 
turn (to), 45. 
twice, 9. 
Umbrella, 7. 
uncle, 5. 
under, 2. 
understand (to), 28. 

42. 
undertake (to), 42. 
United. States, 35. 
unknown, 39. 
until, 31. 
up, upon, 2. 
up • taks, 29. 



WEDNESDAY. 

use, 

to make use of, 37. 
useless, 49. 
Vacation, 45. 
vail, 18. 
value (to), 50. 

to set value upon, 
50. 
vanquish (to), 43. 
velvet, 16. 
very, 5. 
vessel, 28. 
vice, 35. 
violin, 13. 
visit, 27. 
voyage, 32. 
Waistcoat, 15. 
wait (to), wait for, 

20, 28. 
waiting (to keep), 51. 
walk, 22. 

to go for a walk, 
22. 

to take a walk, 32. 
walk (to), 44. 
war, 43. 
warehouse, 14. 
warm, 33. 
warmly. 36. 
watch, 7. 
watchmaker, 21. 
water, 1. 
weather, 20, 22. 
Wednesday, p 51. 



WISE. 

week, 7. 

a week, 27. 
well. 11. 

it is well, 23. 
well, 45. 
west, 45. 
wet (to), 21. 
what, 14, p. 52. 
w r hat {that which),18. 
whatever, p. 52. 
when, 12, 32. 
where, 1. 
wherever, 43. 
wherewith. 35. 
whether, 22. 
which, 5, p. 52. 
while, 26. 

a little while ago,28. 
white, 48. 
who, 5, p. 53. 
whoever, p. 80. 
whole, p. 52. 

the whole, 42. 
why, 12. 

wicked (the), 30. 
wife, 1. 

will, good-will, 27. 
will have, 16. 
William, 5. 
willing (to be). 38. 
window, 36. 
wine, 39. 
winter, 26, 48. 
wise, 23. 



YOUNG LADY. 

wish, 

to have a wish, 27. 
wish, wish for. 1(j. 
wish (to), 29. 
wish well (to), 51. 
wit, 50. 
with, 14. 
without, 14. 
woman, 1. 
wonder (to), 51. 
wool, 16. 
word, 36. 
word (the), 52. 
work, 18. 
work (to), 20, 24. 
worked, 18. 
w r orld, 10. 

all the world, 10. 
worth (it is), 19. 
worth (to be), 38. 
write (to), 20, 41. 
written, 18. 
wrong (to be). 40. 
Year, 7. 

in the year, 36. 
yes. 6. 

yesterday, 21. 
yesterday morning, 

31. 
yet, 6. 

not yet, 21. 
yonder, 32. 
young, 5. 
young lady, 8. 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



265 






Fourth 
Conjugation. 


Third 
Conjugation. 


Second 
Conjugation. 


First 
Conjugation. 






3 P 1 

-5* 

3 "^ 

o 


300 

ego 


- 3/ ~S* 

I-. X 

O P 


o*p 

0%en- 
O 




(t ft O 03 CD 

3 N 3 

en- GO 


000000 
<o ^S'S" 

3 QD 




OOOOOO 
3 N 3 GO 


eU 


» 

ft 

CD 


§ 



C 




03 X X en- 03 X 
03 X 03 
OOO 

3 N 3 

en- GO 


h- 1 


2. -To Ef.2.5. 

0) N — e* 00 '/- 

3 OS 


000000 
2.oo 2.2.2. 

O S M en 03 03 

3 g 


X* BJ X* X* X* X* 

X X X 03 x 03 
P ^* 3' g. g. g. 
0*N 3 S-"S*B1 

3 x 


2. 00 2.2.2. 

O N 3 en- CD X 
3 X 


bb 



►3 


w 




is 

is 
it 
fmes 

ites 
irent 


3 S>3>3 3 3 

OOP 
M 03 O 

Ji 00 


>-: m 3 m" X X 

O O 3 

3 03 O 

3- oo 


0/P>P>P P P 

-: -n 3 03 i-" 

gsi 

en- 00 


q 


CD 

b 
3 


w 

^d 

El 

Q 

w 




d 
© 

O 

Sz! 
w 


C tt P P P 

3 n a « »-• 

en- OB 


OOOOOO 
<<<<<< 

O P P P 

3 N 3 go "— 


6 p 2 S 

3 N 3 GO *-• 


OOOOOO 

p p p 

3 N 3 03 ►* 
en- qd 


b 


d 

d 

H 


rais 

rais 

rait 

rions 

riez 

raient 


OOOOOO 

<: <"<<<: «i 
2.o§-2.§.§. 

O M g en- 09 X 

5- "* 


2 J' §•£.§. 2. 

O N 3 en 00 x 

3 x 


OOOOOO 

2.o 2.2.2. 

O N 3 en x x 
3 X 


J* 


3 

w 

H 

X 

w 
►a 





5! 




> 


O O GO 

N 3 
OB 


00 

N 3 

03 


03 03 
O O 

N 3 

03 


OO O 

N 3 
OB 


Nl 




l-H 

w 

i 


O 3" 3' O O O 
J- O O 03 

SN 3 

03 


cooooo 



3 N 3 00 

en- 03 




O 3" 3" O O O 

b 2 2 °° 

en- N 3 
CD 


$ 


sd 

w 

CD 

M 


d 

q 




DD X X X GC X 

QD 09 OB X 03 X 
O 3* 3' O O O 

03 


X X* X — '/. /. 

CD 03 X '/- /. 

03 


3 3 3 3>3 3 
-/. / X — 1 / 
1 1 1 1. 00 

gsrs* 5° 

XN 3 
03 


03 X X en- X 03 
X X /. /. -/ 

352 5° 

en- N — 
03 


P p P P> P P 
/ 3 /. — / / 
/ / r f. f- 

O 3" 3" OO 
3 3 ° go 

cnN 3 
03 




g 

» 

si 

w 






CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



REGULAE AND IRREGULAR. 



AVOIR— to have. 


(Auxiliary Verb.) 




INDICATIVE MODE. 




Present.* 


A 


Past Indefinite.* A' 


J'ai, 


I have. 


J'ai eu, 


/ have had. 


Tu as, 


thou hast. 


Tu as eu, 


thou hast had. 


11 a, 


he has. 


11 a eu, 


he has had. 


Nous avons, 


we have. 


Nous avons eu, 


we hare had. 


Vous avez, 


you have. 


Vous avez eu, 


you hare had. 


lis ont, 


they have. 


lis ont eu, 


they have had. 


Imperfect. 


B 


Pluperfect. W 


J'avais, 


I had. 


J 1 avais eu, 


I had had. 


Tu avais, 


thou hadst. 


Tu avais eu, 


thou hadst had. 


11 avait, 


he had. 


11 avait eu, 


he had had. 


Nous avions, 


we had. 


Nous avions eu, 


we had had. 


Vous aviez, 


you had. 


Vous aviez eu, 


you had had. 


lis avaient, 


they had. 


lis avaient eu, 


they had had. 


Past Definite. C 


Past Anterior. 6 v 


J'eus, 


I had. 


J'eus eu, 


I had had. 


Tu eus, 


tfwu hadst. 


Tu eus eu, 


thou hadst had. 


11 eut, 


he had. 


11 eut eu, 


he had had. 


Nous eumes, 


we had. 


Nous eumes eu, 


we had had. 


Vous elites, 


you had. 


Vous eutes eu, 


you had had. 


lis eurent, 


they had. 


lis eurent eu, 


they had had. 


Future. 


J) 


Future Anterior, iy 


J'aurai, 


I shall have. 


J'aurai eu, 


I shall hare. had. 


Tu auras, 


thou wilt have. 


Tu auras eu, 


thou wilt hare had. 


11 aura, 


he will have. 


11 aura eu, 


he will hare had. 


Nous aurons, 


xoe shall have. 


Nous aurons eu, 


we shall hare had. 


Vous aurez, 


you will 7i are. 


Vous aurez eu, 


you will hare had. 


lis auront, 


they will have. 


Us auront eu, 


they will hare had. 



*A letter is assigned to each tense as a convenient abbreviation to be used iu 
correcting exercises. 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



26? 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 



Present. E 



J'aurais, 
Tu aurais, 
II aurait, 
Nous aurions, 
Vous auriez, 
Us auraient, 



/ should have. 

thou wouldst have. 

he would have. 

we should have. 

you would have. 

they would have. 



Past.* E> 



J'aurais eu, 
Tu aurais eu, 
II aurait eu, 
Nous aurions eu, 
Vous auriez eu, 
lis auraient eu, 



/ should 

thou wouldst 

he would 

we should 

you would 

they would. 



IMPERATIVE MODE. F 



Aie, 

Ayons, 

Ayez, 



have f thou J. 
let us have, 
have (you). 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 
Present. G Past. G* 



Que j'aie, thai I may have. 

Que tu aies, that thou mayst have. 
Qu'il ait, that he may have. 

Que nous ayons, that we may have. 
Que vous ayez, that you may have. 
Qu'ils aient, that they may have. 



Que j'aie eu, that I may} 

Que tu aies eu, that thou mayst I §* 
Qu'il ait eu, that he may I ^ 

Que nous ayons eu, that we may §* 
Que vous ayez eu, that you may ^* 
Qu'ils aient eu, that they may \ 



Imperfect. 


jar 




Pluperfect 


W 




Que j'eusse, 


that 1 




Que j'eusse eu, 




that T 




Que tu eusses. 


that thou 


s. 


Que tu eusses eu, 




that thou 


1 


Quil eut, 


that he 


s 


Qu'il eut eu. 




that he 


g% 


Que nous eussions, 


that ice 


> 


Que nous eussions 


eu, 


that we 


>> 


Que vous eussiez, 


that you 




Que vous eussiez 


an, 


that you 


<3 


Qu'ils eussent, 


that they . 


• 


Qu'ils eussent eu, 




that they. 





INFINITIVE MODE. 
Present. I Past. T 

Avoir, to have. Avoir eu, to have had. 

PARTICIPLES. 



Present. J 

Aytnt, having. 



Past. J f 
Ayant eu, having had. 



Past Passive. K 

Eu, m. ; eue, /., had. 



♦Second form of the cond. past: j'eusse eu, tu eusses eu, il eut en, nous 
eussions eu, vous eussiez eu, ils eussent eu. 

2 — 



268 



CONJUGATION OP VERBS. 



ETRE— to be. (Auxiliary Verb. J 



INDICATIVE MODE. 



Present. 


A 


Past Indefinite. A* 




Je 8uis, 


I am. 


J 1 ai ete, 


I have been. 


Tu es, 


tlwu art. 


Tu as ete, 


thou hast been. 


11 est, 


he is. 


11 a ete, 


he has been. 


Nous sommes, 


we are. 


Nous avons ete, 


we have been 


Vous etes, 


you are. 


Vous avez ete, 


you have been. 


lis sont, 


they are. 


lis ont ete, 


they have been. 


Imperfect. 


B 


Pluperfect. W 


J'etais, 


I was. 


J'avais ete, 


I had been. 


Tu etais, 


thou wast. 


Tu avais ete, 


thou hadst been. 


11 etait, 


he was. 


H avait ete, 


fie had been. 


Nous etions, 


we were. 


Nous avioDs ete, 


we had been. 


Vous etiez, 


you were. 


Vous aviez ete, 


you had been. 


lis etaient, 


they were. 


lis avaient ete, 


they had been. 


Past Definite. C 


Past Anterior. C 


Je fus, 


I was. 


J'eus ete, 


I had been. 


Tu fus, 


thou wast. 


Tu eus ete, 


thou hadst been. 


11 fut, 


he was. 


11 eut ete, 


he had been. 


Nous fumes, 


we were. 


Nous eumes ete, 


we had been. 


Vous futes, 


you were. 


Vous eutes ete, 


you had been. 


lis furent, 


they were. 


lis eureut ete, 


they had been. 


Future. 


2> 


Future Anterior. D' 


Je serai, 


/ shall be. 


J'aurai ete, 


I shall 




Tu seras, 


thou wilt be. 


Tu auras ete, 


thou will 


> 


11 sera, 


he will be. 


11 aura ete, 


he will 


s 


Nous serons, 


we shall be. 


Nous aurons ete, 


we shall 


■* 


Vou3 serez, 


you will be. 


Vous aurez ete, 


you will 


a 


lis seront, 


they will be. 


lis auront ete, 


they will. 





CONDITIONAL MODE. 



Present. JE 



Je serais, 
Tu serais, 
II serait, 
Nous serions, 
Vous seriez, 
jis seraient, 



/ should be. 

thou woiddst be. 

he would be. 

we should be. 

you would be. 

they would be. 



Past.* JE? 



J'aurais ete, 
Tu aurais ete, 
II aurait. ete, 
Nous aurions dte, 
Vous auriex ete, 
Us aoraient ete, 



I should* 

thou icouldst §* 

he would % 

we should i §• 

you would 3 

they would J 



♦Second form of the cond. past: j'eusse ete, tu eusses ete, il eut ete, nous 
erosions ete, vous cussiez ete, ils eurent ete. 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



269 



IMPERATIVE MODE. F 



Sois, 

Soyons, 

Soyez, 



be (thou), 
let us be. 
be (you). 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 
Present. G Past. G* 



Que je sois, 
Que tu sois, 
Qu'il soit, 
Que nous soyons, 
Que vous soyez, 
Qu'ils soient, 



that I may be. 

that thou mayst be. 

that he may be. 

that we may be. 

that you may be. 

that they may be. 



Que j'aie ete, that I may*\ 

Que tu aies ete, that thou mayst I g 4 
Qu'il ait ete, that he may I § 

Que nous ayons ete, that we may ^ 
Que vous ayez ete, that you may ? 
Qu'ils aient ete, that they may d 



Imperfect. H 



Que je fusse, 
Que tu fusses, 
Qu'il fut, 

Que nous fussions, 
Que vous fussiez, 
Qu'ils fusscnt, 



that 71 
that thou 



that he I <q 
that we \ £ 
that you ^ 
that they J 



Pluperfect. J5F 

Que j'eusse ete, that I) 

Que tu eusses etc, that thou 

Qu'il eut ete, that he 

Que nous eussions ete, that we 
Que vous eussiez ete, that you 
Qu'ils eussent ete, that they 



INFINITIVE MODE. 
Present. I Past. I' 

Etre, to be. Avoir ete, to have been. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Present. J Past. J f 

lStant, being. Ayant ete, having been. 

Past Passive. K 



tte 7 



FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 



Tenses are primitive or derivative. The primitive tenses are the 
principal parts of the verb, and serve to form the derivative tenses. 
There are five primitive tenses in French verbs : the Present Indica- 
tive, "the Past Definite, the Present Infinitive and the two 
Participles. 

1. The Present Indicative, although itself a primitive tense, has 
its plural formed from the present participle by changing ant into ons, 
ez, ent. 

aim ant fin iss ant rec ev ant rend ant 

nous aim ons nous fin iss ons nous rec ev ons nous rend ons 

vous aim ez vous fin iss ez vous rec ev ez vous rend ez 

ils aim ent ils fin iss ent ils rec oiv ent ils rend ent 

2. The Imperfect Indicative is also formed from the present 
participle by changing ant into ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient. 

The two verbs avoir and savoir are the only exceptions to this rule. 

3. The Past Definite is a primitive tense and has four sets of 
endings. 

ai, as, a, ames, ates, erent, for the 1st conjugation ; 

is, is, it, imes, ites, irent, for the 2d and 4th conjugation ; 

us, us, ut, umes, utes, urent, for the 3d conjugation ; 

ins, ins, int, inmes, intes, inrent, for tenir, venir and compounds. 

4. The Future adds ai, as, a, ons, ez, ont, to the present infinitive. 
But, in the third and fourth conjugations, the endings oir and re lose 
respectively oi and e. 

aim er fin ir rec evoir rend re 

j'aim erai je fin irai je rec evrai je rend rai 



FORMATION" OF THE TENSES. 271 

5. The Conditional follows the peculiarities of the future in all 
verbs — whether regular, or irregular— aud adds ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, 
aient, to the r of the infinitive : aimer, j'aimerais ; recevoir, je rece- 
vrais, etc. 

6. The Imperative has its second person singular like the first 
person singular of the present indicative — except in avoir, etre, aller, 
savoir. The first and second persons plural are as in the present indi- 
cative — except in avoir, etre, savoir. 

7. The Subjunctive Present is formed from the present participle 
by changing ant into e, es, e, ions, iez, ent. Only, for euphony, verbs 
in evoir, change e into oi in the singular and in the third person 
plural : devant, que je doive ; recevant, que je recoive. 

8. The Subjunctive Imperfect. The first person singular of this 
tense can always be obtained by adding se to the second person singu- 
lar of the past definite. This rule is good even for irregular verbs * 

tu aim as tu fin is tu rec. us tu rend is 

que j'aim asse que je fin isse, que je rec. usse, que je rend isse 

9. The compound tenses are all formed of the past participle and one 
of the auxiliary verbs avoir or etre. 

Rem. 1. All verbs that more or less deviate from the above rules 
are given in the Alphabetical List, "page 302, and" referred to their re- 
spective models in the paradigms for irregular verbs. 

Rem. 2. In the following paradigms, each tense has a letter assigned 
to it, which letter may be used as a convenient abbreviation to indicate 
the proper tense in written exercises. 

Rem. 3. Throughout the models of the regular conjugations, every 
simple tense is headed by its primitive part printed in bold type. 



272 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



REGULAR VERBS. 
First Conjugation in ER— COUPBR, to cut. ("Model Verb. J 

Couper, to cut. Coupant, cutting. Coupe, cut. 





INDICATIVE MODE. 






Present. A 


Past Indefinite. A' 


tTe coup e 9 * 


I cut. 


J'ai coupe, 


I have cut. 


Tu coup es, 


thou cuttest. 


Tu as coupe, 


thou hast cut. 


11 coup e, 


he cuts. 


11 a coupe, 


he has cut. 


(coup ant.) * 








N. coup ons, 


we cut. 


Nous avons coupe, 


we have cut. 


V. coup cz, 


you cut. 


Vous avez coupe, 


you have cut. 


Us coup ent, 


they cut. 


Us ont coupe, 


they have cut. 


Imperfect. B 


Pluperfect 


. W 


(coup ant.) 








Je coup ais, 


I was cutting. 


J'avais coupe, 


I had cut. 


Tu coup ais, 


thou wast cutting. 


Tu avais coupe, 


thou hadst cut. 


11 coup ait, 


he was cutting. 


11 avait coupe, 


he had cut. 


N. coup ions, 


we were cutting. 


Nous avions coupe, 


we had cut. 


V. coup iez, 


you were cutting. 


Vous aviez coupe, 


you had cut. 


lis coup aient, 


they were cutting. 


Us avaient coupe, 


they had cut. 


Past Definite. C 


Past Anterior. C 


tTe coup ai, 


I cut. 


J'eus coupe, 


I had cut. 


Tu coup as, 


thou cuttedst. 


Tu eus coupe, 


thou hadst cut. 


11 coup a, 


he cut. 


11 eut coupe, 


he had cut. 


N. coup ames, 


we cut. 


Nous eumes coupe, 


we had cut. 


V. coup ates, 


you cut. 


Vous elites coupe, 


you had cut. 


lis coup Srent, 


they cut. 


lis eurent coupe, 


they had cut. 


Future. 2> 


Future Anterior. 2>' 


(coup cr.) 








Je coup erai, 


I shall cut. 


J'aurai coupe, 


I shall 




Tu coup eras, 


thou wilt cut. 


Tu auras coupe, 


thou wilt 


- 


11 coup era, 


he will cut. 


11 aura coupe, 


he will 


i 


N. coup erons, 


we shall cut. 


Nous aurons coupe, 


2ve shall 


V. coup erez, 


you will cut. 


Vous aarez coupe, 


you will 




lis coup eront, 


they will cut. 


Us auront coupe, 


they will . 





♦Throughout the four model verbs of the regular conjugations, every simple 
teuse lias its primitive part thus marked in bold type. 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



2T3 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 



Present, 
(coup er.) 
Je coup erais, 
Tu coup erais, 
II coup erait, 
N. coup erions, 
V. coup eriez, 
lis coup eraient, 



, E 

I should cut. 

thou wouldst cut. 

he would cut. 

we should cut. 

you would cut. 

they would cut. 



Past.* E* 



J"aurais coupe, 
Tu aurais coupe, 
II aurait coupe, 
Nous aurions coupe, 
Vous auriez coupe, 
lis auraient coupe, 



/ should 

thou wouldst 

he would 

we should 

you would 

they would. 



(je coup e.) 
(coup ant.) 



IMPERATIVE MODE. F 



Coup e, 
Coup ons, 
Coup ez, 



cut (thou), 
let us cut. 

cut (you). 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



Present. G 



Past. <Z' 



(coup ant.) 

Que je coup e, that I may cut. 

Que tu coup es, that thou mayst cut. 
Qu'il coup e, that he may cut. 

Que n. coup ions, that we may cut. 
Que v. coup iez, that you may cut. 
Qu'ils coup eDt, that they may cut. Qu'ils aient coupe, 



Que j'aie coupe, 
Que tu aies coupe, 
Qu'il ait coupe, 
Que nous ayons coupe, 
Que vous ayez coupe, 



that I) 

that thou 

that he 

that we 

that you 

that they 



Imperfect. H 



(je coup ai.) 






Que je coup asse, 


that r 




Que tu coup asses, 


that thou 


3 


Qu'il coup at, 


that he 


>* 


Que d. coup assions, 


that we 


Que v. coup assicz, 


that you 


> 


Qu'ils coup assent, 


that they . 





Pluperfect. M ; 

Que j'eusse coupe, that T) S 

Que tu eusses coupe, that thou I *~§. 
QuMl eut coupe, that he j ^ 

Que nous eussions coupe, that we r § 
Que vous eussiez coupe, that you £ 
Qu'ils eussent coupe, that they J «■ 



INFINITIVE MODE. 



Present. I 
Coup er, to cut. 



Past. I f 
Avoir coupe, to have cut. 



PARTICIPLES. 



Present. J 
Coup ant, cutting. 



Past. J' 
Ayant coupe, having cut. 



Past Passive. K 
Coup e, m.; coup ee, /., 



cut. 



* Second form of the cond. past : j'eusse coupe, tu eusses conpe, il rut coupe, 
nous eussioDs coupe, vous eussiez coupe, ils eussent coupe. 



274 



COKJUGATIOK OF VERBS. 



Second Conjugation in IR— FINIR, to finish. (Model Verb.) 



Finir, to finish. 



Finissant, finishing. 



Fini, finished. 



INDICATIVE MODE. 
Present. A Past Indefinite. A' 



Je fin is, 




I finish. 


J'ai fini, 


1 have finished. 


Tu finis, 




thou finishes t. 


Tu as fini, 


thou hast finished. 


11 fin it, 




he finishes. 


11 a fini, 


he has finished. 


(fin issant.) 










N. fin issons, 




we finish. 


Nous avons fini, 


we have finished. 


V. fin issez, 




you finish. 


Vous avez fini, 


you have finished. 


lis fin issent, 




they finish. 


Us out fini, 


they have finished. 


Imperfect. 


B 


Pluperfect. B' 


(fin issant.) 










Je fin issais, 


1 


was finishing. 


J'avais fini, 


I had finished. 


Tu fin issais, 


thou ivast finishing. 


Tu avais fini, 


thou hadst finished. 


11 fin issait, 


he 


was finishing. 


11 avait fini. 


he had finished. 


N. fin issions, 


we 


were finishing. 


Nous avions fii.i, 


we had finished. 


V. fin issiez, 


you 


wer~ finishing. 


Vous aviez fini, 


you had finished. 


lis fin issaient, 


they 


were finishing. 


Us avaient fini, 


they had finished. 


Past Definite. C 


Past Anterior. C 


Je fin is, 




I finished. 


J'eus fini, 


I had finished. 


Tu fin is, 




thou finishedst. 


Tu eus fini, 


thou hadst finished. 


11 fin it, 




he finished. 


11 eut fini, 


he had finish*/. 


N. fin imes, 




we finished. 


Nous eumes fini, 


ive had finished. 


V. fin ites, 




you finished. 


Vous eutes fini, 


you had finished. 


lis fin'irent, 




they finished. 


Us eurent fini, 


they had finished. 



Future. D 



Future Anterior. Jy 



(fin ir.) 
Jc fin irai, 
Tu fin iras, 
II fin ira, 
N. fin irons, 
V- fin irez, 
Hi tin iront, 



/ shall finish. 

thou wilt finish. 

he will finish. 

W€ shall finish, 
you will finish, 
fluy will finish. 



J'aurai fini, 
Tu auras fini, 
II aura fini. 
Nous anrons fini, 
Vous aurez fini. 
Us aurout fini. 



I shall 1 ^ 



thou wilt 

he nil I 

ict shall 

you will 

they will J 






CONJUGATION" OF VERBS. 



275 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 



(fin ir.) 

Je fin irais, 
Tu fin irais, 
II fin irait, 
N. fin irions, 
V. fin iriez, 
lis fin iraient, 



Present. JE 



I should'] 
thou wouldst I . 
he would H 4 



we should \ 
you would \ 
they would I 



IUst,* W 



J'aurais fini, 
Tu aurais fini, 
11 aurait fini, 
Nous aurions fini, 
Vous auriez fini, 
lis auraient fini, 



I should'] ^ 

thou wouldst § 

he would v^ 

we should f g. 

you would §* 

they would J ^ 



IMPERATIVE MODE. F 

(je finis.) Finis, finish (thou), 

,- . . , ( Fin issons. let us finish. 

(fin xssant.) ^„. . - . , , . 

1 ' Fin issez, finish you). 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



Present. G 




(fin issant 


•; 




Que je fin isse, 


that I may^ 




Que tu fin isses, 


that thou mayst 




Qu'il fin isse, 


that lie may 


«* 


Que n. fin issions, 


that we may 


5> 


Que v. fin issiez, 


that you may 




Qu'ils fin issent, 


that they may . 




Imperfect. H 




(je fin is.) 






Que je fin isse, 


that F 




Que tu fin isses, 


that thou 


.§. 


QuMl fin it, 


that he 


g 


Que n. fin issions, 


that we 


>• 


Que v. fin issiez, 


that you 




Qu'ils fin issent, 


that they ^ 


^ 



Past. & 



Que j'aie fini, that F 

Que tu aies fini, that thou 

Qu'il ait fini, that he 

Que nous ayons fini, that we 

Que vous ayez fini, that you 

Qu'ils aient fini, that they , 

Pluperfect. W 



Que j'eusse fini, that I 

Que tu eusses fini, that thou 

Qu'il eut fini. that he 

Que nous eussions fini, that we 
Que vous eussiez fini, that you 
Qu'ils eussent fini, that they. 






INFINITIVE MODE. 
Present. I Past. V 

Fin ir, to finish. Avoir fini, to have finished. 



PARTICIPLES. 



Presbnt. J 
Fin issant, finishing. 



Past. J' 

Ayant fini, having finished. 



Past Passive. K 
Fin i, finished. 



♦Second form of the cond. past: j'eusse fini, tu euss?8 fini, il eut fini, nous 
eu>*ions fini, vous eussiez fini, ils eussent fini. 



276 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



Third Conjugation in OIR*— RECE VOIR, to receive. 



JRecevoir. to receive. 



Mecevant, receiving. 



Itecu, received. 





INDICATIVE MODE. 






Pres 


ent. A. 


Past Indefinite. A* 


Je rec ois, 


I receive. 


J'ai recu, 


/ have received. 


Tu re9 ois, 


thou receivest. 


Tu as recu, 


thou hast received. 


11 rec oit, 


he receives. 


11 a recu, 


he has received. 


(rec ev ant.) 








N. rec ev ons, 


we receive. 


Nous avons recu, 


we have received. 


V. rec ev ez. 


you receive. 


Vous avez recu, 


you have received. 


lis rec oivent,t 


they receive. 


Us ont recu, 


they have received. 


Imperfect. B 


Pluperfect. W 


(rec ev ant.) 








Je rec ev ais, 


I was receiving. 


J'avais recu, 


I had received. 


Tu rec ev ais, 


thou wast receiving. 


Tu avais recu, 


thou hadst received. 


11 rec ev ait, 


he was receiving. 


11 avait recu, 


he had received. 


N. rec ev ions, 


we were receiving. 


Nous avions recu, 


we had received. 


V. rec ev iez, 


you were receiving. 


Vous aviez recu, 


you had received. 


lis rec ev aient, 


they were receiving. 


lis avaient recu, 


they had received. 


Past Definite. C 


Past Anterior. C 


Je rec us, 


I received. 


J'eus recu, 


I had received. 


Tu rec us, 


thou receivedst. 


Tu eus recu, 


thou hadst received. 


11 rec ut, 


he received. 


11 eut recu, 


he had received. 


N. rec umes, 


we received. 


Nous eumes recu, 


we had received. 


V. rec utes, 


you received. 


Vous eutes recu, 


you had received. 


Us rec urent, 


they received. 


Us eurent recu, 


they had received. 


Future. D 


Future Anterior. D r 


(rec ev oir.) 








Je rec ev rai, 


I shall receive. 


J'aurai recu, 


1 shall have 




Tu rec ev ras, 


thou wilt receive. 


Tu auras recu, 


thou wilt ham 


3 


11 rec ev ra, 


he will receive. 


11 aura recu, 


he will have 


.1 


N. rec ev rons, 


we shall receive. 


Nous aurons recu, 


1 we shall have 


V. rec ev rez, 


you will receive. 


Vous aurez recti, 


you will have 


> 


Us rec ev ront, 


they will receive. 


Us auront recu, 


they will have, 





♦Verbs in oir— about thirty in number— are all more or less irregular. Six only, 
ending in evoir, follow recevoir in all the tenses (see Note on next page). The 
others will be found in the list of irregular verbs. 



1 Here, ns in the j>res. subj., q( takes the place of e, for euphony, 
also c (cedilla) before o and u. 



Observe 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



277 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 



Present. 
(rec ev oir.) 

Je rec ev rais, 
Tu rec ev rais, 
II rec ev rait, 
N. rec ev rions, 
V. rec ev riez, 
lis rec ev raient, 



E 

I should receive. 

thou wouldst receive. 

he would receive. 

we should receive. 

you would receive. 

they would receive. 



Past.* W 



tTaurais recu, 
Tu aurais recu, 
II aurait recu, 
Nous aurions recu, 
Vous auriez recu, 
lis auraient recu, 



I sJiould 

thou wouldst 

he would 

we should 

you would 

they would. 



IMPERATIVE MODE. F 



(je rec ois.) 


Rec ois, 




receive (thou). 








j Rec ev ons, 
» Rec ev ez, 


let us receive. 






(rec ev ant.j 


receive (you). 








SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 






Present. 


f£ 


Past. 


& 




(rec ev ant.) 










Que je rec oive, 


that T 




Que j'aie recu, 


that r 




Que tu rec oives, 


that thou 


s 


Que tu aies recu, 


that thou 


al 


Qu'il rec oive, 


that he 


I 


Qu'il ait recu, 


that he 


8§ 


Que n. rec ev ions, 


that we 


Que nous ayons recu 


that we 




Que v. rec ev iez, 


that you 


«* 


Que vous ayez recu, 


that you 


Qu'ils rec oivent, 


that they. 




Qu'ils aient recu, 


that they. 





(je rec us.) 

Que je rec usse, 
Que tu rec usses, 
Qu'il rec fit, 
Que n. rec ussions, 
Que v. rec ussiez, 
Qu'ils rec ussent, 



Imperfect. H 



Pluperfect. H' 



that I) 

that thou 

that he 

that we - 

that you 

that they , 



Que j'eusse recu, 
Que tu eusses recu, 
Qu'il efit recu, 



that 1~\ 
that thou I 



that he I 1 1| 
Que nous eussions recu, that we [ §! > 
Que vous eussiez recu, that you • % 
Qu'ils eussent recu, that they] 



INFINITIVE MODE. 

Past. I' 
Avoir recu, to have received. 

LTICIPLES. 

Past. J f 

Ayant recu, having received. 

Past Passive. K 
Rec u, m.; rec ue, /., received. 

Note.— Like recevoir, conjugate apercevoir, to perceive ; concevoir, to con- 
ceive ; decevoir, to deceive ; devoir (p. p., du, due), to oive ; percevoir, to col- 
lect (rents or taxes); redevoir (p. p., redu, red tie), to owe again. 



Present. 


I 


Rec ev oir, 


to receive. 


Present. 


Pi 
J 


Rec ev ant, 


receiving. 



* Second form of the cond. past ; j'eusse reyu, tu curses recu, il c-tlt recu,. eAc^ 



278 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



Fourth Conjugation in RE— VENDRE, to sell. (Model Verb.) 



Vendre, to sell. 



Vendant, selling. 



Vendu, sold. 



INDICATIVE MODE. 
Present. A Past Indefinite. A' 



*Te vend s, 


I sell. 


J'ai vendu, 


/ have sold. 


Tu rend s, 


tlwu sellest. 


Tu as vendu, 


thou hast sold. 


11 vend, 


he sells. 


11 a vendu, 


he has sold. 


(vend ant.) 








N. vend ons, 


we sell. 


Nous avons vendu, 


we have sold. 


V. vend ez, 


you sell. 


Vous avez vendu, 


you have sold. 


lis vend ent, 


they sell. 


lis ont vendu, 


they have sold. 


Imperfect. B 


Pluperfect. B' 


(vend ant.) 








Je vend ais, 


I was selling. 


J'avais vendu, 


I had sold. 


Tu vend ais, 


thou wast selling. 


Tu avais vendu, 


thou hadst sold. 


11 vend ait, 


he was selling. 


11 avait vendu, 


he had sold. 


N. vend ions, 


we were selling. 


Nous avions vendu, 


we had sold. 


V. vend iez. 


you were selling. 


Vous aviez vendu, 


you had sold. 


lis vend aient, 


they tuere selling. 


lis avaient vendu, 


they* had sold. 


Past Definite. C 


Past Anterior. C 


Je vend is, 


I sold. 


J'eus vendu, 


I had sold. 


Tu vend is, 


thou soldest. 


Tu eus vendu, 


thou hadst sold. 


11 vend it, 


he sold. 


11 eut vendu, 


he had sold. 


N. vend imes, 


we sold. 


Nous eumes vendu, 


we had sold. 


V. vend ites, 


you sold. 


Vous eutes vendu, 


you had sold. 


lis vend irent, 


they sold. 


lis eurent vendu, 


they had sold. 


Future 


:. 2> 


Future Anterior. D' 


(vend re.) 








Je vend rai, 


/ shall sell. 


J'aurai vendu, 


I shall} 


Tu vend ras, 


thou wilt sell. 


Tu auras vendu, 


thou wilt 1 §• 

he will 1 § 

we shall | § 


11 vend ra, 


he will sell. 


11 aura vendu. 


N. vend rons, 


ice shall sell. 


Nous aurons vendu. 


V. vend rez, 


you will sell. 


Vous an rez vendu, 


you will j S 


Un vend ront. 


they will sell. 


lis awvnt vendu, 


they will} 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



279 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 



Present. 
(vend re.) 

Je vend rais, 
Tu vend rais, 
II vend rait, 
N. vend rions, 
V. vend riez, 
Us vend raient, 



B 



I should sell. 

thou wouldst sell. 

he would sell. 

we should sell. 

you would sell. 

they would sell. 



Past.* & 



J'aurais vendu, 
Tu aurais vendu, 
II aurait vendu, 
Nous aurions vendu, 
Vous auriez vendu, 
Us auraient vendu, 



/ should 

thou wouldst 

he would 

we should 

you would 

they would 



IMPERATIVE MODE. F 



(je vend s.) Vend s, 

s * * \ S Vend ons, 
(vend ant.) < Tr , 
1 y Vend ez, 



sell f thou J. 
let us sell, 
sell (you). 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 
Present. G 
(vend ant.) 

Que je vend e, that I may sell. 

Que tu vend es, that thou mayst sell. 
Qu'il vend e, that he may sell. 

Que n. vend ions, that we may sell. 
Que v. vend iez, that you may sell. 
Qu'ils vend ent, that they may sell. 



Past. G* 

Que j'aie vendu, that r 

Que tu aies vendu, that thou 

QuMl ait vendu, that he 

Que nous ayons vendu, that we i 

Que vous ayez vendu, that you | 

Qu*ils aient vendu, that they J 



Imperfect. H 



(vend is.) 
Que je vend isse, 
Que tu vend isses, 
Qu'il vend it, 
Que n. vend issions, 
Que v. vend issiez, 
Qu'ils vend issent, 



that I 

that thou 

that he 

that we 

that you 

that they . 



Pluperfect. W 

Que j'eusse vendu, that I) 

Que tu eusses vendu, that thou §. 
Qu'il etit vendu, that he I §§ 

Que n. eussions vendu, that vje | |2> 
Que v. eu*siez vendu, that you | 1 
Qu'ils eussent vendu, that they} 



INFINITIVE MODE. 



Present. I 
Vend re, to sell. 



Past. I' 
Avoir vendu, to have sold. 



Present. J" 
Vend ant, 



PARTICIPLES. 



Past. «/' 

Ayant vendu, having sold. 



Past Passive. K 
Vend u, sold. 



♦Second form of the cond. past : j'eussc vendu. tu eusses vendu, il etlt vendu. 
nous eussions vendu, vous eussiez vendu, il< eussent vendu. 



280 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



CONJUGATION OF PASSIVE VERBS. 



The passive verb is formed by joining the past participle of the active verb 
to the various forms of the auxiliary verb etve, to be ; as aimer, to love: etre 
aime, to be loved. 

The past participle agrees, in gender and number, with the subject of the verb. 



ETRE AIME— to be loved. (Model Verb J 



INDICATIVE MODE. 
Present. A. Past Indefinite. A? 



Je suis 

Tu es 

11 or elle est 

Nous sommes 

Vous etes 

lis or elles sont 



aime 

or 
aimee, 

aimes 

or 
aimees, 






J'ai ete 

Tu as ete 

II or elle a ete 

Nous avons ete 

Vous avez ete 

lis or elles ont ete 



) ai 



aime 

or 
aimee, 

) aimes 
> or 
) aimees, d 






Imperfect. B 



Pluperfect. B' 



J'etais 

Tu etais 

II or elle etait 

Nous etions 

Vous etiez 

lis or elles etaient 



) aime 
> or 
) aimee, 

) aimes 
>■ or 
) aimees, 



a.* 



r>5 



J'avais ete 

Tu avais ete 

II or elle avait ete 

Nous avions ete 

Vous aviez ete 

Ds or elles avaient ete * aimees, t 



) aime 
>- or 
) aimee, 

) aimes 
V or 



ft? 



Past Definite. C 



Past Anterior. C 



Je fus 

Tu fus 

II or elle fut 

Nous fumes 

Vous ffites 

lis or elles furent 



i aime 
>- or 
) aimee, 

) aimes 

) aimees, , 






J'eus ete 

Tu eus ete 

11 or elle eut ete 


) aime 
>■ or 
) aimee, 




Nous efimes ete 
Vous eutes ete 


) aimes 
) aimees, 


-ft. a 


lis or elles eurent ete 



Future. D 



Je serai 

Tu seras 

II or elle sera 

Nous serous 

Vous serez 

lis or elles seront 



) aime 
> or 
) aimee. 



f aimes 
or 
aiinees, 



Future Anterior. JV 



J'aurai ete 
Tu auras ete 


) aime 
> or 




11 or elle aura ete 
"Nous anions ete 
Vous aurez ete 


) aimee, 
) aimes 


■1& 


Hs or elles auront etc 


) aimees, . 


gr« 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



281 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 



Present. 


E 




Past.* 


JEf 




Je serais 


) aime ' 




J'aurais ete 


) aime 


%^ 


Tu serais 


>- or 


Tu aurais ete 


y or 


%% 


11 or elle serait 


) aimee, 


11 or elle aurait ete 


) aimee, 


o* ~ 






- a-s 








Nous serions 


) aimes 




Nous aurions ete 


) aimes 


a.^ 


Vous seriez 


y or 


•** 


Vous auriez ete 


>• or 


£.§ 


lis or elles seraient 


) aimees, . 


lis or elles auraient ete ) aim ees, j 


cT« 



IMPERATIVE MODE. F 



Sois aime or aimee, 
Soyons ) 
Soyez ) 



X aimes or aimees, 



be (thou) loved. 
j let us be loved. 
\ be (you) loved. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 
Present. G Past. Q* 



Que je sois 
Que tu sois 
QuMl or elle soit 


) aime 
h or 
) aimee, 




Que nous soyons 


) aimes 




Que vous soyez 


y or 


Qu'ils or elles soient 


) aimees, . 


Ci«5J 


Imperfect. 


H 




Que je fusse 
Que tu fusses 


) aime ' 

y 0?' 


OS* 


Qu'il w elle fut 


) aimee, 


.In 


Que nous fusions 
Que vous f ussii z 


) aimes 


If 



Qu'ils or elles fussent ) aimees, . 



) aime 
> or 
) aimee, 



ete) 



Que j'aie ete 

Que tu aies ete 

Qu'il or elle ait ete 

Que nous ayons ete 

Que vous ayez ete 

Qu'ils or elles aient ete ) aimees, J i. 






aimes 

07" 



rs^ 



Pluperfect. H' 



Que j'eusse ete 
Que tu eusses ete 
Qu'il o?' elle eiit ete 
Que nous eussions ete 
Que vous eussiez ete 
Qu'ils or elles eussent ete 



) aime 

Y . or , 
) aimee, 



r 5 ■ 



) amies 

r or l «§. 

) aimees J §,«■ 






INFINITIVE MODE. 



Present. I 

Etre aime or aimee, 
aimes or aimees, 



Past. V 

Avoir ete aime or aimee, \ to have been 



i Avoir ete aime or aimee, ) 

^ yo be loved. aimes ^ aimees, j" loved. 



PARTICIPLES. 
Present. J" Past. «J' 

Etant aime or aimee, » Ayantete aime or aimee, \ having 



aimes or aimees, 



' \ being loved. 
^es, s * 



aimes or aimees, f been loved 



Past Passive. K 

Ete aime or aimc'e, aim's or aimees, been loved. 



* Second form of the cond. past : j'eusse ete aim'', tu eupses ete aim6, il eut 6t6 
aime, nous eussions ete aime*, vous eussiez ete umus, ils cussent ete aim-* 



282 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



CONJUGATION OF A NEUTER VERB WITH ETRE. 



Certain neuter verbs are conjugated in the compound tenses with the auxiliary 
verb etre, to be ; their past participle agrees with the subject of the verb. The 
verb arriver, to arrive, is given as the model verb of this class. 



ARRIVER— to arrive. (Model Verb.) 



INDICATIVE MODE. 



Press nt. A. 


Past Indefinite. A' 




J' arrive, 


I arrive. 


Je suis \ 


arrive 




Tu arrives, 


thou arrivest. 


Tu es 


or 


1 


11 arrive, 


he arrives. 


11 or elle est 1 


arrivee, 


*N 


Nous arrivons, 


we arrive. 


Nous sommes \ 


arrives 


a. a 

- ^ 


Vous arrivez, 


you arrive. 


Vous etes V 


or 


9k * 


lis arrrivent, 


they arrive. 


Ils or elles sont ' 


arrivees, 




Imperfect. B 


Pluperfect 


. J3' 




J' arrivals, 


I was arriving. 


J'etais i 


arrive ' 


a 


Tu arrivals, 


thou wast arriving. 


Tu etais > 


or 


11 arrivait, 


he was arriving. 


11 or elle etait ' 


arrivee, 


a, a 


Nous arrivions, 


we were amoving. 


Nous etions i 


arrives 


Vous arriviez, 


you were arriving. 


Vous etiez > 


or 


lis arrivaient, 


they were arriving. 


Lis or elles etaient > 


arrivees, , 


• 


Past Definite. C 


Past Anterior. C 




J'arrivai, 


I arrived. 


Je fus j 


arrive 


a 


Tu arrivas, 


thou arrivedst. 


Tu fus 


or 


11 arriva, 


he atrived. 


11 or elle fut > 


arrivee, 


Nous arrivames, 


we aiTived. 


Nous fumes \ 


arrives 


r a.1* 


Vous arrivates, 


you amved. 


Vous futes y 


or 


* 


lis arriverent, 


they arrived. 


lis or elles furent > 


arrivees, , 


• 


Futu 


RE. D 


Future Anterior. />' 




J'arriverai, 


J shall arrive. 


Je serai i 


arrive 


§> 


Tu arriveras, 


thou wilt arrive. 


Tu seras > 


or 


11 arrivera, 


he will arrive. 


11 or elle sera 


arrivee, 




Nous arriverons, 


we shall arrive. 


Nous serous \ 


arrives 




Vous MThreica, 


you will arrir, . 


Vous eerea > 


or 


Hh aniveront, 


they will arrive. 


lis or elles seront ' 


arrivees, 





CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



283 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 



Present 


JE 




PA3T.* 


E> 


iTarriverais, 


I should^ 




Je serais 


) arrive 


Tu arriverais, 


thou wouldst 




Tu serais 


> or 


11 arriverait, 


Tie would 


-3. 


11 or elle serait 


) arrivee, 


Nous arriverions, 


we should 


Ob 


Nous serions 


i arrives 


Vous arriveriez, 


you would 




Vous seriez 


>- or 


lis arriveraient, 


they would j 




lis or elles seraient 


) arrivees, 



3.1 



IMPERATIVE MODE. F 



Arrive, 

Arrivons, 

Arrivez, 



ar?i,ve f thou J. 
let us arrive, 
arrive (you). 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



Present. G 



Que j'arrive, 
Que tu arrives, 
Quil arrive, 
Que nous arrivions, 
Que vous arriviez, 
Qu'ils arrivent, 



that 71 

that thou 

that he 

that we 

that you 

that they ^ 



\% 



Past. G> 



Que je sois 
Que tu sois 
Qu'il or elle soit 
Que nous soyons 
Que vous soyez 
Quils or elles soient 



arrivee, 

arrives 

or 
arrivees, , 






Imperfect. M 



Pluperfect. W 



Que j'arrivasse. 
Que tu arrivasses, 
Qu'il arrivat, 
Que nous arrivassions, 
Que vous arrivassiez, 
Qu'ils arrivassent, 



that 71 

that thou 

that he 

that we 

that you 

that they} - 



Que je fusse 
Que tu fusses 
Quil or elle fut 
Que nous fusions 
Que vous fussi z 
Qu'ils or elles fussent 



arrive 

or 
arrivee, 

arrives 
or 

arrivees, 



as* 



3§ 



INFINITIVE MODE. 



Present. I 

Arriver, to arrive. 



Past. I' 



£tre arrive or arrivee, \ to have 
arrives w arrivees, f arrived. 



Present. J" 
Arrivant, arriving. 



PARTICIPLES. 

§ 



Past. J' 



Etant arrive or arrivee, \ having 
arrives or arrivees, f aiiived. 



Past. K 
Arrive or arrivee, arrives or arrivees, arrived. 



* Second form of the cond. past : je fusse anive, tu fusses arrive, il fut arrive, 
nou^ fussions arrives, vous fussiez arrives, ils furent arrivee, 



284 



CONJUGATION' OF VERBS. 



CONJUGATION OF A PRONOMINAL VERB. 



Pronominal verbs are conjugated with two pronouns of the same person, the one 
is the subject, the other the direct, or indirect, object of the verb. 

In the compound tenses of pronominal verbs the auxiliary verb etre is used for 
the auxiliary verb avoir. The past participle is subject to the same rule of agree- 
ment as the past participle of transitive verbs; that is, it agrees with its direct 
object, when the direct object precedes the participle. 



SE COUPER— to cut one's self. (Model Verb.) 



Present. A 



INDICATIVE MODE. 

Past Indefinite. A f 



Je me coupe, 
Tu te coupes, 
11 se coupe, 
Nous nous coupons, 
Vous vous coupez, 
lis se coupeut. 



I cut myself, etc. Je me suis coupe, / have cut m\ 
Tu t'es coupe, 
11 s'est coupe, 
Nous nous sommes coupes, 
"Vous vous etes coupes, 
lis se sont coupes. 



[etc. 



Imperfect. U 

Je me coupais, / was cutting myself, 

Tu te coupais, [etc. 

II se coupait, 

Nous nous coupions, 

Vous vous coupiez, 

lis se coupaient. 



Pluperfect. W 



Je m'etais coupe, 

Tu t'etais coupe, 

II s'etait coupe, 

Nous nous etions coupes, 

Vous vous etiez coupes, 

lis s'etaient coupes. 



/ had cut myself 
[etc. 



Past Definite. C 

I cut myself etc. 



Je me coupai, 

Tu te coupas, 

11 se coupa, 

Nous nous coupames, 

Vous vous coupates, 

lis se couperent. 



Past Anterior. & 



Je me fus coupe 

Tu te fus coupe, 

11 se fut coupe, 

Nous nous fumes coupes, 

Vous vous ffites coupes, 

lis se furent coupes. 



I had cut myself 
[etc. 



Future. £ 



Je me couperai, 
Tu te couperas, 
II se coupera, 
Nous nous couperons 
Vous vous couperez, 
lis se couperont, 



I shall cut myself, 
[etc. 



Future Anterior. IV 



Je me serai coupe 

Tu te seras coupe, 

II Be sera coupe, 

Nous nous serous coupes, 

Vous vous serez coupes, 

Us se seront coupes. 



/ shall have cut 
[myself, etc. 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



285 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 



Present. JE 

Je me couperais, I should cut myself, 

Tu te couperais, [etc. 

II se couperait, 

Nous nous couperions, 

Vous vous couperiez, 

lis se couperaient. 



Past.* 2? 



Je me serais coupe, / sfoould have cut 

Tu te serais coupe, [myself, etc. 

H se serait coupe, 

Nous nous serions coupes, 

Vous vous seriez coupes, 

Us se seraient coupes. 



IMPERATIVE MODE. F 



Coupe-toi, 

Coupons-nous, 

Coupez-vous, 



cut thyself. 

let us cut ourselves. 

cut yourselves. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 
Present. G Past. Q* 



Que je me coupe, 
Que tu te coupes, 
Qu*il se coupe, 
Que nous nous coupions, 
Que vous vous coupiez, 
Qu'ils se coupent. 



that I may cut Que je me sois coupe, that I may have 
[myself, etc. Que tu te sois coupe, [cut myself, etc. 
Qu'il se soit coupe, 
Que nous nous soy on s coupes, 
Que vous vous soyez coupes, 
Qulls se soient coupes. 



Imperfect. H 

Que je me coupasse, that I might cut 

Que tu te coupasses, [myself, etc. 

Qu'il se coupat, 

Que nous nous coupassions, 

Que vous vous coupassiez, 

Qu'ils se coupassent. 



Pluperfect. IT' 

Que je me f usse coupe, that T might have 
Que tu te fusses coupe, [cut myself, etc. 
Qu'il se ftit coupe, 
Que nous nous fussions coupes, 
Que vous vous fussiez coupes, 
Qu'ils se fussent coupes. 



INFINITIVE MODE. 



Present. I 
Se couper, to cut oriels self. 



Past. I' 

S'etre coupe, to have cut o. self. 



PARTICIPLES. 



Present. J 
Se coupant, cutting one's self. 



Past. J' 

S'etant coupe, having cut o. 8. 



Past. K 
CoupS, cut. 



* Second form of the cond. past : je me fusse coupe, tu te fusses coupe, il se fftt 
coupe, nous nous fussions coupes, vous vous fussiez coupes, ils se fussent coupes. 



286 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



CONJUGATION OF IMPERSONAL VERBS, 



TONNER— to thunder. (Model Verb. J 



A II tonne, 

H II tonnait, 

€ II tonna, 

D U tonnera, 



INDICATIVE MODE. 

it thunders. A' II a tonne, it has thundered, 

it was thundering. W II avait tonne, it had thundered. 

it thundered. C II eut tonne, it had thimdwed. 

it will thunder. 2>' II aura tonne, it will have thundered. 



E II tonnerait, 



CONDITIONAL MODE. 

it would thunder. E f II aurait tonne, it woidd have, etc. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 
G Qu'il tonne, that it rnay thunder. G / Qu'il ait tonne, that it may hare. etc. 

H Qu'il tonnat, that it might thunder. H' Qu'il eut tonne, that it might hare 

[thundered, 

INFINITIVE. 

I Tonner, to thunder. 



J" Tonnant, 



PARTICIPLES. 
thundering. K Tonne, 



thundered. 



Irregular Impersonal Verbs 

Y AVOIR— to be there. FALLOIR— to be necessary. 

PLEUVOIR— to rain. 



W TPREfl. A 

g I Imperf. Ji 
g 1 P. Def. C 

5 [put. n 

Cond. Pres. B 

g (Pres. a 

<§ } Imperf. 11 
Infinitive. I 
Pres. Part. J 
Past Part. K 



Ilya ( there is, there are J. II faut. 
II y avait. II fallait. 



II y eut. 
II y aura. 
II y aurait. 
Qu'il y ait. 
Qu'il y eAt. 

Y avoir. 

Y ayaut. 
Eu. 



II fallut. 
II faudra. 
II faudrait. 
Qu'il faille. 
QuMl fallut. 
Falloir. 
(wanting. ' 
Fallu. 



II pi cut. 
11 pleuvait. 
II plot 

II pleuvra. 
II pleuvrait. 
Qu'il pleuve 
Qu'il plut. 
Pleuvoir. 
Pleuvaut. 
Phi. 



CONJUGATION OJ? VERBS. 287 



ORTHOGRAPHIC IRREGULARITIES 
In the First Conjugation. 



Some classes of verbs in the first conjugation, though regularly varied through- 
out, undergo, in certain persons and tenses, slight changes to make their orthog- 
raphy conformable to the pronunciation. 

1. In verbs ending in cer, as commencer, to commence, the letter c, to retain 
the sound of s, takes the cedilla before a and o ; as, comniencant, nous com- 
mencons. 

2. In verbs ending in ger, as manger, to eat, an e is inserted after g, before a 
and o, to make the g retain its soft sound ; as mangeant, nous mangeons. 

3. In verbs ending in yer, as nettoyer, to clean, the y is changed into i before 
e mute; as, je nettoie, tu nettoies, il nettoie, Us nettoient ; but nous 
nettoyons, vous nettoyez. 

Rem.— Verbs having an a before the ending yer, as payer, to pay, may either 
retain the y before e mute or change it into i: je paye, or je pale. 

4. In verbs having e (acute) or e (mute) before the consonant that precedes the 
ending er, as esperer, to hope, and mener, to lead, the e or e is changed into 
e (gravej before a mute syllable ; as, j'espere, I hope ; je mene, Head, etc. 

Rem. Verbs in eger, as abrGger, pvoteger, retain the £ in the future and con- 
ditional : j 'abregerai, tu protegeras. See also verbs in eler and eter, No. 5. 

5. Verbs ending in eler, as appeler, to call, double the I; and those in eter, 
as jeter, to throw, double the * before e mute ;. &s,j 9 appeUe, tu appelles, il 
appelle, Us appellent; and, je jette, tu jettes, il jette, Us jetteut. But 
nous appelons, vous appelez ; nous jet oris, vous jetez, etc. 

Rem.— The verbs aeheter, to buy; bourreler, to torment ; deceler, to disclose; 
geler, to freeze ; ltarceler, to harass ; peler, to peel ', are exceptions to this 
last rule ; they come uuder Rule No. 4. 



288 



CONJUGATION OF YERBS. 



CONJUGATION OF 



INFINITIVE 
Forms. 



1. Aller, 

to go. 
allant. 
alle. 

etre alle. 
etant alle. 

#. Envoyer, 

to send. 
envoyant. 
envoye. 
avoir envoye. 
ayant envoye. 

3. JLcquerir, 

to acquire. 
acquerant. 
acquis, 
avoir acquis, 
ayant acquis. 

4. JBoullllVf 

to boil. 
bouillant. 
bouilli. 
avoir bouilli. 
ayant bouilli. 

5. Courir, 

to run. 
courant. 
couru. 

avoir couru. 
ayant couru. 

6. Cueillir, 

to gather. 
cueillant. 
cueilli. 
avoir cueilli. 
ayant cueilli. 

7. Dormir, 

to deep. 
dormant, 
dormi. 
avoir dormi. 
ayant dormi. 

8. Fuir, 

to flee. 
fuyant. 
fui. 

avoir fui. 
ayant fui. 



INDICATIVE MODE. 



Pressnt. A Imperfect. B Past Dep. C Future. D 



je vais, 
tu vas, 
il va, 

nous allons, 
vous allez, 
ils vont. 

j'envoie (p. 251). 
tu envoies, 
il envoie, 
nous envoyons, 
vous envoyez, 
ils envoient. 

j'acquiers, 
tu acquiers, 
il acquiert ; 
nous acquerons, 
vous acquerez, 
ils acquierent. 

je bous, 

tu bous, 

il bout, 

nous bouillons, 

vous bouillez, 

ils bouillent. 

je cours, 
tu cours, 
il court, 
nous courons, 
vous courez, 
ils courent. 

je cueille, 
tu cueilles, 
il cueille, 
nous cueillons, 
vous cueillez, 
ils cueillent. 

je dors, 

tu dor;?, 

il dort, 

nous dormons, 

vous dormez, 

ils dorment. 

je fuis, 
tu fuis, 
il fait. 

nous fuyons, 
vous fuyez, 
ils fuient. 



j'allais, 
tu allais, 
il all ait, 
nous allions, 
vous alliez, 
ils allaient. 

j'envoyais, 
tu envoyais, 
il envoyait, 
nous envoyions, 
vous envoyiez, 
ils envoyaient. 

j'acquerais, 
tu acquerais, 
il acquerait, 
nous acquerions, 
vous acqueriez, 
ils acqueraient. 

je bouillais, 
tu bouillais, 
il bouillait, 
nous bouillions, 
vous bouilliez, 
ils bouillaient. 

je courais, 
tu courais, 
il courait, 
nous courions, 
vous couriez, 
ils conraient. 

je cueillais, 
tu cueillais, 
il cueillait, 
nous cueillions, 
vous cueilliez, 
ils cueillaient. 

je dormais, 
tu dormais, 
il dormait, 
nous dormions, 
vous dormioz, 
ils dormaient. 

je fuyais. 
tu fuyais, 
il fuyait, 
nous fuyions, 
vous fuyiez, 
ils fayalent 



j'allai, 
tu alias, 
il alia, 

nous allames, 
vous allates, 
ils allerent. 

j' envoy ai, 
tu envoyas, 
il envoya, 
n. envoyames, 
v. envoyates, 
ils envoyerent. 

j'acquis, 
tu acquis, 
il acquit, 
nous acquimes, 
vous acquites, 
ils acquirent. 

je bouillis, 
tu bouillis, 
il bouillit, 
nous bouillimes, 
vous bouillites, 
ils bouillirent. 

je courus, 
tu courus, 
il courut, 
nous courumes, 
vous courutes, 
ils courureut. 

je cueillis, 
tu cueillis, 
il cueillit, 
nous cueillimes. 
vous cueillites, 
ils cueillirent. 

je dormis, 
tu dormis, 
il dormit, 
nous dormtmes, 
vous dormltes, 
ils dormirent. 

je fuis, 
tu fuis, 
il fuit, 
nous fuimes, 
vous fuites, 
ils fuirent. 



J irai, 
tu iras, 
il ira, 

nous irons, 
vous irez, 
ils iront. 

j'enverrai, 
tu enverras, 
il enverra, 
nous enverrons, 
vous enverrez, 
lis enverront. 

j'acquerrai, 
tu acquerras, 
il acquerra. 
nousacquerrona, 
vous acquerrez, 
ils acquerront. 

je bouillirai, 
tu bouilliras, 
il bouillira, 
nous bouillirons, 
vous bouilli rez, 
ils bouilliront. 

je courrai, 
tu courras, 
il courra, 
nous courrons, 
vous courrez, 
ils courront. 

je cueillerai, 
tu cueilleras, 
il ciu'illera, 
nouscueillerons, 
vous cueillerez, 
ils cueillerout. 

je dormirai, 
tu dormiras, 
il dormira, 
nous dormirons, 
vous dormirez, 
ils dormiront. 

je fuirai, 
tu fuiras, 
il fuira, 
nous fuirons, 
vous fuirez, 
ils fuiront. 



♦In the compound tenses of pronominal verbs, the auxiliary verb etre is used for the 
■f&en alter follows the model. The reflective pronoun and the adverb tti precede the 
used affirmatively : va-Ven ; allons-?\ous-en. 

+ Asuaillir and tresmillir differ from th* model in the future and in the conditional 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



289 



IEEEGULAE MODEL VEEBS. 









SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 


Veebs 


CONDITIONAL 


Imperative. 






conjugated like 

the 

Model Verb. 


Present, M 


F 


Present. G 


Imperfect. II 


j'irais, 




que j'aille, 


que j'allasse. 


s'en aller.* t 


tu irais, 


v% 


que tu ailles, 


que tu allasses, 




il irait. 




qu'il aille, 


qu'il allat, 




nous irions, 


allons, 


que nous aliions, 


que nous allassnns, 




vous iriez, 


allez. 


que vous alliez, 


que vous allassiez, 




ils iraient, 




qu*ils aillent. 


qu'iis allassent. 




j'enverrais, 




que j' envoie, 


que j'envoj^asse, 


rcnvoyer. 


tu enverrais, 


envoie, 


que tu envoies, 


que tu envoyasses, 




il enverrait. 




qu'il envoie, 


qu'il envoyat, 




nous enverrions, 


envoyons, 


que nous envoyions, 


que n. envoy assions, 




vous enverriez, 


envoyez. 


que vous envoyiez, 


que v. envoyassiez, 




ils enverraieiir. 




qu'ils envoient. 


qu'ils envoyassent. 




j'acquerrais, 




que j'acquiere, 


que j'acquisse, 


conquerir. 


tu acquerrais, 


acquiers, 


que tu acquieres, 


que tu acquisses, 


s'enquerir.* 


il acquerrair. 




qu'il acquiere, 


qu'il acquit, 


reconquerir. 


nous acquerrions, 


acquerons, 


que n. acquerions, 


que n. acquissions, 




vous acqm-rriez, 


acquerez. 


que v. acqueriez, 


que v. acquissiez, 




ils acquerraknt. 




qu'ils acquierent. 


qu'ils acquissent. 




je bouillirais, 




que je bouille, 


que je bouilHsse, 




tu bouillirais, 


Lous, 


que tu bouilles, 


que tu bouillisses, 




il bonillirait, 




qu'il bouille, 


qu'il bouillit, 




nous bou, Unions, 


bouillon*, 


que nous bouillions, 


que n. bouillissions, 




vous bouiiliriez, 


bouillez. 


que vous bouilliez, 


que v. bouillissiez, 




ils bouilliraient. 




qu'ils bouillent. 


qu'ils bouillir-sent. 




je courrais, 




que je coure, 


que je courusse, 


accourir. 


tu courrais, 


cours, 


que tu coures, 


cue iu eourusses, 


( oncourir. 


il courrait, 




qu'il coure, 


qu'il eourut, 


ciiscourir. 


nous courrions, 


courons, 


que nous courions, 


que n. courussions, 


parcourir. 


vous counhz, 


courez. 


que vous couriez, 


que v. courussiez, 


secourir. 


ils courraient. 




qu'ils courent. 


qu'ils courussent. 




je cueillerais, 




que je cueille, 


que je cueiilisse, 


accueillir. 


tu cueillerais, 


cueille, 


que tu cueilles, 


que iu cueillisses, 


recueillir. 


il cueillerait, 




qu'il cueille, 


qu'il cueillit. 


assaillir4 


nous cueillerions, 


cueillons, 


que nous cueillions, 


que n. cueillissions. 


tressaillir.t 


vous cueilleriez, 


cueillez. 


que vous cueilliez, 


que v. cueillissiez, 




ils cueilleraient. 




qu'ils cueillent. 


qu'ils cueihissent. 




je dormirais, 




que je dorme, 


que je dormisso. 


endormir. 


tu dormirais, 


dors, 


que tu dormes, 


que tu dormisses, 


s'endormir.* 


il dorm irait, 




qu'il dorme, 


qu'il dormit, 


lvndormir. 


nous dormirion*, 


dormons, 


que nous dormions, 


que n. dormissions, 


se rendormir.* 


vous dormiriez, 


dormez. 


que vous dormiez, 


que v. dormissiez, 




ils dormiraient. 




qu'ils dorment. 


qu'ils dormissent. 




je fuirais, 




que je fuie, 


que je fuisse, 


s'enfuir.* 


tu fuirais, 


fuis, 


que tu fuies, 


que tu fuisses, 




il fuirait, 




qu'il fuie, 


qu'il fuit, 




nous fuirions, 


fuyons, 


que nous fuyions. 


que nous fuissions, 




vous fuiriez, 


fuyez. 


que vous fuyiez, 


que vous fuiesiez, 




ils fuhaient. 




qu'ils i'uient. 


qu'ils fuissent. 





auxiliary verb avoir. 

verb: je nCen vais ; je m'en suis <lllt ; Ven xas-tu? except in the imperative mode when 

p.esent : j 'assaillirai^ j % assaillirais ; je treswiliirai) je iresxailiiraia. 



290 



COKVJtJGATIdH OF VERBS. 



CONJUGATION OF 



INFINITIVE 
Forms. 



INDICATIVE MODE. 



Present. A. 



9. Mourir, 

to die. 
mourant. 
mort. 
etre mort. 
etant inort. 

10. Ouvrir, 

to open. 
ouvrant. 
ouvert. 
avoir ouvert. 
ay ant ouvert. 



11 



Par.tir, 

to start. 
partant, 
parti, 
etre parti, 
etant parti. 



12. Sentir, 

tc feel. 
sentant. 
senti. 

avoir senti. 
ayant senti. 

13. Tenir, 

to hold; to keep. 
tenant, 
tenu. 

avoir tenu. 
ayant tenu. 

14. VeniVf 

to come. 
venant. 
venu. 
etre venu. 
etant venu. 

15. Vetir, 

to clot lie. 
vStant. 
vStu. 

avoir vetu, 
ayant vetu. 

I 3 . Ass eo ir (s> ), 

tO Sit < I OIL' n. 

s'asseyant. 
assK* 
e'etie assK 
e'etant assis. 



je meurs, 
tu meurs, 
il meurt, 
nous mourons, 
vous mourez, 
ils meurent. 

j'onvre, 
tu ouvres, 
il ouvre, 
nous ouvrons, 
vous ouvrez, 
ils ouvrent. 

je pars, 
tu pars, 
il part, 
nous partons, 
vous partez, 
ils partent. 

je sens, 

tU S311S, 

il sent, 
nous sentons, 
vous sentez, 
ils t-eutent. 

je tiens, 
tu tiens, 
il tient, 
nous tenons, 
vous tenez, 
ils tieijnenl;. 

je viens, 
tu viens, 
il vient, 
nous venons, 
vous venez, 
ils viennent. 

je v§ts, 
tu vets, 
il vet, 

nous vetons, 
vous vetez, 
ils vetent. 

je in'assieds,^ 
tu t'assieds, 
il s'assied, 
nousn.asseyons 

vous v. assryez. 
ils s'asseyent. 



Imperfect. JB 



je mourais, 
tu mourais, 
il mourait, 
nous mourions, 
vous mouriez, 
ils mouraient. 

j"ouvrais ? 
tu ouvrais, 
il ouvrait, 
nous ouvrions, 
vous ouvriez, 
ils ouvraient. 

je partais, 
tu partais, 
il partait, 
nous pardons, 
vous partiez, 
ils partaient. 

je sentais, 
tu sentais, 
il sentait, 
nous sentions, 
vous sentiez, 
ils sentaient. 

je tenais, 
tu tenais, 
il tenait, 
nous tenions, 
vous teniez, 
ils tenaient. 

je venais, 
tu venais, 
il venait, 
nous venions, 
vous veniez, 
ils venaient. 

je vetais, 
tu vetais 
il vetait, 
nous vetions, 
vous vetiez, 
ils vetaient. 

je m'asseyais, 
tu t'asseyais, 
il s'aseeyait, 
n. i). asseyions, 
v. v. asseyiez, 
ils sasseyaient. 



Past Dep. C Future. 2> 



je mourus, 
m mourns, 
il mourut, 
nous mourumes, 
vous mourutes, 
ils moururent. 

j'ouvris, 
tu ouvris, 
il ouvrit, 
nous ouvrimes, 
vous.ouvrites, 
ils ouvrirent. 

je partis, 
tu partis, 
il partit, 
nous partimes, 
vous partitas, 
ils partirent. 

je sentis, 
tu sentis, 
il sentit, 
nous sentimes, 
vous sentites, 
ils sentirent. 

je tins, 
tu tins, 
il tint, 

nous tinmes, 
vous tintes, 
ils tinrent. 

je vins, 
tu vins, 
il vim, 
nous vinmes, 
vous vintes, 
ils vinrent. 

je vetis, 
tu veris, 
il vetit, 
nous vetimes, 
vous vetites, 
ils vecirent. 

je m'assis. 
tu t'aaeis, 

il s*assit. 
nous n. assimes, 
vous v. assires, 
ils s'assirent. 



I 



je mourrai, 
tu nionrras, 
il mourra, 
nous [Dour out 
vous mourrez, 
ils mourront. 

j'ouvririi, 
tu ouwiras, 
il oavr. ra, 
nous ouvrirons, 
vous ouvrirez, 
ils ouvriront. 

je partirai, 
tu partiras, 
il partira, 
nous pariirons, 
vous partirez, 
ils partiront. 

je sentirai, 
tu sentiras, 
il sentiru. 
nous sentirons, 
vous sentiiez, 
ils t-entiront. 

je tiendrai. 
tu tiendras, 
il tiendra. 
nou - tiendrons, 
vous t endrez, 
ils tiendront. 

je viendrai, 

tu viemlras. 
il viendra. 
nous yieu irooa, 
vous vhmiiez, 
ils viendront 

je vetirai, 
tu vctiras. 
il vetiia. 
nous vetirous, 
vous retires, 
ils vetiront. 

je m'assi'rai, 
iu t'assieras, 

il s'a<si ra. 
n. n. a>>i i 
v. v. asM res. 
ils sassieront. 



*In the compound tenses of pronominal verbs, the auxiliary verb etre is used 
tThe Compounds of venir are conjugated with the auxiliary verb etre, except 
% Also : je m'assoiSi tu Vastois, il s'aswit ; fa^soyais ; faswimi^ etc This 'ona 
\8eoir and rnesseoir are defective verbs, ibee p. ^78.) 



CONJUGATION OF YEKBS. 



291 



IEEEGULAE MODEL VERBS. 



! 

CONDITIONAL Imperative. 



Present. E 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



Present. G 



Imperfect. H 



Verbs 

conjugated like 

the 

Model Verb. 



je mourrais, 




que je meure, 


tu mourrais, 


meurs, 


que tu meures, 


il mourrait, 




qu'il meure, 


nous mourrions, 


mourons, 


que nous mourions, 


vous mourriez, 


mourez. 


que vous mouriez, 


ils mourraient. 




qu'ils meurent. 


j'ouvrirais, 




que j'ouvre, 


tu ouvrirais, 


ouvre, 


que tu ouvres, 


il ouvrirair, 




qu'il ouvre, 


nous ouvririons, 


ouvrons, 


que nous ouvrions, 


vous ouvririez, 


ouvrez. 


que vous ouvriez, 


ils ouvriraient. 




quils ouvrent. 


je partirais, 




que je parte, 


tu partirais, 


pars, 


que tu partes, 


il partirait, 




qu'il parte, 


nous partirions, 


partons, 


que nous partions, 


vous partiriez, 


partez. 


que vous partiez, 


ils partiraient. 




qu'ils partent. 


je sentirais, . 




que je sente, 


tu sentirais, 


sens, 


que tu sentes, 


il sentirait, 




qu'il sente, 


nous se.ntirions, 


sentons, 


que nous sentions, 


vous sentiriez, 


sentez. 


que vous sentiez, 


ils sentiraient. 




qu'ils sentent. 


je tiendrais, 




que je tienne, 


tu tiendrais, 


tiens, 


que tu tiennes, 


il tiendrait. 




qu'il tienne, 


nous tiendrions, 


tenons, 


que nous teutons 


vous tiendriez, 


tenez. 


que vous teniez, 


ils tiendraient. 




qu'ils tienneit. 


je viendrais, 




que je vienne, 


tu viendrais, 


viens, 


que tu viciines, 


il viendrait, 




qu'il vienne, 


nous viendrions, 


venons, 


que nous venions, 


vous viendriez, 


venez. 


que vous veniez, 


ils viendraient. 




qu'ils viennent. 


je vetirais, 




que je vete, 


tu vetirais, 


vets, 


que tu vetes, 


il vetirait, 




qu'il vete, 


nous vetirions, 


vetonS: 


que nous vetions, 


vous vetiriez. 


vetez. 


que vous vetiez, 


ils vetiraient. 




qu'ils vetent. 


je m'assierais, 




que je m'asseye, 


tu t'assierais, 


assicds-toi, 


que tu t'asseyes, 


il s'assierair, 




qu'il s'asseye, 


n. n. assierions, 


asseyons-n., 


que n. n. asseyions, 


v. v. assieriez, 


a*seyi-z-vous 


que v. v. asseyiez, 


ils s'assieraient. 




qu'ils s'asseyent. 



que je mourusse, 
que tu mourusses, 
qu'il mo u rut, 
que n. mourussions, 
que v. mourussiez, 
qu'ils mourussent. 

que jouvris*e, 
que tu ouvrisses, 
qu'il ouvrit, 
que n. ouvrissions, 
que v. ouvrissiez, 
qu'ils ouvrissent. 

que je partisse, 
que tu partisses, 
qu'il partit, 
que n. partissions, 
que v. partissiez, 
qu'ils partissent. 

que je sentisse, 
que tu sentisses, 
qu'il sentit, 
que n. sentissions, 
que v. sentissiez, 
qu'ils sentissent. 

que je tinsse, 
que tu tinsses, 
qu'il tint, 

que nous tinssions, 
que vous tinssiez, 
qu'ils tinssent. 

que je vinsse, 
que tu vinsses, 
qu'il vint, 
que nous vinssions, 
que vous vinssiez, 
qu'ils vinssent. 

que je vetisse, 
que tu vetisses, 
qu'il vetit, 
que nous vetissions, 
que vous vetissiez, 
qu'ils vetissent, 

que je m'assisse, 
que tu t'assisscs, 
qu'il s'assit, 
que n. n. amissions, 
que v. v. assissicz, 
qu'ils s'assissent. 



couvrir. 
decouvrir. 

oft'rir. 
souffrir, etc. 



repartir. 

sortir. 

ressortir. 



assentir. 
consentir. 
pressentir. 
ressentir. 
mentir, etc. 



The com- 
pounds of tenir 
with prefixes. 



The com- 
pounds of xe- 
rrir.-f 



devetir. 
revetir. 
se v§tir.* 
se revetir.* 
se devetir.* 



asseoir. 
rasseoir. 
st; rasseoir.* 
seoir.§ 
messeoir.§ 



for the auxiliary verb avoir. 

comehir, whiclf takes avoir in the tense of to suit, and etre in the sense of to agree. 

is little used. 



29'2 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



CONJUGATION OF 



INFINITIVE 
Forms. 



i7. Mo avoir, 

to move. 
mouvant. 
mu. 

avoir mu. 
ayant mu. 

18. Bouvoir, 

to be able. 
pouvant. 
pu. 

avoir pu. 
ayant pu. 

19. Savoir, 

to know. 
sachant. 
su. 

avoir su. 
ayant su. 

20. Valoir, 

to be ivorth. 
valant. 
vain. 

avoir valu. 
ayant valu. 

21. Voir, 

to see. 
voyant. 
vu. 

avoir vu. 
ayant vu. 

22. Vouloir, 

to be willing. 
voulant. 
voulu. 
avoir voulu. 
ayant voulu. 

23. Battre, 

to beat. 
battant. 
battu. 

avoir battu. 
ayant battu. 

24. Bohr, 

to drink. 
buvant. 
bu. 

avoir bu. 
ayant bu. 



INDICATIVE MODE. 



Present. A Imperfect. B 



je meus, 
tu meus, 
il meut, 
nous mouvons, 
vous mouvez, 
ils meuvent. 

je peux, or puis, 

tu peux, 

il peut, 

nous pouvons, 

vous pouvez, 

ils peuvent. 

je sais, 
tu sais, 
il sait, 
nous savons, 
vous savez, 
ils savent. 

je vaux, 
tu vaux, 
il vaut, 
nous valons, 
vous valez, 
ils valent. 

je vois, 
tu vois, 
il voit, 
nous voyons, 
vous voyez, 
ils voient. 

je veux, 
tu veux, 
il veut, . 
nous voufons, 
vous voulez, 
ils veulent. 

je bats, 
tu bats, 
il bat, 

nous battons, 
vous battez, 
ils battent. 

je bois, 
tu bois, 
il boit, 
nous buvous, 
vous buvez, 
ils boivent. 



je mouvais, 
tu mouvais, 
il mouvait, 
nous mouvions, 
vous inouviez, 
ils mouvaient. 

je pouvais, 
tu pouvais, 
il .pouvait, 
nous pouvions, 
vous pouviez, 
ils pouvaient. 

je savais, 
tu savais, 
il savait, 
nous savions, 
vous saviez, 
ils savaient. 

je valais, 
tu valais, 
il valait, 
nous valions, 
vous valiez, 
ils valaient. 

je voyais, 
tu voyais, 
il voyait, 
nous voyions, 
vous voyiez, 
ils voyaient. 

je voulais, 
tu voulais, 
il voulait, 
nous voulions, 
vous vouliez, 
ils voulaient. 

je battais, 
tu battais, 
il battait, 
nous battions, 
vous battiez, 
ils battaiei-t. 

je buvais, 
tu buvais, 
il buvait, 
nous buvions, 
vous bttviez, 
ils buvaient. 



Past Dep. C 



je mus, 
tu mus, 
il mut, 
nous mumes, 
vous mutes, 
ils inurent. 

je pus, 
tu pus, 
il put, 

nous pumes, 
vous putes, 
ils purent. 

je sus, 
tu sus, 
il sut, 

nous sumes, 
vous sutes, 
ils surent. 

je valus, 
tu valus, 
il valut, 
nous valumes, 
vous valutes, 
ils valurent. 

je vis, 
tu vis, 
il vit, 

nous vimes, 
vous vites, 
ils virent. 

je voulus, 
tu voulus, 
il voulut, 
nous voulumes, 
vous voulutes, 
ils voulurent. 

je battis, 
tu battis, 
il battit, 
nous battimes, 
vous batttteB, 
ils battireut. 

je bus, 
tu bus, 
il but, 

nous bfimes, 
VOUS butt's, 

ils burent. 



Future. Z> 



je mouvrai, 
tu mouvras, 
il mo u via, 
nous mouvrons. 
vous mouvrez, 
ils mouvront. 

je pourrai, 
tu pourras, 
il pourra, 
nous pourrons, 
vous pourrez, 
ils pourront. 

je saurai, 
tu sauras, 
il saura, 
nous saurons, 
vou> saurez, 
ils sauront. 

je vaudrai, 
tu vaudras, 
il vaudra, 

nous vaudrons, 
vous vaudrez, 
ils vaudront. 

je verrai, 
tu verras, 
il verra, 
nous verrons, 
vous verrez, 
ils verront. 

je voudrai, 
tu voudras. 
il voadra. 
nous voudrons, 
vous voudrez, 
ils voudront. 

je battrai, 
tu battras, 
il battra, 
nous battrons, 
vous battrez, 
ils bat trout. 

je boirai. 
tu boiras, 
il boira, 
nous boirons, 
vous boirez, 
ils boiront. 



* Tu the compound tenses of pronominal verb?, the 
t These verbs slightly deviate from the model. 
JThe imperative form veuilltz is used only in the 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



293 



IRREGULAR MODEL VERBS. 



CONDITIONAL 
Present. JE 



je mouvrais, 
tu mouvrais, 
il mouvrait. 
nous mouvrions, 
vous mouvriez, 
ils mouvraient. 

je pourrais, 
tu pourrais, 
il pourrait, 
nous pourrions, 
vous pourriez, 
ils pourraient. 

je saurais, 
tu saurais, 
il saurait, 
nous saurions, 
vous sauriez, 
ils sauraient. 

je vaudrais, 
tu vaudrais, 
il vaudrait, 
nous vaudrions, 
vous vaudriez, 
ils vaudraient. 

je verrais, 
tu verrais, 
il verrait, 
nous verrions, 
vous verriez, 
ils verraient. 

je voudrais, 
tu voudrais, 
il voudrait. 
nous voudrions, 
vous voudriez, 
ils voudraient. 

je battrais, 
tu battrais, 
il battrait, 
nous battrions, 
vous battriez, 
ils battraient. 

je boirais, 
tu boirais, 
il boirait, 
nous boirions, 
vous boiriez, 
ils boiraieut. 



Imperative. 
F 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



ruouvons, 
mouvez. 



peux, 



pouvon*, 
pouvez. 



sache, 

sachons, 
sachez. 



valons, 
valez. 



voyons, 
voyez. 



veux, 

voulons, 
voulez and 
veuillez4 



bats 



bat tons, 
battez. 



bois, 

buvous, 
buvez. 



Present. G 



Imperfect. H 



que je meuve, 
que tu meuves, 
qu'il meuve, 
que nous mouvions, 
que vous mouviez, 
qu'ils meuvent. 

que je puisse, 
que tu puisses, 
qu'il puisse, 
que nous puissions, 
que vous puissiez, 
qu'ils puissent. 

que je sache, 
que tu saches, 
qu'il sache, 
que nous sachions, 
que vous sachiez, 
qu'ils sachent. 

que je vaille, 
que tu vailles, 
qu'il vaille, 
que nous valions, 
que vous valiez, 
qu'ils vaillent. 

que je voie, 
que tu voies, 
qif il voie, 
que nous voyions, 
que vous voyiez, 
qu'ils voient. 

que je veuille, 
que tu veuilles, 
qu'il veuille, 
que nous voulions, 
que vous voulicz, 
qu'ils veuillent. 

que je batte, 
que tu battes, 
qu'il batte, 
que nous battions, 
que vous battiez, 
qu'ils battent. 

que je boive, 
que tu boives, 
qu'il boive. 
que nous bmions, 
que vous buviez, 
qu'ils boivent. 



Verbs 

conjugated like 

the 

Model Verb. 



que je musse, 
que tu musses, 
qu'il miit, 
que nous mussions, 
que vous mussiez, 
qu'ils mussent. 

que je pusse, 
que tu pusses, 
qu'il put, 

que nous pussions, 
que vous pussiez, 
qu'ils pussent. 

que je susse, 
que tu susses, 
qu'il sut, 

que nous sussions, 
que vous sussiez, 
qu'ils sussent. 

que je valusse, 
que tu valusses, 
qu'il valut, 
que nous valussions, 
que vous valussiez, J 
qu'ils valussent. 

que je visse, 
que tu visses, 
qu'il vit, 

que nous vissions, 
que vous vissiez, 
qu'ils vissent. 

que je voulusse, 
que tu voulusses, 
qu'il voulut, 
que n. voulussions, 
que v. voulussiez, 
qu'ils voulussent. 

que je battisse, 
que tu battisses, 
qu'il battit, 
que n. battissions, 
que v. battissiez, 
qu'ils battissent. 

que je basse, 

que tu busses, 
qu'il but, 

que nous bussions, 
que vous bussiez, 
qu'ils bueseiit. 



demouvoir. 
emouvoir. 
s'emouvoir.* 
promouvoir. 



valoir nrieux. 
equivaloir. 
prevaloir. 
revaloir. 



re voir. 

entrevoir. 

dechoir.t 

ecboir.t 

pourvoir.t 

prevoir.t 



abattre. 

combattre. 

debattre. 

s'ebattre.* 

rabattre. 

rebattre. 

emboire. 
semboire.* 
re bo ire. 



auxiliary verb etre is used for the auxiliary verb avoir. 

(See p. 278.) 

sense of please or be .so kind o$. 



294 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



CONJUGATION OF 



INFINITIVE 
Forms. 



25. Conclure, 

to conclude. 
concluant. 
conc'u. 
avoir conclu. 
ayant conclu. 

26. Conduire, 

to conduct. 
conduisant. 
conduit, 
avoir conduit, 
ayant conduit. 

27. Connaitre, 

to knoio. 
connaissant. 
connu. 
avoir connu. 
ayant connu. 

28. Coudre, 

to seiv. 
cousant. 
cousu. 
avoir cousu. 
ayant cousu. 

29. Craindre, 

to fear. 
craighant. 
craint. 
avoir craint. 
ayant craint. 

50. Croire, 

to believe. 
croyant. 
cru. 

avoir cru. 
ayant cru. 

51. Croitre, 

to grow. 
croissant. 
cru, ./'. crue. 
avoir cru. 
ayant cru. 

;t2. Dire, 

to say ; to tell. 
disant. 
dit. 

avoir dit. 
ayant dit. 



INDICATIVE MODE. 



Present. Jl Imperfect. _B Past Def. C 



je conclus, 
tu conclns, 
il conclut, 
nous concluons. 
vous concluez, 
ils concluent. 

je conduis, 
tu conduis, 
il conduit, 
n. conduisons, 
v. conduisez, 
ils conduisent. 

je connais, 
tu connais, 
il connait, 
n. connaissons, 
v. connaissez, 
ils connaissent. 

je couds, 
tu couds, 
il coud, 
nous cousons, 
vous cousez, 
ils cousent. 

je c rains, 
tu crains, 
il craint, 
nous crainnons, 
vous craignez, 
ils craignent. 

je crois, 
tu crois, 
il croit, 
nous croyons, 
vous croyez, 
ils croieut. 

je crois, 

tu crois, 

il croit. 

nous croissons, 

vous croissez, 

ils croissent. 

je dis, 
tu din, 
il dit, 

nous disons, 
vous elites, 
ils disent. 



je concluais, 
tu concluais, 
il concluait, 
nous concluions, 
vous concluiez, 
ils concluaient. 

je conduisais, 
tu conduisais, 
il conduisait, 
n. conduisions, 
v. conduisiez, 
ils conduisaient. 

je connaissais, 
tu connaissais, 
il connaissait, 
n. connaissions, 
v. connaissiez, 
ils connaissaient. 

je cousais, 
tu cousais, 
il cousait, 
nous cousions, 
vous cousiez, 
ils cousaienu. 

je craignais, 
tu craignais, 
il craignait, 
nou.* craignions, 
vous craigniez, 
ils cruignaient. 

je croyais, 
tu croyais, 
il croyait, 
nous croyions, 
vous croyiez, 
ils croyaient. 

je croissais, 
tu croissais, 
il croissait, 
nous emissions, 
vous crpissiez, 
ils croissaient. 

je disais, 
tu disais, 
il disait, 
nous elisions, 
vous disiez, 
ils disaient. 



Future. D 



je conclus, 
tu conclus, 
il conclut, 
nous conclumes, 
vous concliites, 
iis conclurent. 

je conduisis, 
tu conduisis, 
il conduisit, 
n. conduisimes, 
v. conduisites, 
ils conduisirent. 

je connus, 
tu connus, 
il connut, 
nous connfimes, 
vous connutes, 
ils connurent. 

je cousis, 
tu cousis, 
il cousit, 
nous couvimes, 
vous cou-ites, 
ils cousirent. 

je craignis, 
tu craignis, 
il craignit, 
nous craignimes, 
vous crafgnites, 
ils craignirent. 

je crus, 
tu crus, 
il crut, 
nous crumes, 
vous crutes, 
ils crurent. 

je crus, 
tu crus, 
il crut, 
nous crumes, 
vous crutes, 
ils crurent. 

je dis, 
tu dis, 
il dit, 

nous dimes, 
vous dites, 
ils dire nt. 



je conclurai, 
tu concluras, 
il conclura, 
nous conclurons, 
vous conclurez, 
ils concluront. 

je conduirai, 
tu couduiras, 
il conduira, 
n. conduirons, 
v. conduirez, 
ils conduiront. 

je connait rai, 
tu connait ras, 
il connait n, 
n. connait rons, 
v. connaitrez, 
ils ccKinaitiont. 

je coudrai, 
tu coudras, 
il coudra, 
nous coudrons, 
vous coudrcz, 
ils coudront. 

je craindrai, 
tu craindras, 
il craindra, 
nous craindrons, 
vous craindrcz, 
ils craindront. 

je croirai. 
tu croiras, 
il croira. 
nous croirons, 
vous croirez, 
ils croiront. 

je croit rai, 
lu croit ras, 
il croit ra. 

nous croiirons, 
vous croitrez, 
ils croitiont. 

je dirai, 
tu diras, 
il dira. 
nous dirons, 
vous direx, 
ils (hront. 



* Luire, to shine,' relnire, to glitter: and nuire, to hurt, to injure, deviate from tlio 
1 The compounds of dire and also confire deviate from the model in the sccornl person 
vwMiu<\ the « \a doubled: maudissez (^ce 64). 



CONJUGATION OP VEKBS. 



295 



IEEEGULAE MODEL VERBS. 







SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 


Verbs 


CONDITIONAL 


Imperative. 






c on j unrated like 

the 

Model Verb. 








Present. E 


r 


Present. G 


Imperfect. H 


je conclurais, 




que je concluc, 


qu« je conclusse. 


exclure. 


tu conclurais, 


conclus, 


que tu conchies, 


que in conclusses, 


reclure. 


il conciurait. 




qu*il conclue. 


qu'il conclut, 




nous couclarions, 


concluons. 


que n. concluions, 


que n. conciussions. 




vous conauriez, 


concluez. 


que v. concluiez, 


que v. conclussiez. 




ils concluraient. 




qu'ih conclueut. 


qu'ils couclussent. 




je eonduirais, 




que je conduise, 


que je conduisisse. 


All verbs end- 


tu eonduirais, 


conduis, 


que tu conduises, 


que tu conduisisses, 


ing in uire * 


il conduirait. 




qu'il conduise, 


qu'il conduisit. 




nous co; duirions, 


conduisons, 


que n. conduisions, 


q. n. conduisi- sions, 




vous condnir.ez, 


conduisez. 


que v. conduisiez, 


que v. condui>issiez, 




ils conduiraient. 




qu'ils conduisent. 


qu'ils conduisisseiit. 




je connaitrais, 




que je connaisse, 


que je connusse, 


parairre and 


tu connaitrais, 


connais, 


que tu connai.sses, 


que tu comiu^ses, 


compounds. 


il coniiJ-iiru t. 




qu il connaisse, 


qu'il connut. 




n. connai ri«»us, 


connaissons, 


que 11. counaissions. 


que n. connussione, 




v. connairritz. 


connaissez. 


que v. connaissiez, 


que v. eonnussiez, 




ils connaitiaient. 




qu iis conuaissent. 


qu'ils counussent. 




je coudrais, 




que je couse, 


que je cousisse, 




tu coudrais, 


couds, 


que- tu couses, 


que tu cousisses, 




il coudrair, 




qu'il couse, 


qu'il cousit, 




nous coudrions, 


cou-ons, 


que nous cousions, 


que n. cousissions, 




vous coudriez. 


cousez. 


que vous cousioz, 


que v. cousissiez, 




ils coudraient. 




qu'ils cousent. 


qu'ils cousissei.t. 




je craindrais, 




que je craigne, 


que je craignissc, 


All verbs end- 


tu craindrais, 


crai us, 


que tu craigne-, 


que tu craignisses, 


n g iu aindre, 


il craind.a t. 




qu'il craigne. 


qu'il traigmt. 


tindvt and oin- 


nous cramdrione, 


craignons. 


que nous^craignions, 


que n. craignissions. 


art. 


vous crai driez, 


cmignez. 


que vous craigniez, 


que v. craigni.^iez, 




ils craindraient. 




qu'ils craiguent. 


qu'ils craignisseut. 




je croirais, 




que je croie, 


que je crusse, 




tu croirais, 


crois, 


que tu cioies, 


que tu crises, 




il croirait. 




qu'il croie, 


qu'il out. 




nous croirions, 


croyons, 


que nous en-yions, 


que nous crussions, 




vous croinez, 


croyez. 


que vous croyicz, 


que vous crus^kz, 




ils croiraient. 




qu'ils croient. 


qu'ils crussent. 




je croitrais, 




que je croisse, 


que je crusse. 




tu croitrais, 


crois, 


que tu croisses, 


que tu crusses, 




il cioitniit. 




qu'il croisse. 


qu'il criif, 




nous croitrions, 


croissons, 


que nous emissions, 


que nous crussions, 




vous croitriez, 


croissez. 


que vous croissiez, 


; que vous cross* z, 




Us croitroient. 




qu'ils croissent. 


qu'ils crussent. 




je dirais, 




que je dise, 


1 que je disse. 


T he co in 


tu dirais, 


dis, 


que tu dises, 


1 que tu disfi -. 


pounds of dire 


il dirait. 




qu'il dise. 


qu'il dit, 


and cunJircA 


nous dirions, 


disons, 


que nous disions, 


j que nous dissions, 




vous diriez, 


dites. 


que vous disiez, 


; que vous di.-siez, 




ils diraient. 




qu'ils disent. 

i 


qu'ils dissent. 





model ill the past participle, which ends in i instead of it; as: lui. relui, nul. 

plural i4" the present indicative uud ui Uc iiuuciuiivu, >>uich is di-ci., co/{fc>tz \see 78): in 



296 



CONJUGATION OF YEHBS. 



CONJUGATION OF 



INFINITIVE 
Forms. 



33. Ecrire, 

to write. 
eerivant. 
ecrit. 

avoir ecrit. 
ayant ecrit. 

34. Faire, 

to do; to make, 
faisant. 
fait. 

avoir fait, 
ayant fait. 



35 



Xiire, 

to read. 
lisant. 
lu. 

avoir lu. 
ayant lu. 

36. Mettre, 

to put. 
mettant. 
mis. 

avoir mis. 
ayant mis. 

37. Jloudre, 

to grind. 
moulant. 
moulu. 
avoir moulu. 
ayant moulu. 

38. Naitre, 

to be born. 
naissant. 
ne. 

etre ne. 
etant ne. 

3.9. Ylaive, 

to please. 
plaisant. 
plu. 

avoir pin. 
ayant plu. 

40. Prendre, 

to take. 
prenant. 
pris. 

avoir pris, 
aya,.l. pris. 



INDICATIVE MODE. 



Present. A Imperfect. B Past Dep. C Future. 2> 



j ucris, 
tu ecris, 
il ecrit, 
nous ecrivons, 
vous ecrivez, 
ils ecrivent. 

je fais, 
tu fais, 
il fait, 

nous faisons, 
vous faites, 
il font. 

je lis, 
tu lis, 
il lit, 

nous lisons, 
vous lisez, 
ils lisent. 

je mets, 
tu mets, 
il met, 

nous mettons, 
vous mettez, 
ils mettent. 

je mouds, 
tu mouds, 
il moud, 
nous moulons, 
vous moulez, 
ils moulent. 

je nais, 

tu nais, 

il nait, 

nous naissons, 

vous naissez, 

ils naissent. 

je plais, 
tu plais, 
il plait, 
nous plaisons, 
vous plaisez, 
ils plaisent. 

je prends, 
tu prends, 
il prend, 
nous prenons, 
vous prenez, 
ils prennent. 



j'ecnvais, 
tu eerivais, 
il ecrivait, 
nous ecrivions, 
vous ecriviez, 
ils ecrivaient. 

je faisais, 
tu faisais, 
il faisait, 
nous faisions, 
vous faisiez, 
ils faisaient. 

je lisais, 
tu lisais, 
il lisait, 
nous lisions, 
vous lisiez, 
ils lisaient. 

je mettais, 
tu mettais, 
il mettait, 
nous mettions, 
vous mettiez, 
ils mettaient. 

je moulais, 
tu moulais, 
il moulait, 
nous moulions, 
vous mouliez, 
ils moulaient. 

je naissais, 
tu naissais, 
il naissait. 
nous naissions, 
vous naissiez, 
ils naissaient. 

je plaisais, 
tu plaisais, 
il plaisait, 
nous plaisions, 
vous faisiez, 
ils plaisaient. 

je prenais. 
tu prenais, 
il prenait. 
nous preuions, 
vous preniez, 
Lid prenaient. 



j ecrivis, 
tu ecrivis, 
il ecrivit, 
nous ecrivimes, 
vous ecrivites, 
ils ecrivirent. 

je fis, 

tu fis, 
il tit, 

nous fimes, 
vous fites, 
ils firent. 

je lus, 
tu lus, 
il lut, 

nous lumes, 
vous Ifites, 
ils lurent. 

je mis, 
tu mis, 
il mit, 

nous mimes, 
vous mites, 
ils mirent. 

je moulus, 
tu moulus, 
il moulut, 
nous moulumes 
vous moulu' es, 
ils moulurent. 

je naquis, 
tu naquis, 
il uaquir. 
nous naquimes, 
vous naquites, 
ils naquirent. 

je plus, 
tu plus, 
il plut, 
nous plumes, 
vous plates, 
ils plurent. 

je pris, 

tu pris, 
il prit, 
i »)iis primes, 
vous prttes, 
ils prirent. 



j ecnrai. 
tu ecriras, 
il ecrira, 
nous ecr irons, 
vous ecrirez, 
ils ecriront. 

je ferai, 
tu feras, 
il fera, 
nous ferons, 
vous ferez, 
ils feront. 

je lirai, 
tu liras, 
il lira, 
nous 1 irons, 
vous lirez, 
ils liront. 

je mettrai, 
tu mettras, 
il mettra, 
nous mettrons, 
vous mettrez, 
ils mettront. 

je moudrai, 
tu moudras. 
il moudra. 
nous moudrons, 
vous moudrez, 
ils moudrunt. 

je naitrai, 
tu nai 

il naitra, 
nous nairrons, 
vous naitrez, 
ils naitront. 

je plairai, 
tu plairas, 
il piaira. 
nous plairons, 
vous plairas, 
ils plairont. 

je prendrai, 
tu prendraa, 
il prendra, 

nous prendrons, 
vous prendre/, 
ils prendroni. 



♦In the compound tenses of pronominal verbs, thr 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



297 



IRREGULAR MODEL VERBS. 



CONDITIONAL 
Present. JE 



j ecnrais, 
» tu ecrirais, 
il ecrirait, 
nous ecririons, 
vous ecririez, 
ils ecriraient. 

je ferais, 
tu ferais, 
il ferait, 
nous ferions, 
vous feriez, 
ils feraient. 

je lirais, 
tu lirais. 
il lirait, 
nous lirions, 
vous liriez, 
ils liraient. 

je mettrais, 
tu mettrais, 
il mettrait, 
nous mettrions, 
vous mettriez, 
ils mettraieut. 

je moudrais, 
tu moudrais, 
il moudrait, 
nous moudrions, 
vous moudriez, 
ils inoudraieiit. 

je naitrais, 
tu naitrais, 
il naitrait. 
nous naitiions, 
vous uaitriez, 
ils naitraient. 

je plairais, 
tu plairais, 
il plairait, 
nous plairions, 
• vous plahirz, 
ils plairaient. 

je prendrais, 
tu prendrais, 

il prendrait. 
nous prendrions, 
vous prendriez, 
ils prendraient. 



Imperative. 
F 



I 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



Present. 6r 



ecnvons 
ecrivez. 



fais, 



faisons, 
faites. 



lis, 

lisons, 
lisez. 



mettons, 
niettez. 



mouds, 

moulons, 
moulez. 



naissotis, 
naissez. 



plais, 

pi a i sons, 
plaisez. 



prends, 

prenons, 
prenez. 



que j'ecrive, 
que tu ecrives, 
qiril ecrive, 
que nous ecrivions, 
que vous ecriviez, 
qu'ils ecriveut. 

que je fasse, 
que tu fasses, 
qu'il fasse, 
que nous fassions, 
que vous fassiez, 
qu'ils f assent. 

que je lise, 
que tu lises, 
qu'il lise, 
que nous lisions, 
que vous hsiez, 
qu'ils lisent. 

que je mette, 
que tu mettes, 
qu'il mette, 
que nous mettions, 
que vous mettiez, 
qu'ils mettent. 

que je moule, 
que tu moules, 
qu'il moule, 
que nous moulions, 
que vous mouliez, 
qu'ils moulent. 

j que je naisse, 
1 que tu naisses, 

qu'il naisse, 
: que nous naissions, 
que vous naissicz, 
qu'ils naissent. 

i que je plaise, 
: que tu plaises, 

qu'il plaise. 
que nous plaisfons, 
que vous plaiskz, 
qu'ils plaisent. 

que je prenne, 

que tu preunes, 
qu'il pienne, 
que nous prenions, 
que vous preuiez, 
qu'ils prennent. 



Imperfect. H 



The com- 
pounds of 

to ire. 



que j'ecrivisse, 
que tu ecrivisses, 
qu'il ecrivit, 
que n. ecrivissions, 
que v. ecrivissiez, 
qu'ils ecrivissent. 

que je fisse, 
que tu fisses, 
qu'il fit, 

que nous fissions, 
que vous fissiez, 
qu'ils fissent. 

que je lusse, 
que tu lusse^, 
qu'il liit, 

que nous lussions, 
que vous lussiez, 
qu'ils lustent. 

que je misse, 
que tu misses, 
qu'il mit, 

que nous missions, 
que vous missiez, 
qu'ils misseut. 

que je moulusse, 
que tu moulus^es, 
qu'il moulut, 
que n. mou lussions, 
que v. moulussiez, 
qu'ils mouluseent. 

que je naquisse, 
que tu naquisses, 
qu'il naquit, 
que n. naquissions, 
que v. naquissiez, 
qu'ils naquisseiit. 

que je plusse, 

que tu plusses, 

qu'il plfit, ' taire*. 

que nous plussions, se taire.* 

que vous plnssiez, 

qu'ils plussent. 



Veebs 

conjugated like 

the 

Model Verb. 



The com- 
pounds of 
faire. 



elire. 

reelire. 

relire. 



The com- 
pounds of 
mettre. 



emoudre. 
remoudre. 



renaitre. 



plaire. 
\ complaire. 



que je prisse, 
que tu prist* 
qu'il pro, 
que nous prlssions, 
que vous prissiez, 
qu'ils prissent. 



The com- 
pounds of 
prendre. 



auxiliary verb etre is used for the auxiliary verb avoir* 



298 



COKJUflATTO-N- OF VERBS. 



CONJUGATION OF 



INFINITIVE 
Forms. 



41. Mesoudre, 

to resolve. 
resolvant. 
resolu. ' 
avoir resolu. 
ayant resolu. 



4\ 



Hire, 

to laugh. 
riant, 
ri. 

avoir ri. 
ayant ri. 

43. Suffire, 

to be sufficient, 
suffisant. 
suffi. 

avoir suffi. 
ayant suffi. 

4:4. Stiivre, 

to follow. 
suivaht. 
suivi. 

avoir suivi. 
ayant suivi. 

45. Traire. 

to milk. 
trayant. 
trait. 

avoir trait, 
ayant trait. 

46. Vaiucre, 

to vanquish. 
vainquant. 
vaincu. 
avoir vaincu. 
ayant vaincu. 

47. Vivre, 

to live. 
vivant. 
vecu. 

avoir vecu. 
ayant vecu. 



INDICATIVE MODE. 



Present. A Imperfect. B Past Def. C 



je resous, 
tu resous, 
il resout, 
nous resolvons, 
vons resolvez, 
ils resolvent. 

je ris, 
tu ris, 
il rit, 

nous rions, 
vous riez, 
ils rient. 

je suffis, 
tu suffis, 
il suffit, 
nous suffisons, 
vous suffisez, 
ils suffisent. 

je suis, 
tu suis, 
il suit, 

nous suivons, 
vous suivez, 
ils suivent. 

je trais, 
tu trais, 
il trait, 
nous trayons, 
vous trayez, 
ils traient. 



je resolvais, 

tu resolvais, 

il resolvait, 

nous resolvions, 
[ vous resolviez, 
J ils resolvaient. 

i je riais, 
| tu riais, 

il riait, 

nous riions, 

vous riiez, 

ils riaient. 

je suffisais, 
tu suffisais, 
il suffisait, 
nous euffisions, 
vous suffisiez, 
ils suffisaient. 

je suivais, 
tu suivais, 
il suivait, 
nous su.vions, 
vous suiviez, 
ils suivaient. 

je trayais, 
tu trayais, 
il^trayait, 
nous trayions, 
vous trayiez, 
ils trayaient. 



je vaincs, je vainquais, 

tu vaincs, tu vainquais, 

il vainc, | il vainquait, 

nous vainquons, j nous vainquions, 



vous vamquez, 
ils vainquent. 

je vis, 
tu vis, 
il vit, 

nous vivons, 
vous vivez, 
ils vivent. 



vous vainquiez, 
ils vainquaient. 

je vivais, 
tu vivais, 
il vivait, 
nous virions, 
vous viviez, 
ils vivaient. 



je resolus, 
tu resolus, 
il resolut, 
nous reso: times, 
vous resolutes, 
ils resolurent. 

je ris, 
tu ris, 
il rit, 

nous rimes, 
vous riles, 
ils rirent. 

je suffis, 
tu suffis, 
il suffit, 
nous suffimes, 
vous sulfites, 
ils suffirent. 

je suivis, 
tu suivis, 
il suivit. 
nous suivimes, 
vous suivites, 
ils suivirent. 



je vainquis, 
tu vainquis, 
il vain quit, 
n. vainquimes, 
v. vainquites, 
ils vainquirent. 

je vecus, 
tu vecus, 
il vecut, 
nous vecumes, 

vous vi'-cutes, 
ils vecurent. 



Future. TJ 



je resoudrai, 
tu resoudras, 

il resoudra, 
nous ivsoudronG 
vous lesoudre/, 
ils resoudront. 

je rirai, 
tu riras, 
il lira, 
nous rirons, 
vous rirez, 
ils riront. 

je suffirai, 
tu suffiras, 
il si 9ira. 

nous -uffirons, 
vous sutlii-t'z, 
ils suthront. 

je saivriii, 

tu suivra.-, 
il suivra, 
nous suivrons 
vous suivrez, 
ils Miivront. 

je trairai, 
tu trairas, 
il traira. 
nous trairons 
vous trairez, 
ils tiairont. 

je vaincrai, 
tu vaincras. 
il vaincra. 
nous vaincrons- 
vous vaincrez, 
ils vaincront. 

je vivrai, 
tu vivras, 
il vivra. 
nous vivrons, 
vous viviez, 
ils vivront. 



* In the compound tenses of pronominal verbs, the 
t Absoudre deviates from the model in the past 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



299 



IRREGULAR MODEL VERBS. 



CONDITIONAL Imperative. 
Present. JE ! F 



jc resoudrais, 
tn resoudrais, 
il resoudrair. 
uous resoudrions, 
vous resoudriez, 
ils resoudraient. 

je rirais, 
tu rirais, 
il rirait, 
nous ririons, 
vous ririez, 
ils riraient. 

je suflirais, 
tu suflirais, 

il sufhrait, 
nous suftirions, 
vous suftiriez, 
ils suftiiaient. 

je suivrais, 
tu suivrais, 
il suivrait, 
nous suivrions, 
vous suivriez, 
ils suivraient. 

je trairais, 
tu trairais, 
il trairait, 
nous trairions, 
vous trairiez, 
ils trairaient. 

je vaincrais, 
tu vaincrais, 
il vaincrait, 
nous vaincrions, 
vous vaincriez, 
ils vaincraient. 

je vivrais, 
tu vivrais, 
il vivrait, 
nous vivrions, 
vous vivriez, 
ils vivraient. 



resous, 



resolvons, 
resolvez. 



ns, 



nons, 
riez. 



suffis, 

suffisons, 
sufiisez. 



suivons, 
suivcz. 



trais, 

trayons, 
trayez. 



vainquons, 
vainquez. 



vivons, 
vivez. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



Present. G 



que je resolve, 
que tu resolves, 
qu'il resolve, 
que nous resolvions, 
que vous retolviez, 
qu'ils resolvent. 

que je rie, 
que tu ries, 
quil rie, 
que nous riions, 
que vous riiez, 
qu'ils rient. 

que je suffise, 
que tu suffises, 
qu'il suflise, 
que nous suffisions, 
que vous suffisiez, 
qu'ils suffisent. 

que je suive, 
que tu strives, 
qu"il suivc, 
que nous suivions, 
que vous suiviez, 
qifils suivent. 

que je traie, 
que tu traies, 
qiril traie, 
que nous trayions, 
que vous trayiez, 
quits traienr. 

que je vainque. 
que tu valnques, 
qu'il vainque, 
que n. vainquions, 
que v. vainquiez, 
qu'ils vainquent. 

que je vive, 
que tu vives, 
qu'il vive, 
que nous vivions, 
que vous viviez, 
qu'ils vivent. 



Imperfect. H 



absoudre.t 



que je resolusse, 
que tu resolusses, 
qu'il resolut, 
que n. resolussions, 
que v. resolussiez, 
qu'ils resolussent. 

que je risse, 
que tu risses, 
qu'ii rit, 

que nous rissions, 
que vous rissiez, 
qu'ilg rissent. 

oue je suffisse, 
que tu suftisses, 
qVil suftlt, 
que nous suffi->ions, 
que vous suflissiez, 
qVils sufhssent. 

que je suivisse, 
que tu suivisse's, 
quMl suivit, 
que n. Miivissions, 
que v. suivissiez, 
qu'ils SUivissent. 



extraire. 
soustraire. 



Verbs 

conjugated like 

the 

Model Verb. 



s*ensuivre.* 
poursuivre. 



que jc vamquisse, 
que tu vain(iuis:res, 
qu'il vain quit, 
'jue n. vainquissious, 
que v. vainquissiez, j 
qu'ils vainquissent. 

que vecusse, 
que 1 1 vecusses, 
qu'il vecfit, 
que n. vecussions, 
que v. vecussiez, 
qu'ils vecussent. 



convaiucre. 



auxiliary verb etre is used for the auxiliary verb avoir* 
participle, which is adsovs, fern, abtoute. 



Defective and Slightly Irregular Yerbs. 



FIRST CONJUGATION. 

See Orthographic Irregularities in the first conjugation, page 251. 

SECOND CONJUGATION. 

48. Benir, to bless: to consecrate, has two past participles: beni, in the sense 
of blessed, and be" nit, in the sense of consecrated ; otherwise it is regular. 

49. Defaillir, to fail, is used only in the plural of the indicative present: 
nous defaillons ; in the inmerf ect : je defaillais; in the past definite: je 
defaillis ; and in the infinitive. 

50. Faillir, to fail, has faillant, failli; present : je faux, tu faux, il 
faut, nous faillons, vous faillez, lis faillent ; imperfect: je falllais ; 
past definite : je faillis. It is used principally in the infinitive, the past definite, 
and the compound tenses. 

51. Ferir, to strike, is used only in sans coup ferir, without striking a blow* 
and in the past participle : feru. 

52. Fleurir, to blossom; to flourish. In the sense of to blossom, fleurir is 
regular ; in the sense of to flourish, it has the present participle Jiorissant, and 
the imperfect tense je florissais, etc. 

53. Gesir, to lie (ill ov dead), has only : il git, nous gisons, vous gisez % 
Us gisent ; imperfect : je gisais ; present participle : gisant. 

54. Ha'ir, to hate, has no diseresis on the i in the singular of the present indi- 
cative and of the imperative : je hats, tu hais, il hait ; hais. 

55. Issir, to issue, is used only in the past participle : issu. 

56. Ou'ir, to hear. Of this verb only the infinitive and the past participle, 
out, are used. 

57. Querir, to fetch, is used only in the infinitive. 

58. Saillir, to project, to jut out, is conjugated like cueillir; the third per- 
son and the present participle only are used. 

50. Surgir, to aiiive at, to start up, is used only in the infinitive. 

THIRD CONJUGATION. 

60. Apparoir, to be evident, is used only in the infinitive and in the third 
pei>ou singular of the indicative present : il upper t. 

61. Choir, to fall, is used only in the infinitive and past participle : eh u. 

62. Comparoir, to appear in justice, is used only in the infinitive. 

63. Dcchoir, to fall away, follows the model voir, except in the past definite: 
Je dech ns. The present participle, imperfect, and imperative are wanting 

64. Echoir, to chance to be ; to beco/ne due, is used only in the ihinl p.-r-on ; it 
liar- :u -nine lorms n* dtchoir, and al^o the present participle . cchcant. 



DEFECTIVE AXD SLIGHTS* IRREGULAR VERBS. 301 

65. Messeoir, to be unbecoming, is conjugated as asseoir : je inessieds, etc. 
It is not used in the past definite, the compound tenses, and the present participle. 

66. Pourvoir, to jyrovide, follow s voir, except the past definite: je'pour- 
vus, and the future : je pourvoirai. 

67. Prevoir, to foresee, follows voir, except the future : je prevoirai. 

68. Jtavoir, to get again, follows avoir, but is used only in the future, the 
conditional present, and the infinitive. 

69. Seoir, to become, is used only in the third person of the present: il sied, 
ils sieent ; of the imperfect : il seyait, and of the future : il siera. 

70. Seoir, to be seated, has only the present participle : seant, and the past 
participle : sis. 

71. Soaloir, to be accustomed, is used only in the imperfect: je soulais. 

72. Surseoir, to suspend; present participle: sursoyant ; past participle: 
sursis ; future; je sursoirai. In other respects it follows the model voir. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

73. Accroire is used only in the infinitive : faire accroire, to make believe. 

74. Uraire, to bray ; present: il brait, ils braient; future: il braira. 

75. Br aire, to roar ; present participle: bruyant ; pn sent : il bruit; in.- 
perfect: il bruyait. + 

76. Circoncire, to circumcise, follows dire, except the second person of the 
present: vous circoncisez ; and the past participle : circoncis. 

77. Clore, to close ; present : je clos, tu clos, il clot ; future : je clorai; 
past participle : clos. 

78. Contredire, to contradict, and the following compounds of dire, viz.: 
dedire, to unsay; interdire, to forbid ; tnedire, to slander; predire, to 
foretell, follow the model dire, excej-t in the second person plural of the present 
indicative and of the imperative, which is disez instead of dites. 

79. Courre, to hunt, is used only in the infinitive. 

80. Decon fire, to discomfit ; past participle : deconfit. 

81. JEclore, to be hatched, follows clore (77) ; it is used only in the third 
person. 

82. Frire, to fry ; present : je frig, tu fris, il frit; future : je frirai ; 
past participle : frit. 

83. Mai faire, to do wrong, is used only in the infinitive, the compound tenses, 
and the past participle : malfait. 

84. Maudire, to curse; present participle : mandissant. The double 8 is 
retained in the parts derived from the present participle ; in other respects it fol- 
lows dire. 

85. Jiompre, to break, is regular, except in the third person singular of the 
indicative present : il rompt. 

86. Soudre, to solve, is used only in the infinitive. 

87. Soiirdre, to spring forth, is used only in the third person s_in<rular and 
plural : il sourd, ils soardent. It lias no present pnrt'Hpl.v 

88. Tistrc, to weave ; j»ast participle : tissu. 



LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 



Tlie Model Verbs are in Bold IPaced Type 



Abattre (23), to fell. 

Absoudre (41 , to absolve. 

Abstenir (s') (13), to abstain. 

Abstrairc (45), to abstract. 

Accourir (5), to run to. 

Accroire (73), to believe. 

Accroitre (31), to increase. 

Accueillir (6), to receive. 

Acquerir (3), to acquire. 

Admettre (36), to admit. 

Advenir (14), to happen. 

Aller (1), to go. 

Apparaitre (28), to appear. 

Apparoir (60), to be evident. 

Appartenir (13), to belong. 

Apprendre (40), to learn. 

Assaillir (6), to assail. 

Assentir (12), to assent. 

Asseoir (16), to set. 

Asseoir (s>) (16), to sit down. 

Astreindre (29), to force. 

Atteindre (29), to attain. 

Attraire (45), to attract. 

Aveindre (29), to fetch out. 

Avenir (14), to happen. 

Avoir (p. 245), to have. 

Battre (23), to beat. 

Benir (48), to bless. 

Boire (24), to drink. 

Bouillir (4), to boil. 

Braire (74), to bray. 

Bruire (75), to make a noise. 

Ceindre (29), to gird. 

Choir (61), to fall. 

Circoncirc (76), to circumcise. 

Circonscrire (33), to circumscribe. 

Circonvenir (14), to circumvent. 

Clore (77), to close. 

Oombattre (23), to fight. 

Commettre (36), to commit. 

Comparaitre (27), to appear. [justice. 

Comparoir (62), to appear in a court of 

Complairc (89), to comply with. 

Comprcndre (40), to understand. 

Coraproraettre (36), to compromise. 



Conclure (25), to conclude. 
Conco'irir (5), to concur. 
Conduire (26), to conduct. 
Confire (32), to preserve. 
Conjomdre (29), to unite. 
Conn aitve (27), to know. 
Conquerir (3), to conquer. 
Consentir (12), to consent. 
Construire (26), to construct. 
Contenir (13), to contain. 
Contraindre (29), to compel. 
Contredire (32, 78), to contradict, 
Contrefaire (34), to counterfeit. 
Contrevenir (14), to transgress. 
Convaincre (46), to convince. 
Convcnir (14), to agree. 
Corrompre (85), to corrupt. 
Coudre (28), to sew. 
Couvir (5), to run. 
Courre (79), to hunt. 
Couvrir (10), to cover. 
Craindre (29), to fear. 
Croire (30), to believe. 
Croitre (31), to grow. 
Cueillir (6), to pluck. 
Cuire (26), to cook. 
Debattre (23), to debate. 
Dechoir (63), to fall off. 
Declore (77), to unclose. 
Deconfire (80), to rout. 
Decoudre (29), to unsew. 
Decouvrir (10), to discover. 
Deer ire (33), to describe. 
Decroire (30), to disbelieve. 
Decroitre (31), to decrease. 
Dedire (32, 18), to disown. 
Dedire (se) (32, 78), to retract. 
Deduire (26), to deduct. 
Del'aillir (58). to fail. 
Defaire (34), to undo. 
Dejoindre (29), to disjoin. 
Dement ir (12), to contradict. 
Dgmettre (36), to dislocate. 
Demettrc (se) (36), to re-sign. 
Demouvoir (17), to make one desist 



LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 



303 



Departir (11), to distribute. 
Departir (se) (11), to desist. 
Depeindre (29), to describe 
Deplaire (39), to displease. 
Depourvoir (21, 66), to deprive. 
Desapprendre (40), to unlearn. 
Desservir (7), to disoblige. 
Deteindre (29), to discolor. 
Detenir (13), to detain. 
Detruire (26), to destroy. 
Devenir (14), to become. 
Devetir (15), to st?i,p. 
Devetir (se) (15), to undress one's self. 
Dire (32), to say. 
Disconvenir (14), to disagree. 
Discourir (5), to discourse. 
Disparaitre (27), to disappear. 
Dissoudre (41, 86), to dissolve. 
Distraire (45), to divert from. 
Distraire (se) (45), to divert one's mind. 
Dormir (7), to sleep. 
Duire (26), to suit. 
Ebattre (s') (23). to be merry. 
Ebouillir (4), to boil down. 
Echoir (64), to expire. 
Eclorc (81), to be hatched. 
Econ duire (26), to put off. 
JEcrire (33), to write. 
El ire (35), to elect. 
Emboire (24), to imbibe. 
Emettre (36), to emit. 
Emoudre (37), to grind. 
Emouvoir (17), to move. 
Empreindre (29), to imprint. 
Enceindre (29), to swround. 
Enclore (77), to inclose. 
Encourir (5), to incur. 
Endormir (7), to make sleep. 
Enduire (26), to do over with. 
Enfreindre (29), to infringe. 
Enfuir (s') (8), to run away. 
Enjoindre (29), to enjoin. 
Enquerir (s 1 ) (3), to inquire. 
Ensuivre (s 1 ) (44), to result. 
Entremettre (*') (36), to intermeddle. 
Entr'ouvrir (10), to open a little. 
Enfreprendre (40), to undertake. 
Entretenir (13), to keep up. 
Entrevoir (21), to have a glimpse of. 
Envoy er (2), to send. 
Epreindre (29), to squeeze out. 
Eprundre (s 1 ) (40), to be smitten. 
Equivaloir (20), to be equivalent. 
Eteindre (29), to extinguish. 
fitre (p. 247), to be. 
Etreindre (29), to twist. 
Excluro (25), to exclude. 
Extrairc \45), to extract. 
Faiilir (50), to fail. 



Faire (34), to do. 
Falloir, to be necessary. 
Feindre (29), to feign. 
Ferir (51), to strike. 
Fleurir (52), to bloom, 
Forfaire (34), to forfeit. 
Frire (82;, tofiy. 
Fuir (8), to flee. 
Geiudre (29), to ivhine. 
Gesir (53), to lay. 
Hair (54), to hate. 
Induire (26), to induce. 
Inscrire (33), to inscribe. 
Instruire (26), to instruct. 
Iuterdire (32), to forbid. 
Interrompre (85), to interrupt 
Intervenir (14), to meddle. 
Introduire (26), to introduce. 
Issir (55), to come out. 
Joindre (29), to join. 
Lire (35), to read. 
Luire (26), to shine. 
Mamtenir (13), to maintain. 
Mai faire (34, 83), to do ham. 
Maudire (32, 84), to curse. 
Meconnaitre (27), to disown. 
Medire (32), to slander. 
Me faire (34), to do wrong. 
Mentir (12), to lie. 
Meprendre (se) (40), to mistake, 
Messeoir (65), to be unbecoming. 
Mettre (36), to put. 
Moudre (37), to grind. 
Mourir (9), to die. 
Mou voir (17), to remove. 
JS aitre (38), to be born. 
Nuire (26), to harm. 
Obtenir (13), to obtain. 
Offrir (10), to offer. 
Oiiidre (29), to anoint. 
Omettre (36), to omit. 
Omr (56), to hear. 
Ouvrir (10), to open. 
Paitre (27), to graze. 
Paraitre (27), to appear. 
Parcourir (5), to run over. 
Parfaire (34), to complete. 
Fartir (11), to start. 
Parvenir (14), to reach. 
Peindre (29), to paint. 
Permettre (36), to allow. 
Plaindre (29), to pity. 
Flaire (39), to please. 
Fie avoir, to rain. 
Poindre (29), to dawn. 
Poursuivrc (44), to pursue. 
Pourvoir (21, 66), to provide. 
Pouvdir (18), to be able. 
.edirc (32, 7S), to foretell. 



304 



CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



Prendre (40), to take. 
Prescrire (33), to prescribe. 
Pressentir (12), to forebode. 
Prevaloir (20). to prevail. 
Prevenir (14), to prevent. 
Pre voir (21, 67), to foresee. 
Produire (26), to produce. 
Promettre (36), to jrromise. 
Promouvoir (17), to promote. 
Proscrire (33), to proscnbe. 
Provenir (14), to proceed. 
R;ihattre (23), to pull down. 
Rupprendre (40), to learn again. 
Rasseoir (16), to replace. 
Rasseoir (se) (16), to sit down again.. 
Ratteindre (29), to catch again. 
Ravoir (68), to get again. 
Rebattre (23), to beat again. 
Reboire (24), to drink again. 
Rebouillir (4), to boil again. 
Reclure (25), to shut up. 
Reconduire (26), to reconduct. 
Reconnaitre (27), to recognize. 
Reconquerir (3), to reconquer. 
Recon struire (26), to reconstruct. 
Recoudre (28), to sew again. 
Recourir (5), to have recourse to. 
Recouvrir (10), to cover. 
Recrire (33), to write again. 
Recroitre (31), to grow again. 
Recueillir (6), to gather. 
Recuire (26), to cook again. 
Redefaire (34), to undo again. 
Redevenir (14), to become again. 
Redire (32, 78), to say again. 
Redormir (7), to sleep again. 
Reduire (26), to reduce. 
Reelire (25), to reelect. 
Refaire (34). to do again. 
Refleurir (52), to bloom again. 
Rejoindre (29), to overtake. 
Relire (35), to read again. 
Reluire (26), to glitter. 
Remettie (36), to put again. 
Remoudre (37), to grind again. 
Renaitre (38), to revive. 
Rendormir (7), to lull to sleep again. 
Rentraire (45), to fine-draw ; to join on. 
Repaitre i27), to feed. 
Ueparaitre (27), to reappear. 
Repartir (11), to start again. 
Repeindre (29), to paint again 
Repentir (se) (12), to repent. 
Reprendre (40), to take again. 
Reproduire (26), to reproduce. 
Requerir (3), to request. 
Jtesoudre (41), to resolve. 
Rossentir (12), to ?esent. 
Reason ir (11), to go out a?zin- 



Ressouvenir (se) (14), to remember. 

Restreindre (29), to restrain. 

Reteindre (29), to dye again. 

Retenir (13), to retain. 

Retraire (45), to milk again. 

Revaloir (20), to give an equivalent 

Revenir (14), to come back. 

Revetir (15), to clothe. 

Revivre (47), to revive. 

Revoir (21), to see again. 

Hire (42), to laugh. 

Rompre (85), to break. 

Rouvrir (10)! to open ago 1 " 

Saillir (58), to jut out. 

Satisfaire (34), to satisfy. 

Savoir (19), to know. 

Secourir (5), to help. 

Seduire (26), to seduce. 

Sentir (12), to feel. 

Seoir (69), to become. 

Seoir (70), to be seated. 

Servir (7), to serve. 

Sortir (11), to go out. 

Soudre (86), to solve. 

Sonffnr (10), to suffer. 

Souloir (71), to be accustomed. 

So^imettre (36), to submit. 

Sourire (42), to smile. 

Sourdre (87), to spring. 

Souscrire (33), to subscribe. 

Soustraire (45), to subtract. 

Sontenir (13), to sustain. 

Souvenir (se) (14), to remember 

Subvenir (14), to assist. 

Suffire (43), to suffice. 

Suivre (44), to follow. 

Surgir (59), to land. 

Surf aire (34), to overdo. 

Surprendre (40), to surprise. 

Surseoir (72), to put off. 

Survenir (14), to stwvene. 

Survivre (47), to survive. 

Taire (39), to conceal. 

Taire (.se) (39), to keep silent. 

Teindre (29), to dye. 

Tenir (13), to hold. 

Tistre (88), to weave. 

Trad in re (26). to translate. 

Trairr (45), to milk. 

Transerire (33), to copy. 

Transmettre (36), to transmit 

Tressaillir (6), to start. 

Vminere (46), to vanquish. 

Valoir (20), to be worth, 

Veniv (14). to come. 

Vetir (15), to dress. 

Vivre (47), to live. 

loir (21), to see. 

Vouloir (22), tc will. 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 

PART FIRST. — ENGLISH INTO FRENCH. 



The principal word in each expression, or the word on which the idiom turns, 
is placed at the head of the division in which the expression is given. 



About. 

I have no money about me. 
What is it about ? 
Go about your business. 
Look about you {mind). 

Account. 

A man of no account. 

On my account. 

On no account. 

Even accounts make lasting friends. 

Afford, to. 

I cannot afford to do it. 

I cannot affwd it. 

That affords me great pleasure. 

What can you affoid to give ? 

I cannot afford more. 

Give as much as you can afford. 

Again. 

Begin again. 

Go there again. 

He will come again. 

I told it to him again and again. 

Give me as much again. 

Agree, to. 

We have agreed about the price. 

They agree like cat and dog. 

I will make them agree. 

Bo you agree to those terms? 

Agreed upon. 

That does not agree with me {my stomach) . 

All. 

It is all over. 

After all. 

You must take him all in all. 

All the better ; all the better for it, 



Environ; alentour. 

Je n'ai pas d'argent sur moi. 

De quoi s'agit-il ? 

Allez-vous-en. 

Prenez garde a vous. 

Compte, m. 

Un homrae de rien. 

A cause de moi. 

Ln aucune maniere. 

Les bons comptes font les bons amis. 

Avoir les moyens. 

Je n'ai pas les moyens de le faire. 
Je n'en ai pas les moyens. 
Cela me donhe beaucoup de plaisir. 
Combien pouvez-vous donner ? 
Je ne peux pas aller au-dela. 
Donnez selon vos moyens. 

De nouveau ; encore. [veau. 

Recommencez, or commencez de nou- 

Allez-y encore une fois. 

II reviendra. 

Je le lui ai repete vingt fois. 

Donnez-m 1 en deux fois autant. 

Convenir. 

Nous sommes convenus du prix. 

lis s'accordent comme chien et chat. 

Je les mettrai d'accord. 

Consentez-vous a ces conditions ? 

Convenu. D'accord. 

Cela me fait mal, me derange Testomac 

Tout. 

C'est fini. 

Apres tout, au bout du compte. 

II faut le prendre tel quel. 

Taut miens ; il n'en sera que micur. 



306 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 



It is all one to me. 
If that is all, be easy. 
To be all things to all men. 
All is well that ends well. 
All is not gold that glitters. 

Answer, to. 

What did he answer you ? 
He shall answer before God. 
That answers my purpose. 
That answers several purposes. 
That answered very well. 

Ask, to. 

Some one asks for you. 

Ask him to come in. 

Did you ask for Mrs. B. ? 

How much do you ask for that coat? 

Attend, to. 

To attend to one's business. 

— a meeting. 

— lectures. 

— a sick person. 

The odium which attends dishonor. 
I will attend to you in an instant. 

Average, to average. 

The average circulation of that journal 

is 30,000 copies a day. 
Our receipts average fifty dollars a day. 

Be, to (12, 13). 

What is that? 

What is that to you ? 

How are you ? 

He is not well. 

He is better. 

How is that business? 

Hoiv is business? 

This coffee is better than the. other. 

Tea is better for me than coffee. 

He is as good as she is. 
He is worth a great deal. 
It is (of time or distance). 

Bear, to. 

To bear some one ill will. 

— malice against some one. 

— it in mind. 

— a good character. 

— witness, 



Cela m'est egal. 

S'il no tient qiTa cela, soyez tranquiile. 

Se f aire tout a tous. 

La fin couronne Toeuvre. 

Tout ce qui reluit n'est pas or. 

Repondre. 

Que vous a-t-il repondu ? 
II en rendra compte a Dieu. 
Cela fait mon affaire. 
Cela sert a plusieurs fins. 
Cela a parfaitement reussi. 

Demander. 

On vous demande. 

Priez-le d'entrer. 

Vous etes-vous informe de Mme. B. ? 

Combien faites-vous cet habit ? 

Faire attention. 

S'occuper de, vaquer a, ses affaires. 

Assister a une seance, une assemblee. 

Suivre un cours. 

Soigner un malade. 

L'odieux qui s'attache au deshonneur. 

Je serai a vous a Tinstant. 

Moyen, moyenne. 

La circulation moyenne de ce journal 
est de 30,000 exemplaires par jour. 

Nos recettes montent a cinquante dollars 
par jour Tun portant Tautre. 

£tre. 

Qu'est-ce que e'est que cela ? 

Qu'est-ce que cela vous fait ? 

Comment vous portez-vous ? 

II ne se porte pas bien. 

II va mieux. 

Comment va cette affaire ? 

Comment vont les affaires ? 

Ce cafe est meilleur que Tautre. 

Le the vaut mieux pour moi (or mc con- 

vient mieux) que le cafe. 
II la vaut bien. 
II est tres-riche. 
II y a (217, 218, 219). 

Porter. 

En vouloir a qqn. 
Garder ranenne contre qqn. 
Le retenir. ne pas Toublier. 
Jouir d'une bonne reputation. 
Jlendre tSmoignage. 



ENGLISH IXTO FRENCH. 



307 



Beat, to. 

To beat a person black and blue. 

— a path. 

— up eggs, cream. 

— down the price. 

— about the bush. 

— something into his head 
I beat him two games. 

Become, to. 

What has become of him ? 
That hat is not becoming to you. 
Her dress is very becoming. 
That is very becoming. 

Better. 

I have thought better of it. 

You will be the better for it. 

You will not be the better for it. 

He grows better and better. 

You will get the better of those difficulties. 

Better late than never. 

The better the day the better the deed. 

Bill. 

To settle a bill. 

To run up bills everywhere. 

The walls are covered with bills. 

There is a bill on the Iwuse. 

The play-bill. 

The bill of fare. 

Break, to (to render useless). 
To break into pieces {to smash). 

— {asunder). 

— an engagement. 

— an oath. 

— one's word. 

— any one's heart. 

— open a door. 
. — the bank. 

— in a horse. 

— news to one. 

Bring, to. 

Bring the gun. 

— the dogs, the carriage. 

— in dinner. 
To bring luck. 

— an action against s. b. 

— word to s. b. of s. th. 
Time brings about many things. 

His conduct brought this misery upon h im . 



Battre. 

Meurtrir qqn. de coups. 

Frayer un sentier. 

Fouetter des oeufs, de la creine. 

Rabattre le prix. 

Tourner autour du pot. 

Lui fourrer quelque chose dans l'esprii, 

Je lui ai gagne deux parties. 

Devenir. 

Qu'est-il devenu ? 

Ce chapeau ne vous convient pas. 

Sa robe lui sied bien. 

(Test bieuseant, c'est tres-convenable. 

Meilleur, adj. ; mieux, adv. 
Je me suis ravise. 
Vous vous en trouverez mieux. 
Vous n'y gagnerez rien. 
II va de mieux en mieux. 
Vous vaincrez ces obstacles. 
Mieux vaut tard que jamais. 
A bon jour bonne ceuvre. 

Billet, m. 

Regler un compte. 

Faire des dettes partout. 

Les murs sont couverts d'affiches. 

II y a un ecriteau sur la maison. 

Le programme du spectacle. 

Le menu du diner ; la carte. 

Casser. 

Briser en morceaux. 

Rompre. 

Rompre un engagement. 

Violer un serment. 

Manquer de parole. 

Fendre or briser le cceur a qqn. 

Enfoncer or forcer one porte. 

Faire sauter la banque. 

Rompre un cheval. 

Preparer qqn. a recevoir des nouvciieb. 

Apporter ; amener. 

Apportez le fusil. 

Amenez les chiens, la voiture. 

Servez le diner. 

Porter bonheur. 

Intenter une action contre qqn 

Informer, prevenir qqn. de qq. ch. 

Le lemps accomplit bien des choses. 

Sa conduite lui a attire ces niHlheurs. 



308 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 



Business. 

Mind your business. 

You had no business to go there. 

This will just do my business. 

I shall make it my business 

To be in business. 

To set up a business. 

He is a man of business. 

Call, to. 

Can you call on me to-night? 

I shall call on him to-day. 

I shall call on you when I come back. 

Will you call at the office? 

He calls for his money. 

I shall call for you when I pass. 

Care, to take ; to care. 

Take good care of your health. 

Take good care of yourself. 

Take care not to fall. 

I do not care for it. 

Take it ; I do not care for it. 

What do I care about it ? 

He does not care for any body. 

Carry, to. 

To carry about one l s person. 

— one's point. 

— a jest too far. 

— it high. 

— coals to Newcastle. 

— on a profession. 
Catch, to, a disease. 

To catch a cold, to catch cold. 

— a Tartar. 

A drowning man catches at a straw. 
The house caught fire. 

Come, to. 

How did that come about f 

H°, will soon come about. 

That appeal comes home to our feelings. 

It comes to the same. 

That came in his way. 

First come, first helped. 

Company. 

He does not go into company. 
We have company at dinner. 
He sees good annpany. 
Will you give us the plea^no of your com 
pan]/ thU ere/ting/ 



Affaire, /. 

Occupez-vous de vos affaires. 

Vc-us n'aviez que faire d'y aller. 

Ceci fera precisement mon affaire. 

Je ni'en ferai une obligation. 

£tre dans le commerce. 

Ultablir une maison de commerce. 

C'est un homme qui s'entend aux affaires 

Appeler. 

Pouvez-vous venir chez moi ce soir ? 

J'irai le voir aujourd'hui, 

Je passerai chez vous en revenant. 

Voulez-vous passer an bureau ? 

II vient chercher son argent. 

Je viendrai vous prendre en passant. 

Avoir soin ; se soucier. 
Ayez bien soin de votre sante. 
Soignez-vous bien. 
Prenez garde de tomber. 
Je ne m'en soucie pas. 
Prenez-le ; je n'y tiens pas. 
Qu'est-ce que cela me fait ? 
II n'aime personne. 

Porter. 

Porter sur soi. 
Accomplir son dessein. 
Pousser trop loin une plaisanterie. 
Le prendre sur un haut ton. 
Porter de Teaii a la riviere. 
Suivre, or exercer une profession. 

Attraper, une maladie. 

Prendre un rhume, s'enrhumer. 

Etre pris dans ses filets. 

Un homme qui se noie ti'accroche a tout 

Le feu prit a la maison. 

Venir. 

Comment cela est-il arrive ? 

II se remettra bien tot. 

Cet appel va an cceur. 

Cela revicnt an memo. 

Cela lui est tombe dans la main. [rraiT 

Aux premiers venus, lee premiers mor- 

Monde, m. ; societe,/. 

II ne va pas dans le monde. 
Nous avons du monde a diner. 
II frequonte la bonne societe. 
Voulez-vous nous faire Thonneur de 
passer la soiree chez nous. 



EKGLISH INTO FREHCH. 



309 



Course. 

To follow a course of lectures on chemistry. 

In the course of the day. 

We do not know what course to pur me. 

He follows his own course. 

A long course of years. 

The first course was brought in. 

The effect will follow of course. 

Of course. 

Crack, to. 

This dish is cracked. 

He cracked his whip. 

The cracking of the burning tvood. 

To crack jokes. 

He is a little cracked. 

Cut, to. 

To cut the wood ; to cut up the fowl. 

— out a coat. 

— the air. 

— capers. 

— sticks {to clear out). 

— short. 

— acquaintance with one. 
Day {daylight). 

Every day ; every other day. 

All the day. 

In the course of the day. 

It is daylight ; in broad daylight. 



Cours, m.; courant, m. 
Suivre un cours de chimie. 
Dans le courant de la journee. 
Nous ne savons quel moyen adopter 
II suit son penchant naturel. 
Une longue suite d'annees. 
On servait le premier service. 
I/effet suivra naturellement. 
Sans doute ; c'est tout naturel. 

Fendre; feler. 

Ce plat est fele. 

II faisait claquer son fouet. 

Le petillement du bois qui brule. 

Faire des plaisanteries. 

II a le timbre tant soit peu fele. 

Couper. 

Couper le bois ; decouper le poulet. 

Tailler un habit. 

Fendre Fair. 

Faire des cabriolles, des gambade3. 

Deguerpir. 

Trancher court. 

Rompre avec qqn. 

Jour, m. ; journee, /. 

Tous les jours, tous les deux jours. 

Toute la journee. 

Dans la journee. 

II fait jour ; en plein jour. 



Rem.— Jour represents the astronomical day, as a unit ; it is used in counting, 
trois jours, three days ; huit jours, a week ; quinze jours, a fortnight. It is 
also used in adverbial expressions : de jour et de nuit, by day and by night. 
Journee represents the day in its course, from morning till evening ; it is used 
when duration is implied, hence with reference to events which may characterize 
it : une journee malheureuse, an unfortunate day. This remark applies like- 
wise to matin, matinee, morning ; soir, soiree, evening ; an, annee, year. 



Disappoint, to. 

/ am disappointed at not seeing her. 
I do not wish to disappoint him. 
That affair has disappointed me. 

Do, to. 

To do justice. 

— a service. 

— one's duties. 

— nothing of the kind. 

Be will do nothing of the kind. 
I have nothing to do with that. 
How do you dot 
That will not do for me. 



Desappointer. 

Je suis contrarie de ne pas la voir. 
Je ne veux pas lui manquer de parole. 
Cette affaire n'a pas repondu a mon at- 
Faire. ttente. 

Rendre justice. 
— service. 
Remplir ses devoirs. 
N'en rien faire. 
II n'en fera rien. 
Je n'ai que faire de cela. 
Comment vous portez-vous ? 
Cela ne me va pas, ne me convient paa 



310 



IDIOMS ANL> PROVERBS. 



Draw, to. 

To draw lots. 

— the breath. 

— {pencilling). 

— a circle. 

— a deed. 

— a tooth. 

— water (from a well). 

— wine (from a cask). 

— upon a person (a'draft). 

— (tea or herbs). 

End. 

He is near his end. 
To sit at the upper end. 
To make the two ends meet. 



Tirer. 

Tirer an sort. 

Respirer Pair. 

Dessiner. 

Tracer un cercle. 

Rediger un acte. 

Arracher une dent, 

Puiser de Teau. 

Tirer du vin. 

Tirer sur qqn. (une traite). 

Infuser. 

Fin, /. ; bout, m. 

II touche a sa fin. 

Etre au haut bout de la table. 

Joindre les deux bouts. 



Rem.— Fin, end, conclusion. There can be but one end (conclusion) to any thing. 
Bout, end, extreme point : Le haut (bout) et le bas bout de la table, th& 
tipper and the lower end of the table ; a la fin de l'annee, or au bout de l'an, 
at the end of the year. (See Rem. under Day.) 



Engage, to. 

To engage, to pawn. 
— lodgings. 
This seat is engaged. 
He is engaged, busy. 
We are engaged. 

They are engaged (to be married). 
She is engaged. 

Enter, to. 

To enter one's room, college. 

— into conversation. 

— one's name. 

— a profession. 

— business. 

— upon the subject. 

Evening. 

In the evening. 
An evening party. 

Excuse, to. 

Will you excuse me to your father? 

Excuse me from coming this evening. 

The magistrate excused the fine. 

Expect, to. 

We expect his arrival this evening. 
We did not expect that (were, not prepared 
for it). 



Engager. 

Engager, mettre en gage. 

Arreter, louer, un appartement. 

Cette place est retenue. 

II est occupe. 

Nous avons pris des engagements. 

lis sont fiances. 

Elle est promise. 

Entrer. 

Entrer dans sa chambre, au college. 

— en conversation. 
S'inscrire. 

Embrasser une profession. 
Commencer les affaires. 
Entamer la matiere. 

(See Day, Rem.) 



soiiee,/. 



Soir, m. 
Le soir. 
Une soiree. 

Excuser. 

Voulez-vous m'excuser aupres de 1£. 

votre pere ? 
Excusez-moi, dispensez-moi, de venir 

ce soir. 
Le magistrat lui afaitgrace do ''amende. 

Attendre ; esperer. 

Nous attendona son arrivee ce soir. 

Nous ne nous attendions pas a cela. 



ENGLISH INTO FRENCH. 



311 



t expect to see him by and by. 

I expect to pay him a visit. 

I expect to be back in a fortnight. 

Face. 

They laughed in his face. 
I tell it to you before your face. 
Would you do it befwe his face ? 
I hate the sun in my face. 

Fault. 

Whose fault is it ? 

He has but one fault. 

To be at fault. 

To find fault with. 

He finds fault with every thing I do. 

It is not my fault that he does not succeed. 

Feel, to. 

How do you feel f . 

/ do not feel as usual. 

How does your hand feel? 

I shall feel happy in being useful to you. 

I feel for you. 

Let me feel your pulse. 

Try to feel him on that subject. 

Fire. 

Have you afire in your room? 
There is a great fire. 
Our house has caught fire. 
He will not set the river on fire. 

Fit, to. 

That coat fits you very well. 

My tailor fits well. 

To fit up a house, a workshop. 

Gain, to. 

To gain one's living. 

— a reputation. 

— one's end. 

— the ascendency. 

— the day. 

Get, to. 

I must get a pair of gloves. 
He got iv J i at he deserved. 
His handsome van duct got him that place. 
I cannot get the money. 
To get a cold. 
— Wind qf a thing. 



J'espere le voir tantot. 

Je me propose (Taller le voir. [jours. 

Je compte etre de retour dans quinze 

Visage, m. ; figure,/. 

lis lui ont ri an nez. 

Je vous le dis en face. 

Le feriez-vous en sa presence ? 

Le soleil me donne dans les yeux. 

Faute, /. ; defaut, m. 

A qui en est la faute ? 

II n'a qiTun seul defaut. 

£tre en defaut. 

Trouver a redire a. 

II trouve a redire a tout ce que je fais. 

II ne tient pas a moi qu'il ne reussisse. 

Sentir. [vez-vous ? 

Comment vous sentez-vous ? vous trou- 
Je ne me trouve pas comme d'ordinaire. 
Je ne suis pas dans mon assiette. 
Comment va la main ? [utile. 

Je m'estimerai heureux de vous etre 
Je partage, je prends part a, votre cha- 
grin. 
Permettez-moi de vous tater le pouls. 
Tatez-le un peu sur ce sujet. 

Feu, m. 

Avez-vous f.u feu dans votre chambre ? 

II y a un grand incendie. 

Le feu a pris a notre maison. 

II n'a pas invente la poudre. 

Aller bien. 

Cet habit vous va parfaitement. 

Mon tailleur habille bien. 

Meubler une maison, monter un atelier. 

Gagner. 

Gagner sa vie. 

Acquerir or se faire de la reputation. 

Parvenir a sa fin. 

Prendre le dessus. 

L'emporter. 

Obteuir. 

II faut que j'achete une paire do gants. 
II a recu ce qiTil a meriti*. 
Sa belle condliite lui a valu oette place. 
Je ne puis obtenir, or me procurer, l'ar- 
Attraper un rhuine, sYnrhuiner. [gent 
Avoir vent d'une chose. 



312 



IDIOMS AKD PROVERBS. 



To get rid of '.<?. b. 

— — 6. th. 

— wet. 

— confused. 

— away. 

— into a scrape. 

— out of the scrape. 

Give, to. 

To give credit. 

— — • for discretion. 

— a look. 

— heed. 

— comfort. 

— notice. 
Give my love to your sister. 
He gave us the slip. 
Silence gives consent. 

Go, to. To go away. 

To go /halves. 

— to work. 

— about it, to set about it. 

— for nothing. 

— by rule. 

— down (of heavenly bodies). 

— up. 

— without a thing. 

— and inquire. 
Bow goes it with you f 
Go by that. 
To go on foot, on horseback, in a carriage. 

— twenty miles, on foot, on horseback. 

— for a walk, 
lam going. 

Rem.— S'en aller, to 

Half. 

Give me the half of it. 

Cut it into halves. 

To do things by halves. 

Half wine and half water. 

Halfway ; halfway up the hill. 

Hand. 

The work is done by the hand. 

The work is in hand. 

Your letter came to hand. 

I have every thing here at hand. 

Give us a hand. . 

Let us put our hands to the task. 

He is a good hand at it. 



Se debarrasser de qqn. 

Se defaire de qq. ch. 

Se mouiller. 

S'embarrasser, se trouble*. 

S'echapper. 

S'attirer de mauvaises affaires. 

Se tirer d'affaire. 

Donner. 

Faire credit ; ajouter foi. 

Reconnaitre la discretion de qqn. 

Jeter un regard. 

Faire attention. 

Consoler. 

Prevenir, avertir. 

Faites mes amities a votre scenr. 

II s'est echappe, il nous a plantes \t. 

Qui ne dit mot consent. 

Aller. S'en aller. 
litre de moitie. 
Se mettre a rouyrage. 
S'y prendre. 
Compter pour rien. 
Faire les choses selon les regies. 
Se coucher. 
Monter. 

Se passer d'une chose. 
Aller aux informations. 
Comment cela va-t-il ? 
Reglez-vous sur cela. 
Aller a pied, a cheval, en voiture. 
Faire vingt milles, a pied, a cheval. 
Aller a la promenade, aller se promener 
Je m'en vais. 
away, to leave the place where we arc. 

Moitie, /. ; demi, adj. 
Donnez-m'en la moitie. 
Coupez-le en deux. 
Faire les choses a demi. 
Moitie eau et moitie vin. 
A. moitie chemin ; a mi-cote. 

Main, /. 

L onvrage se fait a la main.- 
L'ourrage est en main, entre U-s maina 
Votre lettre m'est parvenuc. 
«Tai tout ici sous la main. 
Donnez-nous un coup de main. 
Mettona la main a rceuvre. 
II e'y entend bien. 



EKGLISH INTO FRENCH. 



313 



Will yon take a hand at cards f 
On the one hand ; on the other hand. 
They are hand and glove together. 
Hear, to (327). 

Heart. 

That will break her heart. 

To take a thing to heart. 

His heart is set upon it. 

To take of a thing to one's heart's content. 

To have the heart full of it. 

To have the heart in one's mouth. 

Out of the abundance of the heart the 

££ ome# [mouth speaketh. 

Mrs. B. at home, Thursday. 

Make yourself at Jiome. 

He is at home everywhere. 

To be at home {with things). 

— {with persons). 
To be without a home. 
Chanty begins at home. 
Home, sweet home. 

Improve, to. 

To improve one's condition. 
His health has improved. 
To improve a machine. 
Arts have greatly improved. 
To improve (one's mind). 

— (to make progress). 

— (to grow better in quality). 

— (in appearance). 

— an opportunity. 

Intend, to. 

I intend to go out. 
He intends to go on a journey. 
His father intends him for the law. 
This compliment is intended for you. 

Introduce, to. 

To introduce a person into a house. 

— one person to another. 
Alloiv me to introduce Mr. U. 

Intrude, to. 

I fear I am intruding. 

If I intrude, say so. 

Keep, to. 

To keep silence or- silent. 

— a thing secret, 

— a store. 



Voulez-vous faire une partie de cartes ? 

D'une part ; d'autre part. 

Ce sont deux tetes dans an bonnet. 

Entendre. 
Coeur. 

Cela lui brisera le cceur. 
Prendre une chose a coeur. 
Cela lui tient au coeur. 
S'en donner a coeur joie. 
En avoir Je cceur gros. 
Avoir le coeur sur les lcvres. 
Quand le coeur es plein, il deborde. 

A la maison, chez soi. 

Mme. B. recevra jeudi. 

Faites comme si vous etiez chez vous. 

II est sans gene partout. 

litre au fait. 

Etre en pays de connaissances. 

Etre sans asile. 

La charite bien ordonnee commence par 

Oh mon doux foyer ! [soi-meme. 

Ameliorer. 

Ameliorer sa condition. 

Sa sante s'est amelioree. 

Perfectionner une machine. 

Les arts se sont bien perfectionnes. 

SMnstruire, cultiver son esprit. 

Faire des progres. 

Bonifier. 

Embellir. 

Profiter d'une occasion. 

Avoir l'intention. 

«Tai l'intention de sortir. 

II se propose de faire un voyage. 

Son pere le destine au barreau. 

Ce compliment s'adresse a vous. 

Introduire. 

Introduire qqn. dans une maison. 

Presenter qqn. a qqn. 

Permettez-moi de vous presenter a M. R 

Deranger. 

J 1 ai peur de vous avoir derange. 

Si je suis de trop, dites-le-moi. 

Garder; tenir. 

Garder le silence, se taire. 

— le secret d'une chose. 
Tenir un magasin. 



314 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 



To keep a boar ding -house. 

— a carriage. 

— one's word. 

— from harm. 
-— one's health. 

— the laws. 

— the road. 

— a festival. 

— order, discipline. 

— an army on foot. 

— one waiting. 

— back. 

Leave, to. 

Heave these papers with you. 

He left them all well off. 

Heave you to think. 

To leave, to part from. 

He left us. 

To have off business. 

To leave, to start. 

We leave for Boston. 

This is all I have left of it. 

Heave it to you. 

I have left off going there. 

To leave off smoking. 

He does not leave things undone. 

Leave off, stop. 

Let, to. 

He let his house by the year. 

Let me alone. 

Will you let him go with us? 

I will let you know. 

To let out a secret. 

To let go. 

Like, to. 

/ like fruit. 

Hike these pears very much. 

How do you like that book? 

I do not like it much. 

I do not like to be in the country. 

Do as you like. 

I should like to see him. 

Look, to. 

Look at that. 

Look at your watch (to see the time). 

To look well. 

— pleased. 

— gentlemanly. 



Tenir pension. 

— equipage. 

— parole, sa parole. 
Preserver. 
Conserver sa sante. 
Observer les lois. 
Suivre le chemin. 
Celebrer une fete. 
Maintenir Tordre, la discipline. 
Entretenir une armee. 

Faire attendre qqn. 
Retenir. 

Laisser. 

Je laisse ces papiers entre vos mains. 

II les a tous laisses dans Taisance. 

Je vous laisse a penser. 

Quitter. 

II nous a quittes. 

Quitter les affaires, se retirer des affaires. 

Partir. 

Nous partons pour Boston. 

Voila tout ce qu'il m'en reste. 

Je m'en rapporte a vous. 

J'ai cesse d'y aller. 

Renoncer a fumer. 

II ne laisse pas les choses a moitie faites. 

Arretez, en voila assez. 

Louer; laisser. 

II a loue sa maison a Tannee. 

Laissez-moi tranquille. 

Voulez-vous lui permettre de nous ac- 

Je vous le f erai savoir. [compagner ? 

Laisser echapper un secret. 

Lacher, laisser aller. 

Aimer. 

J'aime le fruit. 

Je trouve ces poires excel.entes. 

Comment trouvez-vous ce livre ? 

II ne me plait pas beaucoup. 

Je ne me plais pas a la campagne, 

Faites comme vous voudrez. 

Je voudrais bien le voir. 

Eegarder. 
Regardez cela. 
Regardez a votre montre. 

Avoir bonne mine. 

— l"air content. 

— — distingue. 



ENGLISH INTO FRENCH. 



315 



To look like some body. 
That does not look like it. 
To look down. 

— up. 

— for. 

— into. 

— out. 

My windows look out upon the river. 
Lookout! {mind). 

Make, to. 

To make fun of a thing. 

How much did you make by it? 

To make a mistake. 

— believe. 

She made believe that she did not see him. 
To make happy. 

— one's self ridiculous. 

— — miserable. 

— sure of a thing. 

— good a claim. 

— void. 

— light of a thing. 

Marry, to (to take in marriage). 

He married my cousin. 

To rnarry {to join in matrimony). 

The bishop ma?*ried them. 

To get married. 

When will you get married? 

Mean, to. 

What do you mean ? 
He means it ivell. 
I did not mean that. 
I mean that you shall do it. 

Mind, to. 

Mind your business. 

Do not mind what he says. 

Mind what you say. 

Mind well what I say. 

I do not mind that {do not care). 

Never mind. 

Mind the door. 

To mind the shop. 

Mind your health. 

Miss, to. Miss, n. 
To miss the train. 

— a line. 

— the street. 

A miss is as good as a mile. 



Ressembler a qqn. 

Cela n*y ressenible pas. 

Baisser les yeux. 

Lever les yeux. 

Chercher. 

Examiner. 

Donner sur. 

Mes fenetres donnent sur la riviere. 

Prenez garde ! 

Faire (324). 

Tourner une chose en plaisanterie. 

Combien y avez-vous gagne ? 

Se tromper. 

Faire semblant. 

Elle faisait semblant de n° pas Ie voir. 

Rendre heureux. 

Se rendre ridicule. 

Se rendre malheureux. 

S'assurer d'une chose. 

Justifier, prouver une reclamation. 

Annuler. 

Traiter une chose legerement. 

Epouser. 

II a epouse ma cousine. 

Marier. 

L'eveque les a maries. 

Se marier. 

Quand vous marierez-vous ? 

Vouloir dire. 

Que voulez-vous dire ? 

Ses intentions sont bonnes. 

Ce n'etait pas la mon intention. 

J'entends que vous le fassiez. 

S'occuper de. 

Occupez-vous de vos affaires. 

Ne faites pas attention a ce qn'il dit 

Prenez garde a ce que vous dites. 

Remarquez bien ce que je dis. 

Je ne me soucie pas de cela. 

N'importe. 

Ayez l'oeil a la porte. 

Garder la boutique. 

Songez a votre sante. 

Manquer. 

Manquer le train. 

Sauter une ligne. 

Se tromper de rue. 

Faute d'lm point Martin perdit son ane. 



316 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 



Morning. 

In the morning. 

Early in the morning. 

At six o'clock in the morning. 

Name. 

What is your name? 

That man has a good name. 

A good name is better than riches. 

To call a person names. 

Part. 

To bear one's part of the danger. 

That is perfect in all its parts. 

He has no part in it. 

In good part ; in bad part. 

On the part of. 

Foreign parts. 

On my part ; for my part. 

A lad ofjiarts. 

To act or play a part. 

Party. 

The political parties. 
The ruling party. 
Party spirit. 
The contracting parties. 
A pleasure party. 
To be of the party. 
To go to a party. 

Pass, to. 

To pass judgment. 

— censure. 

— a law. 

— an examination. 
How did it come to pass? 
This is past my comprehension. 
TJtese bills do not pass here. 

Pay, to. 

To pay a visit. 

— one's respects. 

— attention. 

— one off in his own coin. 
I paid him in his oivn coin. 

It does not pay. 

People. 

The French peopie. 
All the people of the place were there. 
The people murmur against the great. 
The country people. 



Matin, m.; matinee,/. (See Day, Rem.). 
Le matin, dans la matinee. 
Le matin de bonne heure. 
A six heures du matin. 

Nom, m. 

Comment vous appelez-vous ? 

Comment vous nommez-vous ? 

C'e.st un homme honorable. 

Bonne renornmee vaut inieux que cein 

Dire des injures a qqn. [tore doive 

Part, /. ; partie, /. 

Supporter s a part du danger. 

Cela est parfait dans toutes ses parties. 

II n'y'est pour rien. 

En bonne part ; en mauvaise part. 

De la part de. 

Pays etrangers. 

De mon cote ; quant a moi. 

Un jeune homme de moyens, de talent 

Jouer un role. 

Parti, m. ; partie, /. 
Les partis politiques. 
Le parti dominant. 
Esprit de parti. 
Les parties contractantes. 
Une partie de plaisir. 
Etre de la partie, en etre. 
Aller a une soiree, en soiree. 

Passer. 

Prononcer un arret, un jugement. 
Exercer la censure. 
Voter une loi. 
Subir un examen. 
Comment cela est-il arrive ? 
Cela surpasse mon intelligence. 
Ces billets n'ont pas cours ici. 

Payer. 

Faire or rendre visite. 

Rendre or presenter ses respects. 

Faire attention. 

Lui rendre la pareille. 

Je lui ai rendu la monnaie de sa piece. 

Le jeu ne vaut pas la chandelle. 

Peuple, m. ; nation,/. 
La nation francaise ; le people francais. 
Toute la population de l'endroit y rtait. 
Le peuple murmure contre les grands. 
Les gens, or les habitants de la campagne, 



ENGLISH INTO FRENCH. 



317 



Old people are suspicious. 
He sees a great many people. 
There were three people at dinner. 
There were very few people at church. 
People are never satisfied. 

Piec*, 

/ will take a sample of this piece. 

Cut me a small piece of it. 

To pull a thing to pieces. 

They cost me three dollars a apiece. 

They have ten thousand dollars a piece. 

This is a piece of good news. 

It is all of a piece with his conduct. 

Place. 

Put every thing in Us place. 
Tho e are places I do not go to. 
This is the place where we parted. 
This is the sore place. 
His heart is in the ?ight place. 

Play, to. 
To play high. 

— for love. 
Wlwse turn is it to play? 
We have played three games. 
To play cards. 

— on the piano. 

— on the harp. 

They played all the evening. 
To play a trick. 

— the great man. 

— the fool, the child. 

— truant. 

TJie engine plays well. 

Please, to. 

That conduct will please his mother. 

That news will please her. 

Are you pleased with that ? 

You are hard to please. 

Do as you please. 

Please tell me where he lives. 

You are pleased to say so. 

If you please. 

Put, to. 

To put an end to a thing. 

— a question. 

— a person in mind of a thing. 

— the cart before the /w//\*\ 

— by (for safety) to pul h,j or up. 



Les vieilles gens sont soupconneux. 

II voit beaucoup de monde. 

II y avait trois personnes a diner. 

II y avait fort peu de monde a Teglise. 

On n'est jamais content. 

Piece, /. ; morceau, m. 

Je prendrai un echantillon de cette piece, 

Coupez-m , en un petit morceau. 

Mettre une chose en pieces. 

lis me cotitent trois dollars la piece. 

lis ont chacun dix mille dollars. 

Voila une bonne nouvelle. 

Cela est d'accord avec sa conduite. 

Place, /. ; lieu, m. ; endroit, m. 
Mettez chaque chose a sa place. 
Voila des lieux que je ne frequente pas. 
Voici Pendroit ou nous nous sommes 
(Test la partie souffrante. [separ^s. 

II a le coeur bien place. 

Jouer. 

Jouer gros jeu. 

— pour Phoimeui. 
A qui est-ce a jouer ? 

Nous avons fait trois parties. 
Jouer aux cartes. 

— du piano, or toucher le piano. 

— de la harpe, or pincer la harpe. 
lis ont fait de la musique toute la soiree. 
Jouer un tour a qqn. 

Faire Phomme d'importance. 

— le fou, Tenfant. 

— Hecole buissonniere. 
La pompe fonctionne bien. 

Plaire. [mere. 

Cette conduite fera plaisir (plaira) a sa 
Cette nouvelle lui sera agreable. 
istes-vous content de cela ? 
Vous etes difficile a contenter. 
Faites comme vous voudrez. 
Ayez la bonte de me dire ou il demeure. 
Cela vous plait a dire. 
S'il vous plait. 

Mettre. 

Mettre fin a une chose. 

Faire une question. 

Rappeler une ehosc a qqn. 

Mettre la charrue devant les beenfs, 

Serrer ; mettre de cote. 



318 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 



Put by your papers. 

I will put this money by. 

To put down. 

— a rebellion. 

— a person. 

— pride. 
To put off. 

— — to sea. 

— out on interest. 

— — a person. 

— — of a situation. 
Question. 

Why do you ask me that question? 

That is not the question. 

To biding into question. 

To raise a question. 

To ask a question. 

Raise, to. 

To raise the hand y the voice. 

— suspicion. 



the dust, 
one's spirits, 
from the dead, 
money, 
the price. 



Rise, to. 

The sun rises at six o'clock. 

Vajxtrs rise from the earth. 

Men rise by industry. 

A tempest rose on a sudden. 

He fell and could not rise. * 

The Greeks rose against the Turks. 

The river rose an inch during the night. 

The corn rises. 

The funds are rising. 

Say, to. 

To say mass. 

— one's prayers. 

— the lesson. 
That is to say. 

I say! 

I dare say. I dare say ! {in irony). 

I heard him say so. 

It is in vain for you to say. 

See, to. 

To see company. 

I shall see you home. 



Serrez vos papiers. 

Je mettrai cet argent de cote. 

Deposer, mettre bas. 

Reprimer unc rebellion. 

Imposer silence a qqn. 

Rabaisser Porgueil. 

Remettre. 

Mettre en mer. 

Placer a interet. 

Embarrasses qqn. 

Renvoyer qqn. 

Question. • 

Pourquoi me demandez-vous cela \ 

II ne s'agit pas de cela. 

Mettre en doute. 

Soulever un doute. 

Faire une question. 

Lever. 

Lever la main, elevc r la voix. 

Faire naitre des soupcons. 

Exciter Tenvie. 

Soulever la poussiere. 

Ranimer son courage. 

Ressusciter. 

Trouver, se procurer de Pargent. 

Augmenter, hausser le prix. 

Cultiver des legumes. 

Se lever. 

Le soleil se leve a six heures. 

Les vapeurs s'elevent de la terre. 

Les hommes s'elevent par leur travail. 

Tout a coup il s'eleva une tempf'te. 

II tomba et ne put se relever. 

Les Grecs se souleverent contre les Turcs. 

La riviere a monte d'un pouce dans la 

Le ble rencherit. [nuiL 

Les fonds haussent. 

Dire. 

Dire la messe. 

Faire ses prieres. 

Repeter, or dire la lecon. 

C'est-a-dire. 

Dites done ! 

Je le crois bien. Ah bien oni ! 

Je le lui ai entendu dire. 

Vous avez beau dire. 

Voir. 

Recevoir or voir du monde. 

Je vous reconduirai chez vous. 



ENGLISH INTO FRENCH. 



319 



Will you see her to the steamboat ? 
I will see it done. 
I will see about that business. 
We see through their plans. 
I must see into it. 

Send, to. 

To send away goods. 

— away ; to dismiss. 

— one about his business. 

— for. 

— word. 

Set, to. 

Set those things in order. 
To set people at variance. 



— a bone. 

— a watch. 

— a great value upon a thing. 

— a task, an example. 

— to think. 
•— diamonds. 

— snares. 

— a day. 

Let me set you to ?is/ht. 

I shall set about it presently. 

You set about it in the wrong way. 

How must I set about it? 

The sun sets early. 

To set the world at defiance. 

Settle, to, an account. 
To settle one's business. 

— a question, a dispute. 

— the mind. 

— , to take a fixed abode. 

— in business. 

— (of liquids). 

— (of the weather). 

— (of anger). 
It is a settled thing. 
A settled idea. 

Shoot, to, with a bow. 
To shoot at a person. 

— with a bullet. 

— at a target. 

— a man with a gun (to kill). 

— — (to wound). 

— (military execution), 

— (of plants), 



Voulez-vous Taccompagner jusqu'auba- 
Je verrai a ce que cela se fasse. [teau ? 
Je m'occuperai, je m'informerai de cette 
Nous avons penetre leurs projets. [affaire. 
II faut que je Tapprofonuisse. 

Envoyer. 

Envoyer, expedier des marchandises. 
Renvoyer ; congedier. 
Envoyer promener qqn. 
Envoyer chercher. 
Envoyer dire, faire dire. 

Mettre. [choses. 

Mettez ces choses en ordre, arrangez cea 

Brouiller les gens, les mettre mai en- 

Mettre en train. [semble. 

Remettre un os. 

Regler une montre, la mettre a Theure. 

Attacher un grand prix a qq. ch. 

Donner une tache, un exemple. 

Faire penser. 

Monter, enchasser des diamants. 

Tendre des pieges. 

Fixer un jour. 

Permettez-moi de vous tirer d'erreur. 

Je m'y mettrai tout a Theure. 

Vous vous y prenez mal. 

Comment faut-il s'y prendre ? 

Le soleil se couche de bonne heure. 

Se moquer du monde. 

Regler un compte. 

Regler or arranger ses affaires. 

Resou4re une question ; arranger un dif- 

Composer Tesprit. [ferend. 

Fixer, etablir sa demeure, se domicilier. 

S'etablir dans le commerce. 

Se rasseoir ; deposer. 

Se remettre au beau. 

S'apaiser, se calmer. 

C'est une affaire decidee. 

Une idee fixe. 

Tirer de Tare. 
Tirer sur qqn. 

— a balle. 

— a la cible. 

Tuer un horame d'un coup de fosfl, 
Blesser — — 

Fusilier. 
Pousser. 



320 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 



Sit, to. 

To sit down to table. 

Sit down by me. 

Birds sit upon trees. 

I will come and sit with you. 

He sat an hour with us. 

That coat sits well on you. 

Those fine airs sit badly on him. 

Sit still. 

Sit close together. 

Sleep, to. 

Did you sleep well? 

In which room did you sleep ? 

To sleep with God. 



to. 

To speak plainly. 

— through the nose. 

— extempore. 

— openly. 

— the t?ruth. 
Did you speak f 
To speak out. 

Who is to speak now ? 

Her eyes speak her thoughts. 

Stand, to. 

He kept standing in front of us. 

The old castle is still standing. 

The house stands between two hills. 

Do not stand in the sun. 

Let that stand. 

They stood their ground. 

That color will not stand. 

How does the matter stand? 

As matters stand. 

The fact stands thus. 

I cannot stand this any longer. 

This is more than I can stand. 

What does that stand for f 

I stand first on the list. 

Stop, to. 

My watch has stopped. 

I stop here. 

We stopped a month with them. 

Strike, to, with a dagger 

To strike a bargain. 

— the balance. 
The clock struck ten. 

The carpenters have struck. 



Se mettre, s'asseoir. 

Se mettre a table. 

Asseyez-vous aupres (a cote) de mol. 

Les oiseaux se perchent eur les. arbrec. 

Je viendrai vous tenir compagnie. 

II a passe une heure avec nous. 

Cet habit vous va bien. 

Ces grands airs ne lui conviennent pas 

Restez tranquille. 

Serrez-vous, serrez vos rangs. 

Dormir; coucher. 

Avez-vous bien dormi ? 

Dans quelle chambre avez-vous couche ? 

Reposer au sein de Dieu. 

Parler. 

Parler or prononcer distincteuient.. 

Parler du nez. 

Improviser. 

Parler a cceur ouvert. 

Dire la verite. 

Disiez-vous quelque chose ? 

Dire sa pensee. 

Qui est-ce qui a la parole ? 

Ses yeux expriment sa pensee. 

Se tenir debout. 

II se tenait debout devant nous 

Le vieux chateau est encore debout. 

La maison est situee entre deux col lines. 

Ne vous exposez pas au soleil. 

Laissez cela, ne touchez pas a cela. 

lis tinrent bon. 

Oette couleur ne tiendra pas. 

Oil en est cette affaire '; 

Au point ou en sont les affaires. 

Voici le fait. 

Je ne puis endurer cela plus longtemps. 

Ceci met ma patience a bout. 

Qu"est-ce que cela represents ? 

Je suis le premier sur la liste. 

Arreter. 

Ma montre est arretee. 

Je m'arrete ici. 

Nous avons passe un mois avec eux. 

Frapper d'un poiguard. 

Conclure un marche. 

Faire la balance. 

L'horloge a sonne dix neores. 

Les charpentiers out fait greve. 



ENGLISH INTO FRENCH. 



321 



Our ship struck against a rock. 

To strike at the root of good principles. 

— a blovj at some one. 

— in with a person. 

— of an engraving, a copy. 
Take, to, the air. 

To take advantage of. 

— advice. 

— care. 

— — (to be on one's guard). 

— cold. 

— comfort. 

— delight in. 

— effect. 

— the field. 

— hold of s. th. 

— notice. 

— an oath. 

— apart in. 

— revenge. 

— shelter. 

— sides with. 

— one's way. 

— it kindly. 

— it well, ill. 

— it easy. 

— after somebody. 

— away, off, out. 

— out a tooth. 

— to a thing. 

— to bad habits. 

— to one's Zieels. 

— to heart. 

— to pieces. 

— up another person's interest. 

Throw, to ; to throw away. 

To throw dost into one's eyes. 

— in one's teeth. 

— things about. 

— away time, money. 

— o. s. away. 

— out hints. 
Try, to, on a coat. 
To try a friend. 

— a man for theft. 

— to con vince. 

— to please s. b. 

— to lift. 

— to succeed. 



Notre vaisseau a donne contre un rocher. 

Saper les f ondements des bons prineipes, 

Porter im coup a qqn. 

Tomber d'accord avec qqn. 

Tirer une gravure, une impression. 

Prendre Pair. 

Profiter de, tirer parti de. 

Consulter ; suivre un avis, un conseii. 

Prendre or avoir soin. 

Prendre garde. 

S'enrhumer. 

Se consoler. 

Se plaire a. 

Produire son effet. 

Se mettre en campagne. 

Saisir qq. ch., s'emparer de qq. ch. 

Observer, remarquer, f aire attention a. 

Preter serment. 

Prendre part a. 

Tirer vengeance. 

Se mettre a Tabri. 

Se ranger du parti de. 

Faire a sa guise. 

Savoir bon gre de qq. ch. a qqn. 

Prendre en bonne (mauvaise; part. 

Ne pas se gener. 

Eescembler a qqn. 

Emmener ; emporter ; enlever ; 6ter. 

Arracher une den.t. 

Se plaire a une chose, y prendre plaisir. 

Contractor de mauvaises habitudes. 

Prendre la fuite. 

Prendre Jl coeur. 

Demonter. 

Epouser les interets d'un autre. 

Jeter. 

Jeter de la poussiere aux yeux de qqn. 

Jeter au nez. 

Eparpiller les choses. 

Gaspiller son temps, son argent. 

Se sacrifier. 

Donner a entendre. 

Essayer un habit. 

fiprouver un ami. 

Juger un homme pour crime de vol. 

Tachcr dc convaincre. 

Chercher a plaire a qqn. 

Tenter a soulever. 

S'efforcer dc reussir. 



322 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 



Turn, to. 

The machine turns an a pivot. 

To turn pale, red. 

His hair turns gray. 

He turned soldier. 

To turn French into English. 

— prose into verse. 

— to good account, 

— the stomach. 

— an honest penny. 

— the tables upon one. 

— away. 

— in. 

The question turns on this point. 
He does not know which way to turn. 
To turn upside down. 

— one's thoughts inward. 

Walk, to, fast. 
To walk to church. 
He is walking this way. 
To walk (for amusement). 
They walked out together 
How far did you walk? 
I walked ten miles. 
He walked up to her. 

Way. 

To lose one's way. 

To miss the way. 

To give way. 

Over the way, across the way. 

He is coming our way. 

The best way to accomplish it. 

To put a thing the, wrong way. 

In which way is it to be done ? 

Do it in my way. 

Do not put yourself out of the way. 

There is nothing out of the way in that. 

To have one's way. 

To be in tlie way {of persons). 

To stand in the way. 

To keep out of the way. 

To make one's way in the world. 

— — through the crowd. 
The house stands out of the way. 
The ways of Providence. 



Tourner. 

La machine tourae sur un pivot. 

Palir ; rougir. 

Ses cheveux deviennent gris. 

II s'est fait soldat. 

Traduire du francais en Anglais. 

Mettre de la prose en vers. 

Mettre a profit. 

Soulever le cceur. 

Gagner honnetement sa vie. 

Rendre la pareille. 

Se detourner, s'eloigner, s'ecarter. 

Se coucher, se mettre au Jit. 

La question roule sur ce point. 

II ne sait ou donner de la tete. 

Renverser, mettre sens dessus dessoas, 

Rentrer en soi-meme. 

Marcher vite. 

Aller a l'eglise. 

II vient par ici. 

Se promener. 

Us sont alles se promener ensemble. 

Jusqu'ou avez-vous ete ? (260). 

*Tai fait dix milles a pied. 

U s'avanca vers elle. 

Chemin. 

Se perdre, s'egarer. 

Se tromper de chemin. 

Ceder. 

De Fautre cote. 

II vient de notrc cote. 

Le mcilleur moyen d'y parvenir. 

Mettre une chose a Ten vers. 

Comment faut-il le faire ? 

Faites-le de ma manierc. 

Ne vous derangez pas. 

II n'y a rien de singulier en cela. 

En faire a sa tete. 

£tre de trop. 

Faire obstacle. 

Se tenir cache. 

Faire son chemin dans le monde. 

Percer la foule, se frayer un passage. 

La maison est ecartee. 

Les voies de la Providence. 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 



PART SECOND. — FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 



Affaire, /. 

(Test mon affaire. 

Cela f era precisement mon affaire. 

II en fait son affaire. 

11 a fait son affaire (one's own b.). 

— — (another's). 
Son affaire est f aite. 

— — (unfavorable & 
II a son affaire. 

— — {unfavorable sense). 

J'en viens a mon affaire. 
II est bien (mal) dans ses affaires. 
Les affaires ont change de face. 
Les affaires vont mal. 
(Test un homrae qui s'entend aux affaires. 
Voulez-vous que je me fassc une affaire 

avec lui ? 
II s'est tire d'affaire a temps. 
Je me croyais hors d'affaire. 
J'ai bien affaire de lui. 
II n'a pas affaire a un sot. 
Avoir affaire a la veuve et aux heritiers. 
X demain les affaires ! 

Aller. 

Comment va la sante ? 

Comment va la malade ? 

Elle va mieux. 

Comment va cette affaire ? 

Ce ressort ne va pas. 

Qa va, <;a ira. Cela ne peut aller. 

Cet habit vous va bien. 

Ce chapeau lui va mal. 

Ces couleurs vont bien ensemble. 

Cela ne me va pas. 

Je vais le voi: aujourd'hui. 

II en va (imj/. ). 

II en allait comme on s'y attendait. 

II n'en va pas de meme ici. 

Y aller. II y va (i?np.). 



Business. 

That is my business, that concerns me. 

That will just do for (suit) me. 

He takes charge ofit; he makes it pay. 

He has succeeded ; he has done well. 

He has done for him. 

His fortune is made. 

He has been done for. 

He is suited, he has ivhat he wants. 

He has got his due. 

lam coming to the point. 

He is in good (in bad) circumstances. 

The tables are turned. 

Things are in a bad condition. 

He is a man who understands business. 

Do you want me to get into trouble with 

him f 
He got out of the scrape in time. 
I thought I was out of tlie scrape. 
Wiat do I care about him f 
He has not to do with a fool. 
To have to do with a very strong party. 
Away with business for to-day ! 

Togo. 

How is your- health? 

How is the sick lady ? 

She is better. 

How does that matter stand? 

This spiking does not work. 

That will do. That won't do. 

That coat fits you. 

That bonnet is not becoming to her. 

Those colors harmonize. 

That does not suit me. 

I shall call on him to-day. 

It comes off. 

It came off as tvas expected. 

It does not work the tame way here. 

To go about. It concerns. 



324 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 



Allez-y doucement. 

On y va, raadame. 

II y va de votre fortune. 

II y allait de sa vie. 

S'en aller. 

Je m'en vais. 

Je m'en vais reparer rnon erreur. 

L'heresie s'en va croissant. 

Allons ! mes amis, au travail 1 

II n'en sera pas fache, allez 1 

Crest un las d'aller. 

Cela va sans dire. 

Aller son cliemin. 

— grand train. 

— a tout vent. 

II ne faut pas aller par quatre chemins. 
A force de mal aller tout ira bien. 
On va bien loin depuis qu'on est las. 

[se brise. 
Tant va la cruche a Teau qu'a la fin elle 

Battre. 

Battre Peau, oHbattre Pair. 

— les oreilles. 

— froid a qqn. 

— la campagne. 

— qqn. sur le dos d'un autre. 

— le fer pendant qu'il est chaud. 

II a battu les buissons et un autre a pris 
les oiseaux. 

Beau, bel, belle. 

Le beau inonde, les gens du bel air. 

De belles paroles ! de belles promesses ! 

II fera beau quand il me reverra. 

Me voila dans un bel etat ! 

En faire de belles ; en dire de belles. 

En conter de belles sur le compte de qqn. 

Dechirer qqn. de belles dents. 

La donner belle a qqn. 

La manquer belle. 

L'avoir beau, or Tavoir belle. 

La bailler belle a qqn. 

L'echapper belle. 

Coucher a la belle etoile. 

Avoir beau. [pas. 

Vous avez beau faire, vousn'y arriverez 

II aura beau dire, on ne le croira pas. 

A beau jeu beau retour. 

Voila un beau vencz-y-voir ! 

La belle plume fait le bel oiseau. 



Go about it quietly. 
They are about it, madam. 
It concerns your fortune. 
His life was at stake. 
To go away, 
lam going ', lam off. 
lam going to repair my fault. 
The heresy is increasing. 
Come ! my friends, to work ! 
He won't be sorry 'for it, be sure / 
He is a lazy fellow. 
That is a matter of course. 
To go about one's business. 
To go fast ; to live fast. 
To trim one's sails to fit the wind. 
One should not seek crooked ways. [mend. 
When things are at the worst, they will 
Never despair ; one should not give way 
to discouragement. [broken. 

The pitcher goes to the well until it is 

To beat. 

To go to useless exertions. 
To deafen by talking. 
To give one the cold shoulder. 
To beat about the bush. [shoulders. 

To beat a p>erson over another man's 
To stnke while the iron is hot. 
He beat the bush and another caught the 
game. 

Beautiful, fine, handsome. 

People of fashion. 

Fine words ! fine prom ises ! 

He won't catch me again very soon. 

Noiv I am in a fine con dition ! -. 

To do foolish things ; to say foolish things. 

To tell idle stories about a person. 

To speak ill of s. b. 

To furnish one a fine opportunity. 

To lose or miss a fine opjwtunity. 

To have a good chance. 

To tell a person stories. 

To hare a narrow escape. 

To lie in the open air. 

To be in rain. 

You strive to vo purpose, [believe him. 

He may say what he likes, peoptt wulnot 

One good turn deserves another. 

That is a fine thing to boast of. 

Fine feathers ?nake fine birds. 



FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 



325 



Boire. 

Boire dans un verre, a une bouteille. 

— son soul, sec. 

— comme un templier, une eponge. 

— le vin du march e. 

— le coup de Tetrier. 
II y a a boire et a manger. 
Qui bon Tachete bon le boit. * 
Le vin est tire, il faut le boire. 
Qui fait la faute la boit. 
C'est la mer a boire. 

II n'y pas de Teau a boire. 

Bois, m. 

Faire fleche de tout bois. 

Ne savoir de quel bois faire fleche. 

£tre du bois dont on fait les flutes. 

On verra de quel bois je me chauffe. 

II a Toeil au bois. 

A gens de village, trompette de bois. 

Trouver visage de bois. 

La f aim chasse le loup du bois. 

Bon. 

Un bon enfant ; un bon vivant. 

Avoir bon pied, bon ceil. 

Faire le bon apotre. 

Se donner du bon temps. 

Avoir le bon bout d'une affaire. 

Trouvez bon que je vous en parle. 

A quoi bon en parler ? 

C'est bon ; il me le pay era. 

La garder bonne. 

A la bonne heure ! 

A bon jour bonne ce'ivre. 

A bon vin point d'enseigne. 

Les bons comptes font les bons amis. 

A bon entendeur salut ! 

Voila ce qui est le bon de Taffaire. 

Ce n'est pas pour bon ; c'est pour rire. 

Bonnet, m. 

Prendre une chose sous son bonnet. 

Ce sont deux tetes dans un bonnet. 

II a lair triste comme un bonnet de nuit. 

Mettrc son bonnet de travers. 

Avoir la tete pres du bonnet. 

Jeter son bonnet par dessus les moulins. 

Bouche, /. 

Faire venir Teau a la bouche. 

Garder une chose pour la bonne bouche. 



To drink. 

To drink out of a glass, out of a bottle. 

— one's filly much. 

— excessively, like a sponge. 

— to the bargain. 

— to the stirrup. 

There is good and bad in that business. 
The best goods are the cheapest. 
You are in it and you must go through. 
Errors, like chickens, come home to roost. 
You may as well empty the ocean with a 
That is a very poor business. [bucket. 

Wood. 

To strain every nerve to succeed. 
Not to know which way to turn. [body. 
To be vei~y yielding, to agree with every 
They will find out with whom they have 
He looks out sharply. [to deal. 

Don't talk about colors to the blind, [swer. 
To knock at a door and to receive no an- 
Hunger drives the wolf out of the woods. 

Good. 

A good fellow ; a good liver. 

To be active and vigilant. 

To play the good fellow. 

To have a good time of it. 

To have the right side of a question. 

Allow me to speak to you about it. 

What good can it do to speak about it? 

All Hght ; he will pay for it. 

To keep rancor. 

Well and good! All right! 

The better the day, the better the deed. 

Good wine needs no bush. 

Short cettlements.make long friends. 

A word to the wise. 

That is the funny part of the business. 

It is not in earnest ; it is for fun. 

Cap. 

To take something into one's head. 
They are hand and glove together. 
He looks like patience on a monument. 
To put the wrong foot foremost. 
To be excitable, instable. 
To throw off all restraint. 

Mouth. 

To make the mouth water. 
To keep a thing for the last. 



326 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 



Faire la petite bouche. 

Dire tout ce qui vient a la bouche. 

Garder bouche close. 

II arrive beaucoup de choses entre la 

_, [bouche et le verre. 

Bout, m. 

Tirer sur qqn a bout portant. 

Avoir un mot sur le bout de la langue. 

Dire qq. ch. du bout des levres. 

On ne sait par quel bout le prendre. 

j&tre au bout de son role. 

Venir a bout d'une chose. 

Pousser les choses jusqu'au bout. 

Mettre, pousser, qqn. a bout. 

Sa patience est a bout. 

Au bout du compte. 

Au bout du fosse la culbute. 

Au bout de Taune faut le drap. 

Au bout le bout. 

Brebis, /. 

Brebis comptees le loup les mange. 
A brebis tondue, Dieu mesure le vent. 
Brebis qui bele perd sa goulee. 
Qui se fait brebis, le loup le mange. 

Carte, /. 

Avoir carte blanche. 

Prendre les cartes. 

Brouiller les cartes. 

Jouer les cartes sur table. 

Le dessous des cartes. 

On ne sait jamais avec lui de quelle carte 

Perdre la carte. [il retourne. 

Tirer les cartes. 

Cas, m. 

Crest la mon cas 

Faire cas de. 

On fait grand cas d'elle. 

Chandelle, /. 

ficonomie de bout de chandelles. 
Bruler la chandelle par les deux bouts. 
A chaque saint sa chandelle. 

Chanson, /. 

C'cst toujours la memc chanson. 
Voila bien une autre chanson. 
Chansons que tout cela ! 
Je ne me pave pas de chansons. 
Bi vous en avez Pair, vous n'en avez pas 
la chanson. 



To make difficulties. [mind. 

To say any thing that comes across one's 
To keep the secret . to have a close mouth. 
There is many a slip betwixt the cup and 

End. ltheHp 

Tojire at on* close at hand. 

To have a word at the end of the tongue. 

To say a thing condescendingly. 

One does not knmv how to take him. 

To de at the end of his rope. 

To carry a thing through, to succeed. 

To drive things to extremes. 

To nonplus a person ; to drive one to ex- 

His patience is at an end. [tremes. 

After all. 

When it comes to the end, then the crash. 

There is an end to every thing. 

It will last as long as it can. 

Sheep. [hatched. 

Don't count your chickens before they are 
God tempers the wind to the shorn lamb. 
A bleating sheep goes home hungry. 
If you are too yielding people will impose 
Card. Ivponyou. 

To have full power. 
To take the lead in a business. 
To embroil matters. 

To act or speak frankly. [ness. 

The hidden game ; the secret of the bust- 
One never knows what he is after. 
To become confused. 
To tell fortunes ; to lay cards. 

Case. 

That is my case ; that suit* me. 

To value, to esteem highly. 

They make a great ado about her. 

Candle. 

Penny wise and pound foolish . 

To burn the candle at both ends. 

Do homage to all whose influence yo>/ rna>/ 

Song. £»?* 

It is always the same old song, 
That is quite a different story. 
That fe all nonsenst . 

I will not be put of with Jim speeches. 
That, trill do for ajipearances, but it is 
not the thing. 



FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 



327 



Chat, m. 

Emporter Je chat 

Acheter chat en poche. 

Appeler un chat un chat. 

Se servir de la patte du chat pour tirer 

les marrons du feu. 
S'accorder comme chien et chat. 
A bon chat bon rat. 
La nuit tous ies chats sont gris. 
Quand les chats n'y sont pas les souris 

dansent. 
Jeter les chats aux jambes a qqn. 
II n'y a pas la de quoi fouetter un chat. 
On ne peut prendre de tels chats sans 
Eveiller le chat qui dort. [mitaines. 

Des que les chats seront chausses. 
Chat echaude craint Teau froide. 

Chien, m. 

Jeter sa langue aux chiens. 

Donner sa part aux chiens. 

Frequenter le chien et le chat. 

II ne faut point se moquer des chiens 

qu'on ne soit hors du village. 
Bon chien de chasse, chasse de race. 
Chien qui aboie ne raord pas. 
Entre chien et loup. 

Cceur, m. 

Se ronger le coeur. 

Je veux en avoir 1c coeur net. 

En avoir le coeur gros. 

Le coeur me le disait bien. 

Avoir qq. ch sur le cceur. 

Avoir le cceur mort. 

Savoir un homme par coeur. 

Diner par coeur. 

De bon coeur ; de tout mon coeur. 

Tout a vous de cceur. 

A coeur ouvert, le coeur sur les Jevres. 

C'est une affaire que j'ai fort a coeur. 

Avoir mal au cceur, le mal de cceur. 

N'etre pas malade de coeur. 

Prenez-le, si le coeur vous en dit. 

Loin des yeux loin du cceur. 

Compte*, m. 

Le compte est juste ; le compte y est. 

Cela n'est pas de compte. 

J'ai recu cent dollars a-compte. 

Au compte de ces gens. 



Cat. 

To take French leave. 

To buy a pig in a poke. 

To call a spade a spade. 

To make a cat's-paw of a person. 

To agree like cat and dog. 

Tit for tat. 

In the dark all cats are gray. 

When the cat is away, the mice zvUt 

play. 
To make trouble for one. 
That is a very trifling fault. [gloves. 
Such a matter has to be handled with 
To touch upon an unpleasant business. 
Very early in the morning. 
4 burnt child is afraid of the fire. 

To give it up. 

To give up one's claim in contempt. 

To see all kinds of people. 

Don't halloo till you are out of the wood. 

Like father, like son. 
Barking dogs don't bite. 
In twilight. 

Heart. 

To waste aivay with secret grief. 
I will sift the matter to the bottom. 
To have the heart full of it. 
I had a presentiment of it. 
To bear or have a feeling of resentment. 
To be heart-sick. 
To know a man by heart. 
To go without a dinner. 
Willingly ; with all my heart. 
Wholly yours. 

Frankly, openly. [heart. 

■ That is a matter which I take much to 
To feel sick at the stomach. 
Not to have lost one's appetitt . 
Take it, if you have an appetite for it. 
Out of sight out of mind. 

Account. 

Tin account is right ; it is right. 
That does not count. 

I received one hundred dollars on accrunl, 
On the statement of those peoph 



328 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 



Oui, je suis done un sot, a votre compte. 

Au bout du compte. 

J'en suis quitte a bon compte. 

Je lui ai fait son compte. 

Son compte sera bicntot regie. 

C^est pour son compte ; taut pis pour lui. 

Je suis inquiet sur son compte. 

Je n'y trouve pas mon compte. 

II etait bien loin de compte. 

Tenir compte a qqn. d'une chose. 

Connaissance, /. 

A ma connaissance. 

Parler avec connaissance de cause. 

II a de grandes connaissances. 

Faire connaissance avec qqn. 

Faire la connaissance de qqn. 

Ce sont des gens de notre connaissance. 

C^est une de mes connaissances. 

£tre en pays de connaissances. 

Corde, /. 

C'est lui qui est la grosse corde. 
Toucher la grosse corde. 

— la corde sensible. 
II ne faut pas toucher cette corde-la. 
Tirer sur la meme corde. 
Tenir la corde. 
Danser sur la corde. 
Avoir deux cordes a son arc. 
Etre use jusqu'a, la corde. 
Cet homme montre la corde. 

Corps, m. 

Passer sur le corps de qqn. 

Saisir qqn. a bras le corps. 

Combat corps a corps. 

Etre penche a mi-corps par la fenetre. 

Prendre le lievre au corps. 

Faire bon marche de son corps. 

Avoir une mauvaise affaire sur le corps. 

Un drole de corps. 

Se jeter a corps perdu dans une affaire. 

Cote, m. 

II est sur le cote. 

Mettre une bouteille sur le c6te. 

Le cote faible (de qqn., de qq. ch.). 

De mon cote. 

Allez-vous de mon c6te ? 

De quel cote vient le vent ? 

De ce c6te il n'y a rien a craindre 



Oh, yes ; I am a fool, according to you. 

After all. 

I have got off easily. [due. 

I have settled with him, given him his 

His account will soon be settled. [him. 

That concerns him ; so much the worse for 

I am uneasy on his account. 

I do not find it to my interest. 

He was very far out of Jits reckoning, [us. 

To keep account of a service one has done 

Acquaintance ; knowledge. 

To my knowledge. 

To speak as a judge. 

He possesses great learning. 

To make one's acquaintance. 

They are people of our acquaintance. 
She is an acquaintance of mine. 
To be among acquaintances. 

Rope. 

He is the principal man. 

To come to the principal question. 

To come to the point. 

You must not touch upon that subject. 

To pull by the same string. 

To hold the end of the rope. 

To be engaged in a dangerous business. 

To have two strings to one's bow. 

To be worn threadbare. 

That man lays bare his business. 

Body. 

To jiass ahead over s. b. 

To seize a person round his body. 

A hand-to-hand fight . 

To hang half way out of th< window. 

To take the bull by the horns. 

To expose one's self to bodily 'lunger. 

To have a bad matter on one's hand. 

An odd, eccentric fellow. 

To go headlong into a business. 

Side. 

He is over ; he is sick, or he is in disgrtKe. 
To empty a bottle. [a th . 

The weak side of a p. ; t/ie weak point of 

On my sidt ; on my part. 

Do you go my way/ 

Which way does the wind Mote f [J'ear. 

From that direction there is nothing tc 



FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 



329 



De tous cOtes. 

Du cote de la fortune. 

Ne savoir de quel cote tourner. 

Mettre les rieurs de son cote. 

Regarder qqn. de cote. 

Laisser de cote. 

Donner a cote. 

Passer a cote d'une difficulte. 

£tre a cote de la question. 

Coucher. 

Coucher qqn. sur le carreau. 
La pluie a couche les bles. 
Coucher le poil de qq. ch. — a qqn. 

— qqn. en joue. 

— par ecrit. 

— a la belle etoile. 
Se coucher. 

Coup, m. 

Faire d'une pierre deux coups. 

C'est un coup dans Teau. 

Donner un coup de main. 

Manquer son coup. 

Ce discours porte son coup. 

Tout cela ne se fait pas d 1 un coup. 

Du premier coup ; d'un seul coup. 

Pour le coup ; a ce coup. 

X coups perdus ; a coups redoubles. 

A coup perdu. 

A coup sur. 

Un coup de main ; coup d 1 £tat. 

Un coup de soleil ; un coup de feu. 

Tirer un coup de fusil, de canon. 

Le coup vaut la balle, Targent. 

Devoir (325). 

-Je lui en dois, or il m'en doit. 

Fais ce que tu dois, advienne que pourra. 

II croit toujours qu'on lui en doit. 

Qui doit a tort. 

Diable, m. 

Tirer le diable par la queue. 

C'est la le diable. 

Un bon diable ; un pauvre diable. 

Ne faites pas le diuble plus noir qu'il est. 

II n'est pas si diable qu'il est noir. 

Dieu, m. 

S'il plait a Dieu. 

PlaiseaDieu! A Dieu ne plaice I [aide! 

Dieu vous benisse ! Dieu vous soit en 



On all sides. 

As to fortune ; with regard to fortune. 

Not to know which way to turn. 

To have the best of the discussion. 

To look down upon a person. 

To leave aside. 

To miss the mark. 

To avoid a difficulty, not to touch upon it. 

To miss the question. 

To lay ; to sleep. 

To strike one down, either dead or hurt 

The rain has laid the corn. 

To smooth s. th. ; to flatter s. b. 

To take aim at s. b. 

To put down in writing. 

To sleep in the open air. 

To lie down. 

Blow. 

To kill two birds with one stone. 

It is a useless attempt. 

To lend a helping hand. 

To miss one's blow. 

That speech had its effect. 

All that can not be done at once. 

With the first blow ; at one blow. 

For once; this time. 

At random ; with redoubled strokes. 

In vain. 

Most certainly ; to be sure. 

A surp?*ise ; a stroke of policy. 

A sunstroke ; a shot. 

To fire off a gun, a cannon. 

It is worth while. 

To owe. 

I have got an account to settle with him. 
Do your duty, no matter what may happen. 
He is never satisfied with what one dmsfor 
WJio owes is wrong. [him. 

Devil. 

To be pecuniarily embarrassed. 

That is the ugly part of it. 

A good fellow ; a poor fellow. 

Give the devil his due. 

The devil is not so black as he is painted. 

God. 

If it pleases God. 

May it please God ! God forbid ! 

May God blt.ss you ! May God help you > 



330 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 



Ce que femme veut, Dieu veut. 
La voix da peuple est la voix de Dieu. 
Qui donne aux pauvres prcte a Dieu. 
I/homme propose, Dieu dispose. 
Chacun pour soi Dieu pour tous. 

Dire. 

On dit. Des on-dit. 

Que veut dire tout cela ? 

Cela ne dit rien. 

Y avoir a dire. 

II y a bien a dire la-dessus. 

II y a bien a dire que je n'aie mon compte. 

II n'y a pas a dire. 

Trouver a dire (trouver a redire). 

Ii ne trouve rien a dire a cela. 

En dire. 

Si le cceur vous en dit, faites-le. 

II lui en a dit. 

Se le faire dire. 

II ne se le fit pas dire deux fois. 

Dire la verite. 

A vrai dire. 

Pour ainsi dire. 

Pour mieux dire, or disons mieux. 

C^st tout dire. 

Cela va sans dire. 

Voila qui est dit. 

Soit dit en passant. 

Qui ne dit mot consent. 

Doigt, m. 

Montrer qqn. du doigt or au doigt. 

C'est une bague au doigt. 

Mon petit doigt me l'a dit. 

Donner sur les doigts a qqn. 

S'en mordre les doigts. 

Toucher du doigt or au doigt. 

Se mettre le doigt dans 1'ceil. 

Vous avez mis le doigt dessus. 

Avoir de Tesprit au bout des doigts. 

Toucher une chose du bout des doigts. 

Savoir une chose sur le bout des doigts. 

Donner. 

Se donner de la peine. 

— des airs, de grands airs. 
Donner a penser, a entendre. 

— un O'uf pour avoir un Ixvuf. 
Tel donne a pleines mains qui n'oblige 
personne. 



A woman's will is God's will. 

The will of the people is the will of God. 

Who gives to the poor lends to God. 

Man proposes and God disposes. 

Every one for himself, and God for us all. 

To say ; to tell. 

People say ; it is said. Reports. 

What does all that mean ? 

That does not signify any thing. 

To be wrong ; to be wanting. 

That is far from being right. 

That is far from being my account. 

Nothing to be said about it, all right. 

To find fault with. 

He finds no fault with that. 

To say so ; to feel like it ; to scold. 

If your heart says so, do it. 

He gave it to him {scolded him). 

To be slow in doing a thing. 

He was very prompt to do it. 

To speak the truth. 

If the truth must be spoken. 

So to say. 

Let us rather say. 

That is every thing. 

That is a matter of course. 

That is settled, agreed upon. 

It may be said by the way. 

Silence gives consent. 

Finger. 

To deride a person. 

That is a good thing ; that is an honor. 

My little finger told me of it. 

To give it to one. 

To regret a thing ; to be sorry for it. 

To see or understand a thing plainly. 

To do an injury to one's self. 

You hare hit the nail on the head. 

To be very skilful. [purpose. 

To have very nearly accomplished one's 

To know a thing perfectly. 

To give. 

To take trouble. 

To put on airs. 

To set one to thinking ; to throw out hints 

To throw a sprat to catch a whalt . 

Ill-bestowed kindness gets no thanks 



FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 



331 



Je vous le donne en dix, en cent. 

En donner a qqn., en donner a garder. 

Tu ra'en as donne. 

S'en donner. 

S'en donner a coeur joie. 

Ne savoir ou donner de la tete. 

Donner tete baissee dans qq. ch. 

— dans un piege. 

— dans le luxe. 

Je ne donne pas la-dedans. 
Donner dans Poeil. 

— dans, sur. 

Mes croisees donnent sur le jardin. 
Qui donne tot donne deux fois. 

Dormir. 

Dormir en lievre, les yeux ouverts. 
Cet homrae ne dort pas. 
Dormir sur une affaire. 
Reveiller le chien qui dort. 
II n'y a pire eau que celle qui dort. 

32corcher. 

Ecoreher une matidre. 

— une langue. 

— qqn. 

II crie avant qu'on Pecorche. 

Beau parler n'ecorche point la langue. 

II faut tondre les brebis et non pas les 

ecoreher. 
Scorcher Panguille par la queue. 
II ivy a rien de plus difficile a ecoreher 

que la queue. 

Entendre. 

Faites comme vous Pentendez. 

Cela s'entend. 

J'entends que cela se fasse. 

Faire entendre. 

II n'y entend rien. 

II s'y entend. 

£tre. 

II est tout a ce qu'il fait. 

En etre. 

II en est. 

Ou en etes-vous? 

Voila ou j'en suis. 

En etes-vous la? 

J'en suis pour ma peine. 

II en sera ce qu'il vous plaira. 

Y etre. 



You may guess ten lime*, a hundred times. 

To deceive one, to tell him falsehoods. 

You have imposed upon me. 

To indulge one's self. 

To indulge o's self to one's heart's content. 

Not to know which way to turn. 

To go headlong into a thing. 

To be caught in a snare. 

To indulge in luxury. 

I do not indulge in that. 

To dazzle ; to take one's eye. 

To open into ; to look into. 

My windows overlook the garden. 

Who gives promptly gives twice. 

To sleep. 

To sleep ivith one eye open. 

That man is very watchful. 

To go about a business sloivly. 

To come back to an unpleasant business. 

Still waters run deep. 

To skin. 

To treat a subject superficially. 

To speak a language badly. 

To skin a person alive, to cheat. 

He cries before he is hurt. 

Politeness does not hurt one. 

We should shear the sheep but not skin 

them. 
To begin at the wrong end. 
The winding up of a business is tlie most 

difficult part of it. 

To hear ; to understand. 

D%as you think proper, or fit. 
That is a matter of course. 
I mean that that shall be done. 
To give to understand. 
He understands nothing about it. 
He understands it. 

To be. 

He is w/iolly absorbed in hi* work. 

To be of the party ; to be with it. 

He is one of them. 

How far have you got with it/ 

This is a* far as I have got, 

Are you so far ? Do you believe that? 

I had my trouble for my pains. 

That business shall be settled as you wish. 

To be in ; to be at home. 



332 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 



Je n'y suis pour personne. 

J 1 }' suis pour une petite somme. 

Vous n'y etes pas. 

J'y suis, m'y voici. 

On ne peut pas etre et avoir ete. 

Facon, /. 

Combien faites-vous la facon ? 

C'est une facon de parler avec lui. 

Telle est ma facon de penser. [theque. 

(Test un meuble en facon de biblio- 

J'y parviendrai de facon ou d'autre. 

Vivre a la facon des Anglais. [prie. 

Ne faites pas tant de facon, je vous en 

Point de facon ; sans facon. 

De la bonne facon ; de la belle facon. 

Ce trait-la est de votre facon. 

On Ta traite de facon qu'il ne revien- 

Faire (214, 215, 324). t dra P as - 

Faire le bien, le mal. 

— un voyage, une operation. 

— son chemin, du progres. 

— trois milles, a pied, etc. 

— les draps. 

— faillite, banqueroute. 

— la medecine. 

— une maladie. 

— la reine, Fenfant, etc. 

— diete. 

— un bon diner. 

— bonne mine, bon visage a qqn. 

— les yeux doux a qqn. 
I/argent fait tout en ce monde. 
Combien faites-vous cet habit ? m 
Combien font deux fois deux ? 

Faire de qqn., de qq. ch. 

Je ne sais que faire de lui. 

Que voulez-vous faire de ce cheval ? 

En faire a sa tete. 

Ne faire rien de la sorte, n'en rien faire. 

II n'en fera rien. 

Navoir que faire de. 

Je n'ai que faire de lui. 

Qu'est-ce que cela me fait ? 

Que voulez-vous que j'y fasse ? 

Qu'y faire ? 

Cela fait beaucoup. 

Cela n'y fait rien du tout. 

Jean fait tout et bon a rien. 



lam not at home to any body. 

lam in it for a small amoimt. 

You have not got it. 

I have got it. 

You cannot eat your cake and keep it. 

Make ; fashion ; shape. 
How much do you charge for the making? 
That is a form of -expression with him. 
Such is my way of thinking, [bookcase. 
It is a piece of furniture in the shape of a 
I shall accomplish it some way or other. 
To live in the English style. 
Do not use so much ceremony, pray. 
No ceremony ; without ceremony. 
Properly ; in fine style, at a fine rate. 
That is a trick after your oivn fashion. 
He was received in such a manner that 

To do ; to make. V* worC . 1 return " 

To do good, evil. 

To perform a journey, an operation. 

To go ahead, to get along ; to progress. 

To travel three miles, on foot, etc. 

To deal in cloths. 

To fail, to go into bankruptcy. 

To practice medicine. 

To go through a sickness. 

To act like a queen, like a child. 

To diet. 

To eat a good dinner. 

To be friendly to one. 

To look siveet upon one. 

Money is every thing in this world. 

How much do you ask for that coat? 

Haw many are twice two ? 

To dispose of s. b., ofs. th. 

I do not know what to put him to. 

What will you do with that horse? 

To do as one pleases. 

To do nothing of the kind. 

He will do nothing of the kind. 

To have no occasion for. 
[ I have nothing to do with him. 
\ J have no business with him. 

What is that to me? 

How can I help it? 

What is to be done? 

That makes a great difference. 

That is nothing to the matter. 

Jack of all trades and master of none- 



FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 



333 



Ne fairc que ; ne faire que de. 

Elle ne fait que rire. 

II ne fait que d'entrer. 

Se faire soldat. 

Ce jeune homme se fait. 

Se faire a la fatigue. 

On se fait a tout. 

Oela ne se fait pas. 

Comment cela s'est-il fait ? 

II se fait tard. 

Faire d'une nioucne un elephant. 

— la mouche du coche. 
Ce qui est fait n'est pas a faire. 
I/occasion fait le larron. 
Qui bien fera bien trouvera. 
On ne peut faire qu'en faisant. 
Paris n'est pas fait en un jour. 
Faire et dire sont deux. 
Qui a fait Tune a fait Tautre. 

Rem.— The verb faire may take the 
repetition (113). 
Je voulais partir, mais je n'ai pu le faire. 

Fait, m. 

Un fait accompli. 

Venir au fait, passer au fait. 

Prendre qqn. sur le fait. 

Par voie de fait. 

Pour la beaute du fait. 

fitre au fait d'une chose. 

Question de fait ; point de fait. 

C'est justement votre fait. 

Dire, donner son fait a qqn. 

De fait, dans le fait. 

Si fait. 

La bonne volonte est reputee pour le fait. 

Feu, m. 

Prendre feu. 

Faire feu qui dure. 

Jeter son feu. 

II n'est feu que de bois vert. 

Fil, m. 

Du fil en aiguille. 

Avoir, donner du fil a retordre. 

Le fil de Tepee 

Passer au fil de Tepee. 

Fin. 

Fin courant. 

La fin couronne Toeuvre. 

Qui veut la fin, veut les moyens. 



To do nothing but ; to have but just. 
She does nothing but laugh. 
He has but just come in. 
To become a soldier. 
That young man is coming out. 
To get accustomed to toil. 
One gets accustomed to every thing. 
That cannot be done. 
How did that happen ? 
It is getting late. 

To exaggerate very much. [cess. 

To attribute to o. s. all the credit of a sue- 
Done is done. 

Opportunity makes the thief. 
As you sow so you reap. 
It takes time to do things properly. 
Home was not built in a day. 
Saying and doing are different things. 
They are cast in the same mould. 
place of any preceding verb to avoid its 

I wished to leave, but could not do it. 

Fact; deed. 

An accomplished fact. 

To come to the point. 

To catch a person in the act. 

Through or by violence. 

For the beauty of the thing. [ posted. 

To be acquainted with a thing, to be 

Question of fact ; point of fact. 

That is just what suits you. 

To give it to one. 

In reality ; really ; in fact. 

Oh ! yes. 

To take the will for the deed. 

Fire. 

To become excited. 

To live within one's means. 

To sow one's wild oats. 

Youth is the time for action. 

Thread. 

From one tiling to another. 

To have or to stir up difficulties. 

The edge of the sword. 

To put to the sword. 

End. 

The end of the month. 

All is well that ends well. 

The end justifies the means. 



334 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 



Fond, m. 

Le fond de l 1 affaire. 

A fond. 

Couler une affaire a fond. 

Savoir une ehose a fond. 

X deux fonds ; a fond de paille. 

Faire fond sur qqn., sur qq. ch. 

Venir au fond des choses. 

De fond en comble. 

C'est une mer sans fond et sans rive. 

Fort, m. 

Crest un peu fort, ce que vous dites-la 

II est fort en mathematiques. 

Au fort de Thiver. 

C'est la son fort. 

II s'en fait fort. 

Le plus fort de Taffaire est passe. 

(Test plus fort que moi. 

Voila qui est fort 

Fortune, /. 

Attacher un clou a la roue de la fortune. 
Venez diner avec nous a la fortune du 
fitre en fortune. [pot. 

Contre mauvaise fortune bon coeur. 

Garde,/. 
En garde. 
A la garde de, or sous la garde de. 

1. Prendre garde (indie.). 

Prenez garde a ce cheval. [tete. 

— qu'ils se font signe de la 

— qu'on ne vous dit pas la 

2. Prendre garde (subj.). [verite. 
Prenez garde que vous entendiez ce qu'il 

— qu'il ne sorte. [dira. 

— a vous tenir cornme il faut. 

— a ne pas confondre les 

[choses. 

3. Prendre garde de (with the infinitive). 
Prenez garde de tomber. 

Etre, se mettre, se tenir, en garde, or sur 

ses gardes (contre). 
N'avoir garde de faire. 
II n'a garde d'y aller. [faute. 

Je n'avais garde de connnettre cette 
La garde. A la garde ! 
Monter la garde. 
Etre de garde, de service. 
$tre ae garde, de bonne garde. 
Ce fruit est de bonne garde. 



Bottom. 

The bottom facts of the business. 

To the bottom ; thoroughly. 

To run a thing to the ground. 

To know a thing thoroughly. 

Double-bottomed ; straw-bottomed 

To rely upon s. b., upon s. th. 

To sift matters to the bottom. 

From top to bottom, to the ground. 

It is a matter beyond the reach of human 

Strong ; the strong point. [reason. 

That is rather hard what you say. 

He is good in mathematics. 

In the heart of winter. 

That is his forte. 

He boasts of it. 

The hardest part of the business is over. 

I cannot help it. 

That is too bad. 

Fortune. 

To fix the wheel of fortune. 

Come and take pot-luck with us. 

To be fortunate, to be in luck. 

We must bear up against bad fortune. 

Guard ; care ; heed. 

In custody. 

To or in the custody of. 

To notice ; to pay attention ; to mind. 

Mind that horse. 

Notice that they motion to another. 

Notice that they do not tell you the truth. 

To take care ; to be careful. [will say. 

Take care that you understand what he 

— that he does not go out. 
Be careful that you keep orderly. 

— not to confound matters. 

To beware of;to take care not. 
Take care that you do not fall. 
To be on one's guard ; to guard (against). 

To beware of doing. 

He takes good care not to go there. 

I was not fool enough to commit that 

The watch. Watch ' [mistake. 

To mount guard. 

To be on duty. 

To beep well (of fruit, etc.). 

That fruit keeps well. 



FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 



335 



Garder. 

Garder le lit, la chambrc. 

— un malade. 

La garder bonne a qqn. 
En donner a garder a qqn. 
Garder le secret d'une chose. 

— une poire pour la soif. 
Se garder ; se garder de. 

Ces fruits se gardent. 
Gardez-vous d'en parler. 

Gener; se gener. 

Cet homme nous gene. 
II ne se gene pas. 
Ne vous genez pas. 
Si cela ne vous gene pas. 

Gre, m. 

Trouver qq. ch. a son gre. 

Au gre de ses desirs, de ses vceux. 

Bon gre, mal gre, de gre ou de force. 

Savoir gre or bon gre a qqn. de qq. ch. 

— mauvais gre a qqn. de qq. ch. 

Heure, /. 

- II est une heure, deux heures vingt. 
A Theure. 
Avoir Theure. 
Utre sujet a Theure. 
L'heure des classes. 
A toute heure. 
A Theure qu'il est. 
L'heure du berger. 
Un mauvais quart d'heure. 
Le quart d'heure de Rabelais. 
De bonne heure ; de meilleure heure. 
Arriver a la bonne heure. 
A la bonne heure ! 
fltre a Theure {of clocks). 
Mettre une montre a Theure. 
Fixer une heure. 
Retarder Theure. 
Rentrer a une heure indue. 

Jeu, m. 

Jeu de mots ; jeu d'esprit. 

Accuser son jeu. 

Avoir beau jeu. 

Donner or /aire beau jeu a qqn. 

Cacher or couvrir son jeu. 

Faire bonne mine a mauvais jeu. 

Se faire un jeu de qq. ch. 



To keep. 

To keep one's bed, one's room. 

To take care of a sick person. 

To have a rod in pickle for' one. 

To impose upon one. 

To keep a thing secret. 

To lay up something for a rainy day. 

To keep ; to beware of; to refrain from. 

That fruit keeps. 

Take care not to speak of it. 

To incommode ; to be under restraint. 

That man is in our way. 
He stands on no ceremonies. 
Make yourself at home. 
If it does not incommode you. 

Will ; liking. 

To find a thing to one's liking. 
At one's heart's content. 
Willing or' unwilling. 
To be pleased with s. o.for s. th. 
Not to thank a person for a thing. 

Hour. 

It is one o'clock, two o'clock and twenty m. 

By the hour ; on time. 

To have the right time. 

To be tied to time. 

Time for' recitation. 

At any time. 

At the present moment. 

The propitious hour. 

A disagreeable time. 

Settling lime ; trying time. 

Early, in good time ; earlier. 

To come in the right time. 

Well and good ! 

To be right. 

To set a watch. 

To appoint an hour. 

To appoint a later hour, to make it later 

To keep bad hours. 

Play; game. 

A play upon ivords ; witticism. 

To tell one's game. [o/)jx>rt unity. 

To have a good game; to have a good 

To play into t. b's hands. 

To conceal one's game. 

To put a good j ace on the matter, [in it. 

To make light of a thing ; to take pleasure 



33(5 



IDIOMS AXD PROVERBS. 



Jouer bien son jeu. 

Mettre en jeu. 

Prendre une chose en jeu. 

X beau jeu beau retour. 

Le jeu ne vaut pas la chandelle. 

Main, /. 

Coup de main. 

Tour de main. 

A la main droite, or a droite. 

— gauche, or a gauche. 
Un cheval a deux mains. 
Avoir une belle main. 

— la main faite, or rompue. 

— — crochue. 

— — legere. 

— les mains nettes. 
Donner la main a qqn. 

— un coup de main. 
Se donner la main. 
Faire main basse sur. 
Forcer la main a qqn. 
Graisser Ja main a qqn. 
En lever la main. 

Mettre la main au feu pour qq. ch. 

— — a Poeuvre, a la pate. 
Preter la main a qqn. 

Serrer la main a qqn. 
Toucher dans la main a qqn. 
Tenir de bonne main. 
Tomber sous les mains. 
En venir aux mains. 
Les mains m'en tombent 1 

Mai, m. 

Les maux de la vie. 

Le mal de tete ; mal a la tete. 

— dents ; — aux dents. 
Mal aux yeux. 

— au bras, a la main. 

— au cceur, or' de coeur. 
Faire mal, or du mal a qqn. 

Mettre. 

Mettre fin, ordre, bon ordre a qq. ch. 

— qqn. a raise. 

— le couvert. 

— de cote. 

— qqn. au fait, au courant. 

— — a meme de faire qq. ch. 
/— — a la raison. 



To play one's cards well. 

To bring out, to call into play. 

To take a thing in jest. 

One good turn deserves another. 

It is not worth powder and shot. 

Hand. 

Sudden attack ; surprise ; bold stroke. 
' Sleight of hand. 
To or at the right hand. 

— left hand. 
A horse fitted to drive and ride. 
To ivrile a good hand. 
To have one's hand in {trained). 
To be light-fingered (thievish). 
To be skilful. 

To have one's hands clean (uncorrupted). 
To give one's hand, to assist s. b. 
To lend a helping hand, [other's hands. 
To be hand in hand with ; to play into each 
To lay violent hands on. 
To compel one to do a thing. 
To bribe one ; to give him a sop. 
To take one's oath of it. 
To stake one's life upon a thing, [wheel. 
To set to ivork ; to put one's shoulder to the 
To assist s. b. ; to countenance s. b. 
To give one a friendly squeeze of the hand. 
To give one's hand in token of acquiescence. 
To have from good authority. 
To fall in one's way. 
To come to blows, 
lam very much surprises at it. 

Evil ; harm ; sore. 

The ills of life. [head. 

The headache ; headache ; pain in the 

The toothache ; toothache. 

Sore eyes. 

Pain in the arm ; sore hand. 

Sickness of the stomach. 

To hurt s. b. ; to injure. 

To put; to set. 

To put an end to, to put order in, a thine 

To set one at ease. 

To lay the cloth. 

To put aside. 

To make one ace/ u ainted ivith. 

To enable s. b. to do a thing. 

To bring one to reason. 



FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 



337 



Mettre au jour. 

— dedans, dehors. 

— le tout pour le tout. 

— sous les yeux. 

— sa gloire a faire une chose. 

— de Teau dans son vin. 

— du foin dans ses bottes. 
Se mettre 

Se mettre a table, a son aise. 

— bien. 

— en colere. 

— en etat, a ineme de. 

— au fait, au courant. 

— bien avec qqn. 

— mal — 
S'y mettre. 

Monter. 

Monter a cheval, en croupe. 

— en voiture. 

— sur le trone, au trOne. 

— en grade. 

Le vin monte a la tete. 

La rougeur lui monta au visage. 

Le ble monte. [dollars. 

Les frais montent (or se montent; a mille 

Monter le ble au grenier. 

— un cheval. 

— un atelier. 

— une machine. 

— une horloge. 

— une affaire. 

— un diamant. 

— un chapeau. 

— un instrument de musique. 

— sa depense, son train. 

— la tete a qqn. 

Qui monte la mule la ferre. 

Moyen, m. 

Par le moyen de. Au moyen de. 
II n'y a pas moyen cle le faire. 
Je n'ai pas les moyens de le faire. 
Avoir des moyens. 

Nez, 7n. 

Au nez de qqn. 

Avoir bon nez. 

Donner sur le nez a qqn. 

Se trouvei nez a nez avec qqn. 



To publish ; to put forth. 

To trick, to take in ; to dismiss. 

To risk every thing. 

To bring to notice, to make known. 

To make it one s glory to do a thing. 

To lower one's pretensions. 

To feather one's nest. 

To put one's self ; to sit down ; to dress, 

To sit down to table ; to take one's ease. 

To dress well. 

To get angry. 

To put one's self in a condition to. 

To make one's self acquainted with. 

To get on good terms with one. 

To conciliate one's good-will. 

To get on bad terms with one. 

To set about it ; to turn to. 

To ascend ; to go or get up. 

To get, to ride on horseback ; to get behind 
To step into the carriage. 
To ascend the throne. 
To advance. 
Wine goes to the head. 
■Her face turned red. 
Corn is rising. 

The cost comes to a thousand dollars. 
To carry the corn up to the granary. 
To ride a horse. 
To Jit up a workshop. 
To set up a machine. 
To wind up a clock. 
To get up an affair. 
To set a diamond. 
To trim a bonnet. 

To put a musical instrument together. 
To increase one's expense. 
To get another into excitement about s. th 
}V?io rides the mule pays the hostler. 

Means. 

By means of. In consequence of. 

There is no means of doing it. 

I cannot afford doing it. 

To have talents, to be clever. 

Nose. 

In a person's face. 

To be sagacious. 

To moi'tify s. b. 

To find o. 8. fact to face with s. b. 



338 



IDIOMS AJSTD PROVEKBS. 



Oreille, / 

Avoir Toreille au guet. 
Tirer Toreille ii qqn. 
Se faire tirer Toreille. 

Part, /. 

En bonne part. 

Avoir part a. ; prendre part a. 

Faire part a. 

— la part de. 
Mettre a part. 

Prendre en mauvaise part. 
Avoir de bonne part. 

Parti, m. 

Homme de parti. Esprit de parti. 

Epouser un bon parti. 

Prendre un parti. 

C'est un parti pris. 

Prendre parti pour. 

Tirer parti de. 

Partie,/. 

Etre de la partie. 

Avoir affaire a trop forte partie. 

Faire la seconde partie aupres de qqn. 

— le coup de partie. 
Prendre qqn. a partie. 
Quitter la partie. 

Passer. 

Passer chez qqn. 

En passer par la. 

II lui f aut passer par la ou par la f enetre. 

Se faire passer pour. 

Passer le temps a s'amuter. 

Je lui ai passe cela. 

Cela me passe. 

Se passer. 

Ces choses se passent tous les jours. 

Se passer de. 

II faut se passer de bien des choses. 

Porter. 

Porter temoignage. 

— sur soi. 

— du fruit. 

— de beaux habits. 

— les cheveux longs. 

— les armes. 

— un coup. 

— envie. 

Lo bienfait porte interet 



Ear. 

To be on tip-toe. 

To pi.il 8. o's ears ; to dunn s. b. 

To get o. ». dunned ; to be very reluctant. 

Share; part. 

In good ^tart ; in a good sense. 

To have a share in ; to participate in. 

To give a part to ; to impart to. 

To make alloivancefor. 

To set aside. 

To take amiss. 

To have from good authority* 

Party. 

Party man. Party spirit. 

To make a good match. 

To make tip one's mind. 

His mind is made up. 

To take part with. 

To derive advantage from. 

Party. 

To be one of them. 

To be overmatched. 

To play second fiddle to s. b. 

To strike the decisive blow. 

To sue s. b. ; to lay the blame on s. b. 

To throw up the game ; to relinquish one's 

To pass. [pursuit. 

To call on one. 

To submit to it. 

He must submit to that or worse. 

To pass one's self for. 

To trifle away one's time. 

I forgave him that ; I let that go. 

That is beyond my comprehension. 

To happen ; to take place. 

Those things happen every day. 

To do without ; to dispense with. [oin 

There are many things one has to do with 

To bear ; to carry ; to wear. 

To bear witness. 

To have about one's person. 

To bear fruit. 

To wear fine clothes. 

To wear long hair. 

To cany arms ; to be in the army. 

To strike a blow. 

To en vy. 

A good deed bears interest. 



FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 



339 



Elle porte les culottes. 

Dire qq. ch. a boul portant. 

Le coup a porte juste. 

Se porter a des extremites, a Texces. 

— bien, mal. 
Prendre. 
Prendre des airs. 

— ie dessus. 

— 1'occasion aux cheveux. 

— le tison par ou il briile. 

— la mouche, or la chevre. 

— la clef des champs. 

— le mords aux dents. 

— sur sa nourriture, son sommeil. 
Le prendre sur un haut ton. 

— bien, mal. 

— pour bon, pour dit. [laisser. 
Dans ce qu'il dit, il faut en prendre et en 
Ne savoir par ou prendre qqn. 

Je vous y prends. 

Le feu a pris a, la maison. 

La fievre Pa pris. 

S'y prendre. 

II s'y prend mal. 

S'en prendre a. 

II s'en prend a vous. 

X tout prendre. 

Propos, m. 

Ce sont des propos en Fair. 

Tenir de sots propos. 

X propos. 

A. tout propos. X propos de rien. 

II est a propos que vous le voyiez. 

B-emettre. 

Remettre qqn. dans ses droits. 

— le bras a qqn. 

— bien ensemble. 

— au lendemain. 

— a fan quarante. 

— qq. ch. a qqn. 

— qqn. 
Se remettre. 
S'en remettre a. 

Je m'en remets a sa decision. 

Rendre. 

Rendre reponse. 

— justice, la justice 

— service, visite. 

— malade. 



She wears the breeches. [hearing. 

To make unpleasant remarks in a. o's 

The blow went home. 

To go to extremes, to excess. 

To be well, iU. 

To take. 

To put on airs. 

To gain the ascendency. 

To seize the opportunity. [tion. 

To take up the difficult side of the ques* 

To fly- into a passion for a trifle. 

To escape, to take to one's heels. 

To fly into a passion. [sleep. 

To retrench ; to take from one's food, one's 

To carry it high. 

To take it well, amiss. 

— for granted, [in what he says. 
There is not much confidence to be placed 
Not to know how to treat one. 
I have you there. 
The house has caught fire. 
He caught the fever. 
To set about it. 

lie sets about it in the wrong ivay, 
To throw the blame on. 
He throws the blame on you. 
Upon the whole. 
Talk. 

That is idle talk. 
To talk nonsense. 

Timely ; seasonably ; by the w ay. 
At every turn. For nothing at all. 
It is expedient that you should see him. 
To put back ; to replace. 
To reinstate a person in his rights. 
To set s. b's arm. 

To reconcile, to make friends again 
To put off, to defer till next day. 

— till doomsday. 
To deliver, to hand s. th. to s. b. 
To recognize s. b. 

To set to again, ; to recover ; to come to. 
To rely on. 

I rely on his decision. 
To render ; to give back. 
To relwii an answer. 
To do rigid; to administer justice. 
To render service ; to pay a visit. 
To make sick. 



340 



IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. 



Rend re la pareille. 

— conipte, raison de. 

— nne pensee, une idee. 
Cette fleur rend nne odenr agreable. 
Ce chemin rend a la ville. 

Se rendre. 

— a son poste, aupres de qqn. 

— a la raison. 

Rendez a Cesar ee qui est a Cesar. 

Tenir. 

Tenir boutique, pension. 

— equipage. 
En tenir. 

li en tient. 

Tenir qqn. le bee dans l'eau. 

— — a distance. 

— — dans sa mancbe. 

— — a quatre. 

Un principe qui tient dans tous les cas. 

A quoi tient-il que cela ne soit ? 

Qu'a cela ne tienne. 

S'il ne tient qu'a cela. 

C'est a. n'y pas tenir. 

II tient a ses opinions. 

Tiens, tiens, comme vous y allez. 

Tenez, j'aime encore mieux cela. 

Un tiens vaut mieux que deux tu Pauras. 

$e tenir pret. 

— a une decision. 
Je m'y tiens. 

S'en tenir. 

Je ui'en tiens a, ce qui a ete convenu. 

S'en tenir la. 

S'en tenir an gros de l'arbre. 

Vouloir. 

Je veux bien que cela soit ainsi. 

Je voudrais bien la voir. [cela. 

Veuillez me dire ce que vous pensez de 

Je ne veux pas de ces gens-la. 

Je ne veux pas de cela. 

Vouloir du bien (du mal) a qqn. 

En vouloir a qqn. 

Je lui en veux d' avoir parle de cela. 

A qui en veut il ? 

Dieu le veuille ! 

Faites ce que vous voudrez. «> 

Quand vous voudrez. 

Que voolez-vous ? Que voulez-vous ! 

Vouloir dire. 



To pay back in one's own coin. 

To account for. 

To express a thought, an idea. 

That flower exhales a fragrant odor. 

That road leads to the town. 

To yield ; to surrender. 

To go to one's duty, to s. b. 

To submit to reason . [ Censor's. 

Give unto Ccesar the things that are 

To keep; to hold. 

To keep a shop, a boarding-house. 

— a carriage. 

To have caught it • to be smitten with. 
He has caught it ; he is in for it, etc. 
To keep s. b. in expectation. 

— at a distance. 

To have a person at one's disposal. 

— one bound hand and foot. 

A pnnciple that holds good in every case. 

What is the reason that that is not so t 

Do not let that make any difference. 

If that is all. 

I cannot endure it any longer. 

He is tenacious of his opinions. 

Bless me, how you go about it. 

See here, Hike this still better. [bush. 

A bird in the hand is worth two in the 

To hold one's self in readiness 

To abide by a decision. 

I adhere to it. 

To rely on ; to abide by. 

J abide by what was agreed to. 

To stop there. 

To side with the strongest. 

To be willing ; to wish. 

/ consent to it ; I am willing. 

I should like to see her. 

Please tell me what you think of that. 

1 don't want those people. 

I don't wish that. 

To wish a person well {III). 

To bear s. b. ill-will. [of that. 

J am angry with him for having spoken 

Whom doc* he complain off 

God grant/ 

Do what you like ; do your best. 

When you like. All right. 

What do you wish t Who can help it. 

To mean. 



'■ '08 






AText-Book on English Literature, 

With, copious extracts from the leading authors, English and Ameri- 
can. With full Instructions as to the ^Method in which these are 
to be studied. Adapted for use in Colleges, High Schools, 
Academies, etc. By Brainerd Kellogg, A.M., Professor of 
the English Language and Literature in the Brooklyn Collegiate 
and Polytechnic Institute, Author of a " Text-Book on Rhet- 
oric," and one of the Authors of Reed & Kellogg' s " Graded 
Lessons in English," and "Higher Lessons in English." 
Handsomely printed. 12mo, 478 pp. 

The Book is divided into the following PeH^° ■ 

Period I. — Before the Norman Conquest, o<0-1066. Period II. — 
From the Conquest to Chaucer's death, 1066-1400. Period III. — 
BVom Chaucer's death to Elizabeth, 1400-1558. Period IV. — Eliza- 
beth's reign, 1558-1603. Period V. — From Elizabeth's death to the 
Restoration, 1603-1*60. Period VI. —From the Restoration to Swift's 
death, 1660-1745. Period VII. -From Swift's death to the French 
Revolution, 1745-1789. Period VIII. —From the French Revolution, 
1789, onwards. 

Each Period is preceded by a Lesson containing- a brief resume of the 
great historical events that have had somewhat to do in shaping* or in color- 
ing* the literature of that period. 

The author aims in this book to furnish the pupil that which he cannot 
help himself to. It groups the authors so that their places in the line and 
their relations to each other can be seen by the pupil; it throws light upon 
the authors' times and surroundings, and notes the great influences at work, 
helping to make their writings what they are ; it points out such of these 
as should be studied. 

Extracts, as many and as ample as the limits of a text-book would 
allow, have been made from the principal writers of each Period. Such are 
selected as contain the characteristic traits of their authors, both in 
thought and expression, and but few of these extracts have ever seen the 
light in books of selections— none of them have been worn threadbare by 
use, or have lost their freshness by the pupil's familiarity with them in the 
school readers. 

It teaches the pupil how the selections are to be studied, soliciting and 
exacting his judgment at every step of the way which leads from the 
author's diction up through his style and thought to the author himself, 
and in many other ways it places the pupil on the best possible footing with 
the authors whose acquaintance it is his business, as well as his pleasure, to 
make. 

Short estimates of the leading authors, made by the best English and 
American critics, have been inserted, most of them contemporary with us. 

The author has endeavored to make a practical, common-sense text- 
book: one that would so educate the student that he would know and 
enjoy good literature. 

" I find the book in its treatment of English literature superior to any other I 
have examined. Its main feature, which should be the leading one of all similar 
books, is that it is a means to an end, simply a guide-book to the study of English 
literature. Too many students in the past "have studied, not the literature of the 
English lansru'lfre, but some author's opinion of that literature. I know from ex- 
perience that your method of treatment will prove an eminently successful one." — 
James H. Skulls, I J ?i,n. of the West High School, Cleveland, 0. 



CLARK & MAYNARD, Publishers, New York, 



Anderson's Historical Series. 



/ 



A Junior Class History of the United States. Illustrated with 
hundreds of portraits, yiews, maps, etc. 272 pages. i6mo. 

A Grammar School History of the United States. Annotated ; 
and illustrated with numerous portraits and views, and with more than forty 
maps, many of which are colored. 340 pp. i6ino. 

A Pictorial School History of the United States. Fully illus- 
trated with maps, portraits, vignettes, etc. 420 pp. i2mo. 

A Popular School History of the United States, in which are in- 
serted as a part of the narrative selections from the writings of eminent 
American historians and other American writers of note. Fully illustrated 
with maps, colored and plain; portraits, views, etc. 356pp. i2mo. 

A Manual of General History. Illustrated with numerous en- 
gravings and with beautifully colored maps showing the changes in the 
political divisions of the world, and giving the location of important places. 
484 pp. l2mo. 

A New Manual of General History, with particular attention to 
Ancient and Modern Civilization. With numerous engravings and colored 
maps. 600pp. i2mo. Also, in two parts. Parti. Ancient History: 
300 pp. Part II. Modern History : 300 pp. 

A School History of England. Illustrated with numerous engrav- 
ings and with colored maps showing the geographical changes in the coun- 
try at different periods. 332 pp. i2mo. 

A School History of France. Illustrated with numerous engravings, 
colored and uncolored maps. 373 pp. i2mo. 

A History of Rome. Amply illustrated with maps, plans, and engrav- 
ings. 543 pp. By R. F. Leighton, Ph. D. (Lips.). 

A School History of Greece. In preparation. 

Anderson's Bloss's Ancient History. Illustrated with engravings, 
colored maps, and a chart. 445 pp. i2mo. 

The Historical Reader, embracing selections in prose and verse, from 
standard writers of Ancient and Modern History ; with a Vocabulary of 
Difficult Words, and Biographical and Geographical Indexes. 544 pp. I2mo. 

The United States Reader, embracing selections from eminent Ameri- 
can historians, orators, statesmen, and poets, with explanatory observations, 
notes, etc. Arranged so as to form a Class-manual of United States His- 
tory. Illustrated with colored historical maps, 414 pp. l2mo. 

CLARK & MAYNARD, Publishers, 

734 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. 



J 



